Professional Documents
Culture Documents
John Deere 6110M, 6120M, 6125M, 6130M, 6135M, 6140M, 6145M, 6155M, 6175M, 6195M (TM408419) PDF
John Deere 6110M, 6120M, 6125M, 6130M, 6135M, 6140M, 6145M, 6155M, 6175M, 6195M (TM408419) PDF
John Deere 6110M, 6120M, 6125M, 6130M, 6135M, 6140M, 6145M, 6155M, 6175M, 6195M (TM408419) PDF
6125M, 6130M,
6135M, 6140M,
6145M, 6155M,
6175M & 6195M
Tractors
Table of contents
FOREWORD
Section 210 - GENERAL
Group 05 - Safety Measures
Group 10 - General References
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES
Group AIC - AIC Control Software
Group BLC - BLC Control Software
Group CCU - CCU Control Software
Group CRU - CRU Control Software
Group DOI - Control software DOI
Group ECU_Level_ - ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
Group EIC - EIC Control Software
Group FCC - FCC Control Software
Group HCC - HCC Control Software
Group ICA - ICA Control Software
Group JDL - JDL Control Software
Group OIC - OIC Control Software
Group PDU - PDU Control Software
Group PTF - PTF Control Software
Group PTQ - PTQ Control Software
Group PTR - PTR Control Software
Group RPT - RPT Control Software
Group SCO - SCO Control Software
Group SFA - SFA Control Software
Group SMB - SMB Control Software
Group TEC - TEC Control Software
Group TEI - TEI Control Software
Group TIH - TIH Control Software
Group TIQ - TIQ Control Software
Group VTV - VTV Control Software
Group XMC - XMC Control Software
Group XSC - XSC Control Software
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS AND SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20 - Engine
Group 30 - Fuel, Air Intake, and Cooling Systems
Group 40 - Electrical System
Group 45 - Electronic Control Units
Group 50A - Drive Train (without Transmission)
Group 50C - PowrReverser™ Transmission
Group 50D - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Group 60A - Steering
Group 60B - Brakes
Group 70 - Hydraulic System
Group 80B - Suspension Systems
Group 90 - Operator′s Cab
Section 220 - ENGINE
Group 20 - Exhaust Aftertreatment System, Theory of Operation
Group 50 - Tests and Adjustments
Section 230 - FUEL, AIR INTAKE AND COOLING SYSTEMS
Group 05 - General Information
Group 20A - Fuel System, Theory of Operation
Group 20B - Air Intake System, Theory of Operation
<- Go to Global Table of contents TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1
Foreword
The diagnostic technical manual is written for an experienced technician. Essential tools required to perform certain type of
work are identified in Section 300, and are recommended for use.
Live with safety: Read the safety messages in the introduction of this manual and the cautions presented throughout the text.
CAUTION:
This is the safety-alert symbol. When the symbol is shown on the equipment or in a manual, be alert to the potential for
personal injury.
Diagnostic technical manuals are comprised of general information, checks, theory of operation, schematic and diagnostic
procedures. Sections in a diagnostic technical manual help quickly identify the likely cause of routine failures. Component
sections include images of the component or connector and location on the equipment.
The diagnostic technical manual references component manuals and repair technical manuals. Repair technical manuals are
organized for various components requiring service instruction.
Both diagnostic and repair technical manuals are concise guides for specific equipment. They are on-the-job instructions
containing vital information to diagnose, analyze, test, and repair the equipment.
Safety-alert symbol
This is a safety-alert symbol. When you see this symbol on your machine or in this manual, be alert to the potential for personal
injury.
Signal Words
A signal word—DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION—is used with the safety-alert symbol. DANGER identifies the most serious
hazards.
DANGER or WARNING safety signs are located near specific hazards. General precautions are listed on CAUTION safety signs.
CAUTION also calls attention to safety messages in this manual.
Safety Messages
Carefully read all safety messages in this manual and on your machine safety signs. Keep safety signs in good condition.
Replace missing or damaged safety signs. Be sure new equipment components and repair parts include the current safety
signs. Replacement safety signs are available from your John Deere dealer.
There can be additional safety information contained on parts and components sourced from suppliers that is not reproduced in
this operator′s manual.
Learn how to operate the machine and how to use controls properly. Do not let anyone operate without instruction.
Keep your machine in proper working condition. Unauthorized modifications to the machine may impair the function and/or
safety and affect machine life.
If you do not understand any part of this manual and need assistance, contact your John Deere dealer.
Machinery Runaway
Do not start engine by shorting across starter terminals. Machine will start in gear if normal circuitry is bypassed.
NEVER start engine while standing on ground. Start engine only from operator’s seat, with transmission in neutral or park.
Safety—Fall Off Tractor
Safety—PTO
You can reduce the risk of accidents by following these simple precautions:
Use your tractor only for jobs it was designed to perform, for example, pushing, pulling, towing, actuating, and carrying a
variety of interchangeable equipment designed to conduct agricultural work.
This tractor is not intended to be used as a recreational vehicle.
Read this operator’s manual before operating the tractor and follow operating and safety instructions in the manual and
on the tractor.
Follow operation and ballasting instructions found in the operator’s manual for your implements/attachments, such as
front loaders
Make sure that everyone is clear of machine, attached equipment, and work area before starting engine or operation.
Keep hands, feet, and clothing away from power-driven parts
Driving Concerns
Towing Loads
Be careful when towing and stopping heavy loads. Stopping distance increases with speed and weight of towed loads, and
on slopes. Towed loads with or without brakes that are too heavy for the tractor or are towed too fast can cause loss of
control.
Consider the total weight of the equipment and its load.
Hitch towed loads only to approved couplings to avoid rearward upset.
Before dismounting, shut off SCVs, disengage PTO, stop engine, lower implements/attachments to ground and securely
engage park mechanism, including the park pawl and park brake. In addition, if tractor is left unattended, remove key.
Leaving transmission in gear with engine off will NOT prevent the tractor from moving.
Never go near an operating PTO or an operating implement.
Wait for all movement to stop before servicing machinery.
Common Accidents
Unsafe operation or misuse of the tractor can result in accidents. Be alert to hazards of tractor operation.
Tractor rollover
Collisions with motor vehicles
Improper starting procedures
Entanglement in PTO shafts
Falling from tractor
Crushing and pinching during hitching
Loader Tractor
When operating a machine with a loader application, reduce speed as required to ensure good tractor and loader stability.
To avoid tractor rollover and damage to front tires and tractor, do not carry load with your loader at a speed over 10 km/h (6
mph).
To avoid tractor damage do not use a front loader or a sprayer tank if the tractor is equipped with a 3 Meter Front Axle.
The Rollover Protective Structure (ROPS) or cab roof, if equipped, may not provide sufficient protection from load falling onto
the operators station. To prevent loads from falling onto the operators station, always use appropriate implements for specific
applications (that is, manure forks, round bale forks, round bale grippers, and clampers).
Passenger Seat
The passenger seat is intended only for transport of a passenger in on-road operations (i.e. transport from farm to field).
If it is necessary to transport a passenger, the passenger seat is the only means of transport of a passenger condoned by John
Deere.
Prevent Collisions
Prevent collisions between other road users, slow moving tractors with attachments or towed equipment, and self-propelled
machines on public roads. Frequently check for traffic from the rear, especially in turns, and use turn signal lights.
Use headlights, flashing warning lights, and turn signals day and night. Follow local regulations for equipment lighting and
marking. Keep lighting and marking visible, clean, and in good working order. Replace or repair lighting and marking that has
been damaged or lost. An implement safety lighting kit is available from your John Deere dealer.
Stopping distance increases with speed and mass of trailer/implement, and when transporting on slopes. Towed mass with or
without brakes that is too heavy for the tractor or is towed too fast can cause loss of control. Consider the total weight of the
equipment and its load.
There may be legal limits in force that restrict travel speeds to figures lower than those quoted here.
Use additional caution when towing loads under adverse surface conditions, when turning, and on inclines.
Slopes
Avoid holes, ditches, and obstructions which cause the tractor to tip, especially on slopes. Avoid sharp uphill turns.
Driving forward out of a ditch, mired condition, or up a steep slope could cause tractor to tip over rearward. Back out of these
situations if possible.
Danger of overturn increases greatly with narrow tread setting, at high speed.
Not all conditions that can cause a tractor to overturn are listed. Be alert for any situation in which stability may be
compromised.
Slopes are a major factor related to loss-of-control and tip-over accidents, which can result in severe injury or death. Operation
on all slopes requires extra caution
Never drive near the edge of a gully, drop-off, ditch, steep embankment, or a body of water. The machine could suddenly roll
over if a wheel goes over the edge or the ground caves in
Choose a low ground speed so you will not have to stop or shift while on a slope.
Avoid starting, stopping or turning on a slope. If the tires lose traction, disengage the PTO and proceed slowly, straight down
the slope.
Keep all movement on slopes slow and gradual. Do not make sudden changes in speed or direction, which could cause the
machine to roll over.
Tractor Tipping
Cable Recoiling
Attempting to free a mired machine can involve safety hazards such as the mired tractor tipping rearward, the towing tractor
overturning, and the tow chain or tow bar (a cable is not recommended) failing and recoiling from its stretched condition.
Back your tractor out if it gets mired down in mud. Unhitch any towed implements. Dig mud from behind the rear wheels. Place
boards behind the wheels to provide a solid base and try to back out slowly. If necessary, dig mud from the front of all wheels
and drive slowly ahead.
If necessary to tow with another unit, use a tow bar or a long chain (a cable is not recommended). Inspect the chain for flaws.
Make sure all parts of towing devices are of adequate size and strong enough to handle the load.
Always hitch to the drawbar of the towing unit. Do not hitch to the front pushbar attachment point. Before moving, clear the
area of people. Apply power smoothly to take up the slack: a sudden pull could snap any towing device causing it to whip or
recoil dangerously.
Before moving machine, be sure that all persons are clear of machine path. Turn around and look directly for best visibility. Use
a signal person when backing if view is obstructed or when in close quarters.
Do not rely on a camera to determine if personnel or obstacles are behind the machine. The system can be limited by many
factors including maintenance practices, environmental conditions, and operating range.
Avoid Fires
When you work around fuel, do not smoke or work near heaters or other fire hazards.
Store flammable fluids away from fire hazards. Do not incinerate or puncture pressurized containers.
Do not store oily rags; they can ignite and burn spontaneously.
Caution
Caution
Battery gas can explode. Keep sparks and flames away from batteries. Use a flashlight to check battery electrolyte level.
Never check battery charge by placing a metal object across the posts. Use a voltmeter or hydrometer.
Always remove grounded (-) battery clamp first and replace grounded clamp last.
Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous and strong enough to burn skin, eat holes in clothing, and cause blindness if
splashed into eyes.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 12 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 210 - GENERAL Group 05: Safety Measures
If acid is swallowed:
WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State
of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm. Wash hands after handling.
Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance service, hospital, and fire department near your telephone.
High Pressure
Inspect hydraulic hoses periodically – at least once per year – for leakage, kinking, cuts, cracks, abrasion, blisters, corrosion,
exposed wire braid or any other signs of wear or damage.
Replace worn or damaged hose assemblies immediately with John Deere approved replacement parts.
Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury.
Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying
pressure.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high-pressure fluids.
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours
or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such
information is available in English from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A., by calling
1-800-822-8262 or +1 309-748-5636.
Cooling System
Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can cause serious burns.
Shut off engine. Only remove filler cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to first stop to relieve
pressure before removing completely.
Toxic Fumes
Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is heated by welding, soldering, or using a torch.
Remove paint a minimum of 100 mm (4 in.) from area to be affected by heating. If paint cannot be removed, wear an
approved respirator before heating or welding.
If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the dust. Wear an approved respirator.
If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper with soap and water before welding. Remove solvent or paint stripper
containers and other flammable material from area. Allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutes before welding or
heating.
Do not use a chlorinated solvent in areas where welding will take place.
Do all work in an area that is well ventilated to carry toxic fumes and dust away.
Flammable Spray
Flammable spray can be generated by heating near pressurized fluid lines, resulting in severe burns to yourself and
bystanders. Do not heat by welding, soldering, or using a torch near pressurized fluid lines or other flammable materials.
Pressurized lines can accidentally burst when heat goes beyond the immediate flame area.
Engine exhaust fumes can cause sickness or death. If it is necessary to run an engine in an enclosed area, remove the exhaust
fumes from the area with an exhaust pipe extension.
If you do not have an exhaust pipe extension, open the doors and get outside air into the area.
Harmful Pesticides
Pesticide Use
This enclosed cab does not protect against inhaling vapor, aerosol or dust. If pesticide use instructions require respiratory
protection, wear an appropriate respirator inside the cab.
Before leaving the cab, wear personal protective equipment as required by the pesticide use instructions. When re-entering the
cab, remove protective equipment and store either outside the cab in a closed box or some other type of sealable container or
inside the cab in a pesticide resistant container, such as a plastic bag.
Clean your shoes or boots to remove soil or other contaminated particles prior to entering the cab.
Safety
Safety
Chemicals used in agricultural applications such as fungicides, herbicides, insecticides, pesticides, rodenticides, and fertilizers
can be harmful to your health or the environment if not used carefully.
Always follow all label directions for effective, safe, and legal use of agricultural chemicals.
Wear appropriate personal protective equipment as recommended by the manufacturer. In the absence of manufacturer′s
instructions, follow these general guidelines:
Chemicals labeled ′Danger′ : Most toxic. Generally require use of goggles, respirator, gloves, and skin protection.
Chemicals labeled ′Warning′ : Less toxic. Generally require use of goggles, gloves, and skin protections.
Chemicals labeled ′Caution′ : Least toxic. Generally require use of gloves and skin protection.
Avoid inhaling vapor, aerosol or dust.
Always have soap, water, and towel available when working with chemicals. If chemical contacts skin, hands, or face,
wash immediately with soap and water. If chemical gets into eyes, flush immediately with water.
Wash hands and face after using chemicals and before eating, drinking, smoking, or urination.
Do not smoke or eat while applying chemicals.
After handling chemicals, always bathe or shower and change clothes. Wash clothing before wearing again.
Seek medical attention immediately if illness occurs during or shortly after use of chemicals.
Keep chemicals in original containers. Do not transfer chemicals to unmarked containers or to containers used for food or
drink.
Store chemicals in a secure, locked area away from human or livestock food. Keep children away.
Always dispose of containers properly. Triple rinse empty containers and puncture or crush containers and dispose of
properly.
Rotating Drivelines
Drivelines
Keep tractor master shield and driveline shields in place at all times. Make sure rotating shields turn freely.
Wear close fitting clothing. Stop the engine and be sure that PTO driveline is stopped before making adjustments, connections,
or cleaning out PTO driven equipment.
Do not install any adapter device between the tractor and the primary implement PTO drive shaft that will allow a 1000 rpm
tractor shaft to power a 540 rpm implement at speeds higher than 540 rpm.
Do not install any adapter device that results in a portion of the rotating implement shaft, tractor shaft, or the adapter to be
unguarded. The tractor master shield shall overlap the end of the splined shaft and the added adaptor device as outlined in the
table.
Protective Clothing
Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment appropriate to the job.
Wear a suitable hearing protective device such as earmuffs or earplugs to protect against objectionable or uncomfortable loud
noises.
Operating equipment safely requires the full attention of the operator. Do not wear radio or music headphones while operating
machine.
Noise Exposure
Wear a suitable hearing protective device such as earmuffs or earplugs to protect against objectionable or uncomfortable loud
noises.
Understand service procedure before doing work. Keep area clean and dry.
Never lubricate, service, or adjust machine while it is moving. Keep hands, feet , and clothing from power-driven parts.
Disengage all power and operate controls to relieve pressure. Lower equipment to the ground. Stop the engine. Remove the
key. Allow machine to cool.
Securely support any machine elements that must be raised for service work.
Keep all parts in good condition and properly installed. Fix damage immediately. Replace worn or broken parts. Remove any
buildup of grease, oil, or debris.
On self-propelled equipment, disconnect battery ground cable (-) before making adjustments on electrical systems or welding
on machine.
On towed implements, disconnect wiring harnesses from tractor before servicing electrical system components or welding on
machine.
Safety—Hot Parts
Servicing machine or attachments with engine running can result in serious personal injury. Avoid exposure and skin contact
with hot exhaust gases and components.
Exhaust parts and streams become very hot during operation. Exhaust gases and components reach temperatures hot enough
to burn people, ignite, or melt common materials.
Safety—Hot Parts
Servicing machine or attachments during exhaust filter cleaning can result in serious personal injury. Avoid exposure and skin
contact with hot exhaust gases and components.
During auto or manual/stationary exhaust filter cleaning operations, the engine will run at elevated idle and hot temperatures
for an extended period of time. Exhaust gases and exhaust filter components reach temperatures hot enough to burn people,
or ignite, or melt common materials.
Fire Safety
Moving Parts
Stop
During exhaust filter cleaning operations, the engine may run at elevated idle and hot temperatures for an extended period of
time. Exhaust gases and exhaust filter components reach temperatures hot enough to burn people, or ignite or melt common
materials.
Keep machine away from people, animals, or structures which may be susceptible to harm or damage from hot exhaust gases
or components. Avoid potential fire or explosion hazards from flammable materials and vapors near the exhaust. Keep exhaust
outlet away from people and anything that can melt, burn, or explode.
Closely monitor machine and surrounding area for smoldering debris during and after exhaust filter cleaning.
Adding fuel while an engine is running can create a fire or explosion hazard. Always stop engine before refueling machine and
clean up any spilled fuel.
Always make sure that engine is stopped while hauling machine on a truck or trailer.
Contact with exhaust components while still hot can result in serious personal injury.
Always disable movement (neutral), set the parking brake or mechanism and disconnect power to attachments or tools before
leaving the operator’s station.
Shut off engine and remove key (if equipped) before leaving the machine unattended.
→NOTE:
Prevent falls by facing the machine when getting on and off. Maintain 3-point contact with steps, handholds, and handrails.
Use extra care when mud, snow, or moisture present slippery conditions. Keep steps clean and free of grease or oil. Never
jump when exiting machine. Never mount or dismount a moving machine.
Use a seat belt when you operate with a roll-over protective structure (ROPS) or cab to minimize chance of injury from an
accident such as an overturn.
Replace entire seat belt if mounting hardware, buckle, belt, or retractor show signs of damage.
Inspect seat belt and mounting hardware at least once a year. Look for signs of loose hardware or belt damage, such as cuts,
fraying, extreme or unusual wear, discoloration, or abrasion. Replace only with replacement parts approved for your machine.
See your John Deere dealer.
Lifting heavy components incorrectly can cause severe injury or machine damage.
Follow recommended procedure for removal and installation of components in the manual.
Faulty or broken tools can result in serious injury. When constructing tools, use proper, quality materials, and good
workmanship.
Do not weld tools unless you have the proper equipment and experience to perform the job.
Support Properly
Always lower the attachment or implement to the ground before you work on the machine. If the work requires that the
machine or attachment be lifted, provide secure support for them. If left in a raised position, hydraulically supported devices
can settle or leak down.
Do not support the machine on cinder blocks, hollow tiles, or props that may crumble under continuous load. Do not work
under a machine that is supported solely by a jack. Follow recommended procedures in this manual.
When implements or attachments are used with a machine, always follow safety precautions listed in the implement or
attachment operator′s manual.
Illuminate your work area adequately but safely. Use a portable safety light for working inside or under the machine. Make sure
the bulb is enclosed by a wire cage. The hot filament of an accidentally broken bulb can ignite spilled fuel or oil.
Moving Parts
Tie long hair behind your head. Do not wear a necktie, scarf, loose clothing, or necklace when you work near machine tools or
moving parts. If these items were to get caught, severe injury could result.
Remove rings and other jewelry to prevent electrical shorts and entanglement in moving parts.
Hydraulic Accumulator
Escaping fluid or gas from systems with pressurized accumulators that are used in air conditioning, hydraulic, and air brake
systems can cause serious injury. Extreme heat can cause the accumulator to burst, and pressurized lines can be accidentally
cut. Do not weld or use a torch near a pressurized accumulator or pressurized line.
Relieve pressure from the hydraulic system before removing accumulator. Never attempt to relieve hydraulic system or
accumulator pressure by loosening a fitting.
Explosive separation of a tire and rim parts can cause serious injury or death.
Do not attempt to mount a tire unless you have the proper equipment and experience to perform the job.
Always maintain the correct tire pressure. Do not inflate the tires above the recommended pressure. Never weld or heat a
wheel and tire assembly. The heat can cause an increase in air pressure resulting in a tire explosion. Welding can structurally
weaken or deform the wheel.
When inflating tires, use a clip-on chuck and extension hose long enough to allow you to stand to one side and NOT in front of
or over the tire assembly. Use a safety cage if available.
Check wheels for low pressure, cuts, bubbles, damaged rims, or missing lug bolts and nuts.
Proper Tools
Use tools appropriate to the work. Makeshift tools and procedures can create safety hazards.
For loosening and tightening hardware, use the correct size tools. DO NOT use U.S. measurement tools on metric fasteners.
Avoid bodily injury caused by slipping wrenches.
When servicing front-wheel drive tractor with the rear wheels supported off the ground and rotating wheels by engine power,
always support front wheels in a similar manner. Loss of electrical power or transmission/ hydraulic system pressure will
engage the front driving wheels, pulling the rear wheels off the support if front wheels are not raised. Under these conditions,
front drive wheels can engage even with switch in disengaged position.
Radar ground speed sensor emits a very low intensity microwave signal. It will not cause any ill effects during normal use.
Although intensity is low, DO NOT look directly into face of sensor while in operation, to avoid any possible eye damage.
Make certain all parts are reinstalled correctly if the roll-over protective structure (ROPS) is loosened or removed for any
reason. Tighten mounting bolts to proper torque.
The protection offered by ROPS will be impaired if ROPS is subjected to structural damage, is involved in an overturn incident,
or is in any way altered by welding, bending, drilling, or cutting. A damaged ROPS should be replaced, not reused.
The seat is part of the ROPS safety zone. Replace only with John Deere seat approved for your tractor.
Safety Signs
Replace missing or damaged safety signs. See the machine operator’s manual for correct safety sign placement.
Safety Signs
Replace missing or damaged safety signs. Use this operator’s manual for correct safety sign placement.
There can be additional safety information contained on parts and components sourced from suppliers that is not reproduced in
this operator′s manual.
Recycle Waste
Improperly disposing of waste can threaten the environment and ecology. Potentially harmful waste used with John Deere
equipment include such items as oil, fuel, coolant, brake fluid, filters, and batteries.
Use leakproof containers when draining fluids. Do not use food or beverage containers that may mislead someone into drinking
from them.
Do not pour waste onto the ground, down a drain, or into any water source.
Air conditioning refrigerants escaping into the air can damage the Earth’s atmosphere. Government regulations may require a
certified air conditioning service center to recover and recycle used air conditioning refrigerants.
Inquire on the proper way to recycle or dispose of waste from your local environmental or recycling center, or from your John
Deere dealer.
Safety Systems
Before returning machine to customer, make sure machine is functioning properly, especially the safety systems. Install all
guards and shields.
CAUTION:
Before installing test equipment on tractor, always shut off the engine and turn off key switch.
CAUTION:
Always engage the park lock when performing tests with the engine running.
CAUTION:
When testing is performed with the engine running, there is a risk of injury from rotating parts.
IMPORTANT:
Do not use a test lamp on any control unit. Only use a multimeter (JT05791A/JDG1478).
IMPORTANT:
To protect electronic circuits, disconnect the battery and alternator before performing any welding on
the tractor.
[1] -
IMPORTANT:
Do not open control unit and do not clean with a high pressure spray. Moisture, dirt and other
contaminants may cause permanent damage.
Control units are not repairable; replace only if indicated in the diagnostic procedure.
[2] - Since control units are the components LEAST likely to fail, isolate failure before replacing by completing the diagnostic
procedure.
[3] - The wiring harness terminals and connectors for electronic control units are repairable.
[4] -
IMPORTANT:
Misleading diagnostic messages and poor performance may occur if an electronic control unit is not
programmed identical to the original controller.
Before putting back into service, verify the control unit is programmed identical to the original controller.
Welding Graphic
[1] -
IMPORTANT:
Do not jump-start engines with arc welding equipment. Currents and voltages are too high and may
cause permanent damage.
[3] - Connect the positive and negative cables together. Do not attach to vehicle frame.
[4] - Clear or move any wiring harness sections away from welding area.
[5] - Connect welder ground close to welding point and away from control units.
IMPORTANT:
Keep terminals clean and free of foreign debris. Moisture, dirt and other contaminants may cause the
terminals to erode over time and not make a good electrical connection.
If a connector is not in use, put on the proper dust cap or an appropriate seal to protect it from foreign debris and moisture.
[2] -
IMPORTANT:
Do not probe through the wire insulation or through the back of the connector. Do not insert items such
as paper clips or wires into connector terminals.
Make measurements on a connector terminal using JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit in SERVICEGARD.
JDG10466
[3] - Observe the locking mechanism of the connector when disconnecting and reconnecting.
Look for bent terminals; do not force connectors into each other.
Replace any terminal where corrosion exists.
Clean the connector of any foreign debris.
Dry the connector of any moisture.
[6] - When reconnecting, make sure seals around the connector pairs are functional.
CAUTION:
CAUTION:
CAUTION:
CAUTION:
The bulb is made of glass and contains halogen gas; the bulb is under high pressure, so there is a risk of
it shattering.
CAUTION:
Do NOT use any bulbs that have fallen on the ground or have scratches on their surface, as there is a risk
of them shattering.
CAUTION:
Make sure that the bulb is seated correctly in its holder in the light.
CAUTION:
Check the light for signs of damage and make sure the seals are seated correctly.
IMPORTANT:
Use only bulbs that are of the same type, same voltage and same wattage as the bulb that is being
replaced.
IMPORTANT:
Never touch the glass surface of the halogen bulb, hold it only by its base.
IMPORTANT:
Use a clean cloth and alcohol to remove any fingerprints from the glass bulb.
IMPORTANT:
Old halogen bulbs that have been replaced must be disposed of properly (i.e. as hazardous waste).
Safety Instructions for Replacing Xenon (HID) Bulbs and Ballast Units
When replacing a xenon (HID) bulb or ballast unit, it is essential to comply with the following safety instructions:
CAUTION:
Switch the light off and disconnect it from the power supply before changing a bulb.
CAUTION:
Never insert foreign objects or fingers into the bulb holder (high-tension voltage - potential for FATAL
ACCIDENTS).
CAUTION:
The ballast unit must never be operated when the bulb is missing, as this may cause a dangerous flash-
over at the bulb sockets, resulting in serious damage (high-tension voltage - potential for FATAL
ACCIDENTS).
CAUTION:
CAUTION:
CAUTION:
The bulb is made of glass and contains xenon gas and metallic salts; the bulb is under high pressure, so
there is a risk of it shattering.
CAUTION:
Do NOT use any bulbs that have fallen on the ground or have scratches on their surface, as there is a risk
of them shattering.
CAUTION:
Make sure that the bulb is seated correctly in its holder in the light.
CAUTION:
If a xenon (HID) bulb ever bursts inside a closed space (e.g. workshop), leave the area, making sure it is
well ventilated, and wait for 20 minutes before returning. This will eliminate the risk to health caused by
gases.
CAUTION:
Check the light for signs of damage and make sure the seals are seated correctly.
IMPORTANT:
Use only bulbs that are of the same type, same voltage and same wattage as the bulb that is being
replaced.
IMPORTANT:
Never touch the glass surface of the xenon bulb, hold it only by its base.
IMPORTANT:
Use a clean cloth and alcohol to remove any fingerprints from the glass bulb.
IMPORTANT:
Old xenon (HID) bulbs that have been replaced must be disposed of properly (i.e. as hazardous waste).
Trademarks
Trademarks
Trademarks
Trademarks
Hydraulic Designators
The hydraulic designators are used to identify components on hydraulic schematics in this manual. In the legend, the
designators are shown in alphanumeric order with a brief description. In the component identification group, designators are
used in conjunction with a description and photograph or image.
The hydraulic designators begin with a letter that describes the device:
DEFINITIONS:
A Accumulator
B Sensor or Gauge
C Cylinder, Actuator, or Piston
D Check Valve
F Filter
G Valve Block, Assembly, or Gearcase
H Cooler
J Miscellaneous Component
M Motor
O Orifice
P Pump
R Reservoir or Tank
S Switch
V Valve
W Mechanical Assembly
X Diagnostic Receptacle or Coupler
Y Solenoid Valve
Z Port with Plug
Electrical Designators
Each component has an identification letter assigned to it. A number is added to the letter to separate and indicate the total
components within the letter group.
DEFINITIONS:
A System, Subassembly, Control Unit, or Parts Group
B Transducer for Conversion of Non-Electrical Variables to Electrical Variables and converse
C Condenser or Capacitor
D Binary Device or Memory
E Lights, Heating, or Various Devices and Equipment
F Fuse, Circuit Breaker, or Protection Device
G Power Supply or Generator
H Monitor, Alarm, or Signaling Device
K Relay Contactor
L Inductor
M Motor
N Regulator or Amplifier
P Measuring Instrument
R Resistor or Potentiometer
S Switch
T Transformer
U Modulator or Converter
V Suppressor, Diode, Semiconductor, or Electron Tube
W Transmission Path, Harness, Conductor, or Antenna
X Terminal, Plug, or Plug and Socket Connection
Y Solenoid or other Electrically Actuated Mechanical Device
Z Electrical Filter
Top, SAE Grade and Head Markings; Bottom, SAE Grade and Nut Markings
Grade 1 (No Mark) Grade 2 a (No Mark) Grade 5, 5.1 or 5.2 Grade 8 or 8.2
b c b c b c
Lubricated N˙m Dry N˙m Lubricated N˙m Dry N˙m Lubricated N˙m Dry N˙m (lb- Lubricated b N˙m Dry c N˙m (lb-
Size
(lb-ft) (lb-ft) (lb-ft) (lb-ft) (lb-ft) ft) (lb-ft) ft)
1/4 3.8 (2.8) 4.7 (3.5) 6 (4.4) 7.5 (5.5) 9.5 (7) 12 (9) 13.5 (10) 17 (12.5)
5/16 7.7 (5.7) 9.8 (7.2) 12 (9) 15.5 (11.5) 19.5 (14.5) 25 (18.5) 28 (20.5) 35 (26)
3/8 13.5 (10) 17.5 (13) 22 (16) 27.5 (20) 35 (26) 44 (32.5) 49 (36) 63 (46)
7/16 22 (16) 28 (20.5) 35 (26) 44 (32.5) 56 (41) 70 (52) 80 (59) 100 (74)
1/2 34 (25) 42 (31) 53 (39) 67 (49) 85 (63) 110 (80) 120 (88) 155 (115)
9/16 48 (35.5) 60 (45) 76 (56) 95 (70) 125 (92) 155 (115) 175 (130) 220 (165)
5/8 67 (49) 85 (63) 105 (77) 135 (100) 170 (125) 215 (160) 240 (175) 305 (225)
3/4 120 (88) 150 (110) 190 (140) 240 (175) 300 (220) 380 (280) 425 (315) 540 (400)
7/8 190 (140) 240 (175) 190 (140) 240 (175) 490 (360) 615 (455) 690 (510) 870 (640)
1 285 (210) 360 (265) 285 (210) 360 (265) 730 (540) 920 (680) 1030 (760) 1300 (960)
1-1/8 400 (300) 510 (375) 400 (300) 510 (375) 910 (670) 1150 (850) 1450 (1075) 1850 (1350)
1-1/4 570 (420) 725 (535) 570 (420) 725 (535) 1280 (945) 1630 (1200) 2050 (1500) 2600 (1920)
1-3/8 750 (550) 950 (700) 750 (550) 950 (700) 1700 (1250) 2140 (1580) 2700 (2000) 3400 (2500)
1-1/2 990 (730) 1250 (930) 990 (730) 1250 (930) 2250 (1650) 2850 (2100) 3600 (2650) 4550 (3350)
a
Grade 2 applies for hex cap screws up to 6 in. (152 mm) long. Grade 1 applies for hex cap screws over 6 in. (152 mm) long, and for all other types of bolts and
screws of any length.
b
"Lubricated" means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, or fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings.
c
"Dry" means plain or zinc-plated without any lubrication.
DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or tightening procedure is given for a
Make sure fastener threads are clean and you properly start thread
specific application. Torque values listed are for general use only. Torque values listed are
engagement. This will prevent them from failing when tightening.
for general use only.
Fasteners should be replaced with the same or higher grade. If higher grade fasteners are
used, these should only be tightened to the strength of the original.
Top, Property Class and Head Markings; Bottom, Property Class and Nut Markings
M6 4.7 (3.5) 6 (4.4) 9 (6.6) 11.5 (8.5) 13 (9.5) 16.5 (12.2) 15.5 (11.5) 19.5 (14.5)
M8 11.5 (8.5) 14.5 (10.7) 22 (16) 28 (20.5) 32 (23.5) 40 (29.5) 37 (27.5) 47 (35)
M12 40 (29.5) 50 (37) 75 (55) 95 (70) 110 (80) 140 (105) 130 (95) 165 (120)
M14 63 (46) 80 (59) 120 (88) 150 (110) 175 (130) 220 (165) 205 (150) 260 (190)
M16 100 (74) 125 (92) 190 (140) 240 (175) 275 (200) 350 (255) 320 (235) 400 (300)
M18 135 (100) 170 (125) 265 (195) 330 (245) 375 (275) 475 (350) 440 (325) 560 (410)
M20 190 (140) 245 (180) 375 (275) 475 (350) 530 (390) 675 (500) 625 (460) 790 (580)
M22 265 (195) 330 (245) 510 (375) 650 (480) 725 (535) 920 (680) 850 (625) 1080 (800)
M24 330 (245) 425 (315) 650 (480) 820 (600) 920 (680) 1150 (850) 1080 (800) 1350 (1000)
M27 490 (360) 625 (460) 950 (700) 1200 (885) 1350 (1000) 1700 (1250) 1580 (1160) 2000 (1475)
M30 660 (490) 850 (625) 1290 (950) 1630 (1200) 1850 (1350) 2300 (1700) 2140 (1580) 2700 (2000)
M33 900 (665) 1150 (850) 1750 (1300) 2200 (1625) 2500 (1850) 3150 (2325) 2900 (2150) 3700 (2730)
M36 1150 (850) 1450 (1075) 2250 (1650) 2850 (2100) 3200 (2350) 4050 (3000) 3750 (2770) 4750 (3500)
a
"Lubricated" means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, or fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings.
b
"Dry" means plain or zinc-plated without any lubrication.
DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or tightening procedure is given for a
Make sure fastener threads are clean and you properly start thread
specific application. Torque values listed are for general use only. Torque values listed are
engagement. This will prevent them from failing when tightening.
for general use only.
Fasteners should be replaced with the same or higher grade. If higher grade fasteners are
used, these should only be tightened to the strength of the original.
LEGEND:
A Bulkhead fitting
B Lock nut
C Union nut
D Union nut
9/16—18 16 12 5 3.5
11/16—16 24 18 9 6.5
13/16—16 50 37 17 12.5
1—14 69 51 17 12.5
The torques in the table above are intended only as approximate values and do NOT apply if a different torque value is listed
for specific fittings at other points in this manual. Check fittings regularly to make sure they are seated properly.
When replacing fittings, be sure to use parts with an equal or higher grade to the parts you are replacing. Items of hardware
(e.g. union nuts) that are of a higher grade should be tightened to the same torque value as the parts they replace.
It is vitally important to make sure that the sealing faces are clean and that the O-rings have been inserted properly.
LEGEND:
A Stud-end fitting
B Groove for metric thread
C Lock nut
D Adjustable stud-end fitting
Straight stud-end fitting and lock nut for adjustable stud-end fitting
M14x1.5 33 24 15 11
M16x1.5 41 30 18 13
M18x1.5 50 37 21 15
M22x1.5 69 51 28 21
M27x2 102 75 46 34
The torques in the table above are intended only as approximate values and do NOT apply if a different torque value is listed
for specific fittings at other points in this manual. Check fittings regularly to make sure they are seated properly.
When replacing fittings, be sure to use parts with an equal or higher grade to the parts you are replacing. Items of hardware
(e.g. union nuts) that are of a higher grade should be tightened to the same torque value as the parts they replace.
It is vitally important to make sure that the sealing faces are clean and that the O-rings have been inserted properly.
Identification
Type of Device Examples
Letter
Speed sensors, pressure sensors, temperature sensors, Hall sensors, inductive sensors, limit-value
Conversion of non-electrical to electrical
B sensors, impulse sensors, measured-value sensors, load sensors, air flow meters, pressure switches,
variables or vice versa
temperature switches
D Memory, timer Digital devices, integrated circuits, pulse counters, magnetic tape recorders
E Various devices and equipment Lamps, headlights, heating devices, air-conditioning systems
F Protection devices Fuses, release mechanisms (bimetallic), polarity protection devices, current protection circuits
P Measuring device Speedometer, rev counter, pressure gauge, ammeter, display units
Glow plugs, heating resistors, potentiometers, NTC resistors, PTC resistors, regulating resistors,
R Resistor
multipliers
Diodes, electron ray tubes, rectifiers, semiconductors, transistors, capacitance diodes, thyristors,
V Semiconductor, electron ray tubes
zener diodes
X Connections Plugs, outlets, connectors, connection points, terminals, electrical connections in general
Y Electrically actuated mechanical device Solenoid valves, proportional valves, fuel pumps, electromagnetic clutches and brakes
Diagnostic schematic
LEGEND:
The diagnostic schematic is divided into functional sections. It contains information about plugs (X) and connectors. Each lead
is identified by a number that also indicates the cable color and the relevant circuit. The letter at the end of a lead number
indicates that there are several leads with the same number but different letters. Switches and relays are shown in “OFF”
position.
2000—2999 Accessories
4000—4999 GreenStar
5000—5999 Motor
6000—6999 Transmission
9000—9999 Miscellaneous
Color code
→NOTE:
LEGEND:
A Alternator with rectifier and regulator
B Starting motor with solenoid
C Fuel transfer pump
D Compressor
E Battery
F Fuse
G Bulb with one luminous element
H Bulb with two luminous elements
I Radio
K Loudspeaker
L Horn
M Valve, operated electro-mechanically
N Switch, actuated by pressure
O Switch, actuated by temperature
P Potentiometer (variable resistor)
LEGEND:
A Electrical clutch
B Wiper motor
C Buzzer
D Mechanical switch
E Relay with change-over contact
F Mechanical switch (microswitch)
G Diode
H Sensor
I Hall sending unit
K Resistor
L Tachometer
M Speedometer
N Display unit
O Battery ground
P Ground
Q Vehicle ground
→NOTE:
This reference is a guideline for troubleshooting problems that still exist after standard diagnostics have
been performed. These problems are typically due to specific operating conditions or intermittent
failures. Depending on the situation, some or all of the following may be important.
General Information
Terminals are typically made from a base metal that is plated with tin, gold, or an alloy. The plating material helps protect the
base metal of the terminal from corroding. There are two main varieties of terminals; pins (male) and sockets (female). Pins are
inserted into sockets and in this way create an electrical connection between cables or electrical devices. Sockets typically
contain one or more contact springs which provide firm contact points with the pin. Scraping the layer of corrosion from the
terminal also removes any remaining plating material, resulting in a rapid reappearance of the corrosion.
Connector Problems
Cause Effect
Series resistance
Corrosion, foreign material between pin and socket
Reduced voltage
Parallel resistance
Fluid, corrosion between several pins or several sockets Short between several terminals
Increased or reduced voltage
Poor crimp
Illustrations (examples)
Burnt Terminals
Corroded Terminals
Corroded Terminals
IMPORTANT:
Each line of the table contains a separate diagnostic step. This can be a brief description of a test or a
reference to a test. The diagnostic steps should be completed in numerical order.
1. Verify diagnostic trouble code First diagnostic step to ensure that always only relevant diagnostic trouble codes are dealt with.
Visual inspections that can be done quickly or checks of components that are easily accessible
2. Preliminary test
(fuses, relays, diodes, etc.).
3a - Operational check:
• Information about the test of a component/system when
installed.
• If available, diagnostic addresses are offered for the test.
3b - Component check:
• Information about the test of a component when
All available diagnostic procedures (tests) for the system in question (component, electrical
removed.
circuit, system).
• Information on the location of the component and
3 IMPORTANT:
additional information.
If a diagnostic step (test) does not reveal any problems, the next diagnostic step in
3c - Circuit check:
the table should be performed.
• Information about the circuit test of a component/system.
3d - CAN BUS check:
• System test.
3e - Hydraulic system check:
• System test.
3f - etc.
→NOTE:
This reference is a guideline for troubleshooting problems that still exist after standard diagnostics have
been performed. These problems are usually caused by certain operating conditions, by intermittent
malfunctions, or, in rare cases by a failed control unit. Depending on the situation, some or all of the
following information may be of importance.
Review all recorded codes and consult with operator to determine operating and vehicle conditions when the problem occurs.
Write down details.
Attempt to recreate code/problem based on conditions. If possible, repeat operational or system checks, electrical, hydraulic or
mechanical checks under these conditions.
→NOTE:
Intermittent electrical failures are caused by wiring harness, terminal or connector problems.
→NOTE:
Before replacing control unit, review all tests. Control units are the least likely cause of failure!
1. If all checks have been performed and no problems have been identified, check the power supply circuit and ground
circuit. Power supply inputs must not deviate from battery voltage by more than 1 volt, and ground circuits must have a
resistance of less than 1.0 ohm in relation to the ground point of the vehicle.
2. Inspect all connectors and terminals of associated control units.
Circuit tests must be carried out if component testing on an electrical component in the circuit fails to identify a problem
and:
active diagnostic trouble codes indicate there is a problem in the relevant circuit.
saved diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem in the relevant circuit keep re-appearing.
problems occur with a function associated with the relevant circuit.
→NOTE:
In the event of occasional circuit problems (loose contacts), it may be possible to use the beep mode of
the relevant control unit to identify the fault. All the circuits of components that are marked “BEEP” in
the Summary of Addresses for the relevant control unit can be checked using the beep mode of the
control unit. For more information on the beep mode, see “Test Procedure in the Event of Occasional
Problems” for the relevant control unit in the Group of the relevant circuit in Section 240.
The worksheet below allows circuits to be checked logically, with the technician naming all the relevant components and noting
the steps taken. The list can be used to prove what work has been done; if the problem cannot be solved, the worksheet may
be requested by the relevant after-sales service office.
General Information
Dealer:
Postal address:
Operating hours:
Description of diagnostic trouble code suggests problem is the following: Open circuit Shorted to ground? Short circuit?
Description of error:
Circuit Information/Summary
SE . . . .
Circuit (SE01, SE02 or ...) SE . . . .
SE . . . .
Specifications of components:
Electrical components (control unit, switches, solenoid valve, sensor etc.)
(if installed)
.... ....
.... ....
.... ....
.... X.... W. . . .
.... X.... W. . . .
.... X.... W. . . .
Individual Checks
Have the electrical connections been checked for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts? YES/NO
Connector no.:
Number:
Harness no.:
Have the electrical connections been checked for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts? YES/NO
Connector no.:
Number:
Harness no.:
Have the electrical connections been checked for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts? YES/NO
Connector no.:
Number:
Harness no.:
Have the electrical connections been checked for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts? YES/NO
Connector no.:
Number:
Harness no.:
Have the electrical connections been checked for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts? YES/NO
Other remarks:
[2] - Check for missing or worn insulation; this can point to a wiring problem.
[6] - Check for overheated components five minutes after the engine has been shut off. Often there will be the smell of burnt
insulation. Place your hand on the alternator. The presence of heat after the engine has been off for some time is a sure sign of
a charging circuit problem.
[7] - If the visual check does not isolate a possible problem, but the results do not indicate that the engine should not be
started, turn the ignition key to the IGN position. Check the accessory circuits, indicator lights, etc. Do these individual parts
work? Look for sparks or smoke as signs of shorts.
[8] - Start the engine. Check all indicators for proper operation; determine if the system is charging or discharging.
Many electrical faults cannot be identified easily even when the engine is started. For this reason the electrical system should
be systematically and completely checked.
Other malfunctions
High-resistance circuit ( GO TO 1 ).
Open circuit ( GO TO 1 ).
Grounded circuit ( GO TO 2 ).
Shorted circuit ( GO TO 3 ).
There are only three sections in a simple circuit where these malfunctions occur: Before the controlling switch (A), between the
controlling switch (A) and the load (B), and after load (B).
Component malfunctions can easily be confused with circuit malfunctions. Therefore, care must be exercised when isolating
the cause of the problem.
Example: A component does not operate before disconnecting an electrical connection, but it operates after reconnecting the
connector. Cause: High resistance created a voltage drop at the connector terminals resulting in insufficient power supply to
the component.
Types of fault
( 1 ) High resistance or open circuit
Action:
LEGEND:
A Battery
B Fuse
C Switch
D Component terminal
E Circuit resistance
F Circuit connector
G Circuit connector
H Component terminal
I Lamp
J Ground
A high-resistance circuit can result in slow component operation or even component failure (e.g. loose, corroded, dirty or oily
<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 63 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 210 - GENERAL Group 10: General References
An open circuit results in no component operation because the circuit is incomplete (e.g. broken lead, terminals disconnected,
open protective device on switch).
[1] - Turn controlling switch (C) ON and connect load (I) to the circuit. Check the voltage at an easily accessible point between
(D) and (H).
If voltage is low, move toward voltage source (A) to locate point of voltage drop.
→NOTE:
The example shows high resistance between (D) and (F) and an open circuit between (F) and (G).
If voltage is correct, move toward load (I) and ground terminal (J) to locate voltage drop.
Result:
YES:See procedure for grounded circuit: GO TO 2 . See procedure for shorted circuit: GO TO 3 .
( 2 ) Grounded circuit
Action:
LEGEND:
A Battery
B Fuse terminal
C Fuse terminal
D Switch
E Component terminal
F Grounded circuit
G Component terminal
H Lamp
Grounded circuit
A grounded circuit results in no component operation and opening of the fuse or circuit breaker (e.g. power lead contacting
ground).
[1] - With controlling switch (D) OFF, check for continuity to ground between (C) and (D).
If there is continuity, there is a grounded circuit between (C) and (D). Repair circuit.
[3] - With controlling switch (D) OFF, check continuity to ground between (D) and (F).
If there is continuity, there is a grounded circuit between (E) and (F). Repair circuit.
→NOTE:
Result:
( 3 ) Shorted circuit
Action:
LEGEND:
A Switch
B Lamp
C Fuse
D Switch
E Component terminal
F Circuit connector
G Circuit connector
H Component terminal
I Lamp
Shorted circuit
A shorted circuit usually results in two components operating even though only one of two switches is turned on (e.g. improper
wire-to-wire contact). Components can also become shorted. However, shorted components will usually open the circuit
protection device.
[2] - Start at controlling switch (D) of lamp (I) that should not be operating and disconnect the wire at terminal (E).
[3] - Follow circuit and disconnect wire at connectors (F, G or H) until lamp (I) stops operating.
[4] - The short or improper connection must be between the last two locations where the wire was disconnected. In this
example, it is between (F) and (G).
Wires not in an insulating tube: Wrap individual wire with electrical tape or replace the damaged wire and band as required.
Wires in an insulating tube: If hot spots exist in shorted area of the insulating tube, replace harness. If hot spots are not
noticeable, install a new wire of proper gauge between the last two connections. Band wire to outside of harness.
Result:
→NOTE:
With the tester, the electrical line and the connector is tested for an open circuit and high resistance with
and without load.
Use JDG11668 to perform load tests on circuits. JDG11668 allows approximately 4.0 A of a 12 V MAX circuit to flow in the
circuit while the test is being performed.
CAUTION:
JDG11668 tool can get warm if the apply load switch is pressed for several minutes. The load should only
be on long enough to make voltage measurement.
→NOTE:
Required tools:
1. Digital Multimeter
2. JDG10466 – Flex Probe Kit
3. JDG11668—Electric Load Tester
For further information, see SERVICEGARD™ online catalog or contact your John Deere dealer.
LEGEND:
A Control Unit
B Control Unit Connector
C Connection Point
D Solenoid Electrical Connectors
E Solenoid
F Battery
G Jumper Lead with 6A Fuse
H Flex Probe
I Multimeter
J Electric Load Tester
K Flex Probe
LEGEND:
A Control Unit
B Control Unit Connector
C Connection Point
D Solenoid Electrical Connectors
E Solenoid
F Battery
G Jumper Lead with 6A Fuse
H Flex Probe
I Multimeter
J Electric Load Tester
K Flex Probe
L Defect in Circuit
1. Disconnect connector (B) from component (A) and connector (D) from component (E).
2. Connect the lead (G) at the positive terminal of the battery and at the connector of the control unit (B).
3. Connect the measuring lines of the multimeter (I) with the tester (J).
4. Connect the black lead of the tester (J) to the negative terminal of the battery (F).
5. Connect the red lead of the tester (J) with the probe (K) at connector (D).
6. Note and record voltage at multimeter (I) before pressing the button for applying the load.
7. Press button on JDG11668 to apply load. Note and record voltage at multimeter (I) while the button is pressed.
8. METER READING (before applied load) - METER READING (with applied load) = RESULT . When the load is
applied, the result should not be more than 3.0 V. If the difference > 3.0 V, the circuit (or wire segment) is not OK.
Test the supply voltage lead of a control unit with the electric load tester.
Test the supply voltage lead of a control unit with the electric load tester.
LEGEND:
A Control Unit
B Control Unit Connector
C Connection Point
D Fuse
E Flex Probe
F Battery
G Multimeter
H Electric Load Tester
Test the ground connection of a control unit with the electric load tester (vehicle ground or
ground point).
Test the ground connection of a control unit with the electric load tester (vehicle ground or ground point).
LEGEND:
A Control Unit
B Control Unit Connector
C Connection Point
D Flex Probe
E Multimeter
F Battery
G Electric Load Tester
5. Note and record voltage at multimeter (E) before pressing the button for applying the load.
6. Press button on JDG11668 to apply load. Note and record voltage at multimeter (E) while the button is pressed.
7. METER READING (before applied load) - METER READING (with applied load) = RESULT . When the load is
applied, the result should not be more than 3.0 V. If the difference > 3.0 V, the circuit (or wire segment) is not OK.
Test the ground connection of a component with the electric load tester (vehicle ground or
ground point).
Test the ground connection of a component with the electric load tester (vehicle ground or ground point).
LEGEND:
A Control Unit
B Control Unit Connector
C Connection Point
D Connector of the Component
E Component
F Battery
G Multimeter
H Flex Probe
I Electric Load Tester
IMPORTANT:
This measuring method is only for components that are connected directly to vehicle ground. Do not use
this measuring method to test components that are grounded by means of a control unit.
5. Note and record voltage at multimeter (G) before pressing the button for applying the load.
6. Press button on JDG11668 to apply load. Note and record voltage at multimeter (G) while the button is pressed.
7. METER READING (before applied load) - METER READING (with applied load) = RESULT . When the load is
applied, the result should not be more than 3.0 V. If the difference > 3.0 V, the circuit (or wire segment) is not OK.
LEGEND:
A Battery side of circuit breaker
B Load side of circuit breaker/input of switch
C Output of switch/Input of load
D Output of load
E Lead
Check battery side (A) of the circuit breaker for battery voltage .......... Battery voltage normal: Go to step 2.
Battery voltage too low: Check lines and connectors. Repeat step 1.
Check load side (B) of the circuit breaker for battery voltage .......... Battery voltage normal: Go to step 4.
Battery voltage too low: Check lines, connectors, and circuit breaker. Go to step 3.
Check load side (B) of the circuit breaker for continuity to ground .......... Resistance high: Go to step 4.
Resistance low: Check lines, connectors, and circuit breaker. Repeat step 3.
Check output (C) of the switch for battery voltage .......... Battery voltage normal: Go to step 6.
Battery voltage too low: Check lines, connectors, and switch. Go to step 5.
Check output (C) of the switch for continuity to ground .......... Resistance high: Go to step 6.
Check input (C) of the load for battery voltage .......... Battery voltage normal: Circuit OK.
Battery voltage too low: Check lines, connectors, and load. Go to step 7.
Check output (D) of the load for continuity to ground .......... Resistance low: Circuit OK.
Hydraulic symbols—lines
Valves
LEGEND:
A With one operating position
B With two operating positions
C With three operating positions
D 3/2 directional control valve
Hydraulic symbols—valves
→NOTE:
When designating a valve such as the 3/2 directional control valve (D), the first figure indicates the
number of connections, and the second the number of operating positions.
Arrows
LEGEND:
A In valves (show the direction of throughflow)
B In lines (show the direction of flow)
C On components (show the direction of rotation)
D In components (means adjustable)
Hydraulic symbols—arrows
Valve actuation
LEGEND:
A By lever
B By pedal
C By push button
D By pressure spring
E By electro-magnet (with one coil)
F By electro-magnet (with two coils)
G By pressure
Detent valves
LEGEND:
A With one detent position
B With two detent positions
Check valves
LEGEND:
A Check valve without spring
B Spring-loaded check valve
C With restricting effect in closed position
LEGEND:
A Pilot pressure preset by a spring
B Pilot pressure controlled by pilot line
Restrictors
LEGEND:
A Constant
B Adjustable
Hydraulic symbols—restrictors
Hydraulic cylinders
LEGEND:
A Single-acting
B Double-acting
Pumps
LEGEND:
A Constant
B Adjustable
Hydraulic symbols—pumps
Hydraulic motor
Filter or screen
Cooler
Hydraulic symbols—cooler
Connections
LEGEND:
A Quick-coupler
B Test port
Hydraulic symbols—connections
Reservoir
LEGEND:
A Open (sump)
B Under pressure
Hydraulic symbols—reservoir
Sensors
LEGEND:
A Pressure sensor
B Temperature sensor
C Pressure switches
Hydraulic symbols—sensors
Electrical leads
Regions
LEGEND:
Region 1 China, India, South and East Asia, Africa except for North Africa
Region 2 Europe, GUS States including Russia, North Africa, Near and Middle East
Region 3 South America, Central America
Region 4 North America, Australia, New Zealand
Tractors in Regions 1, 2 and 3 are equipped with ECE (ECONOMIC COMMISSION FOR EUROPE) electrical systems.
Tractors in Region 4 are equipped with SAE (SOCIETY OF AUTOMOTIVE ENGINEERS) electrical systems.
→NOTE:
The main difference between ECE and SAE electrical systems is the turn-signal light. Tractors with SAE
electrics have the turn-signal lights mounted in the cab roof. The turn-signal lights operate in different
ways. With SAE electrics, the turn signal flashes on the side selected, while the light on the opposite side
comes on but does not flash. With ECE electrics, all that happens is that the turn signal flashes on the
side selected.
There is one more difference concerning the lighting system. Tractors with ECE electrics have parking
lights while those with SAE electrics do not.
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 44
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 45
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 46
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 47
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 48
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 49
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 50
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 51
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 52
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 53
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 54
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 55
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 56
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 57
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 58
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 59
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 60
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 61
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 62
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 63
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 64
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 65
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 66
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 67
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 68
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 69
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 70
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 71
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 72
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 73
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 74
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 75
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 75
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 75
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 77
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 78
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 79
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 80
Diagnosis ............................................................................................................................................ 80
Diagnosis ............................................................................................................................................ 81
Diagnosis ............................................................................................................................................ 82
Diagnosis ............................................................................................................................................ 83
Diagnosis ............................................................................................................................................ 84
Group CCU - CCU Control Software ..................................................................................................... 85
Diagnosis ............................................................................................................................................ 85
Diagnosis ............................................................................................................................................ 86
Diagnosis ............................................................................................................................................ 87
Diagnosis ............................................................................................................................................ 88
CCU 000096.17 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Fuel Level Too Low ............................................... 88
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 89
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 90
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 91
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 92
CCU 000177.00 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Transmission Oil Temperature Very High ............. 92
Diagnosis ............................................................................................................................................ 93
Diagnosis ............................................................................................................................................ 94
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 94
CCU 000177.16 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Transmission Oil Temperature High ..................... 95
CCU 000177.19 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor Fault ........................................................... 95
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 96
Diagnosis ............................................................................................................................................ 97
Diagnosis ............................................................................................................................................ 98
Diagnosis ............................................................................................................................................ 99
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 99
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 101
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 102
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 103
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 104
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 105
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 106
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 107
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 108
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 109
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 110
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 111
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 112
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 113
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 113
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 113
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 115
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 116
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 117
CCU 001058.16 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Pressure Switch for Air-Brake System Is Not
Activated (Pressure Too High) ................................................................................................... 117
CCU 001069.02 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Tire Circumference Not or Incorrectly Calibrated
................................................................................................................................................... 117
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 117
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 118
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 119
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 120
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 121
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 121
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 123
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 124
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 125
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 126
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 127
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 128
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 129
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 130
Diagnosis .......................................................................................................................................... 131
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 132
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 133
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 134
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 135
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 136
ECU 000105.16 - Manifold Air Temperature Signal Moderately High ................................................ 269
ECU 000107.00 - Air Filter Pressure Differential Extremely High ...................................................... 269
ECU 000107.15 - Air Filter Pressure Differential Slightly High .......................................................... 269
ECU 000107.16 - Air Filter Pressure Differential Moderately High .................................................... 270
ECU 000108.02 - Barometric Pressure Signal Invalid ....................................................................... 270
ECU 000108.07 - Barometric Pressure Signal Mismatch ................................................................... 271
ECU 000109.01 - Coolant Pressure Signal Extremely Low ................................................................ 271
ECU 000109.03 - Coolant Pressure Signal Out of Range High .......................................................... 271
ECU 000109.04 - Coolant Pressure Signal Out of Range Low ........................................................... 272
ECU 000109.17 - Coolant Pressure Signal Slightly Low .................................................................... 272
ECU 000109.18 - Coolant Pressure Signal Moderately Low .............................................................. 273
ECU 000109.31 - Coolant Pressure Signal Fault ............................................................................... 273
ECU 000110.00 - Coolant Temperature Signal Extremely High ........................................................ 274
ECU 000110.03 - Coolant Temperature Signal Too High .................................................................. 274
ECU 000110.04 - Coolant Temperature Signal Out of Range Low .................................................... 274
ECU 000110.15 - Coolant Temperature Signal Slightly High ............................................................ 275
ECU 000110.16 - Coolant Temperature Signal Moderately High ...................................................... 275
ECU 000110.17 - Coolant Temperature Signal Slightly Low ............................................................. 276
ECU 000111.01 - Coolant Level Switch Activated at High Coolant Temperature .............................. 276
ECU 000111.07 - Coolant Level Switch Fault .................................................................................... 277
ECU 000111.17 - Coolant Level Switch Activated ............................................................................. 277
ECU 000111.18 - Coolant Level Switch Activated at Moderate Coolant Temperature ...................... 277
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 279
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 280
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 281
ECU 000157.01 - Fuel Rail Pressure Signal Extremely Low .............................................................. 281
ECU 000157.02 - Fuel Rail Pressure Signal Invalid ........................................................................... 282
ECU 000157.03 - Fuel Rail Pressure Signal Out of Range High ......................................................... 282
ECU 000157.04 - Fuel Rail Pressure Signal Out of Range Low .......................................................... 282
ECU 000157.12 - Fuel Rail Pressure Faulty ....................................................................................... 283
ECU 000157.16 - Fuel Rail Pressure Signal Moderately High ............................................................ 283
ECU 000157.17 - Fuel Rail Pressure Signal Slightly Low ................................................................... 284
ECU 000157.18 - Fuel Rail Pressure Signal Moderately Low ............................................................. 284
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 286
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 287
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 288
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 289
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 290
ECU 000174.00 - Fuel Temperature Signal Extremely High ............................................................. 290
ECU 000174.03 - Fuel Temperature Signal Out of Range High ......................................................... 291
ECU 000174.04 - Fuel Temperature Signal Out of Range Low .......................................................... 291
ECU 000174.16 - Fuel Temperature Signal Moderately High ............................................................ 291
ECU 000189.31 - Engine Speed Derate Condition Exists .................................................................. 292
ECU 000190.00 - Engine Speed Extremely High ............................................................................... 292
ECU 000190.16 - Engine Speed Moderately High ............................................................................. 292
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 293
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 294
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 295
ECU 000412.00 - EGR Temperature Signal Extremely High ............................................................. 295
ECU 000412.03 - EGR Temperature Signal Out of Range High ......................................................... 296
ECU 000412.04 - EGR Temperature Signal Out of Range Low .......................................................... 296
ECU 000412.15 - EGR Temperature Signal Slightly High .................................................................. 296
ECU 000412.16 - EGR Temperature Signal Moderately High ............................................................ 297
ECU 000611.03 - Injection Valve Driver 1, Voltage Too High ............................................................ 297
ECU 000611.04 - Injection Valve Driver 1, Short To Ground ............................................................. 298
ECU 000612.03 - Injection Valve Driver 2, Voltage Too High ............................................................ 298
ECU 000612.04 - Injection Valve Driver 2, Short To Ground ............................................................. 299
ECU 000613.03 - Driver Of Fuel Pressure Control Valves, Voltage Too High .................................... 299
ECU 000613.04 - Driver Of Fuel Pressure Control Valves, Short To Ground ..................................... 299
ECU 000613.31 - Driver Of Fuel Pressure Control Valves Faulty ...................................................... 300
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 301
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 302
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 303
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 304
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 305
ECU 000636.02 - Camshaft Speed Signal Invalid ............................................................................. 305
ECU 000636.05 - Camshaft Speed Sensor, Resistance Too High ...................................................... 306
ECU 000636.06 - Camshaft Speed Sensor, Resistance Too Low ....................................................... 306
ECU 000636.08 - Camshaft Speed Missing ....................................................................................... 306
ECU 000636.10 - Camshaft Speed Signal Rate of Change Abnormal ............................................... 307
ECU 000637.02 - Crankshaft Speed Invalid ...................................................................................... 307
ECU 000637.05 - Crankshaft Speed Sensor, Resistance Too High .................................................... 308
ECU 000637.06 - Crankshaft Speed Sensor, Resistance Too Low ..................................................... 308
ECU 000637.07 - Camshaft Speed and Crankshaft Speed Signals Out of Sync ................................ 310
ECU 000637.08 - Crankshaft Speed Missing ..................................................................................... 310
ECU 000637.10 - Crankshaft Speed Signal Rate of Change Abnormal ............................................. 310
ECU 000641.00 - VGT Actuator Temperature Extremely High .......................................................... 311
ECU 000641.05 - Driver of VGT Actuator, Resistance Too High ........................................................ 311
ECU 000641.06 - Driver of VGT Actuator, Resistance Too Low ......................................................... 312
ECU 000641.07 - VGT Actuator Learned Value Error ........................................................................ 312
ECU 000641.09 - CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from VGT Actuator .............. 312
ECU 000641.12 - VGT Actuator Internal Fault .................................................................................. 313
ECU 000641.13 - VGT Actuator, Calibration Error ............................................................................. 313
ECU 000641.16 - VGT Actuator Temperature Slightly High .............................................................. 314
ECU 000641.31 - VGT Actuator Supply Voltage Fault ....................................................................... 314
ECU 000651.02 - Part Number of Injector 1 Invalid .......................................................................... 314
ECU 000651.05 - Injection Valve 1, Resistance Too High ................................................................. 315
ECU 000651.06 - Injection Valve 1, Resistance Too Low .................................................................. 315
ECU 000651.13 - Injection Valve 1, Calibration Error ....................................................................... 316
ECU 000651.18 - Injection Valve 1 Fault .......................................................................................... 316
ECU 000652.02 - Part Number of Injector 2 Invalid .......................................................................... 316
ECU 000652.05 - Injection Valve 2, Resistance Too High ................................................................. 317
ECU 000652.06 - Injection Valve 2, Resistance Too Low .................................................................. 317
ECU 000652.13 - Injection Valve 2, Calibration Error ....................................................................... 318
ECU 000652.18 - Injection Valve 2 Fault .......................................................................................... 318
ECU 000653.02 - Part Number of Injector 3 Invalid .......................................................................... 319
ECU 000653.05 - Injection Valve 3, Resistance Too High ................................................................. 319
ECU 000653.06 - Injection Valve 3, Resistance Too Low .................................................................. 319
ECU 000653.13 - Injection Valve 3, Calibration Error ....................................................................... 320
ECU 000653.18 - Injection Valve 3 Fault .......................................................................................... 320
ECU 000654.02 - Part Number of Injector 4 Invalid .......................................................................... 321
ECU 000654.05 - Injection Valve 4, Resistance Too High ................................................................. 321
ECU 000654.06 - Injection Valve 4, Resistance Too Low .................................................................. 322
ECU 000654.13 - Injection Valve 4, Calibration Error ....................................................................... 322
ECU 000654.18 - Injection Valve 4 Fault .......................................................................................... 323
ECU 000655.02 - Part Number of Injector 5 Invalid .......................................................................... 323
ECU 522495.09 - CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from Exhaust Filter Temperature
Module ....................................................................................................................................... 424
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 425
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 426
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 427
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 428
Group EIC - EIC Control Software ...................................................................................................... 429
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 429
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 430
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 431
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 431
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 432
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 432
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 433
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 434
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 434
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 435
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 436
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 437
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 438
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 439
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 440
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 441
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 442
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 443
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 443
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 445
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 446
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 447
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 448
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 449
Group FCC - FCC Control Software .................................................................................................... 450
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 450
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 451
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 452
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 453
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 454
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 455
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 456
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 457
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 458
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 459
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 460
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 461
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 462
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 463
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 464
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 464
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 465
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 465
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 466
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 467
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................................... 468
TIQ 520958.14 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Speed Change Due to Active Speed Limit Not Possible
................................................................................................................................................. 1067
TIQ 520958.31 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Speed Change Due to Active Speed Limit Not Possible
................................................................................................................................................. 1067
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1068
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1069
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1070
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1070
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1072
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1073
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1074
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1075
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1076
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1077
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1078
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1079
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1080
TIQ 524277.00 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Engine speed too high for downshifting ............. 1080
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1081
Group VTV - VTV Control Software .................................................................................................. 1082
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1082
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1083
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1083
VTV 000916.14 - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Service interval ................................................. 1084
Group XMC - XMC Control Software ................................................................................................ 1085
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1085
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1086
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1087
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1088
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1089
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1090
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1091
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1092
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1092
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1093
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1093
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1094
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1095
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1096
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1097
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1098
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1099
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1100
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1101
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1102
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1103
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1104
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1105
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1106
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1107
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1108
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1108
Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................................... 1109
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:Problem still exists:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram the main control unit. See Program Control Units ,
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
NO:Problem still exists:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. GO TO 1. • Problem
still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the AIC control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the AIC control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the AIC control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the iTEC™ Basic switch
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check. See S043 - iTEC™ Basic Switch, Component Information in
Section 249.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the AutoTrac™ switch.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace switch for AutoTrac™ and perform operational check.
NO:• Problem still exists. See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the front PTO.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check. See S021 - Rear PTO Switch, Component Information in
Section 249.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch control operation unit.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check. See B027 - Position Feedback Unit, Component Information in
Section 249.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch control operation unit.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check. See B027 - Position Feedback Unit, Component Information in
Section 249.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
( 1 ) Check the diagnostic trouble code
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:GO TO 3.
Action:
Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check. See B027 - Position Feedback Unit, Component Information .
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
AIC 524096.02- Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Voltages at Channel 1 and 2 Not in Correct Ratio
303
The output signals of the potentiometer on the speed control lever do not match. The voltage at channel 1 must be double the
voltage of channel 2.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Tractor cannot be driven.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
PowrQuad™ Transmission:
Perform B096 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B096-1 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Circuit Test , Section 240.
CommandQuad™ Transmission
PowrReverser™ - Transmission
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace component and perform operational check. See B096 - Hand Throttle
Potentiometer, Component Information .
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Tractor cannot be driven.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
PowrQuad™ Transmission:
Perform B096 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B096-1 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Circuit Test , Section 240.
CommandQuad™ Transmission
PowrReverser™ - Transmission
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace component and perform operational check. See B096 - Hand Throttle
Potentiometer, Component Information .
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Tractor cannot be driven.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
PowrQuad™ Transmission:
Perform B096 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B096-1 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Circuit Test , Section 240.
CommandQuad™ Transmission
PowrReverser™ - Transmission
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace component and perform operational check. See B096 - Hand Throttle
Potentiometer, Component Information .
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch control operation unit.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check. See B027 - Position Feedback Unit, Component Information in
Section 249.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch control operation unit.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check. See B027 - Position Feedback Unit, Component Information in
Section 249.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch control operation unit.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check. See B027 - Position Feedback Unit, Component Information in
Section 249.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the quick raise/lower switch.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check voltage
Action:
Check the voltage, see AIC 053 - Quick Raise/Lower Switch, Voltage in Section 245.
Result:
NO:Problem still exists. Check that the switch moves easily and clean it. Perform operational check.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the front PTO.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform S006 - Switch for Front PTO, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check. See S006 - Front PTO Switch, Component Information in
Section 249.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the front PTO.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check. See S021 - Rear PTO Switch, Component Information in
Section 249.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Check whether there are any other diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a faulty circuit.
Result:
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace control software and perform operational check.• Problem still exists. Perform
General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram the main control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram the main control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram the main control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram the main control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software : Limited or no function of the acoustic alarm.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits within specification. Replace acoustic alarm and perform an operational check.• Problem still exists. Perform
General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the acoustic alarm.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits within specification. Replace acoustic alarm and perform an operational check.• Problem still exists. Perform
General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
BLC 001871.09- Incorrect CAN BUS Message, Information from TEC Control Software
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the TEC control software and the BLC
control software. Reception of the "Implement Work State" CAN message transmitted by the TEC control software is
intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN Bus.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS Checks - Communication Faultsin Section 240.
BLC 001871.19- Incorrect CAN BUS Message, Implement Sends Error Message
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that data from the implement CAN Bus are reporting an
error. This indicates a problem in the implement CAN Bus.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS Checks - Communication Faultsin Section 240.
BLC 001871.31- CAN BUS Message Cannot Be Received, Information from Implement
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that no valid data from the implement CAN Bus are
available.
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the implement switch.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Perform circuit test. All circuits within specification. Replace defective component and perform an operational check.•
Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
BLC 001877.09- CAN BUS Message Cannot Be Received, Information from HCC Control Software
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the BLC control software and the HCC
control software. Reception of the "Rear Hitch Work State" CAN message transmitted by the HCC control software is
intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN Bus.
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the HCC control software that can be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:No priority diagnostic trouble codes present. Check circuit of the relevant component.
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the HCC control software that can be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:No priority diagnostic trouble codes present. Check circuit of the relevant component.
BLC 002000.09- Incorrect CAN BUS Message, Information from ECU Control Unit
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the ECU control software and the BLC
control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the ECU control unit is intermittent or
non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN Bus.
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
BLC 002007.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from RPT Control Software
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the BLC control software and the RPT
control software. Reception of messages sent on the CAN BUS by the RPT control software is intermittent or non-existent.
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
BLC 002035.09- Incorrect CAN BUS Message, Information from HCC Control Software
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that a data transfer problem occurs between the HCC
control software and the BLC control software. Reception of one of the HCC messages is intermittent or non-existent
(intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the HCC control software that may be associated with an internal problem take priority.
Result:
( 3 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
BLC 002036.09- Incorrect CAN BUS Message, Information from PTF Control Software
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the BLC control software and the PTF
control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the PTF control software is intermittent
or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
BLC 002049.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from OIC Control Software
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the OIC control software and the BLC
control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the OIC control software is intermittent
or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN Bus.
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the BLC control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
( 3 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
BLC 002071.09- Incorrect CAN BUS Message, Information from CCU Control Software
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the CCU control software and the BLC
control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the CCU control software is intermittent
or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN Bus or in the
transmitting control software.
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
BLC 002140.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from AIC Control Software
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the BLC control software and the AIC
control software. Reception of messages sent on the CAN BUS by the AIC control software is intermittent or non-existent.
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
BLC 002145.09- Incorrect CAN BUS Message, Information from FCC Control Software
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the FCC control software and the BLC
control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the FCC control software is intermittent
or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN Bus.
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
BLC 002240.09- Incorrect CAN BUS Message, Information from TEC Control Software
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the TEC control software and the BLC
control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the TEC control software is intermittent
or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN Bus or in the
transmitting control software.
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the headlights.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace headlight, see E075-L - High-beam headlight (left) or E075-R High-beam
headlight (right), and perform an operational check. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information,
Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the headlights.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace headlight, see E075-L - High-beam headlight (left) or E075-R High-beam
headlight (right), and perform an operational check. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information,
Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the headlights.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace headlight, see E075-L - High-beam headlight (left) or E075-R High-beam
headlight (right), and perform an operational check. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information,
Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the headlights.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace headlight, see E074-L - Low-beam headlight (left) or E074-R Low-beam
headlight (right), and perform an operational check. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information,
Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the headlights.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace headlight, see E074-L - Low-beam headlight (left) or E074-R Low-beam
headlight (right), and perform an operational check. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information,
Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the headlights.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace headlight, see E074-L - Low-beam headlight (left) or E074-R Low-beam
headlight (right), and perform an operational check. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information,
Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the low-beam headlights on the cab frame.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
• Perform E007 - Left Headlight on Cab Frame, Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform E008 - Right Headlight on Cab Frame, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace headlight, see E007 - Left headlight on cab frame or E008 - Right headlight
on cab frame, and perform an operational check. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information,
Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the low-beam headlights on the cab frame.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
• Perform E007 - Left Headlight on Cab Frame, Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform E008 - Right Headlight on Cab Frame, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace headlight, see E007 - Left headlight on cab frame or E008 - Right headlight
on cab frame, and perform an operational check. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information,
Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the low-beam headlights on the cab frame.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
• Perform E007 - Left Headlight on Cab Frame, Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform E008 - Right Headlight on Cab Frame, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace headlight, see E007 - Left headlight on cab frame or E008 - Right headlight
on cab frame, and perform an operational check. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information,
Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the front corner worklights.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
• Perform E009-L - Left Front Corner Worklight, Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform E009-R - Right Front Corner Worklight, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace E009-L - Left Front Corner Worklight or E009-R - Right Front Corner Worklight
and perform an operational check. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System,
Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the front corner worklights.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
• Perform E009-L - Left Front Corner Worklight, Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform E009-R - Right Front Corner Worklight, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace E009-L - Left Front Corner Worklight or E009-R - Right Front Corner Worklight
and perform an operational check. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System,
Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the front corner worklights.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
• Perform E009-L - Left Front Corner Worklight, Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform E009-R - Right Front Corner Worklight, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace E009-L - Left Front Corner Worklight or E009-R - Right Front Corner Worklight
and perform an operational check. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System,
Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
BLC 002358.03- Worklights on Cab Frame or High-Beam Headlights on Cab Frame, External Voltage
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that voltage is present at the output to the worklights
on cab frame or high-beam headlights on cab frame, even though they are turned off. This indicates that the circuit is shorted
to a positive lead.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the high-beam headlights on cab frame or worklights on cab
frame.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
• Perform E007 - Left Headlight on Cab Frame, Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform E008 - Right Headlight on Cab Frame, Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform E020-L - Left Worklight on Cab Frame, Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform E020-R - Right Worklight on Cab Frame, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace headlights on cab frame or worklights on cab frame and perform an
operational check. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
BLC 002358.05- Worklights on Cab Frame or High-Beam Headlights on Cab Frame, Current Too Low
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the output to the worklights on cab
frame or high-beam headlights on cab frame is too low. This indicates a defective component.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the high-beam headlights on cab frame or worklights on cab
frame.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
• Perform E007 - Left Headlight on Cab Frame, Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform E008 - Right Headlight on Cab Frame, Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform E020-L - Left Worklight on Cab Frame, Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform E020-R - Right Worklight on Cab Frame, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace headlights on cab frame or worklights on cab frame and perform an
operational check. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
BLC 002358.06- Worklights on Cab Frame or High-Beam Headlights on Cab Frame, Current Too High
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the output to the worklights on cab
frame or high-beam headlights on cab frame is too high. This indicates a defective component or a grounded circuit.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the high-beam headlights on cab frame or worklights on cab
frame.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
• Perform E007 - Left Headlight on Cab Frame, Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform E008 - Right Headlight on Cab Frame, Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform E020-L - Left Worklight on Cab Frame, Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform E020-R - Right Worklight on Cab Frame, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace headlights on cab frame or worklights on cab frame and perform an
operational check. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the worklights on rear of fenders.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
• Perform E015 - Worklights on Rear of Fenders (Cab), Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform E015-L - Worklight on Rear of Left Fender (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform E015-R - Worklight on Rear of Right Fender (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace worklights on rear of fenders and perform an operational check.• Problem still
exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the worklights on rear of fenders.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
• Perform E015 - Worklights on Rear of Fenders (Cab), Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform E015-L - Worklight on Rear of Left Fender (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform E015-R - Worklight on Rear of Right Fender (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace worklights on rear of fenders and perform an operational check.• Problem still
exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the worklights on rear of fenders.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
• Perform E015 - Worklights on Rear of Fenders (Cab), Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform E015-L - Worklight on Rear of Left Fender (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform E015-R - Worklight on Rear of Right Fender (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace worklights on rear of fenders and perform an operational check.• Problem still
exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the inner worklights on rear of roof or the Xenon (HID)
worklights on rear of roof.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
• Perform E011-1L - Left Inner Worklight on Rear of Roof, Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform E011-1R - Right Inner Worklight on Rear of Roof, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace inner worklights on rear of roof and perform an operational check.• Problem
still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section
210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the inner worklights on rear of roof or the Xenon (HID)
worklights on rear of roof.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
• Perform E011-1L - Left Inner Worklight on Rear of Roof, Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform E011-1R - Right Inner Worklight on Rear of Roof, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace inner worklights on rear of roof and perform an operational check.• Problem
still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section
210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the inner worklights on rear of roof or the Xenon (HID)
worklights on rear of roof.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
• Perform E011-1L - Left Inner Worklight on Rear of Roof, Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform E011-1R - Right Inner Worklight on Rear of Roof, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace inner worklights on rear of roof and perform an operational check.• Problem
still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section
210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake lights.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace brake lights and perform operational check.• Problem still exists. Perform
General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake lights.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace brake lights and perform operational check.• Problem still exists. Perform
General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake lights.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace brake lights and perform operational check.• Problem still exists. Perform
General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
BLC 002382.03- Clearance Light, License Plate Light or Tail Light, External Voltage
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that voltage is present at the output to the clearance
light, license plate light or tail light, even though it is turned off. This indicates that the circuit is shorted to a positive lead.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the clearance lights on the cab frame.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Perform E003 - Left Clearance Light (ECE), Circuit Test in Section 240.
Perform E004 - Right Clearance Light (ECE), Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace clearance lights on cab frame and perform an operational check.• Problem
still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section
210.
BLC 002382.05- Clearance Light, License Plate Light or Tail Light, Current Too Low
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the output to the clearance light,
license plate light or tail light is too low. This indicates a defective component.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the clearance lights on the cab frame.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Perform E003 - Left Clearance Light (ECE), Circuit Test in Section 240.
Perform E004 - Right Clearance Light (ECE), Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace clearance lights on cab frame and perform an operational check.• Problem
still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section
210.
BLC 002382.06- Clearance Light, License Plate Light or Tail Light, Current Too High
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the output to the clearance light,
license plate light or tail light is too high. This indicates a defective component or a grounded circuit.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the clearance lights on the cab frame.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Perform E003 - Left Clearance Light (ECE), Circuit Test in Section 240.
Perform E004 - Right Clearance Light (ECE), Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace clearance lights on cab frame and perform an operational check.• Problem
still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section
210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the inner worklights on front of roof.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
• Perform E018-1L - Left Inner Worklight on Front of Roof, Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform E018-1R - Right Inner Worklight on Front of Roof, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace inner worklights on front of roof and perform an operational check.• Problem
still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section
210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the inner worklights on front of roof.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
• Perform E018-1L - Left Inner Worklight on Front of Roof, Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform E018-1R - Right Inner Worklight on Front of Roof, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace inner worklights on front of roof and perform an operational check.• Problem
still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section
210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the inner worklights on front of roof.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
• Perform E018-1L - Left Inner Worklight on Front of Roof, Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform E018-1R - Right Inner Worklight on Front of Roof, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace inner worklights on front of roof and perform an operational check.• Problem
still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section
210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the outer worklights on front of roof.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
• Perform E018-2L - Left Outer Worklight on Front of Roof, Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform E018-2R - Right Outer Worklight on Front of Roof, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace outer worklights on front of roof and perform an operational check.• Problem
still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section
210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the outer worklights on front of roof.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
• Perform E018-2L - Left Outer Worklight on Front of Roof, Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform E018-2R - Right Outer Worklight on Front of Roof, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace outer worklights on front of roof and perform an operational check.• Problem
still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section
210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the outer worklights on front of roof.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
• Perform E018-2L - Left Outer Worklight on Front of Roof, Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform E018-2R - Right Outer Worklight on Front of Roof, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace outer worklights on front of roof and perform an operational check.• Problem
still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section
210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the outer worklights on rear of roof.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
• Perform E011-2L - Left Outer Worklight on Rear of Roof, Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform E011-2R - Right Outer Worklight on Rear of Roof, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace outer worklights on rear of roof and perform an operational check.• Problem
still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section
210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the outer worklights on rear of roof.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
• Perform E011-2L - Left Outer Worklight on Rear of Roof, Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform E011-2R - Right Outer Worklight on Rear of Roof, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace outer worklights on rear of roof and perform an operational check.• Problem
still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section
210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the outer worklights on rear of roof.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
• Perform E011-2L - Left Outer Worklight on Rear of Roof, Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform E011-2R - Right Outer Worklight on Rear of Roof, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace outer worklights on rear of roof and perform an operational check.• Problem
still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section
210.
BLC 516676.09- CAN BUS Message Cannot be Received, Implement Sends Error Message
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the BLC
control software and the implement. Status of switch for implement is not being received regularly. Reception of one, several
or all of the CAN messages expected by BLC control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be
due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or in the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
BLC 516676.19- Incorrect CAN BUS Message, Implement Sends Error Message
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that data from the implement CAN Bus are reporting an
error. This indicates a problem in the implement CAN BUS.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
BLC 516676.31- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from Implement
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that no valid data from the implement CAN Bus are
available.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the implement.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace A090 - Rear Implement Socket or A091 - Front Implement Socket and perform
operational check. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the implement.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace A090 - Rear Implement Socket or A091 - Front Implement Socket and perform
operational check. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
BLC 520491.03- Supply Voltage for a Control Unit on Implement, External Voltage
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that voltage is present at the output to the supply
voltage for a control unit on the implement, even though it is turned off. This indicates that the circuit is shorted to a supply
lead.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the implement.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace A090 - Rear Implement Socket or A091 - Front Implement Socket and perform
operational check. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
BLC 520491.06- Supply Voltage for a Control Unit on Implement, Current Too High
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the output to the supply voltage for
a control unit on the implement is too high. This indicates a short circuit to ground.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the implement.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace A090 - Rear Implement Socket or A091 - Front Implement Socket and perform
operational check. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
BLC 522876.19- Incorrect CAN BUS Message, Implement Sends Error Message
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that data from the implement CAN Bus are reporting an
error. This indicates a problem in the implement CAN Bus.
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
BLC 522876.31- CAN BUS Message Cannot Be Received, Information from Implement
406
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that no valid data from the implement CAN Bus are
available.
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Perform a visual inspection of the main control unit.Ensure that the cooling fins of the control unit are clean and free of
dust. Clean the cooling fins if necessary.
3. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
4. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
5. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Check whether there are any diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a defective circuit of the main control unit. These
diagnostic trouble codes take priority. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Perform a visual inspection of the main control unit.Ensure that the cooling fins of the control unit are clean and free of
dust. Clean the cooling fins if necessary.
3. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
4. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
5. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Check whether there are any diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a defective circuit of the main control unit. These
diagnostic trouble codes take priority. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Perform a visual inspection of the main control unit.Ensure that the cooling fins of the control unit are clean and free of
dust. Clean the cooling fins if necessary.
3. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
4. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
5. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Check whether there are any diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a defective circuit of the main control unit. These
diagnostic trouble codes take priority. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the wheel speed display.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see B09 - Wheel Speed Sensor for Tractors with Creeper, Circuit Testin Section 240.
Perform test, see B35 - Wheel Speed Sensor for Tractors without Creeper, Circuit Testin Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace wheel speed sensor and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the wheel speed display.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see B09 - Wheel Speed Sensor for Tractors with Creeper, Circuit Testin Section 240.
Perform test, see B35 - Wheel Speed Sensor for Tractors without Creeper, Circuit Testin Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace wheel speed sensor and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of fuel level gauge.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace fuel level sensor and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of fuel level gauge.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace fuel level sensor and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
• Perform B007 - Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch, Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform B060 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Check transmission oil pressures. The cause of the fault may be a defective solenoid valve.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
supply voltage is within specification, see 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit in Section
240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
supply voltage is within specification, see 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit in Section
245.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
CCU 000177.00- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Transmission Oil Temperature Very High
11
The information for operator (diagnostic trouble code) is generated if the control software detects, that the transmission oil
temperature is above 106°C (223°F) and below 125°C (257°F) for more than 7 seconds with engine speed above 700 rpm.
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Perform B60 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace transmission oil temperature sensor and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Perform B60 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace transmission oil temperature sensor and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
CCU 000177.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, CAN Message from PTA Control Software
11
Data transfer problem between the CCU control software and PTA control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes associated with an electrical fault in control software PTA or CCU must be processed first.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
CCU 000190.09- CAN BUS Message Cannot Be Received, Information from ECU Control Software
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the CCU control software and the ECU
control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages expected by the CCU control software is intermittent or
non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN Bus or in the
transmitting control software. This diagnostic trouble code can also be caused due to stalling of the engine.
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the ECU or CCU control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:No priority diagnostic trouble codes present. Check circuit of the relevant component.
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the ECU or CCU control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:No priority diagnostic trouble codes present. Check circuit of the relevant component.
CCU 000191.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, CAN Message from PTQ Control Software
11
Data transfer problem between the CCU control software and PTQ control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 100 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the CCU or PTQ control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 101 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the CCU or PTQ control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 102 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosisin Section 240.
Result:
YES:Diagnostics completed.
NO:Problem still exists.• Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 103 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosisin Section 240.
Result:
YES:Diagnostics completed.
NO:Problem still exists.• Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 104 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosisin Section 240.
Result:
YES:Diagnostics completed.
NO:Problem still exists.• Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 105 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
CCU 000247.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, CAN Message from ECU Control Software
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the ECU control software and the CCU
control software. The value for operating hours is not being received regularly. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN
messages expected by the CCU control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose
wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN Bus or in the transmitting control software.
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 106 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the CCU or ECU control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:No priority diagnostic trouble codes present. Check circuit of the relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 107 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the CCU or ECU control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:No priority diagnostic trouble codes present. Check circuit of the relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 108 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform Y005 - Solenoid Valve for Differential Lock, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace the solenoid valve for differential lock and perform an operational checkout.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 109 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform Y005 - Solenoid Valve for Differential Lock, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace the solenoid valve for differential lock and perform an operational checkout.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 110 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram the main control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 111 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram the main control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 112 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program rear chassis control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
CCU 000639.12- Vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd), High Error Rate
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that too many incorrect CAN Bus messages are
received or that there is a general problem in the connection to the vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd).
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
CCU 000639.14- Vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd), Very High Error Rate
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 113 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that too many incorrect CAN Bus messages are
received or that there is a general problem in the connection to the vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd).
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 114 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of differential lock.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Perform Y005 - Solenoid Valve for Differential Lock, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace the solenoid valve for differential lock and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 115 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
CCU 001058.03- Pressure Switch for Air Brake System, Voltage Too High
11
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects an open circuit or a short to 12 volts.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of air brake system.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B231 - Sensor for Air Brake Pressure, Circuit Test, Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace sensor for air brake pressure and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 116 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
CCU 001058.04- Pressure Switch for Air Brake System, Voltage Too Low
11
This diagnostic trouble code is generated when the control software detects a short to ground.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of air brake system.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B231 - Sensor for Air Brake Pressure, Circuit Test, Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace sensor for air brake pressure and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
CCU 001058.16- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Pressure Switch for Air-Brake System Is Not Activated (Pressure
Too High)
11
This operator information (diagnostic trouble code) is generated when the pressure of the air-brake system is too high. Limited
or no function of air brakes.
CCU 001069.02- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Tire Circumference Not or Incorrectly Calibrated
11
Tire circumference not or incorrectly calibrated. Recalibrate tire circumference.
CCU 001231.12- Implement CAN Bus, High Error Rate
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control unit detects that data received from the implement CAN Bus are faulty
or incomplete. This indicates a problem in the implement CAN Bus.
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 117 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 118 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of air brake system.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B111 - Hydraulic Oil Filter Sensor, Circuit Test, Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace hydraulic oil filter sensor and perform operational checkout.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 119 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of air brake system.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B111 - Hydraulic Oil Filter Sensor, Circuit Test, Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace hydraulic oil filter sensor and perform operational checkout.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 120 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of air brake system.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B111 - Hydraulic Oil Filter Sensor, Circuit Test, Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace hydraulic oil filter sensor and perform operational checkout.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
CCU 001865.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from OIC Control Software
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the OIC control software and the CCU
control software. The CAN Bus message concerning ELX voltage at the OIC control software has not been transmitted by the
OIC control software.
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 121 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 122 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
CCU 001865.19- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from OIC Control Software
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the OIC control software cannot determine the status of the ELX voltage and so
cannot provide the CAN Bus with any data. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code in the CCU
control software. OIC diagnostic trouble codes take priority.
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the OIC control software that can be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:No priority diagnostic trouble codes present. Check the relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 123 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
CCU 002000.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from ECU Control Software
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the ECU control software and the CCU
control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the ECU control software is intermittent
or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN Bus.
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 124 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
CCU 002003.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from PTQ Control Software
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the PTQ control software and the CCU
control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the PTQ control software is intermittent
or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN Bus.
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 125 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
CCU 002005.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from TIQ Control Software
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the TIQ control software and the CCU
control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the TIQ control software is intermittent or
non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN Bus.
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 126 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
CCU 002019.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from XCS Control Software
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the XCS
control software and the CCU control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the XCS
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN bus.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 127 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
CCU 002049.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from OIC Control Software
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the OIC control software and the CCU
control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the OIC control software is intermittent
or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN Bus.
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 128 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
CCU 002139.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from CSM Control Software
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the CSM control software and the CCU
control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the CSM control software is intermittent
or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN Bus.
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 129 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
CCU 002145.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from FCC Control Software
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the FCC control software and the CCU
control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the FCC control software is intermittent
or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN Bus.
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 130 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
CCU 002221.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from PLC Control Software
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the PLC control software and the CCU
control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the PLC control software is intermittent
or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN Bus.
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 131 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check component
Action:
Result:
NO:If necessary, repair the component or contacts and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 132 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 133 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 134 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 135 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control software or components that are supplied by the 5-volt
supply voltage.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
1. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of 5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit , Section 240.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 136 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control software or components that are supplied by the 5-volt
supply voltage.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
1. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of 5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit , Section 240.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 137 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control software or components that are supplied by the 5-volt
supply voltage.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
1. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of 5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit , Section 240.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 138 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control software or components that are supplied by the 12-volt
supply voltage.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of 12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit , Section 240.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 139 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control software or components that are supplied by the 12-volt
supply voltage.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of 12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit , Section 240.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 140 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
CCU 516123.09- Incorrect LIN Bus Message, LIN Message from Battery Cut-Off Relay
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the battery cut-off relay and the CCU
control software. Reception of one, several or all of the LIN messages expected by the CCU control software is intermittent or
non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in the LIN bus or battery cut-off
relay.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform Electrical System - LIN Bus Systems, Summary of References, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 141 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of battery cut-off relay.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 142 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of battery cut-off relay.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 143 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
CCU 520542.03- Vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd), Voltage Too High
11
Voltage of CAN+ too high. This indicates a short to 12 V.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
CCU 520543.04- Vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd), Voltage Too Low
11
Voltage of CAN- too low. This indicates a short to ground.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 144 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 145 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram the main control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 146 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of battery cut-off relay.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 147 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
CCU 522451.02- Wheel Angle Sensor, Voltages in Channel 1 and Channel 2 Not in Correct Ratio
11
The wheel angle sensor (WAS) consists of two separate sensors. The signal voltage of sensor 2 is 1/2 of the signal voltage of
sensor 1. The difference is 0.4 volts or more.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 148 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 149 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 150 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
CCU 522580.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from OIC Control Software
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the OIC control software and the CCU
control software. Status of switch for automatic mode of front-wheel drive is not being received regularly. Reception of one,
several or all of the CAN messages expected by the CCU control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception
could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN Bus or in the transmitting control software.
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 151 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the OIC control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:No priority diagnostic trouble codes present. Check the relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 152 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the OIC control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:No priority diagnostic trouble codes present. Check the relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 153 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
CCU 522763.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from FCC Control Software
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the FCC control software and the CCU
control software. Status of reverse drive lever is not being received regularly. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN
messages expected by the CCU control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose
wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN Bus or in the transmitting control software.
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 154 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the FCC control software that can be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:No priority diagnostic trouble codes present. Check circuit of the relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 155 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software : Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the FCC control software that can be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:No priority diagnostic trouble codes present. Check circuit of the relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 156 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
CCU 523652.02- Main Control Unit Connected to Wrong Wiring Harness Connector
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that an erroneous signal is present in the circuit of the
control unit identification during power-up after ignition ON.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the CCU control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit ,
Section 240. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 157 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
supply voltage is within specification, see 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit in Section
240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 158 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
supply voltage is within specification, see 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit in Section
240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 159 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
CCU 523689.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, CAN Message from OIC Control Software
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the message from the OIC control software
regarding the value of the differential lock switch is not being updated regularly via the CAN Bus. Diagnostic trouble codes from
the OIC control software must be processed first.
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 160 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software : Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the OIC control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:No priority diagnostic trouble codes present. Check circuit of the relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 161 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software : Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the OIC control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:No priority diagnostic trouble codes present. Check circuit of the relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 162 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software : Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the OIC control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:No priority diagnostic trouble codes present. Check circuit of the relevant component.
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software : Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
Result:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 163 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 164 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 165 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 166 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
CCU 524157.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, CAN Message from OIC Control Software
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the message from the OIC control software regarding the value of the signal of the
right brake pedal is not being updated regularly via the CAN BUS. Diagnostic trouble codes from the OIC control software must
be processed first.
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 167 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software : Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the OIC control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:No priority diagnostic trouble codes present. Check circuit of the relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 168 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software : Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the OIC control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:No priority diagnostic trouble codes present. Check circuit of the relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 169 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
CCU 524162.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, CAN Message from OIC Control Software
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the message from the OIC control software
regarding the value of the signal of the left brake pedal is not being updated regularly via the CAN BUS. Diagnostic trouble
codes from the OIC control software must be processed first.
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 170 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software : Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the OIC control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:No priority diagnostic trouble codes present. Check circuit of the relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 171 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software : Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the OIC control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:No priority diagnostic trouble codes present. Check circuit of the relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 172 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
CCU 524191.03- Air Brake System Solenoid Valve Voltage Too High
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage at the output to the air brake system
solenoid valve is too high. This indicates that the circuit of the solenoid valve is open or shorted to a positive lead.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of air brakes.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Perform Y117 - Solenoid Valve for Trailer Air Brakes, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace the solenoid valve for trailer air brakes and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 173 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
CCU 524191.05- Air Brake System Solenoid Valve Voltage Too Low
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage at the output to the air brake system
solenoid valve is too low. This indicates a short to ground in the solenoid valve circuit.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of air brakes.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Perform Y117 - Solenoid Valve for Trailer Air Brakes, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace the solenoid valve for trailer air brakes and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 174 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
CCU 524191.06- Air Brake System Solenoid Valve Current Too High
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the output to the air brake system
solenoid valve is too high. This indicates a defective solenoid valve or a short to ground in the solenoid valve circuit.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of air brakes.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Perform Y117 - Solenoid Valve for Trailer Air Brakes, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace the solenoid valve for trailer air brakes and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 175 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
CCU 524194.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, CAN Message from PTQ Control Software
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the message from the PTQ control software
regarding the value of actual direction of travel is not being updated regularly via the CAN Bus. Diagnostic trouble codes from
the PTQ control software must be processed first.
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 176 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software : Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the PTQ control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:No priority diagnostic trouble codes present. Check circuit of the relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 177 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software : Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the PTQ control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:No priority diagnostic trouble codes present. Check circuit of the relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 178 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram the main control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 179 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
CCU 524218.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, CAN Message from OIC Control Software
11
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the message from the OIC control software
regarding the park lock signal is not being updated regularly via the CAN Bus. Diagnostic trouble codes from the OIC control
software must be processed first.
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code returns. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 180 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software : Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the OIC control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:No priority diagnostic trouble codes present. Check circuit of the relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 181 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software : Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the OIC control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:No priority diagnostic trouble codes present. Check circuit of the relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 182 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnosis
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the front-wheel drive.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
Result:
Action:
Perform Y03 - Solenoid Valve for Front-Wheel Drive, Circuit Testin Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace the solenoid valve for the front-wheel drive and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 183 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the front-wheel drive.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Perform Y03 - Front-Wheel Drive Solenoid Valve, Circuit Test, Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace the front-wheel drive solenoid valve and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 184 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CCU: CCU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the front-wheel drive.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Perform Y03 - Front-Wheel Drive Solenoid Valve, Circuit Test, Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace the front-wheel drive solenoid valve and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 185 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CRU: CRU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the front-wheel drive.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Perform Y003 - Solenoid Valve for Front-Wheel Drive, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace the solenoid valve for the front-wheel drive and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 186 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CRU: CRU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform 50ZZ - Radio, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit, Section 245.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 187 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CRU: CRU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform 50ZZ - Radio, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit, Section 245.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 188 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CRU: CRU Control Software
Diagnosis
Control software response: Limited function of vehicle.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Turn the key switch off, wait for one minute and then turn it on again.
3. Check if the diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If the problem is intermittent, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
( 2 ) Circuit test
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a CAN Bus problem take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosisin Section 240.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Problem still exists.• Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
CRU 000639.12- Vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd), High Error Rate
382
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the data received by the CRU control software from the 500 kBd vehicle CAN bus
are faulty or incomplete. This indicates a problem in the vehicle CAN bus (500 kBd).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 190 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CRU: CRU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program radio control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245.
Action:
Result:
NO:Replace and program radio control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 191 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CRU: CRU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Disconnect the devices connected to the USB port.
3. Start the engine and wait one minute.
4. Check to see if DTC reappears.
5. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program radio control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245.
Action:
Result:
NO:Replace and program radio control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 192 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CRU: CRU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program radio control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245.
Action:
Result:
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 193 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group CRU: CRU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program radio control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245.
Action:
Result:
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 194 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program radio control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245.
Action:
Result:
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 195 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program cab control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245.
Action:
Result:
NO:Program and replace rear chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 196 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 197 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program rear chassis control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 198 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the DOI control software that can be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
( 3 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program cab control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 199 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake pedal sensor unit.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B230 - Right Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test, Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace sensor, see B230 - Right Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™
Transmission), Component Information and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 200 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
DOI 003032.03- Sensor Unit for Right Brake Pedal, Voltage Too High
498
More than 4.5 volts at signal input of right brake pedal potentiometers. This indicates a short in or a problem with the ground
connection in the potentiometer circuit.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake pedal sensor unit.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B230 - Right Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test, Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace sensor, see B230 - Right Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™
Transmission), Component Information and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 201 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
DOI 003032.04- Sensor Unit for Right Brake Pedal, Voltage Too Low
498
Less than 0.25 volts at signal input of right brake pedal potentiometer. This indicates a problem on the signal lead or a problem
with the potentiometer supply voltage.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake pedal sensor unit.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B230 - Right Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test, Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace sensor, see B230 - Right Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™
Transmission), Component Information and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 202 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
DOI 003032.08- Mismatch between Right and Left Brake Pedals, Time-out
498
The right brake pedal has been actuated for a long time and the left pedal has not been actuated at all.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake pedal sensor units.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B230 - Right Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test, Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace sensor, see B230 - Right Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™
Transmission), Component Information and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the right brake pedal sensor unit.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 204 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake pedal sensor unit.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B229 - Left Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace sensor, see B229 - Left Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™
Transmission), Component Information and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 205 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
DOI 003033.03- Sensor Unit for Left Brake Pedal, Voltage Too High
498
More than 4.5 volts at signal input of left brake pedal potentiometers. This indicates a short in or a problem with the ground
connection in the potentiometer circuit.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake pedal sensor unit.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B229 - Left Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace sensor, see B229 - Left Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™
Transmission), Component Information and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 206 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
DOI 003033.04- Sensor Unit for Left Brake Pedal, Voltage Too Low
498
Less than 0.25 volts at signal input of left brake pedal potentiometer. This indicates a problem on the signal lead or a problem
with the potentiometer supply voltage.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake pedal sensor unit.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B229 - Left Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace sensor, see B229 - Left Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™
Transmission), Component Information and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 207 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
DOI 003033.08- Mismatch between Left and Right Brake Pedals, Time-out
498
The left brake pedal has been actuated for a long time and the right pedal has not been actuated at all.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake pedal sensor units.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B229 - Left Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace sensor, see B229 - Left Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™
Transmission), Component Information and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the left brake pedal sensor unit.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 208 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 209 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
DOI 003599.03- Supply Voltage 3 of the Cab Control Unit, Voltage Too High
498
Supply voltage No. 3 at cab control unit too high. This indicates a short circuit to a positive lead.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
supply voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240.
3. 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 210 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
DOI 003599.06- Supply Voltage 3 of the Cab Control Unit, Current Too High
498
Current at cab control unit too high. This indicates a short circuit to ground.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
supply voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240.
3. 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
DOI 516315.09- Incorrect LIN Bus Message, Information from LIN Bus Module (Position H)
498
Data transfer problem between the DOI control software and the LIN bus module (position H). This indicates a problem in the
LIN bus or in the transmitting LIN bus module.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. See Electrical System - LIN Bus Systems, Summary of Referencesin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 211 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 212 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
DOI 516446.09- LIN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from LIN Bus Module (Positions F and G)
498
Data transfer problem between the DOI control software and the LIN bus module (position F and G). This indicates a problem in
the LIN bus or in the transmitting LIN bus module.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-Function Lever), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
NO: Electrical System - LIN Bus Systems, Summary of References, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 213 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245.
Action:
Perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Result:
NO:Replace and program control unit. Recalibrate the included control software.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 214 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245.
Action:
Perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Result:
NO:Replace and program control unit. Recalibrate the included control software.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 215 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245.
Action:
Perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Result:
NO:Replace and program control unit. Recalibrate the included control software.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 216 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
DOI 521128.02- Group Switch of the Switch Module (B-F), Signal Out of Range
498
The B-F button on the switch module for CommandQuad™ transmission creates an invalid signal.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the shift unit.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace Shift Unit, see S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 217 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake pedal sensor units.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace Shift Unit, see S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 218 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
DOI 521132.02- Group Switch of the Switch Module (C), Signal Out of Range
498
The C button on the switch module for CommandQuad™ transmission creates an invalid signal.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the shift unit.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace Shift Unit, see S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 219 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake pedal sensor units.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace Shift Unit, see S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 220 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
DOI 521133.02- Group Switch of the Switch Module (B), Signal Out of Range
498
The B button on the switch module for CommandQuad™ transmission creates an invalid signal.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the shift unit.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace Shift Unit, see S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 221 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake pedal sensor units.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace Shift Unit, see S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 222 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
DOI 521136.02- Group Switch of the Switch Module (A), Signal Out of Range
498
The A button on the switch module for CommandQuad™ transmission creates an invalid signal.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the shift unit.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace Shift Unit, see S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 223 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake pedal sensor units.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace Shift Unit, see S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 224 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
DOI 521143.02- Group Switch of the Switch Module (D), Signal Out of Range
498
The D button on the switch module for CommandQuad™ transmission creates an invalid signal.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the shift unit.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace Shift Unit, see S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 225 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake pedal sensor units.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace Shift Unit, see S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 226 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
DOI 521274.09- Incorrect LIN Bus - 1 Message, Information from LIN Bus Module (Position H)
498
Data transfer problem between the DOI control software and the LIN bus - 1. This indicates a problem in the LIN bus or in the
transmitting LIN bus module.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the LIN Bus module.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 227 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the multi-function lever.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Actuate the switch several times to remove any dirt.
3. Perform a restart.
4. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
5. Check to see if DTC reappears.
6. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-Function Lever), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. See Electrical System - LIN Bus Systems, Summary of Referencesin Section 240 or perform General
Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 228 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the multi-function lever.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Actuate the switch several times to remove any dirt.
3. Perform a restart.
4. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
5. Check to see if DTC reappears.
6. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-Function Lever), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. See Electrical System - LIN Bus Systems, Summary of Referencesin Section 240 or perform General
Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 229 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the multi-function lever.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Actuate the switch several times to remove any dirt.
3. Perform a restart.
4. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
5. Check to see if DTC reappears.
6. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-Function Lever), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. See Electrical System - LIN Bus Systems, Summary of Referencesin Section 240 or perform General
Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 230 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the multi-function lever.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Actuate the switch several times to remove any dirt.
3. Perform a restart.
4. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
5. Check to see if DTC reappears.
6. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-Function Lever), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. See Electrical System - LIN Bus Systems, Summary of Referencesin Section 240 or perform General
Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 231 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the multi-function lever.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Actuate the switch several times to remove any dirt.
3. Perform a restart.
4. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
5. Check to see if DTC reappears.
6. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-Function Lever), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. See Electrical System - LIN Bus Systems, Summary of Referencesin Section 240 or perform General
Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 232 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake pedal sensor unit.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace potentiometer, see B019 - Cruise Control Potentiometer, Component
Information , and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 233 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake pedal sensor unit.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace potentiometer, see B019 - Cruise Control Potentiometer, Component
Information , and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 234 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake pedal sensor unit.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace potentiometer, see B144 - Auto Modus Potentiometer, Component Information
and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 235 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake pedal sensor unit.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace potentiometer, see B144 - Auto Modus Potentiometer, Component Information
and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 236 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the additional switch on the multi-function lever
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-Function Lever), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace LIN bus module (multi-function lever) and perform operational check.
NO:• Problem still exists. See Electrical System - LIN Bus Systems, Summary of Referencesin Section 240. • See General
Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 237 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: With diagnostic trouble code active, the tractor cannot be moved. After rectifying the
error, the tractor may be moved again after the reverse drive lever has been shifted over the corner park position.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:• All circuits are within specification. Replace the sensor unit for speed control lever and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 238 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the transmission.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:• All circuits are within specification. Replace the sensor unit for speed control lever and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 239 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the declutch switch on the range-shift lever.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform S037 - Switch for Gear Selector, Auto Mode and Clutch, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace switch, see S037 - Gear selector switch, Auto mode and clutch, Component
information , and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 240 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: control software turns off the function of the clutch switch on range-shift lever. The
function has to be reactivated in address PTQ167.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform S037 - Switch for Gear Selector, Auto Mode and Clutch, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace switch, see S037 - Gear selector switch, Auto mode and clutch, Component
information , and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 241 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: control software turns off the function of the clutch switch on range-shift lever. The
function has to be reactivated in address PTQ167.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform S037 - Switch for Gear Selector, Auto Mode and Clutch, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace switch, see S037 - Gear selector switch, Auto mode and clutch, Component
information , and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 242 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: control software turns off the function of the clutch switch on range-shift lever. The
function has to be reactivated in address PTQ167.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform S037 - Switch for Gear Selector, Auto Mode and Clutch, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace switch, see S037 - Gear selector switch, Auto mode and clutch, Component
information , and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 243 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: No function of the multi-function lever.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the AIC control software that can be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component. Go to 3.
Action:
Perform S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-Function Lever), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace LIN bus module, see S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-Function Lever), Component
Informationand perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 244 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: No function of the multi-function lever.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check status
Action:
Check status, see SCO 032 - Activation Switch of Multi-Function Lever, Status , or DOI 076 - Lock Position of the Multi-Function
Lever, Status in Section 245.
Result:
NO:Problem still exists. Check that the switch moves easily and clean it. Perform operational check.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 245 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the multi-function lever.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-Function Lever), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace component and perform operational check. See S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-
Function Lever), Component Information.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 246 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the multi-function lever.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-Function Lever), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace component and perform operational check. See S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-
Function Lever), Component Information.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 247 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the multi-function lever.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-Function Lever), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace component and perform operational check. See S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-
Function Lever), Component Information.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 248 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the multi-function lever.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-Function Lever), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace component and perform operational check. See S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-
Function Lever), Component Information.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 249 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the multi-function lever.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-Function Lever), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace component and perform operational check. See S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-
Function Lever), Component Information.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 250 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group DOI: Control software DOI
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the multi-function lever.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-Function Lever), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace component and perform operational check. See S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-
Function Lever), Component Information.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 251 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
DOI 523954.11- Sensor Unit for Speed Control Lever (Speed Wheel), Output Signals do Not Match
498
Incorrect combination of signals at the output channels (channel 1 and channel 2) of the speed wheel on the sensor unit for the
speed control lever detected.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the sensor unit for the speed control lever.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace component and perform operational check. See S007 - Shift Unit
(CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information .
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 252 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For test steps, see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000027.03
For details of location and information on components, see Y5400 - EGR Valve Actuator, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000027.04
For details of location and information on components, see Y5400 - EGR Valve Actuator, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 253 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure, see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000027.07
For details of location and information on components, see Y5400 - EGR Valve Actuator, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
ECU 000051.03- Air Throttle Actuator Position Signal Out of Range High
17
This indicates a short to 12 V.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000051.03
For details of location and information on components, see Y5401 - Air Throttle Actuator, Component Informationin
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
ECU 000051.04- Air Throttle Actuator Position Signal Out of Range Low
17
This indicates a short to ground.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 254 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000051.04
For details of location and information on components, see Y5401 - Air Throttle Actuator, Component Informationin
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000051.07
For details of location and information on components, see Y5401 - Air Throttle Actuator, Component Informationin
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 255 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
ECU 000051.14- Air Throttle Actuator and EGR Valve Connectors Swapped
17
The ECU detects that the air throttle actuator connector and the EGR valve connector are swapped.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000051.14
For details of location and information on components, see Y5401 - Air Throttle Actuator, Component Informationin
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
For details of location and information on components, see Y5400 - EGR Valve Actuator, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000094.03
For details of location and information on components, see B5107 - Low-Pressure Fuel Pressure Sensor, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 256 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
17
This indicates a short to ground.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000094.04
For details of location and information on components, see B5107 - Low-Pressure Fuel Pressure Sensor, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000094.16
For details of location and information on components, see B5107 - Low-Pressure Fuel Pressure Sensor, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 257 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000094.17
For details of location and information on components, see B5107 - Low-Pressure Fuel Pressure Sensor, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
For details of location and information on components, see M031 - Fuel Pump, Circuit Test , Section 240.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FC - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FC - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 258 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000094.18
For details of location and information on components, see B5107 - Low-Pressure Fuel Pressure Sensor, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
For details of location and information on components, see M031 - Fuel Pump, Circuit Test , Section 240.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FC - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FC - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000097.03
For details of location and information on components, see B5600 - Water-In-Fuel Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 259 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
17
This indicates a short to ground.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000097.04
For details of location and information on components, see B5600 - Water-In-Fuel Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000097.16
For details of location and information on components, see B5600 - Water-In-Fuel Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 260 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000100.01
For details of location and information on components, see B5101 - Engine Oil Pressure Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000100.02
For details of location and information on components, see B5101 - Engine Oil Pressure Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 261 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000100.03
For details of location and information on components, see B5101 - Engine Oil Pressure Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000100.04
For details of location and information on components, see B5101 - Engine Oil Pressure Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000100.18
For details of location and information on components, see B5101 - Engine Oil Pressure Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 262 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000101.00
For details of location and information on components, see B5101 - Engine Oil Pressure Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000101.03
For details of location and information on components, see B5105 - Crankcase Pressure Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 263 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000101.04
For details of location and information on components, see B5105 - Crankcase Pressure Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000101.16
For details of location and information on components, see B5105 - Crankcase Pressure Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 264 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000102.03
For details of location and information on components, see B5104 - Manifold Air Pressure Sensor, Component
Informationin Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
ECU 000102.04- Intake Manifold Air Pressure Signal Out of Range Low
17
This indicates a short to ground.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000102.04
For details of location and information on components, see B5104 - Manifold Air Pressure Sensor, Component
Informationin Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000102.07
For details of location and information on components, see B5104 - Manifold Air Pressure Sensor, Component
Informationin Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 265 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000103.00
For details of location and information on components, see B5300 - Turbocharger Speed Sensor, Component Information
in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000103.02
For details of location and information on components, see B5300 - Turbocharger Speed Sensor, Component Information
in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 266 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000103.05
For details of location and information on components, see B5300 - Turbocharger Speed Sensor, Component Information
in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000105.00
For details of location and information on components, see B5206 - Manifold Air Temperature Sensor, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 267 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000105.03
For details of location and information on components, see B5206 - Manifold Air Temperature Sensor, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000105.04
For details of location and information on components, see B5206 - Manifold Air Temperature Sensor, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000105.15
For details of location and information on components, see B5206 - Manifold Air Temperature Sensor, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 268 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000105.16
For details of location and information on components, see B5206 - Manifold Air Temperature Sensor, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000107.00
For details of location and information on components, see B5500 - Intake Air Sensor, Component Information in Section
249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 269 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000107.15
For details of location and information on components, see B5500 - Intake Air Sensor, Component Information in Section
249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000107.16
For details of location and information on components, see B5500 - Intake Air Sensor, Component Information in Section
249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000108.02
→NOTE:
Component lead numbers and connector layout in this manual are different from the information given in
the CTM. For diagnostics, use the component and circuit information provided under tractor-related
information.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 270 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
For details of location and information on components, see A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50ZZ - ECU (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50ZZ - ECU (Open Operator′s Station) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section
240.
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000108.07
→NOTE:
Component lead numbers and connector layout in this manual are different from the information given in
the CTM. For diagnostics, use the component and circuit information provided under tractor-related
information.
For details of location and information on components, see A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50ZZ - ECU (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50ZZ - ECU (Open Operator′s Station) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section
240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000109.01
For details of location and information on components, see B5108 - Coolant Pressure Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 271 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000109.03
For details of location and information on components, see B5108 - Coolant Pressure Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000109.04
For details of location and information on components, see B5108 - Coolant Pressure Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 272 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000109.17
For details of location and information on components, see B5108 - Coolant Pressure Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000109.18
For details of location and information on components, see B5108 - Coolant Pressure Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000109.31
For details of location and information on components, see B5108 - Coolant Pressure Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 273 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000110.00
For details of location and information on components, see B5208 - Coolant Temperature Sensor, Component Information
in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000110.03
For details of location and information on components, see B5208 - Coolant Temperature Sensor, Component Information
in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 274 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000110.04
For details of location and information on components, see B5208 - Coolant Temperature Sensor, Component Information
in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000110.15
For details of location and information on components, see B5208 - Coolant Temperature Sensor, Component Information
in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 275 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000110.16
For details of location and information on components, see B5208 - Coolant Temperature Sensor, Component Information
in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000110.17
For details of location and information on components, see B5208 - Coolant Temperature Sensor, Component Information
in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000111.01
For details of location and information on components, see B5009 - Coolant Level Switch, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 276 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000111.07
For details of location and information on components, see B5009 - Coolant Level Switch, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000111.17
For details of location and information on components, see B5009 - Coolant Level Switch, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 277 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000111.18
For details of location and information on components, see B5009 - Coolant Level Switch, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 278 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 279 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 280 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000157.01
For details of location and information on components, see B5113 - Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 281 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000157.02
For details of location and information on components, see B5113 - Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000157.03
For details of location and information on components, see B5113 - Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 282 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000157.04
For details of location and information on components, see B5113 - Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000157.12
For details of location and information on components, see B5113 - Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 283 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000157.16
For details of location and information on components, see B5113 - Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000157.17
For details of location and information on components, see B5113 - Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000157.18
For details of location and information on components, see B5113 - Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 284 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 285 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000158.12
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the vehicle.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform 50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 286 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
ECU 000168.01- Engine Control Unit, Supply Voltage (BAT) Too Low
17
Supply voltage (BAT) below 9 V.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 287 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
ECU 000168.16- Engine Control Unit, Supply Voltage (BAT) Moderately High
17
Supply voltage (BAT) moderately high.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 288 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
ECU 000168.17- Engine Control Unit, Supply Voltage (BAT) Too Low
17
Supply voltage (BAT) is below 12.5 V with engine speed above 1500 rpm.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 289 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
ECU 000168.18- Engine Control Unit, Supply Voltage (BAT) Moderately Low
17
Supply voltage (BAT) moderately low.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000174.00
For details of location and information on components, see B5209 - Fuel Temperature Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 290 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000174.03
For details of location and information on components, see B5209 - Fuel Temperature Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000174.04
For details of location and information on components, see B5209 - Fuel Temperature Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 291 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000174.16
For details of location and information on components, see B5209 - Fuel Temperature Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000189.31
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000190.00
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000190.16
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 292 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN Bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosisin Section 212.
Result:
YES:Diagnostics completed.
NO:Problem still exists.• Perform 50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 293 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of vehicle
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN Bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosisin Section 212.
Result:
YES:Diagnostics completed.
NO:Problem still exists.• Perform 50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 294 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN Bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosisin Section 212.
Result:
YES:Diagnostics completed.
NO:Problem still exists.• Perform 50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000412.00
For details of location and information on components, see B5207 - EGR Temperature Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 295 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000412.03
For details of location and information on components, see B5207 - EGR Temperature Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000412.04
For details of location and information on components, see B5207 - EGR Temperature Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 296 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000412.15
For details of location and information on components, see B5207 - EGR Temperature Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000412.16
For details of location and information on components, see B5207 - EGR Temperature Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 297 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000611.03
For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000611.04
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000612.03
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 298 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000612.04
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
ECU 000613.03- Driver Of Fuel Pressure Control Valves, Voltage Too High
17
Circuit of fuel pressure control valves open or shorted to 12 volts.
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000613.03
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For details of location and information on components, see Y5022-2 - Fuel Pressure Control Valve 1, Component
Information or Y5023-2 - Fuel Pressure Control Valve 2, Component Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 299 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000613.04
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For details of location and information on components, see Y5022-2 - Fuel Pressure Control Valve 1, Component
Information or Y5023-2 - Fuel Pressure Control Valve 2, Component Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000613.31
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For details of location and information on components, see Y5022-2 - Fuel Pressure Control Valve 1, Component
Information or Y5023-2 - Fuel Pressure Control Valve 2, Component Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 300 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:Replace and program control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 301 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:Replace and program control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 302 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:Replace and program control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 303 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:Replace and program control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 304 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:Replace and program control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000636.02
For details of location and information on components, see B5302 - Camshaft Speed Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 305 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000636.05
For details of location and information on components, see B5302 - Camshaft Speed Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000636.06
For details of location and information on components, see B5302 - Camshaft Speed Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 306 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000636.08
For details of location and information on components, see B5302 - Camshaft Speed Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000636.10
For details of location and information on components, see B5302 - Camshaft Speed Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 307 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000637.02
For details of location and information on components, see B5301 - Crankshaft Speed Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000637.05
For details of location and information on components, see B5301 - Crankshaft Speed Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000637.06
For details of location and information on components, see B5301 - Crankshaft Speed Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 308 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 309 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
ECU 000637.07- Camshaft Speed and Crankshaft Speed Signals Out of Sync
17
The ECU detects that the camshaft speed sensor and the crankshaft speed sensor are not in sync with each other.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000637.07
For details of location and information on components, see B5301 - Crankshaft Speed Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For details of location and information on components, see B5302 - Camshaft Speed Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000637.08
For details of location and information on components, see B5301 - Crankshaft Speed Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 310 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000637.10
For details of location and information on components, see B5301 - Crankshaft Speed Sensor, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000641.00
For details of location and information on components, see Y5500 - VGT Actuator, Component Informationin Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 311 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
000641.05
For details of location and information on components, see Y5500 - VGT Actuator, Component Informationin Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000641.06
For details of location and information on components, see Y5500 - VGT Actuator, Component Informationin Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000641.07
For details of location and information on components, see Y5500 - VGT Actuator, Component Informationin Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
ECU 000641.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from VGT Actuator
17
Data transfer problem between the ECU and the VGT actuator.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 312 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000641.09
For details of location and information on components, see Y5500 - VGT Actuator, Component Informationin Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000641.12
For details of location and information on components, see Y5500 - VGT Actuator, Component Informationin Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 313 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
000641.13
For details of location and information on components, see Y5500 - VGT Actuator, Component Informationin Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000641.16
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000641.31
For details of location and information on components, see Y5500 - VGT Actuator, Component Informationin Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000651.02
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 314 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000651.05
For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000651.06
For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 315 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000651.13
For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000651.18
For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 316 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000652.02
For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000652.05
For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 317 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000652.06
For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000652.13
For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000652.18
For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 318 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000653.02
For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000653.05
For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 319 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000653.06
For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000653.13
For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 320 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000653.18
For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000654.02
For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 321 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000654.05
For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000654.06
For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000654.13
For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 322 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000654.18
For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000655.02
For details of location and information on components, see X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087,
Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 323 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000655.05
For details of location and information on components, see X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087,
Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000655.06
For details of location and information on components, see X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087,
Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 324 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000655.13
For details of location and information on components, see X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087,
Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000655.18
For details of location and information on components, see X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087,
Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000656.02
For details of location and information on components, see X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087,
Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 325 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000656.05
For details of location and information on components, see X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087,
Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000656.06
For details of location and information on components, see X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087,
Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 326 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000656.13
For details of location and information on components, see X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087,
Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
000656.18
For details of location and information on components, see X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087,
Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 327 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
ECU 000676.05- Relay for Electric Starting Aid, Current Too Low
17
Circuit current too low. This indicates an open circuit.
→NOTE:
The ECU uses the measured manifold air temperature to determine how long the glow plugs are supplied
with power. As soon as the determined time has elapsed, the ECU switches off the relay for the electrical
starting aid.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the starting aid.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform K046 - Relay for Electrical Starting Aid, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 328 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
ECU 000676.06- Relay for Electric Starting Aid, Current Too High
17
Circuit current too high. This indicates a short circuit to ground.
→NOTE:
The ECU uses the measured manifold air temperature to determine how long the glow plugs are supplied
with power. As soon as the determined time has elapsed, the ECU switches off the relay for the electrical
starting aid.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the starting aid.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform K046 - Relay for Electrical Starting Aid, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 329 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
ECU 000676.14- Cold Start Aid Signal Received When Not Expected
17
The ECU detects that the cold start aid relay output voltage is high when the ECU is not energizing the relay.
→NOTE:
The ECU uses the measured manifold air temperature to determine how long the glow plugs are supplied
with power. As soon as the determined time has elapsed, the ECU switches off the relay for the electrical
starting aid.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the starting aid.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform K046 - Relay for Electrical Starting Aid, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 330 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
ECU 000676.31- Cold Start Aid Relay Signal Not Received When Expected
17
The ECU detects that the cold start aid relay output voltage is low when the ECU is energizing the relay.
→NOTE:
The ECU uses the measured manifold air temperature to determine how long the glow plugs are supplied
with power. As soon as the determined time has elapsed, the ECU switches off the relay for the electrical
starting aid.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the starting aid.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform K046 - Relay for Electrical Starting Aid, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 331 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the vehicle.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Whenever processing of a diagnostic trouble code is completed, refresh the codes to determine which of the other codes are
still active.
1. ICA 000628.02
2. EIC 002000.09
3. ICA 002006.09
4. EIC 002029.09
5. ECU 002006.09
6. ECU 521192.11
7. ICA 521192.11
8. ECU 521214.09
9. EIC 002029.12
10. EIC 521192.12
11. EIC 521192.13
12. EIC 521321.12
13. EIC 521322.31
14. EIC 521321.09
15. EIC 521214.11
16. EIC 521214.31
Result:
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 332 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
On tractors with PowrReverser™ transmission, perform 50ZZ -Engine Control Unit, Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Control unit checked and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
For details of location and information on components, see M031 - Fuel Pump, Circuit Test , Section 240.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FC - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FC - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
For details of location and information on components, see M031 - Fuel Pump, Circuit Test , Section 240.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FC - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FC - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
For details of location and information on components, see M031 - Fuel Pump, Circuit Test , Section 240.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FC - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FC - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 333 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
For details of location and information on components, see M031 - Fuel Pump, Circuit Test , Section 240.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FC - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FC - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
For details of location and information on components, see M031 - Fuel Pump, Circuit Test , Section 240.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FC - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FC - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Check fuel system, see Fuel System - Check the Fuel Transfer Pump in Section 230.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 334 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the vehicle.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Check the following control software for active diagnostic trouble codes:
1. ECU
2. PDU
3. PTQ
4. SCO
5. CCU
Whenever processing of a diagnostic trouble code is completed, refresh the codes to determine which of the other codes are
still active.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. See Engine Protection Derate and Shutdown in the relevant CTM for
diesel engines.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 335 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
001136.00
For details of location and information on components, see A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
001136.02
For details of location and information on components, see A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
001136.16
For details of location and information on components, see A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 336 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
001172.12
For details of location and information on components, see B5500 - Intake Air Sensor, Component Information in Section
249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
001176.07
For details of location and information on components, see B5500 - Intake Air Sensor, Component Information in Section
249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 337 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
001176.12
For details of location and information on components, see B5500 - Intake Air Sensor, Component Information in Section
249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
001180.00
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
001180.16
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
001209.03
For details of location and information on components, see B5102 - Exhaust Manifold Pressure Sensor, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 338 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
001209.04
For details of location and information on components, see B5102 - Exhaust Manifold Pressure Sensor, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
001209.07
For details of location and information on components, see B5102 - Exhaust Manifold Pressure Sensor, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
ECU 001321.05- Engine Starter Solenoid Lockout Relay Circuit Has High Resistance
17
The ECU has detected a fault on the starter solenoid lockout relay circuit.
ECU 001321.06- Engine Starter Solenoid Lockout Relay Circuit Has Low Resistance
17
The ECU has detected low resistance on the starter solenoid lockout relay drive circuit.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 339 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
ECU 001321.16- ECU has Detected that the Starter has been Engaged Too Long
17
The ECU has detected low resistance on the starter solenoid lockout relay drive circuit.
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
001321.06
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
001322.31
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
001347.05
For details of location and information on components, see Y5022-2 - Fuel Pressure Control Valve 1, Component
Information or Y5002 - Suction Control Valve, Component Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 340 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
001347.06
For details of location and information on components, see Y5022-2 - Fuel Pressure Control Valve 1, Component
Information or Y5002 - Suction Control Valve, Component Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
001347.07
For details of location and information on components, see Y5022-2 - Fuel Pressure Control Valve 1, Component
Information or Y5002 - Suction Control Valve, Component Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 341 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
001348.05
For details of location and information on components, see Y5023-2 - Fuel Pressure Control Valve 2, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For details of location and information on components, see Y5023-2 - Fuel Pressure Control Valve 2, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 342 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the air conditioning.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 343 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the air conditioning.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
0001569.31
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
0001761.01
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 344 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
For details of location and information on components, see A5507 - DEF Tank Header Assembly, Component Information
in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
ECU 001761.03- DEF Tank Fluid Level Sensor, Voltage Too High
17
This indicates a short to 12 V.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
0001761.03
For details of location and information on components, see A5507 - DEF Tank Header Assembly, Component Information
in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
ECU 001761.04- DEF Tank Fluid Level Sensor, Voltage Too Low
17
This indicates a short to ground.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
0001761.04
For details of location and information on components, see A5507 - DEF Tank Header Assembly, Component Information
in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 345 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
0001761.17
For details of location and information on components, see A5507 - DEF Tank Header Assembly, Component Information
in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
0001761.18
For details of location and information on components, see A5507 - DEF Tank Header Assembly, Component Information
in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 346 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
ECU 002006.09- Incorrect CAN BUS Message, Information from EIC Control Software
17
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the EIC control software and the ECU
control software. Reception of messages sent on the CAN Bus by the control software is intermittent or non-existent. This
indicates an open circuit in the CAN BUS line, a short circuit or faulty CAN BUS terminating resistors.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 347 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN Bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosisin Section 212.
Result:
YES:Diagnostics completed.
NO:Problem still exists.• Perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • On tractors with PowrReverser™ transmission,
perform 50ZZ -Engine Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform 50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform
General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 348 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN Bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosisin Section 212.
Result:
YES:Diagnostics completed.
NO:Problem still exists.• Perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • On tractors with PowrReverser™ transmission,
perform 50ZZ -Engine Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform 50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform
General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 349 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN Bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosisin Section 212.
Result:
YES:Diagnostics completed.
NO:Problem still exists.• Perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • On tractors with PowrReverser™ transmission,
perform 50ZZ -Engine Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform 50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform
General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 350 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
ECU 002071.09- Incorrect CAN BUS Message, Information from CCU Control Software
17
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the CCU control software and the ECU
control software. Reception of messages sent on the CAN Bus by the control software is intermittent or non-existent. This
indicates an open circuit in the CAN BUS line, a short circuit or faulty CAN BUS terminating resistors.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 351 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
ECU 002630.00- Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature Signal Extremely High
17
Charge air cooler outlet temperature extremely high.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the engine.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Shut off the engine and wait one minute.
3. Start the engine and wait one minute.
4. Check to see if DTC reappears.
5. If the problem is intermittent, perform a test drive and check under which conditions the diagnostic trouble code is
generated.
Result:
Action:
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
002630.00
For details of location and information on components, see B5205 - Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature Sensor,
Component Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Result:
NO:Fault could not be identified using the diagnostic procedure in relevant CTM. GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
ECU 002630.03- Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature Signal Out Of Range High
17
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 352 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
0026230.03
For details of location and information on components, see B5205 - Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature Sensor,
Component Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
ECU 002630.04- Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature Signal Out Of Range Low
17
This indicates a short to ground.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
0026230.04
For details of location and information on components, see B5205 - Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature Sensor,
Component Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
ECU 002630.15- Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature Signal Slightly High
17
The charge air cooler outlet temperature is slightly higher than expected.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 353 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
0026230.15
For details of location and information on components, see B5205 - Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature Sensor,
Component Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
ECU 002630.16- Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature Signal Moderately High
17
The charge air cooler outlet temperature is slightly higher than expected.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
0026230.16
For details of location and information on components, see B5205 - Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature Sensor,
Component Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
002659.02
For details of location and information on components, see B5103 - EGR Flow Sensor, Component Information in Section
249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 354 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
002659.03
For details of location and information on components, see B5103 - EGR Flow Sensor, Component Information in Section
249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
002659.04
For details of location and information on components, see B5103 - EGR Flow Sensor, Component Information in Section
249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 355 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
002659.14
For details of location and information on components, see B5103 - EGR Flow Sensor, Component Information in Section
249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
002659.15
For details of location and information on components, see B5103 - EGR Flow Sensor, Component Information in Section
249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 356 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
002659.17
For details of location and information on components, see B5103 - EGR Flow Sensor, Component Information in Section
249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
002791.05
For details of location and information on components, see Y5400 - EGR Valve Actuator, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
002791.06
For details of location and information on components, see Y5400 - EGR Valve Actuator, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 357 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
002791.07
For details of location and information on components, see Y5400 - EGR Valve Actuator, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
002791.13
For details of location and information on components, see Y5400 - EGR Valve Actuator, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 358 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
002795.03
For details of location and information on components, see Y5500 - VGT Actuator, Component Informationin Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
002795.04
For details of location and information on components, see Y5500 - VGT Actuator, Component Informationin Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 359 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
002795.07
For details of location and information on components, see Y5500 - VGT Actuator, Component Informationin Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
002795.10
For details of location and information on components, see Y5500 - VGT Actuator, Component Informationin Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
002795.13
For details of location and information on components, see Y5500 - VGT Actuator, Component Informationin Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
002795.31
For details of location and information on components, see Y5500 - VGT Actuator, Component Informationin Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
002797.03
For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 361 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
002797.05
For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
002797.06
For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
002798.03
For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 362 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
002798.05
For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
002798.06
For details of location and information on components, see Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines, Component
Informationor X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
ECU 003031.03- DEF Tank Fluid Temperature Signal Out of Range High
17
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 363 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003031.03
For details of location and information on components, see A5507 - DEF Tank Header Assembly, Component Information
in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - DEF Dosing Unit Heater (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - DEF Dosing Unit Heater (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
ECU 003031.04- DEF Tank Fluid Temperature Sensor, Voltage Too Low
17
This indicates a short to ground.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003031.04
For details of location and information on components, see A5507 - DEF Tank Header Assembly, Component Information
in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - DEF Dosing Unit Heater (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - DEF Dosing Unit Heater (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
ECU 003216.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from Aftertreatment Inlet NOx Sensor
17
Data transfer problem between the ECU and the aftertreatment inlet NOx sensor.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 364 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003216.09
For details of location and information on components, see B5502 - Aftertreatment Inlet NOx Sensor, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003216.12
For details of location and information on components, see B5502 - Aftertreatment Inlet NOx Sensor, Component
Information in Section 249.
For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
Sectional Schematics - Diagnostic Schematics, Summary of References, 50FA - Aftertreatment System, Section 240.
For a summary of wiring harnesses, see Summary of Wiring Harnesses, Summary of References in Section 249.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003216.14
For details of location and information on components, see B5502 - Aftertreatment Inlet NOx Sensor, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 365 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
ECU 003226.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from Aftertreatment Outlet NOx Sensor
17
Data transfer problem between the ECU and the aftertreatment outlet NOx sensor.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003226.09
For details of location and information on components, see B5503 - Aftertreatment Outlet NOx Sensor, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003226.12
For details of location and information on components, see B5503 - Aftertreatment Outlet NOx Sensor, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 366 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003226.14
For details of location and information on components, see B5503 - Aftertreatment Outlet NOx Sensor, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003246.00
For details of location and information on components, see B5204 - Exhaust Filter Temperature Module, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 367 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003246.12
For details of location and information on components, see B5204 - Exhaust Filter Temperature Module, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003251.00
For details of location and information on components, see B5109 - DPF Differential Pressure Sensor, Component
Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003251.02
For details of location and information on components, see B5109 - DPF Differential Pressure Sensor, Component
Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 368 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003251.03
For details of location and information on components, see B5109 - DPF Differential Pressure Sensor, Component
Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003251.04
For details of location and information on components, see B5109 - DPF Differential Pressure Sensor, Component
Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 369 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003251.04
For details of location and information on components, see B5109 - DPF Differential Pressure Sensor, Component
Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 370 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
• On tractors with cab, perform G004 - Alternator (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
• On tractors with cab, perform G004 - Alternator (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace the alternator and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 212.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003361.03
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 371 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
For details of location and information on components, see B5020-2 - DEF Dosing Injector, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003361.04
For details of location and information on components, see B5020-2 - DEF Dosing Injector, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003361.05
For details of location and information on components, see B5020-2 - DEF Dosing Injector, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 372 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003361.06
For details of location and information on components, see B5020-2 - DEF Dosing Injector, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003361.07
For details of location and information on components, see B5020-2 - DEF Dosing Injector, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 373 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
003361.31
For details of location and information on components, see B5020-2 - DEF Dosing Injector, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003464.05
For details of location and information on components, see Y5401 - Air Throttle Actuator, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003464.06
For details of location and information on components, see Y5401 - Air Throttle Actuator, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003464.07
For details of location and information on components, see Y5401 - Air Throttle Actuator, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003464.13
For details of location and information on components, see Y5401 - Air Throttle Actuator, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 375 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
003465.05
For details of location and information on components, see Y5402 - Exhaust Throttle Actuator, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003465.06
For details of location and information on components, see Y5402 - Exhaust Throttle Actuator, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003465.07
For details of location and information on components, see Y5402 - Exhaust Throttle Actuator, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003465.13
For details of location and information on components, see Y5402 - Exhaust Throttle Actuator, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003473.03
For details of location and information on components, see Y5402 - Exhaust Throttle Actuator, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 377 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
003473.03
For details of location and information on components, see Y5402 - Exhaust Throttle Actuator, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003473.03
For details of location and information on components, see Y5402 - Exhaust Throttle Actuator, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003509.03
For details of location and information on components, see B5113 - Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003509.04
For details of location and information on components, see B5113 - Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003510.03
For details of location and information on components, see B5105 - Crankcase Pressure Sensor, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 379 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
003510.04
For details of location and information on components, see B5105 - Crankcase Pressure Sensor, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 380 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003511.03
For details of location and information on components, see B5101 - Engine Oil Pressure Sensor, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
For details of location and information on components, see B5107 - Low-Pressure Fuel Pressure Sensor, Component
Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
For details of location and information on components, see Y5401 - Air Throttle Actuator, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
For details of location and information on components, see Y5402 - Exhaust Throttle Actuator, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 381 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003511.04
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003511.03
For details of location and information on components, see B5101 - Engine Oil Pressure Sensor, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
For details of location and information on components, see B5107 - Low-Pressure Fuel Pressure Sensor, Component
Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
For details of location and information on components, see Y5401 - Air Throttle Actuator, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
For details of location and information on components, see Y5402 - Exhaust Throttle Actuator, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003512.03
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 382 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
17
This indicates a short to ground.
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003512.04
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003513.03
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003513.04
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 383 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003514.03
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003511.03
For details of location and information on components, see B5101 - Engine Oil Pressure Sensor, Component Information
For details of location and information on components, see B5108 - Coolant Pressure Sensor, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
For details of location and information on components, see B5102 - Exhaust Manifold Pressure Sensor, Component
Information
For details of location and information on components, see Y5400 - EGR Valve Actuator, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 384 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003514.04
For details of location and information on components, see B5101 - Engine Oil Pressure Sensor, Component Information
For details of location and information on components, see B5108 - Coolant Pressure Sensor, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
For details of location and information on components, see B5102 - Exhaust Manifold Pressure Sensor, Component
Information
For details of location and information on components, see Y5400 - EGR Valve Actuator, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003473.03
For details of location and information on components, see Y5402 - Exhaust Throttle Actuator, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 385 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
17
This indicates a short to ground.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003473.04
For details of location and information on components, see Y5402 - Exhaust Throttle Actuator, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003473.07
For details of location and information on components, see Y5402 - Exhaust Throttle Actuator, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
ECU 003711.14- Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Low Exhaust Gas Temperature
17
DOC inlet temperature setpoint not reached during exhaust temperature management.
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003711.14
ECU 003711.31- Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Low Exhaust Gas Temperature
17
DOC inlet temperature setpoint not reached during exhaust temperature management.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 386 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003711.31
For details of location and information on components, see Y5402 - Exhaust Throttle Actuator, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003719.00
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003719.10
For details of location and information on components, see B5109 - DPF Differential Pressure Sensor, Component
Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003719.13
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 387 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003719.14
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003719.15
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003719.16
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003720.16
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003936.00
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003936.15
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
003936.16
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 388 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
004334.00
For details of location and information on components, see B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Informationin Section
249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
004334.01
For details of location and information on components, see B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Informationin Section
249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 389 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
004334.03
For details of location and information on components, see B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Informationin Section
249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
004334.04
For details of location and information on components, see B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Informationin Section
249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
004334.11
For details of location and information on components, see B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Informationin Section
249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 390 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
004334.16
For details of location and information on components, see B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Informationin Section
249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
004334.18
For details of location and information on components, see B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Informationin Section
249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 391 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
004334.31
For details of location and information on components, see B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Informationin Section
249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
ECU 004341.05- DEF Dosing Unit Pressure Line Heater, Resistance Too High
17
Circuit resistance too high. This indicates an open circuit.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
004341.05
For details of location and information on components, see E5601 - DEF Dosing Unit Pressure Line Heater, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - DEF Dosing Unit Heater (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - DEF Dosing Unit Heater (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
ECU 004341.06- DEF Dosing Unit Pressure Line Heater, Resistance Too Low
17
Circuit resistance too low. This indicates a short to ground.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 392 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
004341.06
For details of location and information on components, see E5601 - DEF Dosing Unit Pressure Line Heater, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - DEF Dosing Unit Heater (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - DEF Dosing Unit Heater (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
ECU 004343.05- DEF Dosing Unit Return Line Heater, Resistance Too High
17
Circuit resistance too high. This indicates an open circuit.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
004343.05
For details of location and information on components, see E5602 - DEF Dosing Unit Return Line Heater, Component
Information , Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - DEF Dosing Unit Heater (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - DEF Dosing Unit Heater (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
ECU 004343.06- DEF Dosing Unit Return Line Heater, Resistance Too Low
17
Circuit resistance too low. This indicates a short to ground.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
004343.06
For details of location and information on components, see E5602 - DEF Dosing Unit Return Line Heater, Component
Information , Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 393 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
50FA - DEF Dosing Unit Heater (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - DEF Dosing Unit Heater (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
ECU 004345.05- DEF Dosing Unit Supply Line Heater, Resistance Too High
17
Circuit resistance too high. This indicates an open circuit.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
004345.05
For details of location and information on components, see E5603 - DEF Dosing Unit Supply Line Heater, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - DEF Dosing Unit Heater (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - DEF Dosing Unit Heater (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
ECU 004345.06- DEF Dosing Unit Supply Line Heater, Resistance Too Low
17
Circuit resistance too low. This indicates a short to ground.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
004345.06
For details of location and information on components, see E5603 - DEF Dosing Unit Supply Line Heater, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - DEF Dosing Unit Heater (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - DEF Dosing Unit Heater (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 394 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
004360.07
For details of location and information on components, see B5212 - SCR Temperature Module, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 395 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
004360.12
For details of location and information on components, see B5204 - Exhaust Filter Temperature Module, Component
Information in Section 249.
For details of location and information on components, see B5212 - SCR Temperature Module, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 396 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
004363.12
For details of location and information on components, see B5204 - Exhaust Filter Temperature Module, Component
Information in Section 249.
For details of location and information on components, see B5212 - SCR Temperature Module, Component Information in
Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 397 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
004364.01
For details of location and information on components, see B5502 - Aftertreatment Inlet NOx Sensor, Component
Information in Section 249.
For details of location and information on components, see B5503 - Aftertreatment Outlet NOx Sensor, Component
Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
004364.17
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
004364.18
ECU 004366.05- DEF Tank Heater Coolant Valve, Resistance Too High
17
Circuit resistance too high. This indicates an open circuit.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
0004366.05
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 398 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
For details of location and information on components, see A5507 - DEF Tank Header Assembly, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
ECU 004366.06- DEF Tank Heater Coolant Valve, Resistance Too Low
17
Circuit resistance too low. This indicates a short to ground.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
0004366.06
For details of location and information on components, see A5507 - DEF Tank Header Assembly, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
ECU 004366.16- DEF Tank Heater Coolant Control Valve is Stuck Open
17
DEF tank temperature higher than expected.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
0004366.16
For details of location and information on components, see A5507 - DEF Tank Header Assembly, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
ECU 004366.18- DEF Tank Heater Coolant Control Valve is Stuck Closed
17
Thawing of DEF tank takes too long.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 399 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
0004366.18
For details of location and information on components, see A5507 - DEF Tank Header Assembly, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
ECU 004376.05- DEF Dosing Unit Reversing Valve, Resistance Too High
17
Circuit resistance too high. This indicates an open circuit.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
004376.05
For details of location and information on components, see B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
ECU 004376.06- DEF Dosing Unit Reversing Valve, Resistance Too Low
17
Circuit resistance too low. This indicates a short to ground.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 400 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
004376.06
For details of location and information on components, see B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
004376.14
For details of location and information on components, see B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
004490.12
For details of location and information on components, see B5500 - Intake Air Sensor, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
004765.00
For details of location and information on components, see B5204 - Exhaust Filter Temperature Module, Component
Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
004765.12
For details of location and information on components, see B5204 - Exhaust Filter Temperature Module, Component
Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 402 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
004766.12
For details of location and information on components, see B5204 - Exhaust Filter Temperature Module, Component
Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
004766.15
For details of location and information on components, see B5204 - Exhaust Filter Temperature Module, Component
Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
004766.16
For details of location and information on components, see B5204 - Exhaust Filter Temperature Module, Component
Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 403 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
004766.17
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
004766.18
For details of location and information on components, see B5204 - Exhaust Filter Temperature Module, Component
Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
004795.13
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
004795.31
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 404 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
For details of location and information on components, see B5109 - DPF Differential Pressure Sensor, Component
Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
005018.00
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
005018.16
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 405 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
005125.03
For details of location and information on components, see B5103 - EGR Flow Sensor, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
For details of location and information on components, see B5104 - Manifold Air Pressure Sensor, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
For details of location and information on components, see B5105 - Crankcase Pressure Sensor, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 406 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
005125.04
For details of location and information on components, see B5103 - EGR Flow Sensor, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
For details of location and information on components, see B5104 - Manifold Air Pressure Sensor, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
For details of location and information on components, see B5105 - Crankcase Pressure Sensor, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 407 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
005126.03
For details of location and information on components, see B5109 - DPF Differential Pressure Sensor, Component
Information
For details of location and information on components, see B5502 - Aftertreatment Inlet NOx Sensor, Component
Information
For details of location and information on components, see B5502 - Aftertreatment Inlet NOx Sensor, Component
Information
For details of location and information on components, see B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Information
For details of location and information on components, see B5204 - Exhaust Filter Temperature Module, Component
Information
For details of location and information on components, see B5212 - SCR Temperature Module, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 408 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
005126.04
For details of location and information on components, see B5109 - DPF Differential Pressure Sensor, Component
Information
For details of location and information on components, see B5502 - Aftertreatment Inlet NOx Sensor, Component
Information
For details of location and information on components, see B5502 - Aftertreatment Inlet NOx Sensor, Component
Information
For details of location and information on components, see B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Information
For details of location and information on components, see B5204 - Exhaust Filter Temperature Module, Component
Information
For details of location and information on components, see B5212 - SCR Temperature Module, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 409 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
005127.03
For details of location and information on components, see B5204 - Exhaust Filter Temperature Module, Component
Information
For details of location and information on components, see B5212 - SCR Temperature Module, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
For details of location and information on components, see B5500 - Intake Air Sensor, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 410 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
005127.04
For details of location and information on components, see B5204 - Exhaust Filter Temperature Module, Component
Information
For details of location and information on components, see B5212 - SCR Temperature Module, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
For details of location and information on components, see B5500 - Intake Air Sensor, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 411 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
005128.05
For details of location and information on components, see B5502 - Aftertreatment Inlet NOx Sensor, Component
Information
For details of location and information on components, see B5503 - Aftertreatment Outlet NOx Sensor, Component
Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 412 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
005128.06
For details of location and information on components, see B5502 - Aftertreatment Inlet NOx Sensor, Component
Information
For details of location and information on components, see B5503 - Aftertreatment Outlet NOx Sensor, Component
Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
005298.01
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
005435.06
For details of location and information on components, see B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 413 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
ECU 005435.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from DEF Dosing Unit
17
Data transfer problem between the ECU and the DEF dosing unit.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
005435.09
For details of location and information on components, see B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
005435.11
For details of location and information on components, see B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 414 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
005435.14
For details of location and information on components, see B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
005435.31
For details of location and information on components, see B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
ECU 005571.05- High Resistance in Circuit for Fuel Rail Pressure Surge Relief Valve
17
Circuit resistance too high. This indicates an open circuit.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 415 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
005571.05
For details of location and information on components, see Y5024 - Fuel Rail Pressure Surge Relief Valve, Component
Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
ECU 005571.06- Low Resistance in Circuit for Fuel Rail Pressure Surge Relief Valve
17
Circuit resistance too low. This indicates a short to ground.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
005571.06
For details of location and information on components, see Y5024 - Fuel Rail Pressure Surge Relief Valve, Component
Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
ECU 005743.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from SCR Temperature Module
17
Data transfer problem between the ECU and the SCR temperature module.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
005743.09
For details of location and information on components, see B5212 - SCR Temperature Module, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 416 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
005745.05
For details of location and information on components, see B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
005745.06
For details of location and information on components, see B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 417 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
005745.18
For details of location and information on components, see B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
005745.31
For details of location and information on components, see B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Information
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 418 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 419 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the EIC control software that can be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
Action:
Perform 50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Perform 50ZZ - Immobilizer Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Perform 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
On tractors with PowrReverser™ transmission, perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground
Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Control unit checked and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
ECU 521214.09- Incorrect CAN BUS Message, Information from EIC Control Software
17
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the EIC control software and the ECU
control software. CAN Bus message (enable signal from immobilizer) sent by the EIC control software cannot be received.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 420 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the vehicle.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 421 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN Bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosisin Section 212.
Result:
YES:Diagnostics completed.
NO:Problem still exists.• Perform 50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 422 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the vehicle.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Whenever processing of a diagnostic trouble code is completed, refresh the codes to determine which of the other codes are
still active.
1. ECU 000637.02
2. ECU 000637.05
3. ECU 000637.06
4. ECU 000637.07
5. ECU 000637.08
6. ECU 000637.10
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:Rotational speed available with ignition ON (engine OFF). An improper pattern or noise in the crankshaft speed signal is
possibly being transmitted by the wiring harness.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 423 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
Action:
Result:
YES:Control unit checked and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
ECU 522494.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from Intake Air Sensor
17
Data transfer problem between the ECU and the intake air sensor.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
522494.09
For details of location and information on components, see B5500 - Intake Air Sensor, Component Information in Section
249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
ECU 522495.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from Exhaust Filter Temperature Module
17
Data transfer problem between the ECU and the exhaust filter temperature module.
IMPORTANT:
The connector and lead numbers specified for diesel engines in the CTM can deviate from the actual
wiring harness on the vehicle. For the diagnostic procedure of the ECU diagnostic trouble codes, follow
the test steps of the corresponding CTM for diesel engines and also always observe the diagnostic
schematics and wiring harness, connector and component information in the corresponding diagnostics
manual for the vehicle .
For diagnostic procedure (test steps), see the relevant CTM for diesel engines:
522495.09
For details of location and information on components, see B5204 - Exhaust Filter Temperature Module, Component
Information in Section 249.
For an overview of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 424 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. F027 (BAT)
2. F028 (BAT)
3. F029 (BAT)
4. F03/11_LCS (ELX) (Cab)
5. F03/01_LCS (ELX) (Cab)
6. F03/06_LCS (ELX) (Open Operator′s Station)
7. F03/10_LCS (ELX) (Open Operator′s Station)
8. F07/2_LCS (ELX) (Cab)
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 425 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the tractor.
( 1 ) Battery Test
Action:
1. Make sure that the battery terminals are tightened, not corroded and not damaged. For details of location and
information on components, see G001 - Battery, Component Information in Section 249.
2. Check the voltage at the battery as follows:
Ignition switch OFF.
Using a multimeter, measure the voltage between the positive and the negative terminals.Check if the voltage
complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification
Battery
Terminals Voltage 11.5—12.5 V
Result:
YES:Battery is OK.• Perform A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Circuit Test in Section 240. • A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Wake-Up
and Keep-Alive Voltage (Cab),Theory of Operation , Section 240.
NO:Batter is not OK:• Charge or replace battery.• Perform G004 - Alternator (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240. • Perform G004 -
Alternator (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 426 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU_Level_: ECU Control Software (Final Tier 4)
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. F027 (BAT)
2. F028 (BAT)
3. F029 (BAT)
4. F03/11_LCS (ELX) (Cab)
5. F03/01_LCS (ELX) (Cab)
6. F03/06_LCS (ELX) (Open Operator′s Station)
7. F03/10_LCS (ELX) (Open Operator′s Station)
8. F07/2_LCS (ELX) (Cab)
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 427 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EIC: EIC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. F027 (BAT)
2. F028 (BAT)
3. F029 (BAT)
4. F03/11_LCS (ELX) (Cab)
5. F03/01_LCS (ELX) (Cab)
6. F03/06_LCS (ELX) (Open Operator′s Station)
7. F03/10_LCS (ELX) (Open Operator′s Station)
8. F07/2_LCS (ELX) (Cab)
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 428 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EIC: EIC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosis, Section 212.
Result:
YES:Diagnostics completed.
NO:Problem still exists.• On tractors with cab, perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • On tractors with open
operator′s station, perform 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform General Information - Electrical System,
Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 429 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EIC: EIC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the transmission.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears.• On tractors with cab, program the cab control unit. See Program Control Units in
Section 245. • On tractors with open operator′s station, program the instrument unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245.
• Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
On tractors with cab, perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240.
On tractors with open operator′s station, perform 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 430 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EIC: EIC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the transmission.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears.• On tractors with cab, program the cab control unit. See Program Control Units in
Section 245. • On tractors with open operator′s station, program the instrument unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245.
• Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
On tractors with cab, perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240.
On tractors with open operator′s station, perform 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
EIC 002000.09- Incorrect CAN BUS Message, Information from ECU Control Software
304
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the EIC control software and the ECU
control software. Reception of messages sent on the CAN BUS by the ECU control software is intermittent or non-existent.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 431 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EIC: EIC Control Software
EIC 002007.09- Incorrect CAN BUS Message, Information from RPT Control Software
304
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the EIC control software and the RPT
control software. Reception of messages sent on the CAN bus by the RPT control software is intermittent or non-existent.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
EIC 002029.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from Immobilizer Control Unit
304
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the EIC control software and the
immobilizer control unit. Reception of messages sent on the CAN bus by the immobilizer control unit is intermittent or non-
existent.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 432 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EIC: EIC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
Action:
On tractors with cab, program the cab control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245.
On tractors with open operator′s station, program the instrument unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245.
Result:
Action:
On tractors with cab, perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240.
On tractors with open operator′s station, perform 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test , Section 240.
Result:
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 433 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EIC: EIC Control Software
EIC 002140.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from AIC Control Software
304
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the EIC control software and the AIC control
software. Reception of messages sent on the CAN bus by the AIC control software is intermittent or non-existent.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
EIC 002185.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from ICA Control Software
304
Data transfer problem between the EIC control software and ICA control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or in
the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 434 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EIC: EIC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnostics completed.
NO:Problem still exists.• Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 435 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EIC: EIC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. During exhaust filter cleaning, maintain an engine speed of at least 1000 rpm.
Result:
YES:Diagnostics completed.
NO:Problem exists. GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnostics completed.
NO:Problem still exists.• Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 436 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EIC: EIC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosis, Section 212.
Result:
YES:Diagnostics completed.
NO:Problem still exists.• On tractors with cab, perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • On tractors with open
operator′s station, perform 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform General Information - Electrical System,
Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 437 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EIC: EIC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosis, Section 212.
Result:
YES:Diagnostics completed.
NO:Problem still exists.• On tractors with cab, perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • On tractors with open
operator′s station, perform 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform General Information - Electrical System,
Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 438 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EIC: EIC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosis, Section 212.
Result:
YES:Diagnostics completed.
NO:Problem still exists.• On tractors with cab, perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • On tractors with open
operator′s station, perform 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform General Information - Electrical System,
Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 439 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EIC: EIC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the immobilizer.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 440 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EIC: EIC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosis, Section 212.
Result:
YES:Diagnostics completed.
NO:Problem still exists.• On tractors with cab, perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • On tractors with open
operator′s station, perform 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform General Information - Electrical System,
Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 441 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EIC: EIC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the immobilizer.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 442 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EIC: EIC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the transmission.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears.• Program instrument unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. • Programming
not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
On tractors with cab, perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240.
On tractors with open operator′s station, perform 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 443 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EIC: EIC Control Software
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 444 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EIC: EIC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the immobilizer.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 445 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EIC: EIC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the immobilizer.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace antenna, see W28 - Antenna for Immobilizer, and perform an operational
checkout.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 446 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EIC: EIC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the immobilizer.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 447 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EIC: EIC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosis, Section 212.
Result:
YES:Diagnostics completed.
NO:Problem still exists.• On tractors with cab, perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • On tractors with open
operator′s station, perform 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform General Information - Electrical System,
Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 448 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears.• Program instrument unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. • Programming
not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
On tractors with cab, perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240.
On tractors with open operator′s station, perform 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test , Section 240.
Result:
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 449 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
supply voltage is within specification, see 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit in Section
240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 450 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
supply voltage is within specification, see 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit in Section
240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 451 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
supply voltage is within specification, see 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit in Section
240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 452 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
supply voltage is within specification, see 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit in Section
240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 453 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
supply voltage is within specification, see 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit in Section
240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 454 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosisin Section 240.
Result:
YES:Diagnostics completed.
NO:Problem still exists.• Perform 50ZZ -Instrument Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform General Information - Electrical System,
Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 455 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosisin Section 240.
Result:
YES:Diagnostics completed.
NO:Problem still exists.• Perform 50ZZ -Instrument Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform General Information - Electrical System,
Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 456 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosisin Section 240.
Result:
YES:Diagnostics completed.
NO:Problem still exists.• Perform 50ZZ -Instrument Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform General Information - Electrical System,
Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 457 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 458 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 459 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program the instrument unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program instrument unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 460 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program the instrument unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program instrument unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 461 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program the instrument unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program instrument unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 462 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program the instrument unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program instrument unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 463 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program the instrument unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program instrument unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.
FCC 000639.12- 500 kBd vehicle CAN BUS, high error rate
305
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software determines that too many incorrect CAN BUS messages are
received or if there is a general problem in the connection to the 500 kBd vehicle CAN BUS.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 464 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
FCC 000639.14- CAN BUS - vehicle (500 kBd), Very high error rate
305
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software determines that too many incorrect CAN BUS messages are
received or if there is a general problem in the connection to the 500 kBd vehicle CAN BUS.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
FCC 002003.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from PTQ Control Software
305
Data transfer problem between the FCC control software and PTQ control software (PowrQuad™ transmission). This indicates a
problem in the CAN bus or in the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 465 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software
FCC 002005.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from TIQ control software
305
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the TIQ
control software and the FCC control software. Reception of one, several, or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the TIQ
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 466 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the FCC control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
( 3 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program instrument unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 467 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the turn-signal light.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
• Perform H034 - Left Front Turn-Signal Light, Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform H035 - Left Rear Turn-Signal Light, Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform X005 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Rear, Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform X883F - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Front, Circuit Testin Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:• All circuits within specification. Check the implement and perform an operational check.• Problem still exists. Perform
General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 468 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the turn-signal light.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
• Perform H034 - Left Front Turn-Signal Light, Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform H035 - Left Rear Turn-Signal Light, Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform X005 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Rear, Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform X883F - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Front, Circuit Testin Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Check the implement and perform an operational check.• Problem still exists. Perform
troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 469 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the turn-signal light.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
• Perform H034 - Left Front Turn-Signal Light, Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform H035 - Left Rear Turn-Signal Light, Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform X005 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Rear, Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform X883F - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Front, Circuit Testin Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Check the implement and perform an operational check.• Problem still exists. Perform
troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 470 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the turn-signal light.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
• Perform H042 - Right Front Turn-Signal Light, Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform H043 - Right Rear Turn-Signal Light, Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform X005 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Rear, Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform X883F - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Front, Circuit Testin Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:• All circuits within specification. Check the implement and perform an operational check.• Problem still exists. Perform
General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 471 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the turn-signal light.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
• Perform H042 - Right Front Turn-Signal Light, Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform H043 - Right Rear Turn-Signal Light, Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform X005 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Rear, Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform X883F - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Front, Circuit Testin Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Check the implement and perform an operational check.• Problem still exists. Perform
troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 472 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the turn-signal light.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
• Perform H042 - Right Front Turn-Signal Light, Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform H043 - Right Rear Turn-Signal Light, Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform X005 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Rear, Circuit Test in Section 240.
• Perform X883F - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Front, Circuit Testin Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Check the implement and perform an operational check.• Problem still exists. Perform
troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 473 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software
FCC 002825.13- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from PTQ control software
305
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the PTQ
control software and the FCC control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the PTQ
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 474 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the forward/reverse lever.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Perform LHR - Reverse drive lever (PowrQuad™ transmission), Circuit testin Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace lever, see LHR - Reverse drive lever, and perform an operational check.•
Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General information, Electrical system, Troubleshooting unsolved problems in
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 475 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the forward/reverse lever.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Perform LHR - Reverse drive lever (PowrQuad™ transmission), Circuit testin Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace lever, see LHR - Reverse drive lever, and perform an operational check.•
Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General information, Electrical system, Troubleshooting unsolved problems in
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 476 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software
FCC 002828.31- Reverse drive lever, power-zero switch, move switch and either the forward or reverse switch
are activated simultaneously for too long a period.
305
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the control software receives a switch combination
from an undefined position of the forward/reverse lever (intermediate position) over a longer period of time. The signal of one
direction switch (forward travel or reverse travel) is received together with the signal of a tractor movement switch or of the
power zero switch for too long. This diagnostic trouble code can also be generated if the forward/reverse lever is held in an
intermediate position for too long. For this reason, diagnosis only needs to be performed if one or more related faults occur in
conjunction with this code.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the forward/reverse lever.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Perform LHR - Reverse drive lever (PowrQuad™ transmission), Circuit testin Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace lever, see LHR - Reverse drive lever, and perform an operational check.•
Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General information, Electrical system, Troubleshooting unsolved problems in
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 477 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software
FCC 002829.31- Reverse drive lever, park lock switch, and neutral switch or power zero switch are activated
simultaneously for too long a period
305
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the control software receives a switch combination
from an undefined position of the forward/reverse lever (intermediate position) over a longer period of time. The signal of one
park lock switch (corner park or center park) is received together with the signal of the neutral switch or of the power zero
switch for too long. This diagnostic trouble code can also be generated if the forward/reverse lever is held in an intermediate
position for too long. For this reason, diagnosis only needs to be performed if one or more related faults occur in conjunction
with this code.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the forward/reverse lever.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Perform LHR - Reverse drive lever (PowrQuad™ transmission), Circuit testin Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace lever, see LHR - Reverse drive lever, and perform an operational check.•
Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General information, Electrical system, Troubleshooting unsolved problems in
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 478 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the lights.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace component and perform an operational check. See S009 - Light Switch,
Circuit Test in Section 240. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System,
Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 479 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the turn signal.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
• Perform S008 - Switch for Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace S127 - Turn-Signal Lever or S008 - Switch for Turn-Signal Lights (Open
Operator′s Station) and perform an operational check. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information,
Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 480 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the alternator.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace G004 - Alternator and perform an operational check.• Problem still exists.
Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 481 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform 50ZZ - Circuit for Wake-Up Signal (Cab), Circuit Test, Section 240.
Perform 50ZZ - Circuit for Wake-Up Signal (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test, Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 482 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software
FCC 516810.06- Neutral Indicator in the Reverse Drive Lever, Current too High
305
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the current at the output to the neutral indicator
in the reverse lever is too high. This indicates a short circuit to ground.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 483 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software
FCC 522122.31- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from PTA or PTQ control software
305
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the PTA
or PTQ control software and the FCC control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the
PTA or PTQ control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates
a problem in the CAN BUS.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 484 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software
FCC 522123.31- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from PTA or PTQ control software
305
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the PTA
or PTQ control software and the FCC control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the
PTA or PTQ control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates
a problem in the CAN BUS.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 485 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software
FCC 522124.31- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from PTA or PTQ control software
305
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the PTA
or PTQ control software and the FCC control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the
PTA or PTQ control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates
a problem in the CAN BUS.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 486 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software
FCC 522125.31- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from PTA or PTQ control software
305
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the PTA
or PTQ control software and the FCC control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the
PTA or PTQ control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates
a problem in the CAN BUS.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 487 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software
FCC 522358.31- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from PTA or PTQ control software
305
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the PTA
or PTQ control software and the FCC control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the
PTA or PTQ control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates
a problem in the CAN BUS.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
FCC 524020.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Forward/reverse lever not in neutral position during start-up
305
The operator information (diagnostic trouble code) is generated if the control software detects that the forward, reverse, or not-
neutral switch is active during start-up. It may also be that an operator error has occurred: Forward/reverse lever not in neutral
position during start-up.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 488 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group FCC: FCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the forward/reverse lever.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Perform LHR - Reverse drive lever (PowrQuad™ transmission), Circuit testin Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace lever, see LHR - Reverse drive lever, and perform an operational check.•
Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General information, Electrical system, Troubleshooting unsolved problems in
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 489 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
FCC 524264.02- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from PTQ control software
305
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the PTQ
control software and the FCC control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the PTQ
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 490 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
HCC 000190.02- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Engine speed too low during the calibration
241
This operator information (diagnostic trouble code) is generated if the control software detects that the engine speed is too low
during calibration.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 491 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
HCC 000444.03- Control Software, Supply Voltage (BAT on Pin J4) Too High
241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers a supply voltage (BAT) of more than 18 V at pin J4.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 492 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
HCC 000444.04- Control Software, Supply Voltage (BAT on Pin J4) Too Low
241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers a supply voltage (BAT) of less than 9 V at pin J4.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 493 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program rear chassis control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245.
Action:
Result:
NO:Program and replace rear chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 494 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram the main control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
HCC 001638.02- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Transmission Oil Temperature Too Low During Calibration
241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if an oil temperature below 50° C (122° F) is registered while the hitch control lever is
being calibrated. A low oil temperature may adversely affect the calibration process. During calibration, the transmission oil
temperature can drop below 50 °C (122 °F). For this reason, the transmission oil temperature ought to be heated to well over
50 °C (122 °F) so that this diagnostic trouble code is not triggered.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 495 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Calibrate the sensor for hitch position, see HCC 020 - Hitch, Calibration in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 3
( 3 ) Check circuit
Action:
Perform B021 - Rear Hitch Position Sensor (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B021 - Rear Hitch Position Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace position sensor of rear hitch and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 496 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Perform B021 - Rear Hitch Position Sensor (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B021 - Rear Hitch Position Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace position sensor of rear hitch and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 497 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Perform B021 - Rear Hitch Position Sensor (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B021 - Rear Hitch Position Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace position sensor of rear hitch and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 498 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Perform B021 - Rear Hitch Position Sensor (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B021 - Rear Hitch Position Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace position sensor of rear hitch and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 499 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B021 - Rear Hitch Position Sensor (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B021 - Rear Hitch Position Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace position sensor of rear hitch and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 500 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Cab:
Perform B020 - Left Draft Sensor (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B041 - Draft Sensor (Cab) (6155M - 6195M), Circuit Test , Section 240.
OOS:
Perform B019 - Right Draft Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B020 - Left Draft Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B041 - Draft Sensor (Open Operator′s Station) (6155M), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace draft sensor of the rear hitch and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 501 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Cab:
Perform B020 - Left Draft Sensor (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B041 - Draft Sensor (Cab) (6155M - 6195M), Circuit Test , Section 240.
OOS:
Perform B019 - Right Draft Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B020 - Left Draft Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B041 - Draft Sensor (Open Operator′s Station) (6155M), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace draft sensor of the rear hitch and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 502 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Cab:
Perform B020 - Left Draft Sensor (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B041 - Draft Sensor (Cab) (6155M - 6195M), Circuit Test , Section 240.
OOS:
Perform B019 - Right Draft Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B020 - Left Draft Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B041 - Draft Sensor (Open Operator′s Station) (6155M), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition and recalibrate as needed and perform an operational
check.• All circuits are within specification. Replace the draft sensor of the rear hitch, recalibrate, and perform an operational
check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 503 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
HCC 002049.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from OIC Control Software
241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the OIQ
control software and the HCC control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the OIC
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN bus.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 504 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
HCC 002071.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from CCU Control Software
241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the CCU
control software and the HCC control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the CCU
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN bus or in the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 505 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
HCC 002139.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from CSM Control Software
241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the CSM
control software and the HCC control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the CSM
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN bus.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 506 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
HCC 002140.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from AIC Control Software
241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the AIC
control software and the HCC control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the AIC
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN bus or in the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
HCC 002152.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from HV1 Control Software
241
Data transfer problem between the HCC control software and HV1 control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 507 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check
whether the system voltage is within specification, see 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of 5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit in
Section 240.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 508 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check
whether the system voltage is within specification, see 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of 5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit in
Section 240.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 509 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check
whether the system voltage is within specification, see 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of 5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit in
Section 240.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 510 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Hitch lock function is deactivated.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. See Electrical System - LIN Bus Systems, Summary of Referencesin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 511 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
HCC 520285.09- Incorrect LIN Bus Message from Hitch Lock Switch
241
No valid data received from the hitch lock switch on the LIN Bus.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Hitch lock function is deactivated.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. See Electrical System - LIN Bus Systems, Summary of Referencesin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 512 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
HCC 520286.02- Quick Raise/Lower Switch for Lower End Point, Error
241
No valid data received from quick raise/lower switch for lower end point.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: The quick raise/lower switch function is deactivated.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. See Electrical System - LIN Bus Systems, Summary of Referencesin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 513 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
HCC 520286.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message from Quick Raise and Lower Switch for Lower Stop
241
No valid data received via the CAN bus from quick raise/lower switch for lower stop.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: The quick raise/lower switch function is deactivated.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. See CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 514 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram the main control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 515 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram the main control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 516 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: No function of the switch for hitch remote control (right/left).
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Cab:
Perform S068 - Left Remote Control Switch for Rear Hitch (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform S023 - Switch for Remote Control of Rear Hitch (Right), Circuit Test , Section 240.
OOS:
Perform S068 - Left Remote Control Switch for Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace remote control switch of rear hitch and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 517 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
HCC 521000.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from Switch for Hitch Remote Control (Right/Left) from
OIC Control Software
241
Data transfer problem between the HCC control software and OIC control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: No function of the switch for hitch remote control (right/left).
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Cab:
Perform S068 - Left Remote Control Switch for Rear Hitch (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform S023 - Switch for Remote Control of Rear Hitch (Right), Circuit Test , Section 240.
OOS:
Perform S068 - Left Remote Control Switch for Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace remote control switch of rear hitch and perform an operational check.
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 518 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the remote control of the hitch.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Cab:
Perform S068 - Left Remote Control Switch for Rear Hitch (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform S023 - Switch for Remote Control of Rear Hitch (Right), Circuit Test , Section 240.
OOS:
Perform S068 - Left Remote Control Switch for Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace remote control switch of rear hitch and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
HCC 521001.02- Stepper Motor for Hitch (Raise Valve), Disrupted Signal during Calibration
241
During calibration, an excessive current increase was detected in the stepper motor for the hitch when raising. This may
indicate a defective circuit on the hitch′s stepper motor or a mechanical defect on the raise valve.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 519 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Recalibrate the hitch and perform an operational check.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 520 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
HCC 521001.05- Stepper Motor for Hitch (Raise Valve), Current Too Low
241
Circuit current too low. This indicates an open circuit.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Perform M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace the draft sensor (right) of the rear hitch and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 521 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
HCC 521001.06- Stepper Motor for Hitch (Raise Valve), Current Too High
241
Circuit current too high. This indicates a short to ground or a mechanical defect in the hitch stepper motor or the raise valve.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Perform M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace the draft sensor (right) of the rear hitch and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 522 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Perform M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace the draft sensor (right) of the rear hitch and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Recalibrate the hitch and perform an operational check.
HCC 521001.13- Stepper Motor for Hitch (Raise Valve) Not Calibrated
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 523 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
241
The valve travel set for the raise valve is outside the calibrated range.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Recalibrate the hitch and perform an operational check.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 524 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
HCC 521002.03- Stepper Motor for Hitch (Lower Valve), Voltage Too High
241
Circuit open or shorted to 12 V.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Perform M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace the draft sensor (right) of the rear hitch and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 525 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
HCC 521002.04- Stepper Motor for Hitch (Lower Valve), Voltage Too Low
241
Voltage at the input of the stepper motor for hitch (raise valve) is too low. This indicates a short to ground.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Perform M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace the draft sensor (right) of the rear hitch and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 526 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
HCC 521002.05- Stepper Motor for Hitch (Lower Valve), Current Too Low
241
Circuit current too low. This indicates an open circuit.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Perform M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace the draft sensor (right) of the rear hitch and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 527 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
HCC 521002.06- Stepper Motor for Hitch (Lower Valve), Current Too High
241
Circuit current too high. This indicates a short to ground or a mechanical defect in the hitch stepper motor or the raise valve.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Perform M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace the draft sensor (right) of the rear hitch and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 528 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Perform M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace the draft sensor (right) of the rear hitch and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Recalibrate the hitch and perform an operational check.
HCC 521002.13- Stepper Motor for Hitch (Lower Valve) Not Calibrated
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 529 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
241
The valve travel set for the raise valve is outside the calibrated range.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Recalibrate the hitch and perform an operational check.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 530 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace position sensor of rear hitch and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 531 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
HCC 521408.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message: Rear Hitch Lower Switch
241
CAN bus message from lower switch of rear hitch was not received.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace position sensor of rear hitch and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 532 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
HCC 521421.19- Incorrect CAN Bus Message: Encoder for Lowering Rear Hitch
241
Hitch encoder is reporting a CAN data error, check AIC for what specific error condition exists.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
HCC 521421.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Rear Hitch Encoder Lower Data Fault
241
Data for the control knob for lowering has not been received via the CAN bus.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 533 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
HCC 521422.19- Incorrect CAN Bus Message: Rear Hitch Encoder Raise
241
The rear hitch control knob signals a CAN bus error; check AIC for special fault conditions.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
HCC 521422.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Rear Hitch Encoder Raise Data Fault
241
Data for the control knob for raising has not been received via the CAN bus.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
HCC 521475.09- Rear Hitch Load Depth Encoder Increase Message Missing
241
The Hitch Load Depth Increase message missing for longer than 400 milliseconds
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 534 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
HCC 521475.19- Incorrect CAN Bus Message: Rear Hitch Load Depth Encoder Increase
241
The rear hitch control knob for draft response / hitch control signals a CAN bus error; check AIC for special fault conditions.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
HCC 521475.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Rear Hitch Load Depth Encoder Increase Data Fault
241
Data for the control knob for draft response / hitch control has not been received via a CAN bus.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 535 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
The Hitch Height Limit Increase message missing for longer than 400 milliseconds.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
HCC 521476.19- Incorrect CAN Bus Message: Rear Hitch Height Limit Encoder Increase
241
The rear hitch control knob for raise limit signals a CAN bus error; check AIC for special fault conditions.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
HCC 521476.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Rear Hitch Height Limit Encoder Increase Data Fault
241
Data for the control knob for raise limit has not been received via a CAN bus.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 536 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
HCC 521477.09- Rear Hitch Load Depth Encoder Decrease Message Missing
241
The Hitch Load Depth Decrease message missing for longer than 400 milliseconds
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
HCC 521477.19- Incorrect CAN Bus Message: Rear Hitch Load Depth Encoder Decrease
241
The rear hitch control knob for draft response / hitch control signals a CAN bus error; check AIC for special fault conditions.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
HCC 521477.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Rear Hitch Load Depth Encoder Decrease Data Fault
241
Hitch Load Depth Encoder data has not been received via CAN message
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 537 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
HCC 521478.09- Rear Hitch Drop Rate Encoder Decrease Message Missing
241
The Hitch Drop Rate Decrease message missing for longer than 400 milliseconds.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
HCC 521478.19- Incorrect CAN Bus Message: Rear Hitch Drop Rate Encoder, Decrease
241
The rear hitch control knob for rate of drop signals a CAN bus error; check AIC for special fault conditions.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
HCC 521478.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Reduce data error of the rear hitch control knob for rate of drop.
241
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 538 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Data for the control knob of the rate of drop has not been received via the CAN bus.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
HCC 521479.09- Rear Hitch Height Limit Encoder Decrease Message Missing
241
The Hitch Height Limit Decrease message missing for longer than 400 milliseconds
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
HCC 521479.19- Incorrect CAN Bus Message: Rear Hitch Height Limit Encoder Decrease
241
The rear hitch control knob for raise limit signals a CAN bus error; check AIC for special fault conditions.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 539 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
HCC 521479.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Reduce data error of the rear hitch control knob for raise limit.
241
Data for the control knob for raise limit has not been received via a CAN bus message.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
HCC 521480.09- Rear Hitch Drop Rate Encoder Increase Message Missing
241
The Hitch Drop Rate Increase message missing for longer than 400 milliseconds
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
HCC 521480.19- Incorrect CAN Bus Message: Rear Hitch Drop Rate Encoder, Decrease
241
The rear hitch control knob for rate of drop signals a CAN bus error; check AIC for special fault conditions.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 540 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
HCC 521480.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Reduce data error of the rear hitch control knob for rate of drop.
241
Data for the control knob of the rate of drop has not been received via a CAN bus message.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 541 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: All functions of the Tractor-Implement Automation™ are deactivated.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 542 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: All functions of the Tractor-Implement Automation™ are deactivated.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 543 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
HCC 523701.05- Stepper Motor for Hitch (Coil 1), Open Circuit
241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the current at the output to the stepper motor for
the hitch (coil 1) is too low. This indicates that there is an open circuit.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Perform M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace stepper motor of the hitch and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 544 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
HCC 523701.06- Stepper Motor for Hitch (Coil 1), Current Too High
241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the current at the output to the stepper motor for
the hitch (coil 1) is too high. This indicates a short circuit to ground.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Perform M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace stepper motor of the hitch and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 545 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Cab:
Perform B020 - Left Draft Sensor (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
OOS:
Perform B019 - Right Draft Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B020 - Left Draft Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace the draft sensor (right) of the rear hitch and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 546 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Cab:
Perform B020 - Left Draft Sensor (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
OOS:
Perform B019 - Right Draft Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B020 - Left Draft Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace the draft sensor (right) of the rear hitch and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 547 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Cab:
Perform B020 - Left Draft Sensor (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
OOS:
Perform B019 - Right Draft Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B020 - Left Draft Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace the draft sensor (right) of the rear hitch and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
HCC 523714.31- Solenoid Valve for Draft Link Stabilizer (No-Float Position), Fault
241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a faulty configuration of the control software is detected. Check the settings and
reprogram the control unit, if necessary.
HCC 523715.31- Solenoid Valve for Draft Link Stabilizer (Float Position), Fault
241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a faulty configuration of the control software is detected. Check the settings and
reprogram the control unit, if necessary.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 548 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
HCC 523751.05- Stepper Motor for Hitch (Coil 2), Open Circuit
241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the current at the output to the stepper motor for
the hitch (coil 2) is too low. This indicates that there is an open circuit.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Perform M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace stepper motor of the hitch and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 549 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
HCC 523751.06- Stepper Motor for Hitch (Coil 2), Current Too High
241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the current at the output to the stepper motor for
the hitch (coil 2) is too high. This indicates a short circuit to ground.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Perform M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace stepper motor of the hitch and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
HCC 523788.02- Configuration of the Hitch Options, Outside the Valid Range
241
PIN configuration for optional rear hitch functions has changed since the last start.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Check PIN configuration of rear hitch configuration.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 550 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reset PIN configuration of rear hitch configuration.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 551 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace position feedback unit of the rear hitch, calibrate hitch, and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 552 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace position feedback unit of the rear hitch, calibrate hitch, and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 553 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Recalibrate the hitch control and perform an operational check.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 554 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace position feedback unit of the rear hitch, calibrate hitch, and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 555 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace position feedback unit of the rear hitch, calibrate hitch, and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 556 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Recalibrate the hitch control and perform an operational check.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 557 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace position feedback unit of the rear hitch, calibrate hitch, and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 558 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace position feedback unit of the rear hitch, calibrate hitch, and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 559 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
HCC 523834.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot be Received, Information from AIC Control Software
241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the HCC control software and the AIC
control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages expected by the HCC control software is intermittent or
non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or in the
transmitting control unit.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Recalibrate the hitch control and perform an operational check.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 560 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
HCC 523834.19- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Signal from Depth-Setting Potentiometer of AIC Control Software
241
Signals for the hitch control operation unit cannot be identified by the AIC control software and cannot be provided to the CAN
bus. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code. In its active state, this fault can also generate a
diagnostic trouble code in the AIC and/or HCC control software. These diagnostic trouble codes take priority.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch control operation unit.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the AIC control software that can be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 561 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the AIC control software that can be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 562 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Perform B026 - Rear Hitch Sensitivity Potentiometer (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B026 - Rear Hitch Sensitivity Potentiometer (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace sensitivity potentiometer of the rear hitch, calibrate hitch, and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 563 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Perform B026 - Rear Hitch Sensitivity Potentiometer (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B026 - Rear Hitch Sensitivity Potentiometer (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace sensitivity potentiometer of the rear hitch, calibrate hitch, and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 564 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Recalibrate the hitch control and perform an operational check.
HCC 523843.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from Quick Raise/Lower Switch of Rear Hitch from AIC
Control Software
241
Data transfer problem between the HCC control software and AIC control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Recalibrate the hitch control and perform an operational check.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 565 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
HCC 523843.19- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from Quick Raise/Lower Switch of Rear Hitch from AIC
Control Software
241
Signals from the rear hitch′s quick raise/lower switch cannot be identified by the AIC control software and cannot be provided
to the CAN bus. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code. In its active state, this fault can also
generate a diagnostic trouble code in the AIC and/or HCC control software. These diagnostic trouble codes take priority.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch control operation unit.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the AIC control software that can be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 566 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace the switch for hitch remote control (left or right) or the quick raise/lower switch and perform an
operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 567 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram the main control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
HCC 523950.13- Sensor for the Hitch Position is Out of Valid Range
241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the range of the hitch position sensor is too small
or too large. The hitch control lever needs to be recalibrated.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Recalibrate the hitch control and perform an operational check.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 568 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram the main control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Preliminary test
Action:
Result:
NO:GO TO 3 .
( 3 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 569 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, recalibrate hitch, and perform an operational
check.• All circuits are within specification. Replace position feedback unit of the rear hitch, recalibrate hitch, and perform an
operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
HCC 524212.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from Depth Control Regulator from AIC Control
Software
241
Data transfer problem between the HCC control software and AIC control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 570 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Recalibrate the hitch control and perform an operational check.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 571 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group HCC: HCC Control Software
HCC 524212.19- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from Depth Control Regulator of Rear Hitch from AIC
Control Software
241
Information from the rear hitch′s depth control regulator cannot be identified by the AIC control software and cannot be
provided to the CAN bus. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code. In its active state, this fault
can also generate a diagnostic trouble code in the AIC and/or HCC control software. These diagnostic trouble codes take
priority.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the hitch control operation unit.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the AIC control software that can be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 572 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ICA: ICA Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B027 - Position Feedback Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, recalibrate hitch, and perform an operational
check.• All circuits are within specification. Replace position feedback unit of the rear hitch, recalibrate hitch, and perform an
operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 573 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ICA: ICA Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program the instrument unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245.
Action:
Result:
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
ICA 002006.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from EIC Control Software
304
Data transfer problem between the ICA control software and EIC control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or in
the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 574 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ICA: ICA Control Software
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 575 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group JDL: JDL Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosis, Section 212.
Result:
YES:Diagnostics completed.
NO:Problem still exists.• Perform 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform General Information - Electrical System,
Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 576 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group JDL: JDL Control Software
JDL 000237.11 - JDLink Not Registered in the relevant TM for the JDL control unit.
Tractor-related information:
JDL 000639.09 - JDLink Not Detecting CAN Bus Messages in the relevant TM for the JDL control unit.
Tractor-related information:
JDL 000841.05 - GPS Antenna Error - Open Circuit in the relevant TM for the JDL control unit.
Tractor-related information:
JDL 000841.06 - GPS Antenna Error - Grounded/Short Circuit in the relevant TM for the JDL control unit.
Tractor-related information:
JDL 000964.13 - Real-Time Clock Failure in the relevant TM for the JDL control unit.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 577 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group JDL: JDL Control Software
Tractor-related information:
JDL 002850.02 - Cellular Antenna Error - Abnormal Signal in the relevant TM for the JDL control unit.
Tractor-related information:
JDL 002852.11 - Unable to Detect SIM Card in the relevant TM for the JDL control unit.
Tractor-related information:
JDL 516672.14 - Network Authorization Failed in the relevant TM for the JDL control unit.
Tractor-related information:
JDL 522976.11 - Unable to Load Custom Alerts in the relevant TM for the JDL control unit.
Tractor-related information:
JDL 522976.13 - Unable to Load Configuration in the relevant TM for the JDL control unit.
Tractor-related information:
JDL 523310.00 - Low Memory in the relevant TM for the JDL control unit.
Tractor-related information:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 579 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the accelerator pedal potentiometer.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace potentiometer, see B079 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information and perform
an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 580 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the accelerator pedal potentiometer.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace potentiometer, see B079 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information and perform
an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 581 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the accelerator pedal potentiometer.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace potentiometer, see B079 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information and perform
an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 582 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosisin Section 240.
Result:
YES:Diagnostics completed.
NO:Problem still exists.• Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 583 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosisin Section 240.
Result:
YES:Diagnostics completed.
NO:Problem still exists.• Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 584 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosisin Section 240.
Result:
YES:Diagnostics completed.
NO:Problem still exists.• Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240. • Perform General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 585 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program cab control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. • Programming
not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
NO:Program and replace rear chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 586 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the stepper motors.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the OIC control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component. GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace switch, see S040 - Operator Presence Switch, Component Information , and perform an
operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 587 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
OIC 002141.09- Incorrect CAN bus Message, Information from DOI Control Software
306
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between control software OIC and control software
DOI. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the DOI control software is intermittent or non-
existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 588 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake pedal sensor unit.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B112 - Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B112 - Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B230 - Right Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test, Section 240.
, Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace sensor, see B112 - Brake Pedal Switch, Component Information or B230 - Right
Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 589 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
OIC 003032.03- Sensor Unit for Right Brake Pedal, Voltage Too High
306
More than 4.5 volts at signal input of right brake pedal potentiometers. This indicates a short in or a problem with the ground
connection in the potentiometer circuit.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake pedal sensor unit.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B112 - Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B112 - Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B230 - Right Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test, Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace sensor, see B112 - Brake Pedal Switch, Component Information or B230 - Right
Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 590 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
OIC 003032.04- Sensor Unit for Right Brake Pedal, Voltage Too Low
306
Less than 0.25 volts at signal input of right brake pedal potentiometer. This indicates a problem on the signal lead or a problem
with the potentiometer supply voltage.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake pedal sensor unit.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B112 - Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B112 - Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B230 - Right Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test, Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace sensor, see B112 - Brake Pedal Switch, Component Information or B230 - Right
Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 591 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
OIC 003032.08- Mismatch between Right and Left Brake Pedals, Time-out
306
The right brake pedal has been actuated for a long time and the left pedal has not been actuated at all.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake pedal sensor units.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B112 - Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B112 - Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B230 - Right Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test, Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace sensor, see B112 - Brake Pedal Switch, Component Information or B230 - Right
Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the right brake pedal sensor unit.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 593 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the left brake pedal sensor unit.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B112 - Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B112 - Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B229 - Left Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace sensor, see B112 - Brake Pedal Switch, Component Information or B229 - Left
Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 594 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
OIC 003033.03- Sensor Unit for Left Brake Pedal, Voltage Too High
306
More than 4.5 volts at signal input of left brake pedal potentiometers. This indicates a short in or a problem with the ground
connection in the potentiometer circuit.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the left brake pedal sensor unit.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B229 - Left Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace sensor, see B229 - Left Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™
Transmission), Component Information and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 595 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
OIC 003033.04- Sensor Unit for Left Brake Pedal, Voltage Too Low
306
Less than 0.25 volts at signal input of left brake pedal potentiometer. This indicates a problem on the signal lead or a problem
with the potentiometer supply voltage.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the left brake pedal sensor unit.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B229 - Left Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace sensor, see B229 - Left Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™
Transmission), Component Information and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 596 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
OIC 003033.08- Mismatch between Left and Right Brake Pedals, Time-out
306
The left brake pedal has been actuated for a long time and the right pedal has not been actuated at all.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the brake pedal sensor units.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B112 - Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B112 - Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B229 - Left Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B230 - Right Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test, Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace sensor, see B112 - Brake Pedal Switch, Component Information or B229 - Left
Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the left brake pedal sensor unit.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 597 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
Result:
OIC 003033.14- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Left brake pedal not actuated
306
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the OIC control software detects that the left brake pedal has not been actuated for
more than 2 hours even though the tractor is moving at a travel speed of 0.5 km/h or more.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Operator information
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Engage the brake.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 598 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
OIC 003597.03- Supply Voltage (ELX) for Control Unit, Voltage Too High
306
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the supply voltage (ELX) to the control unit is too
high. This indicates a short circuit to a positive lead.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage complies with the specifications.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.
3. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 599 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
OIC 003597.04- Supply Voltage (ELX) for Control Unit, Voltage Too Low
306
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the supply voltage (ELX) to the control unit is too
low. This indicates a short circuit to ground.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage complies with the specifications.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.
3. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 600 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
OIC 003597.06- Supply Voltage (ELX) for Control Unit, Current Too High
306
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that current on the control unit is too high. This
indicates a short circuit to ground.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage complies with the specifications.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.
3. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 601 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
OIC 003598.03- Supply Voltage #2 for Control Unit, Voltage Too High
306
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the supply voltage #2 to the control unit is too
high. This indicates a short circuit to a positive lead.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage complies with the specifications.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.
3. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 602 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
OIC 003598.04- Supply Voltage #2 for Control Unit, Voltage Too Low
306
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the supply voltage #2 to the control unit is too
low. This indicates a short circuit to ground.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage complies with the specifications.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.
3. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 603 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
OIC 003598.06- Supply Voltage #2 for Control Unit, Current Too High
306
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that current on the cab control unit is too high. This
indicates a short circuit to ground.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage complies with the specifications.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.
3. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 604 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
OIC 003599.03- Supply Voltage 3 of the Cab Control Unit, Voltage Too High
306
Supply voltage No. 3 at cab control unit too high. This indicates a short circuit to a positive lead.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
supply voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.
3. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 605 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
OIC 003599.06- Supply Voltage 3 of the Cab Control Unit, Current Too High
306
Current at cab control unit too high. This indicates a short circuit to ground.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
supply voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.
3. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 606 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
OIC 516655.03- Switch for Park Lock Latch, Voltage Too High
306
The voltage is too high at the switch for the park lock latch. This indicates a short circuit to a positive lead.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Perform X033 - Park Lock Latch (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 607 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
OIC 516655.04- Switch for Park Lock Latch, Voltage Too Low
306
The voltage is too low at the switch for the park lock latch. This indicates a short circuit to ground.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Perform X033 - Park Lock Latch (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 608 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Perform X033 - Park Lock Latch (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 609 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
OIC 516665.03- Switch of the Park Lock Latch, Voltage Too High
306
The voltage is too high at both contacts of the switch for the park lock latch. This indicates a short circuit to a positive lead.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Tractor cannot be driven.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Perform X033 - Park Lock Latch (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 610 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
OIC 516665.04- Switch of the Park Lock Latch, Voltage Too Low
306
The voltage is too low at both contacts of the switch for the park lock latch. This indicates that there is an open circuit.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Tractor cannot be driven.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Perform X033 - Park Lock Latch (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 611 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no OIC control software function.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the OIC control software that may be associated with an internal problem take priority.
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program cab control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 612 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no OIC control software function.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the OIC control software that may be associated with an internal problem take priority.
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program cab control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.
OIC 520965.03- CAN BUS Terminating Resistor, CAN BUS Voltage Too High
306
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage on the CAN bus is too high. This
indicates a short circuit to a positive lead.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 613 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Checks - Communication Faultsin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 614 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Differential lock is switched off.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Perform Y005 - Differential Lock Solenoid Valve, Component Information , Section 240.
2. S080 - Differential Lock Switch with Auto Function, Component Information
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 615 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Differential lock is switched off.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Perform Y005 - Differential Lock Solenoid Valve, Component Information , Section 240.
2. S080 - Differential Lock Switch with Auto Function, Component Information
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 616 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Differential lock is switched off.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Perform Y005 - Differential Lock Solenoid Valve, Component Information , Section 240.
2. S080 - Differential Lock Switch with Auto Function, Component Information
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 617 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Differential lock is switched off.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 618 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
OIC 522559.02- Differential Lock Switch in Automatic Mode, Voltage Too High
306
The differential lock switch (footwell) is in closed position for more than 2 seconds in automatic mode. This indicates a stuck
switch or operator error.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Differential lock is switched off.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 619 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
OIC 522559.03- Differential Lock Switch for Automatic Mode, Voltage Too High
306
The switch for automatic mode of the differential switch is in closed position for more than 5 minutes. This indicates a stuck
switch or operator error.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Differential lock is switched off.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 620 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
OIC 522578.03- Front-Wheel Drive Switch with Auto Function, Voltage Too High
306
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the OIC control software detects that there is excessive voltage on the front-wheel
drive switch with automatic function.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: The control software turns off the function of the switch for MFWD.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform S005 - Front-Wheel Drive Switch with Auto Function, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification.Replace S005 - Front-Wheel Drive Switch with Auto Function, Component Information and perform
operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 621 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
OIC 522916.03- Remote Control Switch for E-SCVs, Voltage Too High
306
Voltage at remote control switch for E-SCVs too high. This indicates a short circuit to a positive lead.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the remote control switch for E-SCVs.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform S134 - Remote Control Switch of the E-SCVs (Left), Circuit Testor S152 - Remote Control Switch of the E-SCVs (Right),
Circuit Test, in Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace switch, see S134 - Remote Control Switch of the E-SCVs (Left), Component
Informationor S152 - Remote Control Switch of the E-SCVs (Right), Component Informationand perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 622 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
OIC 522916.04- Remote Control Switch for E-SCVs, Voltage Too Low
306
Voltage at remote control switch for E-SCVs too low. This indicates a short circuit to ground.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the remote control switch for E-SCVs.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform S134 - Remote Control Switch of the E-SCVs (Left), Circuit Testor S152 - Remote Control Switch of the E-SCVs (Right),
Circuit Test, in Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace switch, see S134 - Remote Control Switch of the E-SCVs (Left), Component
Informationor S152 - Remote Control Switch of the E-SCVs (Right), Component Informationand perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 623 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the declutch switch on the range-shift lever.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform S037 - Switch for Gear Selector, Auto Mode and Clutch, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace switch, see S037 - Gear selector switch, Auto mode and clutch, Component information , and
perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 624 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: control software turns off the function of the clutch switch on range-shift lever. The
function has to be reactivated in address PTQ167.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform S037 - Switch for Gear Selector, Auto Mode and Clutch, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace switch, see S037 - Gear selector switch, Auto mode and clutch, Component information , and
perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 625 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: control software turns off the function of the clutch switch on range-shift lever. The
function has to be reactivated in address PTQ167.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform S037 - Switch for Gear Selector, Auto Mode and Clutch, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace switch, see S037 - Gear selector switch, Auto mode and clutch, Component information , and
perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 626 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: control software turns off the function of the clutch switch on range-shift lever. The
function has to be reactivated in address PTQ167.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform S037 - Switch for Gear Selector, Auto Mode and Clutch, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace switch, see S037 - Gear selector switch, Auto mode and clutch, Component information , and
perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 627 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
OIC 523690.03- Switch for Remote Control of Rear Hitch (Right/Left), Voltage Too High
306
This diagnostic trouble code is generated when the control software detects that the voltage at the switch for remote control of
the hitch (right/left) is too high. This indicates a short circuit to a positive lead.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Remote control of hitch not operating. With diagnostic trouble code active, remote control
of hitch is de-activated by the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
• Perform test, see S023- Switch for remote control of rear hitch (right), Circuit test or S068 - Switch for remote control of rear
hitch (left), Circuit test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace switch, see S023 - Remote control switch of the rear hitch (right), Component information or S068
- Remote control switch of the rear hitch (left), Component information , and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 628 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
OIC 523690.04- Switch for Remote Control of Rear Hitch (Right/Left), Voltage Too Low
306
This diagnostic trouble code is generated when the control software detects that the voltage at the switch for remote control of
the hitch (right/left) is too low. This indicates a short circuit to ground.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Remote control of hitch not operating. With diagnostic trouble code active, remote control
of hitch is de-activated by the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
• Perform test, see S023- Switch for remote control of rear hitch (right), Circuit test or S068 - Switch for remote control of rear
hitch (left), Circuit test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace switch, see S023 - Remote control switch of the rear hitch (right), Component information or S068
- Remote control switch of the rear hitch (left), Component information , and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 629 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
OIC 523758.03- Right switch for remote control of rear PTO, Voltage too high
306
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage at the remote control switch of the
right rear PTO is too high. This indicates a short circuit to a positive lead.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Remote control of rear PTO not operating on right side. With diagnostic trouble code
active, remote control of rear PTO is de-activated by the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see S121 - Remote control switch for rear PTO (right), Circuit test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace switch, see S121 - Switch for remote control of rear PTO (right), Component information , and
perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 630 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
OIC 523758.04- Right switch for remote control of rear PTO, Voltage too low
306
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage at the remote control switch of the
right rear PTO is too low. This indicates a short circuit to ground.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Remote control of rear PTO not operating on right side. With diagnostic trouble code
active, remote control of rear PTO is de-activated by the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see S121 - Remote control switch for rear PTO (right), Circuit test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace switch, see S121 - Switch for remote control of rear PTO (right), Component information , and
perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 631 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
OIC 523759.03- Left switch for remote control of rear PTO, Voltage too high
306
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage at the remote control switch of the left
rear PTO is too high. This indicates a short circuit to a positive lead.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Remote control of rear PTO not operating on left side. With diagnostic trouble code
active, remote control of rear PTO is de-activated by the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see S044 - Remote control switch for rear PTO (left), Circuit test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace switch, see S044 - Switch for remote control of rear PTO (left), Component information , and
perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 632 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
OIC 523759.04- Left switch for remote control of rear PTO, Voltage too low
306
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage at the remote control switch of the left
rear PTO is too low. This indicates a short circuit to ground.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Remote control of rear PTO not operating on left side. With diagnostic trouble code
active, remote control of rear PTO is de-activated by the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see S044 - Remote control switch for rear PTO (left), Circuit test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace switch, see S044 - Switch for remote control of rear PTO (left), Component information , and
perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 633 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B229 - Left Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace sensor, see B229 - Left Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™
Transmission), Component Information and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 634 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
OIC 524173.02- Clutch Pedal Potentiometer, Voltages at Channel 1 and Channel 2 Not Within Valid Range
306
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects a mismatch between the output signals of clutch pedal
potentiometer. The voltage at channel 1 must be double the voltage of channel 2.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace potentiometer, see B065 - Clutch pedal potentiometer, Component information , and perform an
operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 635 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace potentiometer, see B065 - Clutch Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information and perform an
operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 636 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace potentiometer, see B065 - Clutch Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information and perform an
operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 637 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group OIC: OIC Control Software
OIC 524173.07- Clutch Pedal Depressed While There is a Malfunction at the Clutch Pedal Switch
306
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects the following condition: • If, with a faulty clutch pedal
potentiometer, the forward/reverse drive lever is in forward or reverse position and the clutch pedal is depressed. • If, with a
faulty clutch pedal potentiometer, the reverse drive lever is in forward or reverse position and the enable pressure sensor
detects a pressure lower than system pressure.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace potentiometer, see B065 - Clutch Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information and perform an
operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 638 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PDU: PDU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Depending on equipment:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace switch, see S022 - Differential Lock Switch, Component Information and
perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 639 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PDU: PDU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program the instrument unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program instrument unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 640 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PDU: PDU Control Software
PDU 000110.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, CAN Message from ECU Control Software
276
Data transfer problem between the CCU control software and ECU control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software. (CAN bus message on engine coolant temperature is not transferred)
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program the instrument unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program instrument unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 641 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PDU: PDU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program the instrument unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program instrument unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 642 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PDU: PDU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program the instrument unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program instrument unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 643 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PDU: PDU Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program the instrument unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program instrument unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.
PDU 000639.12- 500 kBd vehicle CAN BUS, high error rate
276
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software determines that too many incorrect CAN BUS messages are
received or if there is a general problem in the connection to the 500 kBd vehicle CAN BUS.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 644 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PDU: PDU Control Software
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
PDU 000639.14- CAN BUS - vehicle (500 kBd), Very high error rate
276
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software determines that too many incorrect CAN BUS messages are
received or if there is a general problem in the connection to the 500 kBd vehicle CAN BUS.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 645 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PDU: PDU Control Software
PDU 002000.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from ECU control software
276
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the ECU
control software and the PDU control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the ECU
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 646 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PDU: PDU Control Software
PDU 002005.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from TIQ control software
276
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the TIQ
control software and the PDU control software. Reception of one, several, or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the TIQ
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 647 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PDU: PDU Control Software
PDU 002006.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from EIC control software
276
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the EIC
control software and the PDU control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the EIC
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 648 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PDU: PDU Control Software
PDU 002007.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from RPT control software
276
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the RPT
control software and the PDU control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the RPT
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 649 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PDU: PDU Control Software
PDU 002020.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from SFA control software
276
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the SFA
control software and the PDU control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the SFA
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 650 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PDU: PDU Control Software
PDU 002035.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from HCC control software
276
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the HCC
control software and the PDU control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the HCC
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 651 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PDU: PDU Control Software
PDU 002036.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from PTF control software
276
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the PTF
control software and the PDU control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the PTF
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 652 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PDU: PDU Control Software
PDU 002049.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from OIC control software
276
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the OIC
control software and the PDU control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the OIC
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 653 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PDU: PDU Control Software
PDU 002050.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from BLC control software
276
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the BLC
control software and the PDU control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the BLC
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 654 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PDU: PDU Control Software
PDU 002071.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from CCU control software
276
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the CCU
control software and the PDU control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the CCU
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS or in the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 655 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PDU: PDU Control Software
PDU 002140.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from AIC control software
276
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the AIC
control software and the PDU control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the AIC
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 656 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PDU: PDU Control Software
PDU 002145.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from FCC control software
276
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the FCC
control software and the PDU control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the FCC
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 657 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program the instrument unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program instrument unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 658 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 659 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the CCU control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 660 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the CCU control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 661 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 662 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 663 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 664 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
PTF 000177.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from PTA Control Software
33
Data transfer problem between the PTF control software and PTA control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 665 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the PTA or CCU control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 666 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the front PTO.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see B058 - Front PTO speed sensor, Circuit test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace front PTO speed sensor and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General information, Electrical system, Troubleshooting unsolved
problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 667 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the front PTO.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see B058 - Front PTO speed sensor, Circuit test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace front PTO speed sensor and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General information, Electrical system, Troubleshooting unsolved
problems in Section 210.
PTF 000186.15- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Front PTO Speed Sensor, Speed Too High After Shutting Off the
Front PTO
33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the front PTO keeps on running too long after it
has been shut off. Possibly the implement is too big or its inertia is too high, or the front PTO brake is defective or worn.
PTF 000186.17- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Front PTO Speed Sensor, Speed Too Low After Switching On the
Front PTO
33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the front PTO speed is too low after switching on
the front PTO. Possibly the transmission oil of the front PTO is too cold, there is excessive restriction of the front PTO
transmission oil filter, the implement is too big or its inertia is too high, or the implement is blocked.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 668 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software
PTF 000190.09- CAN BUS message cannot be received, Information from ECU control software
33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the PTF
control software and the ECU control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages expected by the PTF
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS or in the transmitting control software. This diagnostic trouble code can also be caused due to stalling of the
engine.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 669 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the ECU control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 670 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the ECU control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 671 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program front chassis control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 672 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program front chassis control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 673 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software
PTF 001504.09- CAN BUS message cannot be received, Information from OIC control software
33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the PTF
control software and the OIC control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages expected by the PTF
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS or in the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 674 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes associated with an electrical fault in control software OIC must be processed first.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 675 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes associated with an electrical fault in control software OIC must be processed first.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
PTF 001893.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Front PTO switch was on when engine was started
33
This operator information (diagnostic trouble code) is generated when the control software detects that the front PTO is
switched on when starting the engine or turning on the ignition. If the diagnostic trouble code is generated although the front
PTO was not on while starting the engine, then the switch′s circuit needs to be checked.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 676 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software
PTF 002000.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from ECU control software
33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the ECU
control software and the PTF control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the ECU
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 677 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software
PTF 002049.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from OIC control software
33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the OIC
control software and the PTF control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the OIC
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 678 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software
PTF 002071.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from CCU control software
33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the CCU
control software and the PTF control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the CCU
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS or in the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 679 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software
PTF 002139.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from CSM control software
33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the CSM
control software and the PTF control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the CSM
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 680 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software
PTF 002140.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from AIC control software
33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the AIC
control software and the PFT control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the AIC
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS or in the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 681 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software
PTF 002238.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from SMV control software
33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the SMV
control software and the PTF control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the SMV
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS or in the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 682 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program front chassis control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 683 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program front chassis control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 684 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program front chassis control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 685 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes associated with an electrical fault in control software OIC must be processed first.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 686 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software
PTF 522011.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from OIC control software
33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the OIC
control software and the PTF control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the OIC
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS or in the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the PTF control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the OIC control software that may be associated with an internal problem take priority.
Result:
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General information, Electrical system, Troubleshooting unsolved
problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 687 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes associated with an electrical fault in control software OIC must be processed first.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 688 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes associated with an electrical fault in control software OIC must be processed first.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 689 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: All functions of the Tractor-Implement Automation™ are deactivated.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 690 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 691 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 692 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
supply voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 245.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 693 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
supply voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
PTF 523904.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Operator presence switch not activated while front PTO is
engaged
33
This operator information (diagnostic trouble code) is generated if the control software detects that functions are selected that
require the operator presence switch to be activated but the operator has left the seat.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 694 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the front PTO.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Perform Y001 - Solenoid Valve for Front PTO, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace proportional solenoid valve for front PTO and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 695 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the front PTO.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Perform Y001 - Solenoid Valve for Front PTO, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace proportional solenoid valve for front PTO and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 696 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the front PTO.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Perform Y001 - Solenoid Valve for Front PTO, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace proportional solenoid valve for front PTO and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 697 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the front PTO.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Perform Y001 - Solenoid Valve for Front PTO, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace proportional solenoid valve for front PTO and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 698 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the front PTO.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Perform Y001 - Solenoid Valve for Front PTO, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace proportional solenoid valve for front PTO and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 699 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes associated with an electrical fault in control software OIC must be processed first.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 700 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software
PTF 524216.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from OIC Control Software
33
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that messages of the OIC control software about the
front PTO switch value cannot be updated regularly via the CAN BUS. OIC diagnostic trouble codes take priority.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the PTF control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the OIC control software that may be associated with an internal problem take priority.
Result:
( 3 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 701 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTF: PTF Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes associated with an electrical fault in control software OIC must be processed first.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 702 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes associated with an electrical fault in control software OIC must be processed first.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 703 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Transmission calibration is canceled.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Drive the tractor a short way.
3. Perform transmission calibration again. During transmission calibration, you can also attempt to use group B instead of
switching group A.
4. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
5. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:Drive the tractor a short way and then stop it on a level surface. Perform General Information - Electrical System,
Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 704 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: The control software shifts the transmission to neutral. You can only continue driving in
come-home mode.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B031 - Transmission Oil Pressure Switch, Circuit Test, Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace switch, see B031 - Transmission Oil Pressure Switch, Component Information , and perform an
operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform PowrQuad™ Transmission - System Check , Section 250.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 705 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B031 - Transmission Oil Pressure Switch, Circuit Test, Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace switch, see B031 - Transmission Oil Pressure Switch, Component Information , and perform an
operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 706 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B031 - Transmission Oil Pressure Switch, Circuit Test, Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace switch, see B031 - Transmission Oil Pressure Switch, Component Information , and perform an
operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 707 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
supply voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 708 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
supply voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: The control software shifts the transmission to neutral.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 709 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Transmission calibration is canceled.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Place the tractor on a level surface.
3. Perform transmission calibration again. Use the hand throttle to set the engine speed to 2100 rpm.
4. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
5. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
NO:All circuits are within specification. All circuits are within specification.Replace sensor, see B104 - Transmission Output
Speed Sensor (PowrQuad™ Transmission), Component Information and perform an operational check.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 710 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists.Perform check, see PowrQuad™ Transmission - Check Forward Clutch or PowrQuad™ Transmission -
Check Reverse Brake .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 711 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see X033 - Park Lock Latch (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace X033 - Park Lock Latch (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information and perform
operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 712 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see X033 - Park Lock Latch (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace X033 - Park Lock Latch (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information and perform
operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 713 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram the main control unit. See Program Control Units , Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 714 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 715 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram the main control unit. See Program Control Units , Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 716 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Transmission calibration is canceled.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Park tractor on level surface.
3. Perform transmission calibration again.
4. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
5. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Calibration values in range: Turn the ignition off and on again and delete diagnostic trouble code. If diagnostic trouble
code appears as an active code, reprogram PTQ control software. GO TO 4 .
( 3 ) Perform fine-tuning
Action:
To bring calibration values back in range, perform PTQ fine-tuning procedure, see PTQ control software - Fine-tuning in Section
245.
Result:
YES:Calibration values in range after fine-tuning: Delete diagnostic trouble code and GO TO 5 .
NO:Calibration values out of range after fine-tuning: Reprogram PTQ control software. GO TO 4 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 717 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
Action:
Download the current PTQ reprogramming software from John Deere Intranet (John Deere Custom Performance). Reprogram
the main control unit.
Result:
NO:Main control unit cannot be reprogrammed, see Problems When Programming Control Units in Section 212, Group 40.
( 5 ) Calibrate transmission
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:If the values are out of range after calibration, a mechanical or hydraulic transmission problem exists. Perform PowrQuad™
Transmission - System Check .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 718 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y033 - Forward Solenoid Valve, Component Information , and perform an operational
check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 719 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Tractor cannot be driven.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y033 - Forward Solenoid Valve, Component Information , and perform an operational
check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 720 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Tractor cannot be driven.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y036 - Reverse solenoid valve, Component information , and perform an operational
check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 721 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Tractor cannot be driven.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y036 - Reverse solenoid valve, Component information , and perform an operational
check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 722 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
PTQ 000736.05- Gear Selector Solenoid Valve K1, Current Too Low
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that at the signal input of gear selector solenoid valve
K1 a circuit is open for more than 200 ms.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: With diagnostic trouble code active, the tractor transmission cannot be shifted. The 2nd
or 3rd gear is engaged automatically. Limited transmission function.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see Y040, Gear Selector Solenoid Valve K1, Circuit Test, Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y040 - Gear selector solenoid valve K1, Component information , and perform an
operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 723 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
PTQ 000736.06- Gear Selector Solenoid Valve K1, Current Too High
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the signal input of gear selector
solenoid valve K1 is too high. This may indicate a shorted circuit.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: With diagnostic trouble code active, the tractor transmission cannot be shifted. The 2nd
or 3rd gear is engaged automatically. Limited transmission function.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see Y040, Gear Selector Solenoid Valve K1, Circuit Test, Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y040 - Gear selector solenoid valve K1, Component information , and perform an
operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 724 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
PTQ 000737.05- Gear Selector Solenoid Valve K2, Current Too Low
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that at the signal input of gear selector solenoid valve
K2 a circuit is open for more than 200 ms.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: With diagnostic trouble code active, the tractor transmission cannot be shifted. The 3rd
gear is engaged automatically. Limited transmission function.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see Y039, Gear Selector Solenoid Valve K2, Circuit Test, Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y039 - Gear selector solenoid valve K2, Component information , and perform an
operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 725 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
PTQ 000737.06- Gear Selector Solenoid Valve K2, Current Too High
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the signal input of gear selector
solenoid valve K2 is too high. This may indicate a shorted circuit.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: With diagnostic trouble code active, the tractor transmission cannot be shifted. The 3rd
gear is engaged automatically. Limited transmission function.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see Y039, Gear Selector Solenoid Valve K2, Circuit Test, Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y039 - Gear selector solenoid valve K2, Component information , and perform an
operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 726 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
PTQ 000738.05- Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H1 (A-B), Current Too Low
241
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects an open circuit for more than 200 ms at the signal
input of the solenoid valve for range shifting H1 (A-B).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: With diagnostic trouble code active, the tractor transmission cannot be shifted.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see Y130 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H1 (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace Y130 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H1 (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information , and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 727 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
PTQ 000738.06- Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H1 (A-B), Current Too High
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the signal input of the solenoid
valve for range shifting H1 (A-B) is too high. This may indicate a shorted circuit.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: With diagnostic trouble code active, the tractor transmission cannot be shifted.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see Y130 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H1 (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace Y130 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H1 (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information , and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 728 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
PTQ 000739.05- Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H2 (C-D), Current Too Low
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects an open circuit for more than 200 ms at the signal
input of the solenoid valve for range shifting H2 (C-D).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: With diagnostic trouble code active, the tractor transmission cannot be shifted.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see Y131 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H2 (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace Y131 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H2 (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information , and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 729 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
PTQ 000739.06- Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H2 (C-D), Current Too High
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the signal input of the solenoid
valve for range shifting H2 (C-D) is too high. This may indicate a shorted circuit.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: With diagnostic trouble code active, the tractor transmission cannot be shifted.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see Y131 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H2 (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace Y131 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H2 (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information , and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 730 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
PTQ 002000.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from ECU Control Software
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the ECU
control software and the PDQ control software. Reception of the CAN message regarding coolant temperature is intermittent or
non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 731 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
PTQ 002005.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from TIQ Control Software
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the TIQ
control software and the PDQ control software. Reception of the CAN messages is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent
reception could be due to a loose wire).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 732 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
PTQ 002005.12- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from TIQ Control Software
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the TIQ
control software and the PDQ control software. Reception of the CAN messages is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent
reception could be due to a loose wire).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 733 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
PTQ 002049.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from OIC Control Software
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the OIC
control software and the PTQ control software. Reception of the CAN messages is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent
reception could be due to a loose wire).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 734 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
PTQ 002145.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from FCC Control Software
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the FCC
control software and the PDQ control software. Reception of the CAN messages is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent
reception could be due to a loose wire).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 735 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: If there is an operator error, the tractor may be moved again after shifting the reverse
drive lever and park lock into neutral position.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see A082 - Reverse Drive Lever, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace lever, see A082 - Reverse Drive Lever, Component Information , and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
PTQ 002833.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Vehicle Rolls Despite Park Lock Being Engaged
35
Vehicle continues to move at a speed over 1.75 km/h even although the park lock is engaged. Release the park brake or stop
the tractor.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 736 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
PTQ 002905.05- Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H3 (D-E), Current Too Low
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects an open circuit for more than 200 ms at the signal
input of the solenoid valve for range shifting H3 (D-E).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: With diagnostic trouble code active, the tractor transmission cannot be shifted.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see Y132 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H3 (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace Y132 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H3 (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information , and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 737 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
PTQ 002905.06- Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H3 (D-E), Current Too High
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the signal input of the solenoid
valve for range shifting H3 (D-E) is too high. This may indicate a shorted circuit.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: With diagnostic trouble code active, the tractor transmission cannot be shifted.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see Y132 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H3 (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace Y132 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H3 (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information , and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 738 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
PTQ 002906.05- Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H4 (E-F), Current Too Low
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects an open circuit for more than 200 ms at the signal
input of the solenoid valve for range shifting H4 (C-D).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: With diagnostic trouble code active, the tractor transmission cannot be shifted.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see Y133 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H4 (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace Y133 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H4 (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information , and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 739 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
PTQ 002906.06- Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H4 (E-F), Current Too High
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the signal input of the solenoid
valve for range shifting H4 (E-F) is too high. This may indicate a shorted circuit.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: With diagnostic trouble code active, the tractor transmission cannot be shifted.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see Y133 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H4 (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace Y133 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H4 (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information , and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
PTQ 004309.14- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Vehicle Direction Changes When Changing Ranges
35
Vehicle direction changes when changing ranges. This may occur when driving on a slope. Control unit responds when park
lock is engaged. Stop the tractor and restart.
PTQ 516673.14- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Changing ranges not possible due to a mechanical or electronic
fault.
35
A mechanical or electronic error has occurred when trying to change ranges. This may indicate a drop in oil pressure in the
system or a sensor error.
PTQ 516673.17- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Changing ranges not possible due to a fault.
35
An error has occurred when trying to change ranges. The last range was engaged again successfully. This may be attributable
to a time synchronization error or a mechanical error.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 740 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: With diagnostic trouble code active, the tractor transmission cannot be shifted.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B009-4 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Testor B009-6 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Test, in Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace sensor, see B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information , and perform an operational
check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
PTQ 521925.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: No Operator Was Present During a Shifting Procedure
35
The diagnostic trouble code is caused during a shifting procedure at less than 0.3 km/h (0.2 mph) when there is no operator
presence signal present for more than 3 seconds. Occupy the operator′s seat.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 741 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: The control software prevents the requested gear or range shifting.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform the test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the ECU control software that may be associated with this diagnostic trouble code must take
priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check the relevant component.
PTQ 522188.14- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Transmission speed too high for a range shift.
35
Excessive transmission speed was detected during a shift in range. The previous speed range is engaged once more.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 742 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
PTQ 522190.03- Position Sensor for E/F Shifter Shaft, Voltage Too High
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage on the position sensor for the E/F
shifter shaft is too high. This may indicate a shorted circuit.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: With diagnostic trouble code active, the tractor transmission cannot be shifted.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see B258 - Position Sensor for E/F Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B258 - Position Sensor for E/F Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 743 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
PTQ 522190.04- Position Sensor for E/F Shifter Shaft, Voltage Too Low
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage on the position sensor for the E/F
shifter shaft is too low (under 0.3 V). This may indicate a defective circuit.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see B258 - Position Sensor for E/F Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B258 - Position Sensor for E/F Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 744 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
PTQ 522191.03- Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft, Voltage Too High
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage on the position sensor for the C/D
shifter shaft is too high. This may indicate a shorted circuit.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: With diagnostic trouble code active, the tractor transmission cannot be shifted.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see B257 - Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B257 - Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 745 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
PTQ 522191.04- Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft, Voltage Too Low
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage on the position sensor for the C/D
shifter shaft is too low (under 0.3 V). This may indicate a defective circuit.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see B257 - Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B257 - Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 746 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
PTQ 522192.03- Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft, Voltage Too High
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage on the position sensor for the A/B
shifter shaft is too high. This may indicate a shorted circuit.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: With diagnostic trouble code active, the tractor transmission cannot be shifted.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see B256 - Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B256 - Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 747 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
PTQ 522192.04- Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft, Voltage Too Low
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the voltage on the position sensor for the C/D
shifter shaft is too low (under 0.3 V). This may indicate a defective circuit.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see B256 - Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B256 - Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 748 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
PTQ 522193.15- Position Sensor for E/F Shifter Shaft, Neutral Position Not Detected
35
This diagnostic trouble code may occur if there is either a mechanical defect or a defective sensor, or the calibration
information does not tally.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see B258 - Position Sensor for E/F Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B258 - Position Sensor for E/F Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 749 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
PTQ 522194.15- Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft, Neutral Position Not Detected
35
This diagnostic trouble code may occur if there is either a mechanical defect or a defective sensor, or the calibration
information does not tally.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see B257 - Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B257 - Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 750 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
PTQ 522196.15- Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft, Neutral Position Not Detected
35
This diagnostic trouble code may occur if there is either a mechanical defect or a defective sensor, or the calibration
information does not tally.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see B256 - Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B256 - Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 751 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
PTQ 522197.14- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Position Sensor for E/F Shifter Shaft, Shifting Procedure Aborted
35
This diagnostic trouble code may occur if there is either a mechanical defect or a defective sensor, and also if the oil pressure
has dropped. Restart the tractor.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see B258 - Position Sensor for E/F Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B258 - Position Sensor for E/F Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 752 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
PTQ 522197.17- Position Sensor for E/F Shifter Shaft, Signal Voltage Too Low
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the signal voltage on the position sensor for the
E/F shifter shaft is too low. This may indicate a defective circuit.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see B256 - Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B256 - Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 753 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
PTQ 522198.14- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft, Shifting Procedure Aborted
35
This diagnostic trouble code may occur if there is either a mechanical defect or a defective sensor, and also if the oil pressure
has dropped. Restart the tractor.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see B257 - Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B257 - Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 754 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
PTQ 522198.17- Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft, Signal Voltage Too Low
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the signal voltage on the position sensor for the
C/D shifter shaft is too low. This may indicate a defective circuit.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see B257 - Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B257 - Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 755 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
PTQ 522199.14- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft, Shifting Procedure Aborted
35
This diagnostic trouble code may occur if there is either a mechanical defect or a defective sensor, and also if the oil pressure
has dropped. Restart the tractor.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see B257 - Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B257 - Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 756 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
PTQ 522199.17- Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft, Voltage Too Low
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the signal voltage on the position sensor for the
C/D shifter shaft is too low. This may indicate a defective circuit.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see B257 - Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B257 - Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 757 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
PTQ 522200.14- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft, Shifting Procedure Aborted
35
This diagnostic trouble code may occur if there is either a mechanical defect or a defective sensor, and also if the oil pressure
has dropped. Restart the tractor.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see B256 - Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B256 - Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 758 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
PTQ 522200.17- Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft, Voltage Too Low
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the signal voltage on the position sensor for the
A/B shifter shaft is too low. This may indicate a defective circuit.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see B256 - Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B256 - Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 759 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
PTQ 522201.14- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft, Shifting Procedure Aborted
35
This diagnostic trouble code may occur if there is either a mechanical defect or a defective sensor, and also if the oil pressure
has dropped. Restart the tractor.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see B256 - Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B256 - Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 760 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
PTQ 522201.17- Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft, Voltage Too Low
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the signal voltage on the position sensor for the
A/B shifter shaft is too low. This may indicate a defective circuit.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see B256 - Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B256 - Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 761 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
PTQ 522847.05- Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable, Current Too Low
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the transmission enable
proportional solenoid valve is too low. This may indicate a defective wiring harness. There are two ways how this diagnostic
trouble code can be generated:
• In normal operating mode, this diagnostic trouble code is generated after 200 msec.
• In come-home mode, this diagnostic trouble code is generated after 400 msec.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Transmission goes to neutral.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see Y011 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test or
Y011 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y011 - Proportional solenoid valve for transmission enable, Component information ,
and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 762 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
PTQ 522847.06- Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable, Current Too High
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the transmission enable
proportional solenoid valve is too high. This may indicate a shorted circuit in the wiring harness. There are two ways how this
diagnostic trouble code can be generated:
• In normal operating mode, this diagnostic trouble code is generated after 200 msec.
• In come-home mode, this diagnostic trouble code is generated after 400 msec.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Transmission goes to neutral.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see Y011 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test or
Y011 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y011 - Proportional solenoid valve for transmission enable, Component information ,
and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 763 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
PTQ 523677.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Declutch Switch on Range-Shift Lever Deactivated, No Operator
Present
35
This operator information (diagnostic trouble code) is generated if the clutch switch on range-shift lever has been actuated but
there is no valid signal to indicate that the operator is present (operator on seat, clutch or brake pedals depressed). A valid
signal to indicate that the operator is present must be received at least 3 seconds prior to actuation. The diagnostic trouble
code may also be generated due to an operator error (operator not on seat shortly before/during the actuation of the clutch
switch).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: control software turns off the function of the clutch switch on range-shift lever. The
function will be reactivated when the reverse drive lever is moved through neutral position.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Set clutch switch on range-shift lever with address TIQ 167 to -1-.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 764 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: With diagnostic trouble code active, the tractor transmission cannot be shifted.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
For more information see: B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information .
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace sensor, see B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information or B035 - Wheel Speed Sensor,
Component Information, and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 765 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Tractor automation is turned off.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Move reverse drive lever to park position.
3. Start the engine.
4. Check to see if DTC reappears.
5. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the TIQ and FCC control software that may be associated with an internal problem take priority.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test and A082 - Reverse Drive Lever, Circuit Test , Section 245.
Result:
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace lever, see A082 - Reverse Drive Lever, Component Information , and perform
operational check. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 766 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: The control software shifts the transmission to neutral.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Move reverse drive lever to park position.
3. Start the engine.
4. Check to see if DTC reappears.
5. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the TIQ and FCC control software that may be associated with an internal problem take priority.
Result:
NO:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Perform test, see A082 - Reverse Drive Lever, Circuit Test , Section 245.
Result:
NO:• Perform test, see 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test and A082 - Reverse Drive Lever, Circuit Test , Section 245. • Problem still
exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 767 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
PTQ 523966.31- Tractor in "come home" mode - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Reverse drive lever in position
for neutral or park
35
This operator information (diagnostic trouble code) is generated if the come-home mode is activated (plug for come-home
function in COME-HOME position). The operator is informed that he should move the forward/reverse drive lever to its neutral
or park position to gain access to the next stage of the come-home function.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: The control software shifts the transmission to neutral.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Move reverse drive lever to neutral or park position.
3. Start the engine.
4. Check to see if DTC reappears.
5. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 768 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Transmission goes to neutral.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
• All circuits are within specification. Replace potentiometer, see B065 - Clutch Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information
and perform an operational check.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 769 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Transmission goes to neutral.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace potentiometer, see B065 - Clutch Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information and perform an
operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 770 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
PTQ 524230.03- Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable, Voltage Too High
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the voltage at the transmission enable
proportional solenoid valve is too high. The diagnostic trouble code is also generated if enable pressure is registered even
though the transmission is in neutral. This diagnostic trouble code can indicate a defective circuit of the transmission enable
sensor.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Transmission goes to neutral.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see Y011 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test or
Y011 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y011 - Proportional solenoid valve for transmission enable, Component information ,
and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 771 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
PTQ 524230.04- Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable, Voltage Too Low
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the voltage at the transmission enable
proportional solenoid valve is too low. The diagnostic trouble code is also generated if full enable pressure has been
commanded but less than half is measured. This may indicate a defective component or wiring harness. This diagnostic trouble
code can indicate a defective circuit of the transmission enable sensor.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Transmission goes to neutral.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see Y011 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test or
Y011 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y011 - Proportional solenoid valve for transmission enable, Component information ,
and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 772 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
PTQ 524230.05- Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable, Current Too Low
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the transmission enable
proportional solenoid valve is too low. This may indicate a defective wiring harness. There are two ways how this diagnostic
trouble code can be generated:
• In normal operating mode, this diagnostic trouble code is generated after 200 msec.
• In come-home mode, this diagnostic trouble code is generated after 400 msec.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Transmission goes to neutral.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see Y011 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test or
Y011 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y011 - Proportional solenoid valve for transmission enable, Component information ,
and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 773 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
PTQ 524230.06- Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable, Current Too High
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the transmission enable
proportional solenoid valve is too high. This may indicate a shorted circuit in the wiring harness. There are two ways how this
diagnostic trouble code can be generated:
• In normal operating mode, this diagnostic trouble code is generated after 200 msec.
• In come-home mode, this diagnostic trouble code is generated after 400 msec.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Transmission goes to neutral.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see Y011 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test or
Y011 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y011 - Proportional solenoid valve for transmission enable, Component information ,
and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 774 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Transmission goes to neutral.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see B105 - Enable Pressure Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace sensor, see B105 - Enable Pressure Sensor, Component Information , and perform an operational
check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 775 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Transmission goes to neutral.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see B105 - Enable Pressure Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace sensor, see B105 - Enable Pressure Sensor, Component Information , and perform an operational
check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 776 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Transmission goes to neutral.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification.Replace sensor, see B035 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Informationor B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor,
Component Information , and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
PTQ 524242.14- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: System Pressure, Pressure Too Low
35
If system pressure falls below 1600 kPa for more than 200 seconds, this diagnostic trouble code is generated. This may point to
an insufficient oil level.
PTQ 524250.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Park Lock, Fault
35
This diagnostic trouble code is saved in the fault memory to remind a new operator during ignition ON that a problem occurred
with the park lock in the past.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 777 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTQ: PTQ Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Transmission goes to neutral
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Move reverse drive lever to neutral or park position.
3. Start the engine.
4. Check to see if DTC reappears.
5. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Checks - Communication Faultsin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 778 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software
PTQ 524267.16- Average engagement time of forward clutch, Out of range high
35
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the clutch force is above the stored threshold
value in the internal memory. The diagnostic trouble code may indicate that the clutch is overloaded.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y033 - Forward Solenoid Valve, Component Information , and perform an operational
check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 779 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Checks - Communication Faultsin Section 240.
NO:GO TO 2
Action:
Perform B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Test or B035 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Test , in Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace sensor, see B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information or B035 - Wheel Speed Sensor,
Component Information, and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 780 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software
PTR 000084.19- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Wheel Speed from CCU Control Software
149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the CAN Bus message of the CCU control software
is incorrect. This can indicated a defective wheel speed sensor.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the CCU control software that can be associated with an electrical error take priority.
Result:
YES:GO TO 3
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
Action:
Perform B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Test or B035 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Test , in Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace sensor, see B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information or B035 - Wheel Speed Sensor,
Component Information, and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 781 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no PTR control software function.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the PTR control software that may be associated with an internal problem take priority.
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 782 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software
PTR 000190.19- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Engine Speed from ECU Control Software
149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the engine speed (CAN message) is between 100
and 500 rpm for longer than 5 seconds (while stationary). This can happen while the tractor is stationary if engine speed drops
suddenly or if the ECU transmits an incorrect engine speed.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no PTR control software function.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the ECU control software that may be associated with an internal problem take priority.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see 50ZZ -Engine Control Unit, Test and 50ZZ -Main Control Unit, Test in Section 240.
Result:
NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 783 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software
PTR 002000.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from ECU Control Software
149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the ECU
control software and the PTR control software. Reception of one of the ECU messages is intermittent or non-existent
(intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no PTR control software function.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the ECU control software that may be associated with an internal problem take priority.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see 50ZZ -Engine Control Unit, Test and 50ZZ -Main Control Unit, Test in Section 240.
Result:
NO:• Replace and program ECU engine control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 784 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software
PTR 002049.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from OIC Control Software
149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the OIC
control software and the PTR control software. Reception of one of the OIC messages is intermittent or non-existent
(intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no PTR control software function.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the OIC control software that may be associated with an internal problem take priority.
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program cab control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 785 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software
PTR 002071.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from CCU Control Software
149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the CCU
control software and the PTR control software. Reception of one of the CCU messages is intermittent or non-existent
(intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no PTR control software function.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the CCU control software that may be associated with an internal problem take priority.
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program cab control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 786 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software
PTR 002140.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from AIC Control Software
149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the AIC
control software and the PTR control software. Reception of one of the AIC messages is intermittent or non-existent
(intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no PTR control software function.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the AIC control software that may be associated with an internal problem take priority.
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program cab control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 787 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software
PTR 002145.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from FCC Control Software
149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the FCC
control software and the PTR control software. Reception of one of the FCC messages is intermittent or non-existent
(intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no PTR control software function.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes associated with an internal problem in control software FCC take priority.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see 50ZZ -Main Control Unit, Test and 50ZZ -Instrument Unit, Test in Section 240.
Result:
NO:• Replace and program cab control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 788 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software
PTR 522506.03- Neutral Switch of Reverse Drive Lever, Voltage Too High
149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that voltage at the neutral switch of the reverse drive
lever is too high.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the reverse drive lever.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see A082 - Reverse Drive Lever, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification.Replace lever, see A082 - Reverse Drive Lever, Component Information , and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 789 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software
PTR 522506.04- Neutral Switch of Reverse Drive Lever, Voltage Too Low
149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that voltage at the neutral switch of the reverse drive
lever is too low.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the reverse drive lever.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see A082 - Reverse Drive Lever, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification.Replace lever, see A082 - Reverse Drive Lever, Component Information , and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 790 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software
PTR 522763.19- Signal of the reverse drive lever message, Incorrect information from FCC control software
149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the PTR
control software and the reverse drive lever. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the FCC
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 791 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
supply voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 792 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
supply voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 793 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software
PTR 523961.07- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Reverse drive lever not in neutral with park lock engaged
149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the reverse drive lever is not in neutral position
even though the park lock has been engaged. Move the reverse drive lever to neutral.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the AIC or PTR control software that may be associated with an electrical error take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check the relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 794 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software
PTR 523961.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Ground speed registered while park lock is engaged
149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the tractor is moving even though the park lock is
engaged. Release park lock and engage again.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see S114 - Park lock switch, Circuit test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification.Replace switch, see S114 - Park Lock Switch, Component Information , and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
PTR 523966.03- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Connector for Come-Home Function, Fault
149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the operator wants to deactivate the come-home
function, but that it still is activated.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 795 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
supply voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
PTR 523966.19- Come-home mode, incorrect signal from OIC control software
149
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the PTR control software detects that the OIC control software has sent an incorrect
come-home mode signal via the CAN Bus. Restart the tractor to rectify the error.
PTR 523966.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Come-home mode activated
149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the come-home mode is activated.
PTR 524020.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Reverse drive lever not in neutral position during start-up
149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the reverse drive lever is not in neutral position
during the start-up. Move the reverse drive lever to neutral.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 796 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Tractor cannot be driven.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Perform test, see Y036 - Reverse Solenoid Valve, Circuit Test, Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace solenoid valve and perform an operational check, see Y036 - Reverse Solenoid Valve, Component
Information .
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 797 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Tractor cannot be driven.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Perform test, see Y036 - Reverse Solenoid Valve, Circuit Test, Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace solenoid valve and perform an operational check, see Y036 - Reverse Solenoid Valve, Component
Information .
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 798 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Tractor cannot be driven.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Perform test, see Y036 - Reverse Solenoid Valve, Circuit Test, Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace solenoid valve and perform an operational check, see Y036 - Reverse Solenoid Valve, Component
Information .
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 799 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Tractor cannot be driven.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace solenoid valve and perform an operational check, see Y033 - Forward Solenoid Valve, Component
Information .
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 800 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Tractor cannot be driven.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace solenoid valve and perform an operational check, see Y033 - Forward Solenoid Valve, Component
Information .
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 801 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Tractor cannot be driven.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace solenoid valve and perform an operational check, see Y033 - Forward Solenoid Valve, Component
Information .
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
PTR 524194.03- Switch for transmission neutral position, Voltage too high
149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the transmission neutral switch is in the neutral
position even though the control software has sent either a forward or a reverse travel signal to the solenoid valves.
PTR 524194.04- Switch for Transmission Neutral Position, Voltage Too Low
149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the transmission neutral switch is in the forward or
reverse position even though the control software has sent a neutral signal to the solenoid valves.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 802 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software
PTR 524230.03- Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable, Voltage Too High
149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the voltage at the transmission enable
proportional solenoid valve is too high. The diagnostic trouble code is also generated if enable pressure is registered even
though the transmission is in neutral.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Transmission goes to neutral.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see Y100 - Transmission Enable Solenoid Valve (PowrReverser™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y100 - Transmission Enable Solenoid Valve (PowrReverser™ Transmission), Component
Information , and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 803 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software
PTR 524230.05- Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable, Current Too Low
149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the transmission enable
proportional solenoid valve is too low. This may indicate a defective wiring harness. There are two ways how this diagnostic
trouble code can be generated:
• In normal operating mode, this diagnostic trouble code is generated after 200 msec.
• In come-home mode, this diagnostic trouble code is generated after 400 msec.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Transmission goes to neutral.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see Y100 - Transmission Enable Solenoid Valve (PowrReverser™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y100 - Transmission Enable Solenoid Valve (PowrReverser™ Transmission), Component
Information , and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 804 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software
PTR 524230.06- Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable, Current Too High
149
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the transmission enable
proportional solenoid valve is too high. This may indicate a shorted circuit in the wiring harness. There are two ways how this
diagnostic trouble code can be generated:
• In normal operating mode, this diagnostic trouble code is generated after 200 msec.
• In come-home mode, this diagnostic trouble code is generated after 400 msec.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Transmission goes to neutral.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see Y100 - Transmission Enable Solenoid Valve (PowrReverser™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y100 - Transmission Enable Solenoid Valve (PowrReverser™ Transmission), Component
Information , and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 805 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PTR: PTR Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Transmission goes to neutral.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform S150 - Enable Pressure Switch (PowrReverser™ Transmission), Circuit Test, Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace switch, see S150 - Enable Pressure Switch (PowrReverser™ Transmission), Component Information
, and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 806 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Transmission goes to neutral.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform S150 - Enable Pressure Switch (PowrReverser™ Transmission), Circuit Test, Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace switch, see S150 - Enable Pressure Switch (PowrReverser™ Transmission), Component Information
, and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 807 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 808 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
OK:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the CCU control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 809 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the CCU control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 810 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 811 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 812 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
RPT 000177.09- CAN BUS message cannot be received, Information from PTA control software
332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the RPT
control software and the PTA control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages expected by the RPT
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS or in the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 813 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the PTA control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 814 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the PTA control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
RPT 000186.01- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Speed Too Low at the Rear PTO
332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the rear PTO speed at the rear PTO is too low.
Possibly the transmission oil pressure is too low, the implement is too big or its inertia is too high, or the implement is blocked.
The rear PTO is forcibly switched off and can be switched back on again after 20 seconds.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 815 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the rear PTO.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see B006 - Rear PTO speed sensor, Circuit test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace rear PTO speed sensor and perform an operational check.• Problem still
exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General information, Electrical system, Troubleshooting unsolved problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 816 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the rear PTO.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see B006 - Rear PTO speed sensor, Circuit test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace rear PTO speed sensor and perform an operational check.• Problem still
exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General information, Electrical system, Troubleshooting unsolved problems in Section 210.
RPT 000186.15- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Rear PTO Speed Sensor, Speed Too High After Shutting Off the
Rear PTO
332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the rear PTO keeps on running too long after it has
been shut off. Possibly the implement is too big or its inertia is too high, or the rear PTO brake is defective or worn.
RPT 000186.17- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Rear PTO Speed Sensor, Speed Too Low After Switching On the
Rear PTO
332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the rear PTO speed is too low after switching on
the rear PTO. Possibly the transmission oil pressure is too low, the implement is too big or its inertia is too high, or the
implement is blocked.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 817 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
RPT 000190.09- CAN BUS message cannot be received, Information from ECU control software
332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the RPF
control software and the ECU control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages expected by the RPT
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS or in the transmitting control software. This diagnostic trouble code can also be caused due to stalling of the
engine.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 818 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the ECU control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 819 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the ECU control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 820 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program the main control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 821 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Recalibrate rear PTO.• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program the main control unit. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 822 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
RPT 001504.09- CAN BUS message cannot be received, Information from OIC control software
332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the RPT
control software and the OIC control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages expected by the RPT
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS or in the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 823 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes associated with an electrical fault in control software OIC must be processed first.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 824 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes associated with an electrical fault in control software OIC must be processed first.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 825 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the rear PTO.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see B06 - Rear PTO speed sensor, Circuit test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:• All circuits are within specification. Replace rear PTO speed sensor and perform an operational check.• Problem still
exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General information, Electrical system, Troubleshooting unsolved problems in Section 210.
RPT 001890.03- PTO Shaft Spline Identifier Switch, Voltage Too High
332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the PTO shaft spline identifier function has been
activated. Check the settings and reprogram the main control unit, if necessary.
RPT 001890.04- PTO Shaft Spline Identifier Switch, Voltage Too Low
332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the PTO shaft spline identifier function has been
activated. Check the settings and reprogram the main control unit, if necessary.
RPT 001890.31- PTO Shaft Spline Identifier Switch, Fault
332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the PTO shaft spline identifier function has been
activated. Check the settings and reprogram the main control unit, if necessary.
RPT 001894.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Rear PTO switch was on when engine was started
332
This operator information (diagnostic trouble code) is generated when the rear PTO is switched on when starting the engine or
turning on the ignition. If the diagnostic trouble code is generated although the rear PTO was not on while starting the engine:
Perform rear PTO switch, Operational check.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 826 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
RPT 002000.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from ECU control software
332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the ECU
control software and the RPT control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the ECU
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 827 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
RPT 002003.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from PTA/PTQ control software
332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the ECU
control software and the PTA/PTQ control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the
PTA/PTQ control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a
problem in the CAN BUS.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 828 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
RPT 002049.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from OIC control software
332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the OIC
control software and the RPT control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the OIC
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 829 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
RPT 002071.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from CCU control software
332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the CCU
control software and the RPT control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the CCU
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS or in the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 830 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
RPT 002139.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from CSM control software
332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the CSM
control software and the RPT control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the CSM
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 831 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
RPT 002140.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from AIC control software
332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the AIC
control software and the RPT control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the AIC
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS or in the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 832 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
RPT 002238.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from SMV control software
332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the SMV
control software and the RPT control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the SMV
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS or in the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 833 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
RPT 002240.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from TEC control software
332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the TEC
control software and the RPT control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the TEC
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS or in the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
RPT 002818.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Operator presence switch not activated
332
This operator information (diagnostic trouble code) is generated if the control software detects that one or several functions
are selected that require the operator presence switch to be activated but the operator has left the seat. If the diagnostic
trouble code is generated even though the operator is seated on the operator′s seat: Perform an operational check of the
operator presence switch.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 834 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program the main control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 835 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program the main control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 836 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program the main control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 837 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes associated with an electrical fault in control software OIC must be processed first.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 838 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
RPT 522011.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from OIC control software
332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the OIC
control software and the RPT control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the OIC
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS or in the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 839 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes associated with an electrical fault in control software OIC must be processed first.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 840 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes associated with an electrical fault in control software OIC must be processed first.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 841 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: All functions of the Tractor-Implement Automation™ are deactivated.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 842 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
supply voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 240.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 843 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
supply voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 240.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 844 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
RPT 523908.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from OIC Control Software
332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the OIC control software does not update the value
regularly about the rear PTO external control switch value via the CAN BUS. OIC diagnostic trouble codes take priority.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the RPT control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the OIC control software that may be associated with an internal problem take priority.
Result:
( 3 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
RPT 523908.14- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Remote control switch for rear PTO is activated
332
This operator information (diagnostic trouble code) is generated if the control software detects that the switch for the remote
control for the rear PTO is switched on.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 845 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the rear PTO.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes associated with an electrical fault in control software OIC must be processed first.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 846 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the rear PTO.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes associated with an electrical fault in control software OIC must be processed first.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 847 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
RPT 524218.09- Incorrect CAN BUS message, Information from PTQ control software
332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the ECU
control software and the RPT control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the PTQ
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in
the CAN BUS.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 848 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the rear PTO.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the PTQ control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 849 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the rear PTO.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the PTQ control software that may be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 850 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the rear PTO.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes associated with an electrical fault in control software OIC must be processed first.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 851 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
RPT 524224.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from OIC Control Software
332
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that messages of the OIC control software about the
rear PTO switch value cannot be updated regularly via the CAN BUS. OIC diagnostic trouble codes take priority.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the RPT control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the OIC control software that may be associated with an internal problem take priority.
Result:
( 3 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 852 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the rear PTO.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes associated with an electrical fault in control software OIC must be processed first.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 853 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the rear PTO.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes associated with an electrical fault in control software OIC must be processed first.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 854 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the rear PTO.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Perform Y004 - Solenoid Valve for Rear PTO, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace Y004 - Solenoid Valve for Rear PTO and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 855 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the rear PTO.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform Y004 - Solenoid Valve for Rear PTO, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace Y004 - Solenoid Valve for Rear PTO and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 856 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the rear PTO.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Perform Y004 - Solenoid Valve for Rear PTO, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace Y004 - Solenoid Valve for Rear PTO and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 857 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group RPT: RPT Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the rear PTO.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Perform Y004 - Solenoid Valve for Rear PTO, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace Y004 - Solenoid Valve for Rear PTO and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 858 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the rear PTO.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test
drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Perform Y004 - Solenoid Valve for Rear PTO, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace Y004 - Solenoid Valve for Rear PTO and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 859 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 860 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the CCU control software that can be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 861 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Depending on equipment:
Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 862 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Depending on equipment:
Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 863 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Depending on equipment:
Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 864 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the selective control valves.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Access address CCU 028 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor and verify that the information displayed complies with
the specifications.
Result:
YES:Hydraulic oil between -15°C and -25°C (5°F and -13°F), warm up the hydraulic oil and perform an operational check.
Action:
Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 240.
Result:
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 865 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 866 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Return-to-position function is limited or not working.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the ECU control software that may be associated with an electrical error take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 867 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program front chassis control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245.
Action:
Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 245.
Result:
NO:Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. GO TO 1.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 868 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program front chassis control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 245.
Result:
NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. GO TO 1. • Problem still exists.
Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 869 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the selective control valves.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
Action:
1. The calibration can only be completed successfully if the selective control valves have been activated correctly.
2. For activation, see diagnostic address SCO 010 - Activating Selective Control Valves, Configuration
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program front chassis control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245.
NO:• Correct settings and GO TO 2 . • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 870 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
SCO 000924.03- Stepper Motor for E-SCV XI, Supply Voltage Too High
337
Supply voltage (BAT) above 16 V.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the selective control valves.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform M012 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XI, Circuit Test in Section 240.
3. Depending on equipment:
Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 871 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
SCO 000924.04- Stepper Motors for E-SCV X and E-SCV XI, Supply Voltage Too Low
337
Voltage at stepper motor input below 9 volts. This indicates a short to ground.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the selective control valves.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform M015 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV X, Circuit Testand M012 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XI, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 872 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
SCO 000925.03- Stepper Motor for E-SCV XII, Supply Voltage Too High
337
Supply voltage (BAT) above 16 V.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the selective control valve.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform M013 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XII, Circuit Test in Section 240.
3. Depending on equipment:
Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 873 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
SCO 000925.04- Stepper Motor for E-SCV XII, Supply Voltage Too Low
337
Voltage at stepper motor input below 9 volts. This indicates a short to ground.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the selective control valve.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform M013 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XII, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 874 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
SCO 000926.03- Stepper Motor for E-SCV XIII, Supply Voltage Too High
337
Supply voltage (BAT) above 16 V.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the selective control valve.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform M014 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XIII, Circuit Test in Section 240.
3. Depending on equipment:
Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 875 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
SCO 000926.04- Stepper Motor for E-SCV XIII, Supply Voltage Too Low
337
Voltage at stepper motor input below 9 volts. This indicates a short to ground.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the selective control valve.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform M014 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XIII, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 876 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
SCO 002003.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot be Received, Information from PTA/PTQ or PTD Control Software
337
Data transfer problem between the SCO control software and PTQ control software (PowrQuad™ transmission). This indicates a
problem in the CAN bus or in the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
SCO 002006.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot be Received, Information from EIC Control Software
337
Data transfer problem between the SCO control software and EIC control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 877 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 878 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
SCO 002049.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from OIC Control Software
337
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the OIC control software and SCO control
software. Reception of one, several, or all of the CAN messages expected by the OIC control software is intermittent or non-
existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or in the transmitting
control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
SCO 002071.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from CCU Control Software
337
Data transfer problem between the CCU control software and SCO control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 879 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
SCO 002139.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from CSM Control Software
337
This diagnostic trouble code is generated when a data transfer problem occurs between the CSM control software and SCO
control software. Reception of one, several, or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the CSM control software is intermittent
or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or in the
transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 880 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
SCO 002140.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from AIC Control Software
337
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if a data transfer problem occurs between the AIC control software and SCO control
software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages expected by the AIC control software is intermittent or non-
existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or in the transmitting
control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
SCO 002171.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from E-SCV XI
337
Data transfer problem between the SCO control software and E-SCV XI. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or in the
transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the selective control valve.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
SCO 002172.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from E-SCV XII
337
Data transfer problem between the SCO control software and E-SCV XII. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or in the
transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the selective control valve.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 881 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
SCO 002173.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from E-SCV XIII
337
Data transfer problem between the SCO control software and E-SCV XIII. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or in the
transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the selective control valve.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 882 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Diverter valve function / memo function limited.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform X1268F - Connection Point Between the W741/1 Harness and Front Loader Harness (Diverter Valve / Memo Function),
Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 883 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Diverter valve function / memo function limited.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform X1268F - Connection Point Between the W741/1 Harness and Front Loader Harness (Diverter Valve / Memo Function),
Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 884 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Hitch dampening function limited.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform X1278F - Connection Point Between the W741/1 Harness and Front Loader Harness (Hitch Dampening), Circuit Test ,
Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 885 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Hitch dampening function limited.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform X1278F - Connection Point Between the W741/1 Harness and Front Loader Harness (Hitch Dampening), Circuit Test ,
Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 886 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Hitch dampening function limited.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform X1278F - Connection Point Between the W741/1 Harness and Front Loader Harness (Hitch Dampening), Circuit Test ,
Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 887 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
SCO 520529.03- Loader Boom Position Sensor (Channel 1), Voltage Too High
337
Voltage at sensor input above 4.75 V.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Return-to-position function limited.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B218 - Loader Boom Position Sensor, Circuit Testin Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 888 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
SCO 520529.04- Loader Boom Position Sensor (Channel 1), Voltage Too Low
337
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if a voltage below 0.25 V is registered at channel 1 of the loader boom position
sensor.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Return-to-position function limited.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B218 - Loader Boom Position Sensor, Circuit Testin Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace loader boom position sensor and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 889 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Return-to-position function limited.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B218 - Loader Boom Position Sensor, Circuit Testin Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace loader boom position sensor and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 890 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Return-to-position function limited.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B218 - Loader Boom Position Sensor, Circuit Testin Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace loader boom position sensor and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 891 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no return-to-position function.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program front chassis control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 892 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no return-to-position function.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram the front chassis control unit, see Reprogramming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 893 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Return-to-position function limited.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B218 - Loader Boom Position Sensor, Circuit Testin Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace loader boom position sensor and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 894 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Return-to-position function limited.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B218 - Loader Boom Position Sensor, Circuit Testin Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace loader boom position sensor and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 895 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
SCO 520529.31- Loader Boom Position Sensor, Voltage Ratio Between Channel 1 and Channel 2 Not Correct
337
The loader boom position sensor consists of two separate sensors. The signal voltage of sensor 2 is 1/2 of the signal voltage of
sensor 1. The difference is 0.4 V or more.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Return-to-position function limited.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B218 - Loader Boom Position Sensor, Circuit Testin Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 896 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
SCO 520530.03- Loader Boom Position Sensor (Channel 2), Voltage Too High
337
Voltage at sensor input above 2.375 V. This indicates a short to 12 V.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Return-to-position function limited.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B218 - Loader Boom Position Sensor, Circuit Testin Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 897 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
SCO 520530.04- Loader Boom Position Sensor (Channel 2), Voltage Too Low
337
Voltage at sensor input below 0.125 volts. This indicates a short circuit to ground.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Return-to-position function limited.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B218 - Loader Boom Position Sensor, Circuit Testin Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 898 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no return-to-position function.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Access input address and check the value, see SCO 187 - Front Loader Type, Configurationin Section 245.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram the front chassis control unit, see Reprogramming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 899 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Return-to-position function limited.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B219 - Loader Bucket Position Sensor, Circuit Testin Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 900 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Return-to-position function limited.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B219 - Loader Bucket Position Sensor, Circuit Testin Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 901 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Return-to-position function not available.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B219 - Loader Bucket Position Sensor, Circuit Testin Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 902 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Return-to-position function not available.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B219 - Loader Bucket Position Sensor, Circuit Testin Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 903 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Return-to-position function not available.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Check if the hydraulic hoses for the front loader are properly connected at the multi-coupler.
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Perform B219 - Loader Bucket Position Sensor, Circuit Testin Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace component and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 904 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Return-to-position function not available.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B218 - Sensor for Position of Loader Boom, Circuit Testand B219 - Sensor for Position of Loader Bucket, Circuit Testin
Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace loader bucket position sensor and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 905 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Return-to-position function not available.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B219 - Loader Bucket Position Sensor, Circuit Testin Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace loader bucket position sensor and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 906 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Return-to-position function not available.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B219 - Loader Bucket Position Sensor, Circuit Testin Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace loader bucket position sensor and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 907 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Return-to-position function not available.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
When the return-to-position function is deactivated, the loader bucket can be rolled back manually. If the return-to-position
function is activated when the loader bucket is rolled back too far, the function is deactivated.
Move the loader bucket forward again and re-activate the return-to-position function.
Result:
Action:
Perform B219 - Loader Bucket Position Sensor, Circuit Testin Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace loader bucket position sensor and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
SCO 520542.03- Vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd), Voltage Too High
337
Voltage of CAN+ too high. This indicates a short to 12 V.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 908 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
SCO 520543.04- Vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd), Voltage Too Low
337
Voltage of CAN- too low. This indicates a short to ground.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 909 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program front chassis control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 240.
Result:
NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 910 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program front chassis control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 240.
Result:
NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 911 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program front chassis control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 240.
Result:
NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 912 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform M012 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XI, Circuit Test in Section 240.
3. Perform M015 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV X, Circuit Testin Section 240.
4. Depending on equipment:
Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 913 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform M012 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XI, Circuit Test in Section 240.
3. Perform M015 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV X, Circuit Testin Section 240.
4. Depending on equipment:
Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 914 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
SCO 523343.19- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from AIC Control Software
337
Multi-function lever value (function 3) cannot be determined by the AIC control software and cannot be provided for the CAN
bus. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code. In its active state, this fault can also generate
diagnostic trouble codes at the AIC control software. These diagnostic trouble codes take priority.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: No function of the selective control valve.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the AIC control software that can be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 915 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the selective control valves.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the AIC control software that can be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 916 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the selective control valves.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the AIC control software that can be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 917 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the selective control valves.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the AIC control software that can be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 918 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: No function of the selective control valve.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the AIC control software that can be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 919 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
SCO 523805.19- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from AIC Control Software
337
Multi-function lever value (function 1) cannot be determined by the AIC control software and cannot be provided for the CAN
bus. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code. In its active state, this fault can also generate
diagnostic trouble codes at the AIC control software. These diagnostic trouble codes take priority.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: No function of the selective control valves.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the AIC control software that can be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
SCO 523827.14- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from E-SCV XIII
337
Data transfer problem between the SCO control software and E-SCV XIII. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or in the
transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: No function of the selective control valve.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 920 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
SCO 523828.14- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from E-SCV XII
337
Data transfer problem between the SCO control software and E-SCV XII. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or in the
transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: No function of the selective control valve.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 921 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no return-to-position function.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram the front chassis control unit, see Reprogramming Control Units in Section
245.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
SCO 523829.14- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from E-SCV XI
337
Data transfer problem between the SCO control software and E-SCV XI. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or in the
transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: No function of the selective control valve.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 922 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 923 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
SCO 523869.00- Stepper Motor for E-SCV XI, Temperature Too High
337
The temperature of the stepper motor is above 100 °C (212 °F). The stepper motor does not become operable again until the
temperature drops below 100°C (212°F).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: No function of the selective control valve.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Replace stepper motor for E-SCV XI with stepper motor for E-SCV XII.
Recalibrate E-SCV.
Clear the diagnostic trouble code.
Perform an operational check.
→NOTE: During this check, the functions of the two selective control valves are interchanged!
Result:
YES:Even after a prolonged operational check, diagnostic trouble codes SCO 523869.00 and SCO 523870.00 are not
generated. Diagnostics completed. Re-install the stepper motors in their original positions.
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code SCO 523869.00 is generated; replace stepper motor at position of E-SCV XI. Install the stepper
motors at their original location. • Diagnostic trouble code SCO 523870.00 is generated; replace stepper motor at position of
E-SCV XII. Re-install the stepper motors in their original positions.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 924 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
SCO 523869.01- Stepper Motor for E-SCV XI, Temperature Too Low
337
The temperature of the stepper motor is below -45 °C (-49 °F).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: No function of the selective control valve.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble code SCO 523869.01 is generated at temperatures below -45°C (-49°F). Check if the outside temperature is
below -45°C.
Result:
YES:Outside temperature is below -45 °C (-49 °F): Warm up the hydraulic oil and then perform an operational check.
NO:Outside temperature is above -45 °C (-49 °F): Stepper motor temperature sensor is defective. Replace component and
perform operational check.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 925 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
SCO 523869.18- Stepper Motor for E-SCV XI, Hydraulic Oil Temperature and Supply Voltage Too Low
337
Supply voltage (BAT) too low (9 - 11 V) and hydraulic oil temperature between -25 °C (-13 °F) and -15 °C (5 °F).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the selective control valve.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Access address CCU 028 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor and verify that the information displayed complies with
the specifications.
Result:
YES:Hydraulic oil between -15°C and -25°C (5°F and -13°F), warm up the hydraulic oil and perform an operational check.
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform M012 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XI, Circuit Test in Section 240.
3. Depending on equipment:
Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 926 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
SCO 523870.00- Stepper Motor for E-SCV XII, Temperature Too High
337
The temperature of the stepper motor is above 100 °C (212 °F). The stepper motor does not become operable again until the
temperature drops below 100°C (212°F).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: No function of the selective control valve.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Replace stepper motor for E-SCV XII with stepper motor for E-SCV XI.
Recalibrate E-SCV.
Clear the diagnostic trouble code.
Perform an operational check.
→NOTE: During this check, the functions of the two selective control valves are interchanged!
Result:
YES:Even after a prolonged operational check, diagnostic trouble codes SCO 523869.00 and SCO 523870.00 are not
generated. Diagnostics completed. Re-install the stepper motors in their original positions.
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code SCO 523869.00 is generated; replace stepper motor at position of E-SCV XI. Re-install the
stepper motors in their original positions. • Diagnostic trouble code SCO 523870.00 is generated; replace stepper motor at
position of E-SCV XII. Re-install the stepper motors in their original positions.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 927 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
SCO 523870.01- Stepper Motor for E-SCV XII, Temperature Too Low
337
The temperature of the stepper motor is below -45 °C (-49 °F).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: No function of the selective control valve.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble code SCO 523870.01 is generated at temperatures below -45°C (-49°F). Check if the outside temperature is
below -45°C.
Result:
YES:Outside temperature is below -45 °C (-49 °F): Warm up the hydraulic oil and then perform an operational check.
NO:Outside temperature is above -45 °C (-49 °F): Stepper motor temperature sensor is defective. Replace component and
perform operational check.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 928 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
SCO 523870.18- Stepper Motor for E-SCV XII, Hydraulic Oil Temperature and Supply Voltage Too Low
337
Supply voltage (BAT) too low (9 - 11 V) and hydraulic oil temperature between -25 °C (-13 °F) and -15 °C (5 °F).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the selective control valve.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Access address CCU 028 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor and verify that the information displayed complies with
the specifications.
Result:
YES:Hydraulic oil between -15°C and -25°C (5°F and -13°F), warm up the hydraulic oil and perform an operational check.
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform M013 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XII, Circuit Test in Section 240.
3. Depending on equipment:
Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 929 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
SCO 523871.00- Stepper Motor for E-SCV XIII, Temperature Too High
337
The temperature of the stepper motor is above 100 °C (212 °F). The stepper motor does not become operable again until the
temperature drops below 100°C (212°F).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: No function of the selective control valve.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Replace stepper motor for E-SCV XIII with stepper motor for E-SCV XI.
Recalibrate E-SCV.
Clear the diagnostic trouble code.
Perform an operational check.
→NOTE: During this check, the functions of the two selective control valves are interchanged!
Result:
YES:Even after a prolonged operational check, diagnostic trouble codes SCO 523869.00 and SCO 523871.00 are not
generated. Diagnostics completed. Re-install the stepper motors in their original positions.
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code SCO 523869.00 is generated; replace stepper motor at position of E-SCV XI. Re-install the
stepper motors in their original positions. • Diagnostic trouble code SCO 523871.00 is generated; replace stepper motor at
position of E-SCV XIII. Re-install the stepper motors in their original positions.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 930 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
SCO 523871.01- Stepper Motor for E-SCV XIII, Temperature Too Low
337
The temperature of the stepper motor is below -45 °C (-49 °F).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: No function of the selective control valve.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble code SCO 523871.01 is generated at temperatures below -45°C (-49°F). Check if the outside temperature is
below -45°C.
Result:
YES:Outside temperature is below -45 °C (-49 °F): Warm up the hydraulic oil and then perform an operational check.
NO:Outside temperature is above -45 °C (-49 °F): Stepper motor temperature sensor is defective. Replace component and
perform operational check.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 931 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
SCO 523871.18- Stepper Motor for E-SCV XIII, Hydraulic Oil Temperature and Supply Voltage Too Low
337
Supply voltage (BAT) too low (9 - 11 V) and hydraulic oil temperature between -25 °C (-13 °F) and -15 °C (5 °F).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the selective control valve.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Access address CCU 028 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor and verify that the information displayed complies with
the specifications.
Result:
YES:Hydraulic oil between -15°C and -25°C (5°F and -13°F), warm up the hydraulic oil and perform an operational check.
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform M014 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XIII, Circuit Test in Section 240.
3. Depending on equipment:
Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 932 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
SCO 523884.00- Stepper Motor for E-SCV XI, Supply Voltage Too High
337
Supply voltage (BAT) above 16 V.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the selective control valve.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Depending on equipment:
Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 933 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
SCO 523884.01- Stepper Motor for E-SCV XI, Supply Voltage Too Low
337
Supply voltage (BAT) below 9 V.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the selective control valve.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Depending on equipment:
Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 934 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
SCO 523885.00- Stepper Motor for E-SCV XII, Supply Voltage Too High
337
Supply voltage (BAT) above 16 V.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the selective control valve.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Depending on equipment:
Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 935 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
SCO 523885.01- Stepper Motor for E-SCV XII, Supply Voltage Too Low
337
Supply voltage (BAT) below 9 V.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the selective control valve.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Depending on equipment:
Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 936 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
SCO 523886.00- Stepper Motor for E-SCV XIII, Supply Voltage Too High
337
Supply voltage (BAT) above 16 V.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the selective control valve.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Depending on equipment:
Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 937 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SCO: SCO Control Software
SCO 523886.01- Stepper Motor for E-SCV XIII, Supply Voltage Too Low
337
Supply voltage (BAT) below 9 V.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the selective control valve.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Depending on equipment:
Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 938 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program front chassis control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 245.
Result:
NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. GO TO 1 . • Problem still exists.
Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 939 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Checks - Communication Faultsin Section 240. • GO TO 2
Action:
CommandQuad™ Transmission:
Perform B009-1 - Wheel Speed Sensor (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
PowrQuad™ Transmission:
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace sensor, see B009 - Wheel speed sensor for tractors with creeper, Component information or B035
- Wheel speed sensor for tractors without creeper, Component information, and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 940 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
SFA 000084.19- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Wheel Speed Signal is Incorrect
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the following sensor status is sent via the CAN
bus: Sensor not available (due to incorrect configuration of wheel speed sensor) or faulty sensor signal (circuit problem at
wheel speed sensor).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Checks - Communication Faultsin Section 240. • GO TO 2
Action:
CommandQuad™ Transmission:
Perform B009-1 - Wheel Speed Sensor (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
PowrQuad™ Transmission:
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace sensor, see B009 - Wheel speed sensor for tractors with creeper, Component information or B035
- Wheel speed sensor for tractors without creeper, Component information, and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 941 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
SFA 000158.03- Front Chassis Control Unit, Supply Voltage (ELX) Too High
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the supply voltage (ELX) is above 16 volt.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage complies with the specifications.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 942 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
SFA 000158.04- Front Chassis Control Unit, Supply Voltage (ELX) Too Low
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the supply voltage (ELX) is under 9 volt.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage complies with the specifications.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 943 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
SFA 000168.03- Front Chassis Control Unit, Supply Voltage (BAT) Too High
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the supply voltage (BAT) is over 15.5 V for longer
than 5 seconds.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage complies with the specifications.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 944 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
SFA 000168.04- Front Chassis Control Unit, Supply Voltage (BAT) Too Low
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the supply voltage (BAT) is below 9 V for longer
than 5 seconds.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage complies with the specifications.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 945 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
SFA 000190.17- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Engine Speed Too Low
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if control software detects that the engine speed (CAN message) is between 100 and
500 rpm for longer than 5 seconds while bleeding, calibrating, or manually raising the cab. This could happen if the engine
speed drops considerably or if the ECU transmits an incorrect engine speed.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the SFA control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the SFA control software that may be associated with an internal problem take priority.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 240.
Result:
NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 946 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
SFA 000190.19- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Engine Speed Not Detected
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the engine speed (CAN message) is between 100
and 500 rpm for longer than 5 seconds (while stationary). This can happen while the tractor is stationary if engine speed drops
suddenly or if the ECU transmits an incorrect engine speed.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the SFA control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the SFA control software that may be associated with an internal problem take priority.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 240.
Result:
NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 947 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosisin Section 212.
Result:
YES:Diagnostics completed.
NO:Problem still exists.• Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 240. • Perform General
Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 948 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN Bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosisin Section 240.
Result:
YES:Diagnostics completed.
NO:Problem still exists.• Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 240. • Perform General
Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 949 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosisin Section 212.
Result:
YES:Diagnostics completed.
NO:Problem still exists.• Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 240. • Perform General
Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 950 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited function of the vehicle.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN bus take priority.
2. Perform VIN Security Fault Diagnosisin Section 212.
Result:
YES:Diagnostics completed.
NO:Problem still exists.• Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 240. • Perform General
Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 951 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 240.
Result:
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 952 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program rear chassis control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
• Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 240.
Result:
NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 953 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Check to see if DTC reappears.
3. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Perform SFA 020 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Position Sensor, Calibration in Section 245.
Action:
Reprogram front chassis control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245.
Result:
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 954 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
SFA 001865.19- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Key Switch Status Incorrect
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that an incorrect signal or no signal on the status of the
ignition switch was sent.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in other control software that may be associated with an electrical error take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 955 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
SFA 001881.19- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Draft Sensor from HCC Control Software
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the HCC control software is transmitting the
following sensor status via the CAN bus: Sensor not available (due to incorrect configuration of draft sensor) or faulty sensor
signal (circuit problem at draft sensor).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the HCC control software that may be associated with an electrical error take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 956 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
SFA 002049.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from OIC Control Software
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the OIC
control software and the SFA control software. Reception of one of the OIC messages is intermittent or non-existent
(intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the SFA control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the OIC control software that may be associated with an internal problem take priority.
Result:
Action:
• Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test and 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test , Section 240.
Result:
NO:• Replace and program cab control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 957 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
SFA 003509.03- 5-Volt Supply Voltage to Sensor for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle, Voltage Too High
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is more than 5.25 V measured at the
positive voltage supply lead for 5-volt components. This indicates a short circuit to a positive lead.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check
whether the system voltage complies with the specifications, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit (Cab) (5-V Supply
Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section
240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 958 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
SFA 003509.04- 5-volt Supply Voltage to Sensor for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle, Voltage Too Low
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is less than 4.8 V measured at the positive
voltage supply lead for 5-volt components. This indicates a short circuit to ground.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check
whether the system voltage complies with the specifications, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit (Cab) (5-V Supply
Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section
240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 959 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
SFA 003509.06- 5-Volt Supply Voltage to Sensor for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle, Current Too High
39
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that current measured for the 5-volt components is
above 100 mA. This indicates a short circuit to ground.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check
whether the system voltage complies with the specifications, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit (Cab) (5-V Supply
Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
2. Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section
240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 960 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
SFA 520542.03- Vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd), Voltage Too High
39
Voltage of CAN+ too high. This indicates a short to 12 V.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform test, Voltage Check of Vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd), Section 240.
SFA 520543.04- Vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd), Voltage Too Low
39
Voltage of CAN- too low. This indicates a short to ground.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 961 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform test, Voltage Check of Vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd), Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 962 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program rear chassis control unit. See Program Control Units , Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 240.
Result:
NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 963 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program rear chassis control unit. See Program Control Units , Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 240.
Result:
NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 964 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program rear chassis control unit. See Program Control Units , Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 240.
Result:
NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 965 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program rear chassis control unit. See Program Control Units , Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 240.
Result:
NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 966 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program rear chassis control unit. See Program Control Units , Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 240.
Result:
NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 967 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program rear chassis control unit. See Program Control Units , Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 240.
Result:
NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 968 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
SFA 523666.03- Supply Voltage of Front Chassis Control Unit, Voltage Too High
39
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers a supply voltage of more than 16 V at the front
chassis control unit. This indicates that there is a shorted circuit in the wiring harness.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage complies with the specifications.
2. Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 240.
3. Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 969 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
SFA 523666.04- Supply Voltage of Front Chassis Control Unit, Voltage Too Low
39
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers a supply voltage of less than 9 V at the front chassis
control unit. This indicates that there is a shorted circuit in the wiring harness.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage complies with the specifications.
2. Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 240.
3. Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 970 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
SFA 523847.03- Solenoid Valve for Pressure Build-Up of Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle, Voltage Too High
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the voltage at the input of the solenoid valve for
pressure build-up of the suspended front-wheel drive axle is too high. This indicates that there is a shorted circuit in the wiring
harness.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the suspended front-wheel drive axle.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see Y069 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Build-Up, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y069 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Build-Up,
Component Information , and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 971 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
SFA 523847.05- Solenoid Valve for Pressure Build-Up of Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle, Current Too Low
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the voltage at the input of the solenoid valve for
pressure build-up of the suspended front-wheel drive axle is too low. This indicates a loose wire or a defective circuit.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the suspended front-wheel drive axle.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see Y069 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Build-Up, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y069 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Build-Up,
Component Information , and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 972 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
SFA 523847.06- Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Build-up, Current Too High
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the current at the input of the solenoid valve for
pressure build-up of the suspended front-wheel drive axle is too high. This indicates a short to a positive lead or an overload at
the solenoid valve for pressure build-up of the suspended front-wheel drive axle.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the suspended front-wheel drive axle.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see Y069 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Build-Up, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y069 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Build-Up,
Component Information , and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 973 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
SFA 523948.03- Solenoid Valve for Lowering the Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle, Voltage Too High
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the voltage at the input of the solenoid valve for
lowering the suspended front-wheel drive axle is too high. This indicates that there is a shorted circuit in the wiring harness.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the suspended front-wheel drive axle.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see Y066 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Lower Solenoid Valve, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y066 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Lower Solenoid Valve, Component
Information , and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 974 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
SFA 523948.05- Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Lower Solenoid Valve, Current Too Low
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the voltage at the input of the solenoid valve for
lowering the suspended front-wheel drive axle is too low. This indicates a loose wire or a defective circuit.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the suspended front-wheel drive axle.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see Y066 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Lower Solenoid Valve, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y066 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Lower Solenoid Valve, Component
Information , and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 975 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
SFA 523948.06- Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Lower Solenoid Valve, Current Too High
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the voltage at the input of the solenoid valve for
lowering the suspended front-wheel drive axle is too high. This indicates a short to a positive lead or an overloaded solenoid
valve for lowering of the suspended front-wheel drive axle.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the suspended front-wheel drive axle.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see Y066 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Lower Solenoid Valve, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y066 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Lower Solenoid Valve, Component
Information , and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 976 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
SFA 523949.03- Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Raise Solenoid Valve, Voltage Too High
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the voltage at the input of the solenoid valve for
raising the suspended front-wheel drive axle is too high. This indicates that there is a shorted circuit in the wiring harness.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the suspended front-wheel drive axle.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see Y067 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Raise Solenoid Valve, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y067 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Raise Solenoid Valve, Component Information
, and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 977 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
SFA 523949.05- Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Raise Solenoid Valve, Current Too Low
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the voltage at the input of the solenoid valve for
raising the suspended front-wheel drive axle is too low. This indicates a loose wire or a defective circuit.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the suspended front-wheel drive axle.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see Y067 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Raise Solenoid Valve, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y067 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Raise Solenoid Valve, Component Information
, and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 978 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
SFA 523949.06- Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Raise Solenoid Valve, Current Too High
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the voltage at the input of the solenoid valve for
raising the suspended front-wheel drive axle is too high. This indicates a short to a positive lead or an overloaded solenoid
valve for raising of the suspended front-wheel drive axle.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the suspended front-wheel drive axle.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see Y067 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Raise Solenoid Valve, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y067 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Raise Solenoid Valve, Component Information
, and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 979 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
SFA 523951.02- Calibration of the Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle, Front-Wheel Drive Axle Moves in Wrong
Direction
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if during calibration or bleeding and calibration the control software detects that the
front-wheel drive axle is moving in the wrong direction. This indicates that the plugs at the solenoid valves are swapped, that
there is a problem in the circuit of the solenoid valves for raising/lowering or pressure build-up/reduction of the suspended
front-wheel drive axle, or that there is a problem in the hydraulic circuit of the suspended front-wheel drive axle.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Calibration is aborted.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed. Perform the calibration again
Action:
Y066 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Lower Solenoid Valve, Circuit Test
Y067 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Raise Solenoid Valve, Circuit Test
Y068 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Reduction, Circuit Test
Perform test, see Y069 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Build-Up, Circuit Test
, Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform the calibration again.• All circuits within
specification. Perform operational check of the individual components and replace if necessary.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 980 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Calibration is aborted.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics complete; perform the calibration again.
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes that can be associated with an internal problem take priority.
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics complete; perform the calibration again.
Action:
Perform test, see B053 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 245.
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics complete; perform the calibration again.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 981 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR:
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics complete; perform the calibration again.
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes that can be associated with an internal problem take priority.
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics complete; perform the calibration again.
Action:
Perform test, see B053 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 245.
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics complete; perform the calibration again.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 982 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR:
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Perform calibration of suspended front-wheel drive axle
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes that can be associated with an internal problem take priority.
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics complete; perform the calibration.
Action:
Perform test, see B053 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 245.
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics complete; perform the calibration again.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 983 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
SFA 523951.15- Pressure Reduction During Calibration of Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle, Bottom Position
Not Reached
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if control software detects that the suspended front-wheel drive axle does not reach
the range for the bottom position within 60 seconds while in pressure reduction mode. This indicates that there is a problem in
the circuit of the suspended front-wheel drive axle position sensor, that there is a problem in the circuit of suspended front-
wheel drive axle pressure reduction solenoid valve, or that there is a problem in the hydraulic circuit.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Calibration is aborted.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Perform calibration of suspended front-wheel drive axle again.
4. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
5. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Y068 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Reduction, Circuit Test
B053 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Position Sensor, Circuit Test
, Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform the calibration again.• All circuits within
specification. Perform operational check of the individual components and replace if necessary.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 984 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
SFA 523964.03- Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Reduction, Voltage Too High
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the voltage at the signal input of the solenoid
valve for pressure reduction of the suspended front-wheel drive axle is too high. This indicates that there is a fault in the wiring
harness.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Suspended front-wheel drive axle is disabled.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Y068 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Reduction, Circuit Test
, Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as required.• All circuits are within specification. Perform
operational check of the individual components and replace if necessary.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 985 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
SFA 523964.05- Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Reduction, Current Too Low
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the voltage at the signal input of the solenoid
valve for pressure reduction of the suspended front-wheel drive axle is too low. This indicates that the circuit is shorted to a
supply lead or is open.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Suspended front-wheel drive axle is disabled.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Y068 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Reduction, Circuit Test
, Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as required.• All circuits are within specification. Perform
operational check of the individual components and replace if necessary.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 986 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
SFA 523964.06- Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Reduction, Current Too High
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the voltage at the signal input of the solenoid
valve for pressure reduction of the suspended front-wheel drive axle is too high. This indicates a short circuit to ground. This
may also indicate an overheated solenoid valve.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Suspended front-wheel drive axle is disabled.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Y068 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Reduction, Circuit Test
, Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as required.• All circuits are within specification. Perform
operational check of the individual components and replace if necessary.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 987 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
SFA 523965.14- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Disabled
39
Due to a fault, the suspended front axle is switched off. You can continue driving without suspension.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Suspended front axle switched off.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes that can be associated with an internal problem take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Perform calibration of suspended front-wheel drive axle.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 988 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Suspended front-wheel drive axle is disabled.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
, Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as required.• All circuits are within specification. Perform
operational check of the individual components and replace if necessary.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 989 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
SFA 523974.02- Pressure Change in the Wrong Direction (While Testing Oil Pressure Sensor of Suspended Front-
Wheel Drive Axle)
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects an incorrect pressure change during the suspended
front-wheel drive axle oil pressure sensor test. This is only checked during the oil pressure sensor test and during the
calibration of the suspended front-wheel drive axle.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Calibration is aborted.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed. Perform the calibration again
Action:
B167 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Oil Pressure Sensor, Circuit Test
Y068 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Reduction, Circuit Test
Perform test, see Y069 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Build-Up, Circuit Test
, Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform the calibration again.• All circuits within
specification. Perform operational check of the individual components and replace if necessary.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 990 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
SFA 523974.03- Oil Pressure Sensor of Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle, Voltage Too High
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the voltage at the signal output of the oil
pressure sensor of the suspended front-wheel drive axle is too high (above 4.75 V).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Suspended front-wheel drive axle is disabled.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
B167 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Oil Pressure Sensor, Circuit Test
, Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as required.• All circuits are within specification. Perform
operational check of the individual components and replace if necessary.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 991 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
SFA 523974.04- Oil Pressure Sensor of Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle, Voltage Too Low
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the voltage at the signal output of the oil
pressure sensor of the suspended front-wheel drive axle is too low (below 0.25 V).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Suspended front-wheel drive axle is disabled.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
B167 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Oil Pressure Sensor, Circuit Test
, Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as required.• All circuits are within specification. Perform
operational check of the individual components and replace if necessary.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 992 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Calibration is aborted.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed. Perform the calibration again
Action:
B167 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Oil Pressure Sensor, Circuit Test
Y068 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Reduction, Circuit Test
Perform test, see Y069 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Build-Up, Circuit Test
, Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform the calibration again.• All circuits within
specification. Perform operational check of the individual components and replace if necessary.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 993 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Calibration is aborted.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed. Perform the calibration again
Action:
B167 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Oil Pressure Sensor, Circuit Test
Y068 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Reduction, Circuit Test
Perform test, see Y069 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Build-Up, Circuit Test
, Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform the calibration again.• All circuits within
specification. Perform operational check of the individual components and replace if necessary.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 994 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Calibration is aborted.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed. Perform the calibration again
Action:
B167 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Oil Pressure Sensor, Circuit Test
Y068 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Reduction, Circuit Test
Perform test, see Y069 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Build-Up, Circuit Test
, Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform the calibration again.• All circuits within
specification. Perform operational check of the individual components and replace if necessary.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 995 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
SFA 523975.03- Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle All the Way Down, Voltage Too High (During Calibration)
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if during calibration or bleeding and calibration in the bottom position the control
software detects that the voltage at the signal output of the position sensor of the suspended front-wheel drive axle is too high
(above 1.5 V).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Calibration is aborted.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed. Perform the calibration again
Action:
, Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform the calibration again.• All circuits within
specification. Perform operational check of the individual components and replace if necessary.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 996 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
SFA 523975.04- Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle All the Way Up, Voltage Too Low (During Calibration)
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if control software detects that during calibration or bleeding and calibration in the
top position the control software detects that the voltage at the signal output of the position sensor of the suspended front-
wheel drive axle is too low (below 3.5 V).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Calibration is aborted.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed. Perform the calibration again
Action:
, Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform the calibration again.• All circuits within
specification. Perform operational check of the individual components and replace if necessary.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 997 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
SFA 523975.13- Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle in Level Position, Voltage Out of Tolerance (During
Calibration)
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if at the end of calibration or bleeding and calibration the control software detects
that the voltage for the level position (center position) is out of range (i.e. not between 2 and 3 volt) at the suspended front-
wheel drive axle position sensor.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Calibration is aborted.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed. Perform the calibration again
Action:
, Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform the calibration again.• All circuits within
specification. Perform operational check of the individual components and replace if necessary.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 998 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
SFA 523976.03- Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Position Sensor, Voltage Too High
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the voltage at the signal output of the position
sensor of the suspended front-wheel drive axle is too high (above 4.75 volt).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Calibration is aborted.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed. Perform the calibration again
Action:
, Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform the calibration again.• All circuits within
specification. Perform operational check of the individual components and replace if necessary.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 999 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
SFA 523976.04- Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Position Sensor, Voltage Too Low
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software registers that the voltage at the signal output of the position
sensor of the suspended front-wheel drive axle is too low (below 0.25 volt).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Calibration is aborted.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed. Perform the calibration again
Action:
, Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform the calibration again.• All circuits within
specification. Perform operational check of the individual components and replace if necessary.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1000 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
SFA 523976.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Does Not Reach Level
Position in Required Time
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the level position could not be reached within 60
seconds while traveling at speeds above 10 km/h (6 mph).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Calibration is aborted.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code does not reappear. Diagnostics completed. Perform the calibration again
Action:
, Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Repair as needed and perform the calibration again.• All circuits within
specification. Perform operational check of the individual components and replace if necessary.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform check, see Suspended front-wheel drive axle - System check , Section 280B.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1001 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program front chassis control unit. See Program Control Units , Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 240.
Result:
NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1002 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
SFA 524157.19- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Status of Right Brake Pedal from OIC Control Software
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software receives an incorrect signal or no signal from the OIC control
software. This may indicate a loose wire.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the OIC control software that can be associated with an electrical error take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1003 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Control Software
SFA 524162.19- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Status of Left Brake Pedal from OIC Control Software
39
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software receives an incorrect signal or no signal from the OIC control
software. This may indicate a loose wire.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the OIC control software that can be associated with an electrical error take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1004 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SMB: SMB Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program front chassis control unit. See Program Control Units , Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Perform test, see 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 240.
Result:
NO:• Program and replace front chassis control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units
in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1005 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SMB: SMB Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the HCC control software that can be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1006 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program the main control unit. See Programming Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace control unit and reprogram. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1007 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program roof control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. • Programming
not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Perform test TEC Control Unit (Implement CAN Bus (ISOBUS)), Test, Section 245.
Result:
NO:• Replace and program roof control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1008 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program roof control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. • Programming
not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Perform test TEC Control Unit (Implement CAN Bus (ISOBUS)), Test, Section 245.
Result:
NO:• Replace and program roof control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1009 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program roof control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. • Programming
not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Perform test TEC Control Unit (Implement CAN Bus (ISOBUS)), Test, Section 245.
Result:
NO:• Replace and program roof control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1010 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program roof control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. • Programming
not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Perform test TEC Control Unit (Implement CAN Bus (ISOBUS)), Test, Section 245.
Result:
NO:• Replace and program roof control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.
TEC 000639.12- Vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd), High Error Rate
45
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that data received from the vehicle CAN bus (500 kBd)
is incorrect or incomplete. This indicates a problem in the vehicle CAN bus (500 kBd).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1011 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Control Software
TEC 000639.14- Vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd), Very High Error Rate
45
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that data received from the vehicle CAN bus (500 kBd)
is incorrect or incomplete. This indicates a problem in the vehicle CAN bus (500 kBd).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1012 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Control Software
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1013 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until code returns.
Result:
YES:If the diagnostic trouble code remains active, make sure that the implement conforms to ISO standard. If necessary,
contact the implement manufacturer.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1014 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEI: TEI Control Software
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is STORED:• Other active diagnostic trouble codes take priority.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1015 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEI: TEI Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program roof control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. • Programming
not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Perform test TEC Control Unit (Implement CAN Bus (ISOBUS)), Test, Section 240.
Result:
NO:• Replace and program roof control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1016 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEI: TEI Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program roof control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. • Programming
not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Perform test TEC Control Unit (Implement CAN Bus (ISOBUS)), Test, Section 245.
Result:
NO:• Replace and program roof control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1017 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEI: TEI Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program roof control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. • Programming
not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Perform test TEC Control Unit (Implement CAN Bus (ISOBUS)), Test, Section 245.
Result:
NO:• Replace and program roof control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1018 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEI: TEI Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program roof control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. • Programming
not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Perform test TEC Control Unit (Implement CAN Bus (ISOBUS)), Test, Section 245.
Result:
NO:• Replace and program roof control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.
TEI 000639.12- 500 kBd vehicle CAN BUS, high error rate
210
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that data received by the TEI control software from the
CAN BUS vehicle (500 kBd) are faulty or incomplete. This indicates a problem in the CAN BUS vehicle (500 kBd).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1019 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEI: TEI Control Software
TEI 000639.14- CAN BUS - vehicle (500 kBd), Very high error rate
210
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that data received by the TEI control software from the
CAN BUS vehicle (500 kBd) are faulty or incomplete. This indicates a problem in the CAN BUS vehicle (500 kBd).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until the diagnostic trouble code returns.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1020 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN BUS checks - Communication faultsin Section 240.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until code returns.
Result:
YES:If the diagnostic trouble code remains active, make sure that the implement conforms to ISO standard. If necessary,
contact the implement manufacturer.
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is STORED:• Other active diagnostic trouble codes take priority.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1021 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: The control software limits the engine speed to 1500 rpm.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Heat transmission oil.
4. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
5. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform B060 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: The control software shifts the transmission to neutral.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1022 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Engine speed is increased.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the ECU control software that may be associated with an electrical error take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1023 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Only a certain number of gears can be shifted.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240. • GO TO 2
Action:
Perform B009-1 - Wheel Speed Sensor (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Perform B009-3 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Testin Section 240.
Perform B009-4 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Testin Section 240.
Perform B009-6 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Testin Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits within
specification. Replace wheel speed sensor and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1024 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1025 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
TIH 000639.12- Vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd), High Error Rate
499
Too many incorrect CAN bus messages are being received. This points to a general problem with the connection to the vehicle
CAN bus (500 kBd).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1026 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
TIH 002000.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from ECU Control Software
499
Data transfer problem between the TIH control software and ECU control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
TIH 002003.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from PTQ Control Software
499
Data transfer problem between the TIH control software and PTQ control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1027 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
TIH 002006.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from EIC Control Software
499
Data transfer problem between the TIH control software and EIC control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or in
the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
TIH 002007.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from RPT Control Software
499
Data transfer problem between the TIH control software and RPT control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or in
the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
TIH 002019.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from XSC Control Software
499
Data transfer problem between the TIH control software and XSC control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1028 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
TIH 002020.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from SFA Control Software
499
Data transfer problem between the TIH control software and SFA control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or in
the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
TIH 002035.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from HCC Control Software
499
Data transfer problem between the TIH control software and HCC control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1029 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
TIH 002036.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from PTF Control Software
499
Data transfer problem between the TIH control software and PTF control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or in
the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
TIH 002049.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from OIC Control Software
499
Data transfer problem between the TIH control software and OIC control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or in
the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
TIH 002071.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from CCU Control Software
499
Data transfer problem between the TIH control software and CCU control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1030 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
TIH 002139.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from CSM Control Software
499
Data transfer problem between the TIH control software and CSM control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
TIH 002140.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from AIC Control Software
499
Data transfer problem between the TIH control software and AIC control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or in
the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1031 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
TIH 002145.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from FCC Control Software
499
Data transfer problem between the TIH control software and AIC control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or in
the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1032 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software
TIH 002820.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Operator Presence Switch Not Activated
499
This operator information (diagnostic trouble code) is generated if the reverse drive lever has been actuated but there is no
valid signal to indicate that the operator is present.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the TIH control software that can be associated with an electrical error take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check the relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1033 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program cab control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245.
Action:
Perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test , Section 240, Section 245.
Result:
NO:Replace and program cab control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1034 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program cab control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245.
Action:
Result:
NO:Replace and program cab control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in Section
245.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
TIH 520958.14- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Speed Change Due to Active Speed Limit Not Possible
499
INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: The selected speed setting could not be reached because an active speed limit is preventing
this. Adjust the speed limit.
TIH 520958.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Speed Change Due to Active Speed Limit Not Possible
499
INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: The selected speed setting could not be reached because the selected speed is greater than
the maximum possible speed setting. Adjust the speed limit.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1035 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software
TIH 520959.14- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: No valid signal from operator presence switch during shifting
499
This information for the operator (diagnostic trouble code) is generated if there is no valid signal to indicate that the operator is
present during upshifting/downshifting. Either the operator′s seat is not occupied or the operator presence switch is defective.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the TIH control software that may be associated with an electrical error take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check the relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1036 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1037 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Tractor-implement automation is deactivated.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform 50JA - CAN Bus Systems, Summary of References in Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1038 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Tractor-Implement Automation is deactivated.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the TIH control software that can be associated with an internal problem take priority.
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1039 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software
TIH 523922.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Park brake engaged but vehicle is moving
499
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the tractor is moving even though the park brake
is engaged. Release park brake or engage park lock.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the TIH control software that can be associated with an electrical error take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check the relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1040 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: If there is an operator error, the tractor may be moved again after shifting the reverse
drive lever and park lock into neutral position.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see X033 - Park Lock Latch (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace X033 - Park Lock Latch (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
Information and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1041 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software
TIH 523966.31- Tractor in "Come-Home" Mode - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Reverse drive lever in position for
neutral or park
499
This information for the operator (diagnostic trouble code) is generated if the come-home mode is active (plug for come-home
connector in COME-HOME position). The operator is informed that he should move the forward/reverse drive lever to its neutral
or park position to gain access to the next stage of the come-home function.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the TIH or PTQ control software that may be associated with an electrical error take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check the relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1042 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software
TIH 524020.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Reverse Drive Lever is in the Position for Forward or Reverse
Travel During Start-Up
499
This information for the operator (diagnostic trouble code) is generated if the reverse drive lever is in the position for forward
or reverse travel while the tractor is being started or the ignition is being turned on. If the diagnostic trouble code is generated
although the reverse drive lever is not in a position for direction of travel, an operational check should be performed.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: The diagnostic trouble code is deactivated after moving the reverse drive lever to the
corner park lock position and turning the ignition switch off and on.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the TIH or PTQ control software that may be associated with an electrical error take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check the relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1043 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software
TIH 524173.18- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Clutch Pedal Not Actuated Properly
499
The operator is attempting to switch to a gear above the 13th gear while the clutch is only partially actuated. Actuate the
clutch pedal completely.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: The transmission does not shift any further.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace the clutch pedal potentiometer and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1044 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: With diagnostic trouble code active, the tractor transmission cannot be shifted. The 3rd
gear is engaged automatically. Limited transmission function.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see Y011 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test ,
Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace component and perform operational check. See Y011 - Proportional Solenoid
Valve for Transmission Enable, Component Information .
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1045 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIH: TIH Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: With diagnostic trouble code active, the tractor transmission cannot be shifted. The 3rd
gear is engaged automatically. Limited transmission function.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see Y011 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test ,
Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace component and perform operational check. See Y011 - Proportional Solenoid
Valve for Transmission Enable, Component Information .
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
TIH 524277.00- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Engine speed too high for downshifting
499
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the engine speed is too high to downshift the
transmission. This can be caused by an operator error (engine speed too high). The operator is requested to downshift again.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1046 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software
TIH 524279.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Operator Presence Switch Not Activated While Transmission Is In
Neutral
499
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the operator presence switch is not activated while
the transmission is in neutral.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Transmission in neutral. Operator must be on seat.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the TIH or PTQ control software that may be associated with an electrical error take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check the relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1047 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: The control software limits the engine speed to 1500 rpm.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Heat transmission oil.
4. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
5. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform test, see B060 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor, Circuit Test , Section
240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1048 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Only a certain number of gears can be shifted.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Checks - Communication Faultsin Section 240. • GO TO 2
Action:
CommandQuad™ Transmission:
Perform B009-1 - Wheel Speed Sensor (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test , Section 240.
PowrQuad™ Transmission:
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace sensor, see B009 - Wheel speed sensor for tractors with creeper, Component information or B035
- Wheel speed sensor for tractors without creeper, Component information, and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1049 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program cab control unit. See Program Control Units , Section 245. • Programming
not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program cab control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1050 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program cab control unit. See Program Control Units , Section 245. • Programming
not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program cab control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1051 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software
TIQ 002000.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from ECU Control Software
312
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the TIQ
control software and the ECU control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the ECU
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1052 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software
TIQ 002003.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from PTQ Control Software
312
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the TIQ
control software and the PDQ control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the PTQ
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1053 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software
TIQ 002006.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from EIC Control Software
312
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the TIQ
control software and the EIC control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the EIC
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1054 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software
TIQ 002007.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from RPT Control Software
312
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the TIQ
control software and the RPT control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the RPT
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1055 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software
TIQ 002019.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from XSC Control Software
312
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the TIQ
control software and the XSC control software. Reception of one, several, or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the XSC
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1056 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software
TIQ 002020.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from SFA Control Software
312
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the TIQ
control software and the SFA control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the SFA
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1057 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software
TIQ 002035.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from HCC Control Software
312
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the TIQ
control software and the HCC control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the HCC
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1058 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software
TIQ 002036.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from PTF Control Software
312
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the TIQ
control software and the PTF control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the PTF
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1059 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software
TIQ 002049.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from OIC Control Software
312
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the TIQ
control software and the OIC control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the OIC
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1060 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software
TIQ 002071.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from CCU Control Software
312
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the TIQ
control software and the CCU control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the CCU
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1061 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software
TIQ 002140.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from AIC Control Software
312
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the TIQ
control software and the AIC control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the AIC
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1062 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software
TIQ 002145.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from FCC Control Software
312
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the TIQ
control software and the FCC control software. Reception of one, several or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the FCC
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1063 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software
TIQ 002161.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from SV1 Control Software
312
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that there is a data transfer problem between the TIQ
control software and the SV1 control software. Reception of one, several, or all of the CAN messages transmitted by the SV1
control software is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1064 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software
TIQ 002820.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Operator Presence Switch Not Activated
312
This operator information (diagnostic trouble code) is generated if the reverse drive lever has been actuated but there is no
valid signal to indicate that the operator is present.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the TIQ control software that may be associated with an electrical error take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check the relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1065 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program cab control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. • Programming
not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program cab control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1066 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program cab control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. • Programming
not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program cab control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.
TIQ 520958.14- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Speed Change Due to Active Speed Limit Not Possible
312
INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: The selected speed setting could not be reached because an active speed limit is preventing
this. Adjust the speed limit.
TIQ 520958.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Speed Change Due to Active Speed Limit Not Possible
312
INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: The selected speed setting could not be reached because the selected speed is greater than
the maximum possible speed setting. Adjust the speed limit.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1067 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software
TIQ 520959.14- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: No valid signal from operator presence switch during shifting
312
This operator information (diagnostic trouble code) is generated if there is no valid signal to indicate that the operator is
present during upshifting/downshifting.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the TIQ control software that can be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check the relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1068 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program cab control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. • Programming
not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program cab control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1069 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program cab control unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. • Programming
not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program cab control unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Tractor-implement automation is deactivated.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Checks - Communication Faultsin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1070 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1071 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Tractor-Implement Automation is deactivated.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the TIQ control software that can be associated with an internal problem take priority.
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1072 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software
TIQ 523677.02- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Declutch Switch on Range-Shift Lever Fault
312
Declutch switch pressed for more than 2 seconds during startup.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: No function of the declutch switch on range-shift lever
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1073 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software
TIQ 523677.14- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Declutch Switch On Range-Shift Lever Activated/Not Activated
312
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the declutch switch on range-shift lever is
actuated even though it is disabled in the TIQ 167 address (yet activated in address TIQ 168). The clutch function is not carried
out.
→NOTE:
With older software versions, use PTQ 167 and PTQ 168.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: No function of the declutch switch on range-shift lever
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Make sure that the switch is activated in address TIQ 167. See TIQ 167 - Declutch Switch on Range-Shift Lever
Present/Not Present, Configuration .
2. Make sure that the switch is activated in address TIQ 168. See TIQ 168 - Declutch Switch on Range-Shift Lever,
Configuration .
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check the relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1074 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software
TIQ 523922.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Park brake engaged but vehicle is moving
312
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the tractor is moving even though the park brake
is engaged. Release park brake or engage park lock.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the TIQ control software that may be associated with an electrical error take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check the relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1075 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: If there is an operator error, the tractor may be moved again after shifting the reverse
drive lever and park lock into neutral position.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform test, see S114 - Park lock switch, Circuit test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace switch, see S114 - Park Lock Switch, Component Information , and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Alarm level: Information. The diagnostic trouble code is not stored. It is intended only as information for the operator.
Reaction of the control software: If there is an operator error, the tractor may be moved again after shifting the reverse
drive lever and park lock into neutral position.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1076 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software
TIQ 523966.31- Tractor in "come home" mode - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Reverse drive lever in position for
neutral or park
312
This operator information (diagnostic trouble code) is generated if the come-home mode is activated (plug for come-home
function in COME-HOME position). The operator is informed that he should move the forward/reverse drive lever to its neutral
or park position to gain access to the next stage of the come-home function.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the TIQ or PTQ control software that may be associated with an electrical error take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check the relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1077 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software
TIQ 524020.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Reverse Drive Lever is in the Position for Forward or Reverse
Travel During Start-Up
312
This information for the operator (diagnostic trouble code) is generated if the reverse drive lever is in the position for forward
or reverse travel while the tractor is being started or the ignition is being turned on. If the diagnostic trouble code is generated
although the reverse drive lever is not in a position for direction of travel, an operational check should be performed.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: The diagnostic trouble code is deactivated after moving the reverse drive lever to the
corner park lock position and turning the ignition switch off and on.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the TIQ or PTQ control software that may be associated with an electrical error take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check the relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1078 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: With diagnostic trouble code active, the tractor transmission cannot be shifted. The 3rd
gear is engaged automatically. Limited transmission function.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform Y038 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y038 - Proportional solenoid valve for transmission enable, Component information ,
and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1079 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TIQ: TIQ Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: With diagnostic trouble code active, the tractor transmission cannot be shifted. The 3rd
gear is engaged automatically. Limited transmission function.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform Y038 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace valve, see Y038 - Proportional solenoid valve for transmission enable, Component information ,
and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
TIQ 524277.00- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Engine speed too high for downshifting
312
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the engine speed is too high to downshift the
transmission. This can be caused by an operator error (engine speed too high). The operator is requested to downshift again.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1080 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group VTV: VTV Control Software
TIQ 524279.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Operator Presence Switch Not Activated While Transmission Is In
Neutral
312
The diagnostic trouble code is generated if the control software detects that the operator presence switch is inactive for longer
than 1 second while the transmission is shifted into neutral.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Transmission in neutral. Operator must be on seat.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the TIQ or PTQ control software that may be associated with an electrical error take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check the relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1081 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group VTV: VTV Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for dealing with diagnostic
trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code returns.
4. If problem is intermittent, repeat test until code returns.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code returns. Program instrument unit. See Programming control units in Section 245. • Problem still
exists. Replace and program instrument unit. See Programming control units in Section 245.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1082 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group VTV: VTV Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Program the instrument unit. See Program Control Units in Section 245. •
Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program instrument unit. Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems ,
Section 210.
VTV 000639.12- Vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd), High Error Rate
407
The CAN bus messages received cannot all be processed. This is possibly caused by a CAN bus overload or an internal control
software fault.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1083 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1084 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the ECU control software that may be associated with an electrical error take priority.
Result:
YES:Priority diagnostic trouble code present. Process priority diagnostic trouble code.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1085 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the ECU control software that may be associated with an electrical error take priority.
Result:
YES:Priority diagnostic trouble code present. Process priority diagnostic trouble code.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1086 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the ECU control software that may be associated with an electrical error take priority.
Result:
YES:Priority diagnostic trouble code present. Process priority diagnostic trouble code.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1087 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
XMC 000168.01- Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Supply Voltage (BAT) Too Low
321
Supply voltage (BAT) below 11 V.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform test, see 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1088 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1089 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1090 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1091 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1092 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
XMC 000639.12- Vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd), High Error Rate
321
The CAN bus messages received cannot all be processed. This is possibly caused by a CAN bus overload or an internal control
software error.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
XMC 000639.14- Vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd), Very High Error Rate
321
Too many incorrect CAN bus messages are being received. This points to a general problem with the connection to the vehicle
CAN bus (500 kBd).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1093 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1094 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1095 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:The values of XMC control software and XSC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1096 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
XMC 000708.16- Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Frequency at Channel 1 Too High
321
The frequency on channel 1 of the steering wheel position sensor is over 300 Hz. The value measured by the XSC control
software is within the acceptable range.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:The values of XMC control software and XSC control software do not match: GO TO 3.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1097 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
XMC 000708.18- Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Frequency on Channel 1 Too Low
321
A frequency below 150 Hz is registered on channel 1 of the steering wheel position sensor. The value measured by the XSC
control software is within the acceptable range.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:The values of XMC control software and XSC control software do not match: GO TO 3.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1098 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:The values of XMC control software and XSC control software do not match: GO TO 3.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1099 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:The values of XMC control software and XSC control software do not match: GO TO 3.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1100 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:The values of XMC control software and XSC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1101 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
XMC 000709.16- Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Frequency on Channel 2 Too High
321
A frequency of over 300 Hz is registered on channel 2 of the steering wheel position sensor. The value measured by the XSC
control software is within the acceptable range.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:The values of XMC control software and XSC control software do not match: GO TO 3.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1102 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
XMC 000709.18- Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Frequency on Channel 2 Too Low
321
A frequency below 150 Hz is registered on channel 2 of the steering wheel position sensor. The value measured by the XSC
control software is within the acceptable range.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:The values of XMC control software and XSC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1103 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:The values of XMC control software and XSC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1104 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:The values of XMC control software and XSC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1105 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1106 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1107 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
XMC 002000.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot be Received, Information from ECU Control Software
321
There is a data transfer problem between the XMC control software and ECU control software. This indicates a problem in the
CAN bus or in the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1108 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
XMC 002003.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot be Received, Information from PTQ Control Software
321
Data transfer problem between the XMC control software and PTQ control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
XMC 002005.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from TIQ Control Software
321
Data transfer problem between the XMC control software and TIQ control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
XMC 002019.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from XSC Control Software
321
Data transfer problem between the XMC control software and XSC control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1109 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
XMC 002049.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot be Received, Information from OIC Control Software
321
There is a data transfer problem between the XMC control software and OIC control software. This indicates a problem in the
CAN bus or in the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
XMC 002071.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot be Received, Information from CCU Control Software
321
There is a data transfer problem between the XMC control software and CCU control software. This indicates a problem in the
CAN bus or in the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1110 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:The values of XMC control software and XSC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1111 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:The values of XMC control software and XSC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1112 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
XMC 003841.02- Wheel Angle Sensor, Voltages in Channel 1 and Channel 2 Not in Correct Ratio
321
The wheel angle sensor (WAS) consists of two separate sensors. The signal voltage of sensor 2 is 1/2 of the signal voltage of
sensor 1. The difference is 0.4 V or more. The value measured by the XSC control software is within the acceptable range.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:The values of XMC control software and XSC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1113 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:The values of XMC control software and XSC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1114 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:The values of XMC control software and XSC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1115 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Circuit test
Action:
Perform test, see Y114-3 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Right Turn) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace component and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1116 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Circuit test
Action:
Perform test, see Y114-2 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Left Turn) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace component and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1117 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
XMC 522777.02- Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Values in Channel 1 and Channel 2 Not in Correct Ratio
321
This diagnostic trouble code is generated if the values of the steering wheel position sensor channels 1 and 2 differ by more
than 5 percent. This indicates a problem in the steering wheel position sensor.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1118 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Circuit test
Action:
Perform test, see Y114-3 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Right Turn) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace valve, see Y114-3 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Right Turn)
(AutoTrac™), and perform an operational checkout.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1119 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Circuit test
Action:
Perform test, see Y114-3 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Right Turn) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits
within specification. Replace component and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1120 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Circuit test
Action:
Perform test, see Y114-3 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Right Turn) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace valve, see Y114-3 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Right Turn)
(AutoTrac™), and perform an operational checkout.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1121 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Circuit test
Action:
Perform test, see Y114-3 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Right Turn) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace valve, see Y114-3 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Right Turn)
(AutoTrac™), and perform an operational checkout.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1122 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Circuit test
Action:
Perform test, see Y114-3 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Right Turn) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits
within specification. Replace component and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1123 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Circuit test
Action:
Perform test, see Y114-3 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Right Turn) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits
within specification. Replace component and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1124 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Circuit test
Action:
Perform test, see Y114-3 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Right Turn) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace valve, see Y114-3 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Right Turn)
(AutoTrac™), and perform an operational checkout.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1125 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Circuit test
Action:
Perform test, see Y114-2 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Left Turn) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace valve, see Y114-2 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Left Turn)
(AutoTrac™), and perform an operational checkout.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1126 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Circuit test
Action:
Perform test, see Y114-2 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Left Turn) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits
within specification. Replace component and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1127 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Circuit test
Action:
Perform test, see Y114-2 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Left Turn) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace valve, see Y114-2 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Left Turn)
(AutoTrac™), and perform an operational checkout.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1128 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Circuit test
Action:
Perform test, see Y114-2 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Left Turn) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace valve, see Y114-2 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Left Turn)
(AutoTrac™), and perform an operational checkout.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1129 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Circuit test
Action:
Perform test, see Y114-2 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Left Turn) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits
within specification. Replace component and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1130 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Circuit test
Action:
Perform test, see Y114-2 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Left Turn) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits
within specification. Replace component and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1131 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Circuit test
Action:
Perform test, see Y114-2 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Left Turn) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace valve, see Y114-2 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Left Turn)
(AutoTrac™), and perform an operational checkout.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1132 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
XMC 522920.09- Incorrect CAN BUS Message, Information from XSC Control Software
321
Data transfer problem between the XSC control software and XMC control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1133 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1134 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1135 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. It is essential that all XMC diagnostic trouble codes are deleted prior to the calibration.
2. Access calibration address and perform calibration, see Section 245.
XSC 022 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Calibration
XSC 023 - Steering Control Valve, Calibration
Result:
( 3 ) Circuit test
Action:
Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test and B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Circuit Test, Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace component as needed and perform an operational check. See B138 - Steering
Wheel Position Sensor, Component Information and/or B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Component Information in Section 249.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1136 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Before calibrating, it is essential to delete all the XMC diagnostic trouble codes.
2. Access calibration address and perform calibration, see Section 245.
XSC 022 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Calibration
XSC 023 - Steering Control Valve, Calibration
Result:
( 3 ) Circuit test
Action:
Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test and B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Circuit Test, Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace B138 Steering Wheel Position Sensor and/or B139 - Steering Wheel Angle
Sensor, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1137 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XMC: XMC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1138 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1139 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1140 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1141 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1142 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1143 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
XSC 000639.12- Vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd), High Error Rate
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1144 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
322
The CAN bus messages received cannot all be processed. This is possibly caused by a CAN bus overload or an internal control
software error.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
XSC 000639.14- Vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd), Very High Error Rate
322
Too many incorrect CAN bus messages are being received. This points to a general problem with the connection to the vehicle
CAN bus (500 kBd).
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1145 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1146 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1147 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:The values of XSC control software and XMC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1148 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
XSC 000708.16- Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Frequency on Channel 1 Too High
322
A frequency of over 300 Hz is registered on channel 1 of the steering wheel position sensor. The value measured by the XMC
control software is within the acceptable range.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:The values of XSC control software and XMC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1149 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
XSC 000708.18- Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Frequency on Channel 1 Too Low
322
A frequency below 150 Hz is registered on channel 1 of the steering wheel position sensor. The value measured by the XMC
control software is within the acceptable range.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:The values of XSC control software and XMC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1150 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:The values of XSC control software and XMC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1151 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:The values of XSC control software and XMC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1152 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:The values of XSC control software and XMC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1153 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
XSC 000709.16- Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Frequency on Channel 2 Too High
322
A frequency of over 300 Hz is registered on channel 2 of the steering wheel position sensor. The value measured by the XMC
control software is within the acceptable range.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:The values of XSC control software and XMC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1154 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
XSC 000709.18- Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Frequency on Channel 2 Too Low
322
A frequency below 150 Hz is registered on channel 2 of the steering wheel position sensor. The value measured by the XMC
control software is within the acceptable range.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:The values of XSC control software and XMC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1155 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:The values of XSC control software and XMC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1156 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:The values of XSC control software and XMC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1157 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1158 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1159 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1160 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
XSC 001504.14- Operator Presence Switch, No-one on Operator′s Seat While AutoTrac is Running
322
No operator on seat for more than 7 seconds with AutoTrac function activated.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the RPT control software that can be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1161 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
XSC 001504.31- Operator Presence Switch, No-one on Operator′s Seat While AutoTrac is Running
322
No operator on seat for more than 2 seconds with AutoTrac function activated.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble codes in the RPT control software that can be associated with an electrical fault take priority.
Result:
NO:There are no priority diagnostic trouble codes. Check circuit associated with relevant component.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1162 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Circuit test
Action:
Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1163 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
XSC 001807.16- Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Frequency on Channel 1 Too High
322
A frequency of over 300 Hz is registered on channel 1 of the steering wheel position sensor.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Circuit test
Action:
Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1164 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
XSC 001807.18- Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Frequency on Channel 1 Too Low
322
A frequency below 150 Hz is registered on channel 1 of the steering wheel position sensor.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Circuit test
Action:
Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1165 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Circuit test
Action:
Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1166 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Circuit test
Action:
Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1167 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Circuit test
Action:
Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
XSC 002000.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot be Received, Information from ECU Control Software
322
Data transfer problem between the XSC control software and ECU control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1168 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
XSC 002003.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from PTQ Control Software
322
Data transfer problem between the XSC control software and PTQ control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
XSC 002005.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from TIQ Control Software
322
Data transfer problem between the XSC control software and TIQ control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
XSC 002028.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from ITC Control Software
322
Data transfer problem between the XSC control software and ITC control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1169 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
XSC 002042.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from VTI Control Software
322
Data transfer problem between the XSC control software and VTI control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or in
the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
XSC 002049.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot be Received, Information from OIC Control Software
322
Data transfer problem between the XSC control software and OIC control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
XSC 002071.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot be Received, Information from CCU Control Software
322
Data transfer problem between the XSC control software and CCU control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1170 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
XSC 002198.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from XMC Control Software
322
Data transfer problem between the XSC control software and XMC control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1171 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform test, see 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1172 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform test, see 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1173 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform test, see 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1174 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform test, see 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1175 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:The values of XSC control software and XMC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1176 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:The values of XSC control software and XMC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1177 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
XSC 003841.02- Wheel Angle Sensor, Voltages in Channel 1 and Channel 2 Not in Correct Ratio
322
The wheel angle sensor (WAS) consists of two separate sensors. The signal voltage of sensor 2 is 1/2 of the signal voltage of
sensor 1. The difference is 0.4 V or more. The value measured by the XMC control software is within the acceptable range.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:The values of XSC control software and XMC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1178 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:The values of XSC control software and XMC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1179 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:The values of XSC control software and XMC control software do not match: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1180 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Before calibrating, it is essential to delete all the XSC diagnostic trouble codes.
2. Access calibration address and perform calibration, see Section 245.
XSC 022 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Calibration
XSC 023 - Steering Control Valve, Calibration
Result:
( 3 ) Circuit testing
Action:
1. Perform test, see B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.
2. Perform test, see B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Circuit Test, Section 240.
3. Perform test, see Y114-1 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Enable Valve) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test , Section
240.
4. Perform test, see Y114-2 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Left Turn) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test , Section 240.
5. Perform test, see Y114-3 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Right Turn) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.
NO:Circuit test completed and no problem found. Replace B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, and perform operational check.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1181 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: All functions of Tractor-Implement Automation™ are deactivated.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1182 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: All functions of Tractor-Implement Automation™ are deactivated.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1183 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: All functions of Tractor-Implement Automation™ are deactivated.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Switch the ignition switch off, wait for one minute and then switch it on again.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checks, Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1184 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Circuit test
Action:
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits
within specification. Replace component and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1185 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Circuit test
Action:
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits
within specification. Replace component and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1186 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
XSC 522451.02- Wheel Angle Sensor, Voltages in Channel 1 and Channel 2 Not in Correct Ratio
322
The wheel angle sensor (WAS) consists of two separate sensors. The signal voltage of sensor 2 is 1/2 of the signal voltage of
sensor 1. The difference is 0.4 V or more.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Circuit test
Action:
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits
within specification. Replace component and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1187 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform test, see 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1188 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform test, see 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1189 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
XSC 522777.02- Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Values in Channel 1 and Channel 2 Not in Correct Ratio
322
The values of the steering wheel position sensor channels 1 and 2 differ by more than 5 percent. This indicates a problem in
the steering wheel position sensor.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Circuit test
Action:
Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits
within specification. Replace component and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1190 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Circuit test
Action:
Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits
within specification. Replace component and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1191 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
XSC 522920.09- Incorrect CAN Bus Message, Information from XMC Control Software
322
Data transfer problem between the XMC control software and XSC control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1192 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1193 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1194 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform test, see 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1195 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes are present from several control units, indicating a problem with the supply voltage: Check if the
system voltage is within specification, see Check System Voltage in Section 212.
2. Perform test, see 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1196 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Circuit test
Action:
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits
within specification. Replace B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1197 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Before calibrating, it is essential to delete all the XSC diagnostic trouble codes.
2. Access calibration address and perform calibration, see Section 245.
XSC 022 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Calibration
XSC 023 - Steering Control Valve, Calibration
Result:
( 3 ) Circuit test
Action:
Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test and B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Circuit Test, Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace B138 Steering Wheel Position Sensor and/or B139 - Steering Wheel Angle
Sensor, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1198 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Circuit test
Action:
Perform test, see Y114-1 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Enable Valve) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace valve, see Y114-1 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Enable Valve)
(AutoTrac™), and perform an operational checkout.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1199 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
Action:
1. Before calibrating, it is essential to delete all the XSC diagnostic trouble codes.
2. Access calibration address and perform calibration, see Section 245.
XSC 022 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Calibration
XSC 023 - Steering Control Valve, Calibration
Result:
( 3 ) Circuit test
Action:
Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test and B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Circuit Test, Section 240.
Result:
YES:Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.
YES:All circuits are within specification. Replace B138 Steering Wheel Position Sensor and/or B139 - Steering Wheel Angle
Sensor, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting, see General Information, Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1200 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Circuit test
Action:
Perform test, see Y114-1 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Enable Valve) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits
within specification. Replace Y114-1 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Enable Valve) (AutoTrac™), and perform
operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1201 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Circuit test
Action:
Perform test, see Y114-1 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Enable Valve) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits
within specification. Replace component and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1202 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Circuit test
Action:
Perform test, see Y114-1 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Enable Valve) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits
within specification. Replace Y114-1 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Enable Valve) (AutoTrac™), and perform
operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1203 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Circuit test
Action:
Perform test, see Y114-1 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (Enable Valve) (AutoTrac™), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits
within specification. Replace component and perform an operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1204 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1205 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Circuit test
Action:
Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1206 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
XSC 523824.16- Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Frequency on Channel 2 Too High
322
A frequency of over 300 Hz is registered on channel 2 of the steering wheel position sensor.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Circuit test
Action:
Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1207 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
XSC 523824.18- Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Frequency on Channel 2 Too Low
322
A frequency below 150 Hz is registered on channel 2 of the steering wheel position sensor.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Circuit test
Action:
Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1208 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Circuit test
Action:
Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1209 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Circuit test
Action:
Perform B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits are
within specification. Replace B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1210 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Circuit test
Action:
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits
within specification. Replace B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1211 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Circuit test
Action:
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits
within specification. Replace B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1212 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of control unit
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Try to reproduce the diagnostic trouble code. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform
a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
( 2 ) Circuit test
Action:
Result:
YES:• Circuit test completed and problem identified. Recondition as needed and perform an operational check.• All circuits
within specification. Replace B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, and perform operational check.
NO:Problem still exists. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
XSC 523925.09- CAN Bus Message Cannot Be Received, Information from XMC Control Software
322
Data transfer problem between the XSC control software and XMC control software. This indicates a problem in the CAN bus or
in the transmitting control software.
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check to see if diagnostic trouble code reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Perform CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1213 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1214 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group XSC: XSC Control Software
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1215 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS AND SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS (g) by Belgreen v2.0
Diagnostics
Reaction of the control software: Limited or no function of the control software.
Action:
1. Access, record and delete the diagnostic trouble codes for this control software. See Procedure for Dealing with
Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
2. Start the engine and wait one minute.
3. Check to see if DTC reappears.
4. If the problem only occurs occasionally, repeat the test until the diagnostic trouble code reappears.
Result:
NO:• Diagnostic trouble code reappears. Reprogram steering control unit (AutoTrac™). See Programming Control Units in
Section 245. • Programming not possible or problem persists after programming. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Replace and program steering control unit (AutoTrac™). Recalibrate the included control software. See Programming
Control Units in Section 245. • Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved
Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 1216 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (g) by Belgreen v2.1
Group 20 - Engine
Engine Does not Crank
17
Instructions for diagnosing general problems with the engine.
Check the battery connections for corrosion and damage. Are the battery connections tight?
Key switch OFF.
Check the battery Check the voltage at the battery connections (+/-). The battery voltage must be higher than 12 volts.
Turn ignition switch to Start position and check the voltage at the battery connections (+/-) at the same time. The battery
voltage has to be higher than 11.5 volts.
See:
1. G001 - Battery, Circuit Test , Section 240.
2. S012 - Key Switch (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
3. S012 - Key Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
4. K002 - Starter Relay 1 (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Check the circuit 5. K002 - Starter Relay 1 (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
6. K003 - Starter Relay 2 (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240.
7. K003 - Starter Relay 2 (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test, Section 240.
8. M001 - Starting Motor, Circuit Test , Section 240.
For vehicles with battery cut-off switch, see:
1. A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Circuit Test , Section 240.
Check the components, electrical connections and related harness connection points as follows:
1. Check for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded terminals.
2. Check for signs of damage (breaks, pinching, or chafing).
3. Remove the components for checking, if required.
For details of location of components, see:
• G001 - Battery, Component Information , Section 249.
• S012 - Key Switch, Component Information in Section 249.
Check components and wiring • A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Component Information, Section 249.
harness • M001 - Starter Motor, Component Information , Section 249.
For details of location of harnesses, see:
• For 6-cylinder engines, see Summary of Wiring Harnesses, Summary of References , Section 249.
• For 4-cylinder engines, see Summary of Wiring Harnesses, Summary of References , Section 249.
For details of location of connections, see:
• Summary of Connectors and Contacts, Summary of References, Section 249.
For details of location of ground points, see:
• Summary of Ground Points, Summary of References , Section 249.
See:
• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.
Additional information:
See under Observable Diagnostics and Tests
• Engine Does Not Crank
in the relevant Component Technical Manual (CTM), PowerTech™ OEM Diesel Engines (Final Tier 4 Platform) .
Check mechanical causes Turn the engine using JDG820 flywheel turning tool.
1. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble
codes. For procedure and additional information, see Procedure for Dealing with Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
Access diagnostic trouble codes 2. Diagnosing the diagnostic trouble codes associated with this observable symptom may resolve this observable symptom
and must be performed first. If there are diagnostic trouble codes related to the ECU , EIC and ICA control software, these
codes must be processed first.
1. Turn ignition switch to Start position and check the voltage at the battery connections (+/-) at the same time. The battery
Check the battery
voltage has to be higher than 11 volts.
Check the components, electrical connections and related harness connection points as follows:
1. Check for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded terminals.
2. Check for signs of damage (breaks, pinching, or chafing).
3. Remove the components for checking, if required.
• G001 - Battery, Component Information , Section 249.
Check components and wiring
• S012 - Key Switch, Component Information in Section 249.
harness
• M031 - Fuel Pump, Component Information , Section 249.
• A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information in Section 249.
• A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information , Section 249.
For vehicles with immobilizer, see:
1. A133 - Immobilizer Control Unit, Component Information , Section 249.
Refer to:
• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.
Additional information:
See under Observable Diagnostics and Tests
• Engine Cranks But Will Not Start
in the relevant Component Technical Manual (CTM), PowerTech™ OEM Diesel Engines (Final Tier 4) .
See:
1. Problems with the Fuel System Section 212.
Check mechanical causes
2. Problems with the Air Intake System , Section 212.
3. Problems with the Cooling System , Section 212.
Fuel System Check Fuel System - Check Fuel Transfer Pump , Section 230.
• See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Additional information:
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.
1. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble
Access diagnostic trouble codes. For procedure and additional information, see Procedure for Dealing with Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
codes 2. Diagnosing the trouble codes associated with this observable symptom may allow it to be rectified; for this reason, diagnose
these codes first. If there are diagnostic trouble codes related to the ECU control software, these codes must be processed first.
See:
1. Air Intake System - System Check in Section 230.
For additional tests, see under Air Intake and Exhaust System Repair and Adjustment :
System check
• Turbocharger - Inspection
• Turbocharger Failure Analysis
in the relevant Component Technical Manual (CTM), PowerTech™ OEM Diesel Engines (Final Tier 4) .
• See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Additional information:
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.
1. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble
Access diagnostic trouble codes. For procedure and additional information, see Procedure for Dealing with Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
codes 2. Diagnosing the trouble codes associated with this observable symptom may allow it to be rectified; for this reason, diagnose
these codes first. If there are diagnostic trouble codes related to the ECU control software, these codes must be processed first.
• See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Additional information:
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.
Diagnostic schematics:
Component information:
Perform a visual inspection of alternator and battery and of the connectors associated with them:
Preliminary test 1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.
2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.
Check the components, electrical connections and related harness connection points as follows:
1. Check for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded terminals.
2. Check for signs of damage (breaks, pinching, or chafing).
3. Remove the components for checking, if required.
For details of location and information on components, see Section 249:
Check components and wiring • A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
harness • A086 - Engine Control Unit (Level 16 ECU), Component Information
• G001 - Battery, Component Information
• G004 - Alternator, Component Information
For details of location of harnesses, see Section 249:
• 50AA - Starting Motor and Charging Circuit, Summary of References in Section 240.
• 50FA - Electronic Engine Control, Summary of References in Section 240.
• See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Additional information:
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information.
Perform a visual inspection of cigarette lighter (E005) and of the connectors associated with it:
→NOTE:
The cigarette lighter and signal socket (X132) use the same fuse and together must not exceed an output
of 120 W.
1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.
Preliminary check
2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.
Check the fuse:
1. Check fuse F03/19_LCS.
For details of location of the fuse, see:
• LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
Check the circuit E005 - Cigarette Lighter, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Check the components, electrical connections and related harness connection points as follows:
1. Check for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded terminals.
2. Check for signs of damage (breaks, pinching, or chafing).
3. Remove the components for checking, if required.
Check components and wiring harness
For details of location of components, see Section 249:
• E005 - Cigarette Lighter, Component Information .
For details of location of harnesses, see Section 249:
• Summary of Wiring Harnesses, Summary of References .
• See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Additional information:
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.
Perform a visual inspection of operator′s seat (A029) and of the connectors associated with it:
1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.
2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.
Check the fuse:
Preliminary test
1. Check fuse F03/20_LCS.
For details of location of the fuse, see:
• LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
• LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information in Section 249.
Check the circuit A029 - Seat with Compressor and Heater, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Check the components, electrical connections and related harness connection points as follows:
1. Check for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded terminals.
2. Check for signs of damage (breaks, pinching, or chafing).
3. Remove the components for checking, if required.
For details of location of components, see Section 249:
Check components and wiring harness • A029 - Seat with Compressor and Heater, Component Information
For details of location of harnesses, see:
• 50CA - Operator′s Seat (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
• 50CA - Operator Presence Switch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
• 50CA - Operator′s Seat (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
• 50CA - Operator Presence Switch (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
• See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Additional information:
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.
Perform a visual inspection of the horn (H001) and of the connectors associated with it:
1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.
2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.
Check the fuse:
Preliminary test
1. Fuse on tractors with cab: F03/17_LCSSee: LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information Fuse
F03/17.
2. Fuse on tractors without cab: F03/18_LCSSee: LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station),
Component Information , Fuse F03/18.
Check the components, electrical connections and related harness connection points as follows:
1. Check for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded terminals.
2. Check for signs of damage (breaks, pinching, or chafing).
3. Remove the components for checking, if required.
For details of location and information on components, see Section 249:
Check components and wiring harness • S004 - Horn Switch (Open Operator′s Platform), Component Information
• S147 - Turn-Signal Lever, Component Information
• H001 - Horn, Component Information
For details of location of harnesses, see:
• 50CB - Horn (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
• 50CB - Horn (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
• See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Additional information:
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.
Perform a visual inspection of the backup alarm and the connectors associated with it:
1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.
2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.
Check the fuse:
Preliminary check
1. Fuse on tractors with cab: F04/03_LCSSee: LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information , Fuse
F04/04.
2. Fuse on tractors without cab: F03/19_LCSSee: LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station),
Component Information , Fuse F03/19.
Check the circuit H067 - Backup Alarm, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Check the components, electrical connections and related harness connection points as follows:
1. Check for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded terminals.
2. Check for signs of damage (breaks, pinching, or chafing).
3. Remove the components for checking, if required.
For details of location and information on components, see Section 249:
• B049 - Backup Alarm Pressure Switch, Component Information
Check components and wiring harness • B185 - Backup Alarm Switch, Component Information
• H067 - Backup Alarm, Component Information
• K028 - Backup Alarm Relay, Component Information
• S172 - Backup Alarm Switch, Component Information
For details of location of harnesses, see Section 240:
• 50CB - Backup Alarm (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
• 50CB - Back-Up Alarm (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
• See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Additional information:
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.
Perform a visual inspection of the dome light or access step light and their respective connectors:
1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.
2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.
Preliminary check
Check the fuse:
F03/02_LCS
1. See: LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information Fuse F03/02.
Check the components, electrical connections and related harness connection points as follows:
1. Check for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded terminals.
2. Check for signs of damage (breaks, pinching, or chafing).
3. Remove the components for checking, if required.
For details of location and information on components, see Section 249:
• B028-1 - Right Dome Light Switch, Component Information
Check components and wiring harness
• B028-2 - Left Dome Light Switch, Component Information
• E012 - Dome Light, Component Information
• H087-1 - Right Access Step Light, Component Information
• H087-2 - Left Access Step Light, Component Information
For details of location of harnesses, see Section 240:
• 50BA - Dome Light and Access Step Light, Diagnostic Schematic
• See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Additional information:
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.
Perform a visual inspection of beacon light and of the connectors associated with it:
1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.
2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.
Preliminary check
Check the fuse:
F03/14_LCS
1. See: LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information Fuse F03/14.
Check the components, electrical connections and related harness connection points as follows:
1. Check for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded terminals.
2. Check for signs of damage (breaks, pinching, or chafing).
3. Remove the components for checking, if required.
For details of location and information on components, see Section 249:
Check components and wiring harness
• E027-1 - Left Beacon Light, Component Information
• E027-2 - Right Beacon Light, Component Information
• S036 - Beacon Light Switch, Component Information
For details of location of harnesses, see Section 240:
• 50BA - Beacon Light, Diagnostic Schematic
• See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Additional information:
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.
Perform a visual inspection of windshield wiper motor and windshield wiper shut-off switch and the associated
connectors:
1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.
Preliminary check 2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.
Check the fuse:
F04/01_LCS
1. See: LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information Fuse F04/01.
1. K026 - Intermittent Wipe Relay for Windshield Wiper, Circuit Test in Section 240.
2. M003 - Windshield Wiper Motor, Circuit Test in Section 240.
3. M005 - Windshield Washer Pump, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Check electrical circuits
4. S015 - Windshield Wiper Switch, Circuit Test in Section 240.
5. S016 - Windshield Washer Switch, Circuit Test in Section 240.
6. S017 - Windshield Wiper Shut-Off Switch, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Check the components, electrical connections and related harness connection points as follows:
1. Check for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded terminals.
2. Check for signs of damage (breaks, pinching, or chafing).
3. Remove the components for checking, if required.
For details of location and information on components, see Section 249:
• K026 - Intermittent Wipe Relay for Windshield Wiper, Component Information
Check components and wiring harness
• M003 - Windshield Wiper Motor, Component Information
• M005 - Windshield Washer Pump, Component Information
• S016 - Windshield Washer Switch, Component Information
• S017 - Windshield Wiper Shut-Off Switch, Component Information
For details of location of harnesses, see Section 240:
• 50CC - Windshield Wiper (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
• See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Additional information:
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.
Perform a visual inspection of rear window wiper motor and window wiper shut-off switch and the associated
connectors:
1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.
Preliminary check 2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.
Check the fuse:
F04/02_LCS
1. See: LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information Fuse F04/02.
Check the components, electrical connections and related harness connection points as follows:
1. Check for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded terminals.
2. Check for signs of damage (breaks, pinching, or chafing).
3. Remove the components for checking, if required.
For details of location and information on components, see Section 249:
Check components and wiring harness • M004 - Rear Wiper Motor, Component Information
• M006 - Rear Window Washer Pump, Component Information
• S018 - Rear Wiper Switch, Component Information
• S020 - Rear Window Wiper Shut-Off Switch, Component Information
For details of location of harnesses, see Section 240:
• 50CC - Rear Window Wiper (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
• See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Additional information:
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.
Perform a visual inspection of the radio and of the connectors associated with it:
1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.
2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.
Check the fuses and relays:
On tractors with battery cut-off switch
1. Check fuse F03/18_LCS.
Preliminary check
2. Check fuse F031.
On tractors without battery cut-off switch
1. Check fuse F03/18_LCS.
For details on the location of the fuses and relays, see Section 249:
• LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
• F031_BBO - Fuse, Component Information
Check circuit Radio Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuitin Section 245.
If the radio of one tractor is installed into another tractor, the theft protection activates. It has to be disabled at the radio manually.
1. Press “MENU” button and hold it for 10 seconds.
2. Display: 0000
3. With buttons 1 - 4, digits 1 - 4 on the display can be changed.
4. With buttons 1 - 4, enter the last 4 numbers of the tractor serial number.
Unlock radio
5. Press the “5” button and hold it for 10 seconds.
6. Display: CODE OK
⚬ Radio unlocked.
7. Display: CODE ERR
⚬ Radio has not been unblocked; enter the last 4 numbers of the tractor serial number again.
• See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Additional information:
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.
• See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Additional information:
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.
Action:
1.1
Result:
YES:Entering the diagnostic mode via the instrument unit is not possible and a connection to the tractor cannot be established
with Service ADVISOR™: GO TO 1.2
NO:Diagnostic mode can only not be accessed via the instrument unit: GO TO 2 .
NO:A connection to the tractor cannot be established only with Service ADVISOR™: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Check battery voltage, see G001 - Battery, Component Information in Section 249.
Result:
YES:Perform CAN Bus Check - Vehicle (500 kBd) , see Section 240.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2.2
Action:
→NOTE:
Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid back) and/or
bad ground connections.
The checks are to be performed on connector X001F with ignition ON (engine off).
For details of location and information on components, see A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information , in
Section 249.
For a summary of the layout of leads, see 50IA - Display, Summary of References in Section 240.
Check the supply voltage.
Item Measurement Specification
Instrument Unit, Supply Voltage Voltage between Pin 4 (lead 0432, ELX) and Pin 5 (Lead G0050, GND) Between 11.2 and 12.7 V
Voltage between Pin 8 (lead 0172, BAT) and Pin 5 (Lead G0050, GND) Between 11.2 and 12.7 V
Voltage between Pin 9 (Lead 0172, BAT) and Pin 3 (Lead G0050, GND) Between 11.2 and 12.7 V
Voltage between Pin 27 (Lead 0152, BAT) and Pin 3 (Lead G0050, GND) Between 11.2 and 12.7 V
Voltage between Pin 28 (Lead 0152, BAT) and Pin 3 (Lead G0050, GND) Between 11.2 and 12.7 V
Check communication lines 9034 and 9035 of the vehicle CAN Bus.
Item Measurement Specification
Instrument Unit, Communication Lines 9034 and 9035 Voltage between Pin 7 (Lead 9034, CAN+) and Pin 5 (Lead 0050, GND) Between 2.50 - 2.70 V
Voltage between Pin 6 (Lead 9035, CAN-) and Pin 5 (Lead 0050, GND) Between 2.30 - 2.49 V
Result:
Action:
X571M - Service Socket (CAN Bus), Supply Voltage Voltage between Pin B (Lead 0382) and Pin A (Lead G0050) Between 11.2 and 12.7 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 3.2
Action:
3.2 - Check CAN bus connection to X571M service socket (CAN bus):
Voltage between Pin D (Lead 9035, CAN-) and Pin A (Lead G0050, GND) Between 2.30 - 2.49 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 4
NO:Check CAN bus connection to connector X571M. For an overview of the layout of the CAN bus leads, see 50JA - CAN Bus
Systems, Summary of References .
Action:
Check correct installation of the monthly Service ADVISOR™ connection data, see DTAC-case Check Service ADVISOR™
connection data .
Result:
YES:No problem can be found:• Check Service ADVISOR™ website for additional information.• Notify the Service ADVISOR™
helpdesk.
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
If a reprogramming procedure is interrupted, the result is that the relevant control unit can no longer be displayed. See
Problems While Reprogramming Control Units in Section 212.
Result:
NO:Reprogramming was started and interrupted, GO TO: Problems While Reprogramming Control Units in Section 212.
Action:
50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit Control software:
AIC
BLC
CCU
EIC
HCC
OIC
PTR
PTQ
RPT
SMB
TEC
TEI
50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit Control software:
DOI
GM1
TIH
TIQ
50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit Control software:
PTF
SCO
SFA
50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit Control software:
ECU
50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit Control software:
FCC
ICA
PDU
VTV
50ZZ - Immobilizer Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit Control software:
ICD
50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit Control software:
XMC
XSC
Result:
NO:Replace relevant fuse with a new one and then access the control software.
Action:
Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground
connections.
Result:
YES:Check all connections at connectors and control units for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.
Action:
1. Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN Bus take priority.
2. Does problem occur directly after reprogramming of a VIN control unit?Summary of VIN control units (active VIN
participants):
Engine control unit (ECU control software).
Central control unit (CCU control software).
Instrument unit (FCC control software).
Result:
YES:Problem occurs directly after reprogramming of a VIN control unit: GO TO: Procedure in the Event of a Problem
Programming VIN Control Units
Action:
ECU ECU 251 - John Deere Product Identification Number (PIN) of Current Vehicle
CCU 251 CCU 251 - John Deere Product Identification Number (PIN) of Current Vehicle
FCC 251 FCC 251 - John Deere Product Identification Number (PIN) of Current Vehicle
EIC 251 EIC 251 - John Deere Product Identification Number (PIN) of Current Vehicle
SFA 251 SFA 251 - John Deere Product Identification Number (PIN) of Current Vehicle
RPT 251 RPT 251 - John Deere Product Identification Number (PIN) of Current Vehicle
TIQ 251 TIQ 251 - John Deere Product Identification Number (PIN) of Current Vehicle
Result:
YES:GO TO 4
Action:
Program the control unit containing the control software that displays a different serial number in address 251 with correct
software:
Result:
YES:Diagnostics completed.
NO:GO TO 4
Action:
Check whether the exchange of VIN information is interrupted by a CAN Bus communication problem.
Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the CAN Bus take priority.
1. Check whether there are additional diagnostic trouble codes from other control software applications that indicate a
general CAN bus problem:
Drive train CAN bus, high or very high error rate reported from several other control software applications.
CAN bus communication errors reported from several other control software applications.
2. If a CAN Bus problem (high/very high CAN Bus error rate, errors when transmitting messages or VIN information) is
reported only from one control software, a general (complete) CAN Bus failure can be ruled out. In this case, it can be
assumed that the fault is restricted to just one section of the CAN bus (partial CAN bus fault).
For more information and diagnosis of the various CAN bus problems, see CAN Bus Communication Fault Checksin Section 240.
Result:
YES:Diagnostics completed.
NO:No additional diagnostic trouble codes present that indicate a CAN bus problem: GO TO 5 .
Action:
Reprogram the control unit containing the control software that is producing the VIN error with the current software data file
from the software server:
IMPORTANT: The key switch must remain on for 5 minutes. During these 5 minutes the VIN
information is merged, so nothing must be actuated until this time has elapsed (e.g. do not start the
engine).
→NOTE: Failure to comply may generate VIN diagnostic trouble codes. Impaired tractor function
results.
Result:
YES:Diagnostics completed.
1. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic
trouble codes. For procedure and additional information, see Procedure for Dealing with Diagnostic Trouble Codes in
Section 245.
Access diagnostic trouble codes
2. Diagnosing the trouble codes associated with this observable symptom may allow it to be rectified; for this reason,
diagnose these codes first. If there are diagnostic trouble codes related to the AIC and RPT control software, these codes
must be processed first.
Preliminary check Drive Train (without Transmission) - Operational Checks, Summary of References in Section 250A.
Check the components, electrical connections and related harness connection points as follows:
1. Check for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded terminals.
2. Check for signs of damage (breaks, pinching, or chafing).
3. Remove the components for checking, if required.
For details of location of components, see Section 249:
• B006 - Rear PTO Speed Sensor, Component Information
Check components and wiring • S021 - Rear PTO Switch, Component Information
harness • S044 - Left Remote Control Switch for Rear PTO, Component Information
• S045 - Rear PTO Preselector Switch, Component Information
• S121 - Right Remote Control Switch for Rear PTO, Component Information
• Y081 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Rear PTO, Component Information
For details of location of harnesses, see:
• 50GJ - Rear PTO (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
• 50GJ - Rear PTO (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
• See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Additional information:
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.
1. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic
trouble codes. For procedure and additional information, see Procedure for Dealing with Diagnostic Trouble Codes in
Section 245.
Access diagnostic trouble codes
2. Diagnosing the trouble codes associated with this observable symptom may allow it to be rectified; for this reason,
diagnose these codes first. If there are diagnostic trouble codes related to the AIC and PTF control software, these codes
must be processed first.
Preliminary check Drive Train (without Transmission) - Operational Checks, Summary of References in Section 250A.
Perform fine-tuning See address PTF 021 - Fill Pulse Time for Front PTO, Configuration in Section 245.
Check the components, electrical connections and related harness connection points as follows:
1. Check for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded terminals.
2. Check for signs of damage (breaks, pinching, or chafing).
3. Remove the components for checking, if required.
Check components and wiring For details of location of components, see Section 249:
harness • B058 - Front PTO Speed Sensor, Component Information
• S006 - Front PTO Switch, Component Information
• Y001 - Front PTO Solenoid Valve, Component Information
For details of location of harnesses, see Section 240:
• 50GK - Front PTO (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic .
• See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Additional information:
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.
1. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble
codes. For procedure and additional information, see:
Access diagnostic trouble codes ⚬ Procedure for dealing with diagnostic trouble codes in Section 245.
2. Diagnosing the diagnostic trouble codes associated with this observable symptom may allow it to be rectified; for
this reason, diagnose these codes first.. PTR diagnostic trouble codes take priority.
Perform interactive test routine for components of the PowrReverser™ transmission, see:
1. Delete diagnostic trouble codes.
2. Perform interactive test routine; for a description, see:
Check the components
⚬ Main Control Unit, Testin Section 245.
3. After the test, access the diagnostic trouble codes once again. Process any existing diagnostic trouble codes that
are related to this problem. PTR diagnostic trouble codes take priority.
1. Check the relevant component and circuit, if the existing problem is related to this component.
For details of location and information on components, see in Section 240:
• B007 - Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch, Component Information in Section 249.
Electrical components
• B060 - Sensor for Transmission Oil Temperature, Component Information in Section 249.
• B031 - Transmission Oil Pressure Switch, Component Information in Section 249.
• B036 - Neutral Start Switch, Component Information
Additional information: Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this problem.
1. Check the relevant component and circuit, if the existing problem is related to this component.
For details of location and information on components, see in Section 240:
• B007 - Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch, Component Information
Electrical components
• B060 - Sensor for Transmission Oil Temperature, Component Information
• B031 - Transmission Oil Pressure Switch, Component Information .
• B036 - Neutral Start Switch, Component Information .
Additional information: Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this problem.
1. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble
codes. For procedure and additional information, see Procedure for Dealing with Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section
Access diagnostic trouble codes 245.
2. Diagnosing the trouble codes associated with this observable symptom may allow it to be rectified; for this reason,
diagnose these codes first.
Have settings for the PowrQuad™ transmission been changed in PTQ input addresses?
Preliminary test To check the settings, see:
PTQ Control Software - Summary of Calibration and Input Addresses in Section 245.
Check whether the problem can be solved or reproduced by calibrating the relevant system.
1. Delete diagnostic trouble codes.
2. Calibrate PowrQuad™ transmission, see: PTQ 038 - Transmission Calibration in Section 245.
Perform calibration
3. After calibration has been completed, access the diagnostic trouble codes once again. Process any existing diagnostic
trouble codes that are related to this problem. PTQ diagnostic trouble codes take priority .
4. Check whether the problem has been solved.
Perform the preliminary test for 1. PTQ 015 - Enable Pressure Sensor, Voltage in Section 245.
enable pressure 2. PTQ 022 - Enable Pressure Sensor, Pressure in Section 245.
See:
Operational checks and system check • PowrQuad™ Transmission - Operational Check in Section 250C.
• PowrQuad™ Transmission - System Check in Section 250C.
See:
Tests and adjustments PowrQuad™ Transmission - Tests and Adjustments, Summary of References in Section 250C.
Main Control Unit, Testin Section 245.
Check the components, electrical connections and related harness connection points as follows:
1. Check for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.
2. Check for signs of damage (breaks, pinching or chafing).
3. Remove the components for checking, if required.
For details of location of components, see Section 249:
• B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor on Tractors with Creeper, Component Information
• B035 - Wheel Speed Sensor on Tractors without Creeper, Component Information
• B104 - Transmission Output Speed Sensor (PowrQuad™ Transmission), Component Information
• Y033 - Forward Solenoid Valve, Component Information
Check components and wiring harness • Y036 - Reverse Solenoid Valve, Component Information
• Y038 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable, Component Information
• Y039 - Gear Selector Solenoid Valve K2, Component Information
• Y040 - Gear Selector Solenoid Valve K1, Component Information
For details of location of harnesses, see Section 249:
• Summary of Wiring Harnesses, Summary of References .
For details of location of connections, see Section 249:
• Summary of Connectors and Contacts, Summary of References.
For details of location of ground points, see Section 249:
• Summary of Connectors and Contacts, Summary of References
• See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Additional information
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.
1. Check the relevant component and circuit, if the existing problem is related to this component.
For details of location and information on components, see in Section 240:
• B007 - Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch, Component Information
Electrical components
• B060 - Sensor for Transmission Oil Temperature, Component Information .
• B031 - Transmission Oil Pressure Switch, Component Information .
• B036 - Neutral Start Switch, Component Information .
Additional information: Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this problem.
Steering angle, calibration Perform CCU 145 - Steering Angle Sensor, Calibration in Section 245.
Additional information:
Steering angle, calibration Perform CCU 145 - Steering Angle Sensor, Calibration in Section 245.
Additional information:
Check whether the problem can be solved by checking the relevant priority circuit.
PFC Hydraulic System - Priority Circuit 1, Check and Adjust the LS Oil Pressure for Steering or PC Hydraulic System -
Priority Circuit 1, Check the LS Oil Pressure for Steering
Hydraulic system check
Perform a full inspection of the PFC hydraulic system only if the problem cannot be isolated or solved by checking the
relevant priority circuit.
See PFC-Hydraulic System - System Check or PC Hydraulic System - System Check in Section 270.
• See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Additional information:
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.
Check whether the problem can be solved by checking the relevant priority circuit.
PFC Hydraulic System - Priority Circuit 1, Check and Adjust the LS Oil Pressure for Steering or PC Hydraulic System -
Priority Circuit 1, Check the LS Oil Pressure for Steering
Hydraulic system check
Perform a full inspection of the PFC hydraulic system only if the problem cannot be isolated or solved by checking the
relevant priority circuit.
See PFC-Hydraulic System - System Check or PC Hydraulic System - System Check in Section 270.
• See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Additional information:
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.
1. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic
trouble codes. For procedure and additional information, see Procedure for Dealing with Diagnostic Trouble Codes in
Access diagnostic trouble codes Section 245.
2. Diagnosing the trouble codes associated with this observable symptom may allow it to be rectified; for this reason,
diagnose these codes first.
Check whether the problem can be solved by checking the relevant priority circuit.
Check priority circuit 1 for problems concerning the steering, brakes, and trailer brake.
See PFC Hydraulic System - Priority Circuit 1, Check LS Oil Pressure for Foot Brakes or PC Hydraulic System - Priority
Hydraulic system check Circuit 1, Check LS Oil Pressure for Foot Brakes in Section 270.
Perform a full inspection of the PFC hydraulic system only if the problem cannot be isolated or solved by checking the
relevant priority circuit.
See PFC-Hydraulic System - System Check or PC Hydraulic System - System Check in Section 270.
Check the components, electrical connections and related harness connection points as follows:
1. Check for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded terminals.
2. Check for signs of damage (breaks, pinching, or chafing).
3. Remove the components for checking, if required.
For details of location of components, see Section 249:
Check components and wiring • B112 - Brake Pedal Sensor Unit, Component Information
harness For details of location of harnesses, see Section 249:
• Summary of Wiring Harnesses, Summary of References .
For details of location of connections, see Section 249:
• Summary of Connectors, Summary of References .
For details of location of ground points, see Section 249:
• Summary of Ground Points, Summary of References
• See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Additional information:
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.
1. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic
trouble codes. For procedure and additional information, see Procedure for Dealing with Diagnostic Trouble Codes in
Access diagnostic trouble codes Section 245.
2. Diagnosing the trouble codes associated with this observable symptom may allow it to be rectified; for this reason,
diagnose these codes first.
Check whether the problem can be solved by checking the relevant priority circuit.
Check priority circuit 1 for problems concerning the steering, brakes, and trailer brake.
See PFC Hydraulic System - Priority Circuit 1, Check LS Oil Pressure for Foot Brakes or PC Hydraulic System - Priority
Hydraulic system check Circuit 1, Check LS Oil Pressure for Foot Brakes in Section 270.
Perform a full inspection of the PFC hydraulic system only if the problem cannot be isolated or solved by checking the
relevant priority circuit.
See PFC-Hydraulic System - System Check or PC Hydraulic System - System Check in Section 270.
Check the components, electrical connections and related harness connection points as follows:
1. Check for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded terminals.
2. Check for signs of damage (breaks, pinching, or chafing).
3. Remove the components for checking, if required.
For details of location of components, see Section 249:
Check components and wiring • B112 - Brake Pedal Sensor Unit, Component Information
harness For details of location of harnesses, see Section 249:
• Summary of Wiring Harnesses, Summary of References .
For details of location of connections, see Section 249:
• Summary of Connectors, Summary of References .
For details of location of ground points, see Section 249:
• Summary of Ground Points, Summary of References
• See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Additional information:
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.
1. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic
trouble codes. For procedure and additional information, see Procedure for Dealing with Diagnostic Trouble Codes in
Access diagnostic trouble codes Section 245.
2. Diagnosing the trouble codes associated with this observable symptom may allow it to be rectified; for this reason,
diagnose these codes first.
Check whether the problem can be solved by checking the relevant priority circuit.
Check priority circuit 1 for problems concerning the steering, brakes, and trailer brake.
See PFC Hydraulic System - Priority Circuit 1, Check LS Oil Pressure for Foot Brakes or PC Hydraulic System - Priority
Hydraulic system check Circuit 1, Check LS Oil Pressure for Foot Brakes in Section 270.
Perform a full inspection of the PFC hydraulic system only if the problem cannot be isolated or solved by checking the
relevant priority circuit.
See PFC-Hydraulic System - System Check or PC Hydraulic System - System Check in Section 270.
Check the components, electrical connections and related harness connection points as follows:
1. Check for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded terminals.
2. Check for signs of damage (breaks, pinching, or chafing).
3. Remove the components for checking, if required.
For details of location of components, see Section 249:
Check components and wiring • B112 - Brake Pedal Sensor Unit, Component Information
harness For details of location of harnesses, see Section 249:
• Summary of Wiring Harnesses, Summary of References .
For details of location of connections, see Section 249:
• Summary of Connectors, Summary of References .
For details of location of ground points, see Section 249:
• Summary of Ground Points, Summary of References
• See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Additional information:
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.
1. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic
trouble codes. For procedure and additional information, see Procedure for Dealing with Diagnostic Trouble Codes in
Section 245.
Access diagnostic trouble codes
2. Diagnosing the trouble codes associated with this observable symptom may allow it to be rectified; for this reason,
diagnose these codes first. If there are diagnostic trouble codes related to the AIC and HCC control software, these codes
must be processed first.
Preliminary check Rear Hitch - Remote Control, Operational Check in Section 270.
• Hydraulic System - Check Hitch Valve and Stepper Motor in Section 270.
• Hydraulic System - Hitch Valve, Check for Leaks in Section 270.
• Hydraulic System - Hitch, Check the Position Sensor in Section 270.
• Hydraulic System - Hitch, Check and Adjust the Draft Potentiometer (6140M—6150M) in Section 270.
Operational checks and system check
• Hydraulic System - Hitch, Checking and Adjusting the Draft Potentiometer (6170M)
• Hydraulic System - Hitch Valve, Center the Stepper Motorin Section 270.
• PFC Hydraulic System - System Check in Section 270.
• PC Hydraulic System - System Check
Perform operational and circuit tests of the electrical components, see 50HA - Rear Hitch, Summary of References in
Electrical circuit check
Section 240.
Check the components, electrical connections and related harness connection points as follows:
1. Check for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded terminals.
2. Check for signs of damage (breaks, pinching, or chafing).
3. Remove the components for checking, if required.
For details of location of components, see Section 249:
• B019 - Right Draft Sensor, Component Information
• B020 - Left Draft Sensor, Component Information
• B021 - Rear Hitch Position Sensor, Component Information
• B026 - Sensitivity Potentiometer for Rear Hitch, Component Information
Check components and wiring • B027 - Position Feedback Unit for Rear Hitch, Component Information
harness • B041 - Draft Sensor, Component Information
• M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch, Component Information
• S023 - Right Remote Control Switch for Rear Hitch, Component Information
• S068 - Left Remote Control Switch for Rear Hitch, Component Information
For details of location of harnesses, see Section 249:
• Summary of Wiring Harnesses, Summary of References .
For details of location of connections, see Section 249:
• Summary of Connectors, Summary of References .
For details of location of ground points, see Section 249:
• Summary of Ground Points, Summary of References
Additional information: See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
1. Perform an operational check on faulty component/function, or do a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic trouble codes.
For procedure and additional information, see Procedure for Dealing with Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section 245.
Access diagnostic trouble codes
2. Diagnosing the trouble codes associated with this observable symptom may allow it to be rectified; for this reason,
diagnose these codes first.
See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
Additional information:
Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this problem.
1. Perform an operational check of the faulty component/function, or perform a test drive. Then refresh the diagnostic
trouble codes. For procedure and additional information, see Procedure for Dealing with Diagnostic Trouble Codes in Section
Access diagnostic trouble codes 245.
2. Diagnosing the trouble codes associated with this observable symptom may allow it to be rectified; for this reason,
diagnose these codes first.
Check whether the problem can be solved by calibrating the relevant system.
Perform calibration
See SFA 021 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle, Calibration in Section 245.
See:
Operational checks and system • Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle - System Check in Section 280B.
check • Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle - Check and Adjust the Nitrogen Precharge in Section 280B.
• Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle - Test Result Table in Section 280B.
Check front chassis control unit See 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test in Section 240.
Check the components, electrical connections and related harness connection points as follows:
1. Check for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded terminals.
2. Check for signs of damage (breaks, pinching, or chafing).
3. Remove the components for checking, if required.
For details of location of components, see Section 249:
• B053 - Sensor for Position of Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle, Component Information
• Y066 - Solenoid Valve for Lowering the Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle, Component Information
Check components and wiring
• Y067 - Solenoid Valve for Raising the Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle, Component Information
harness
• Y068 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Reduction, Component Information
For details of location of harnesses, see Section 249:
• Summary of Wiring Harnesses, Summary of References .
For details of location of connections, see Section 249:
• Summary of Connectors, Summary of References .
For details of location of ground points, see Section 249:
• Summary of Ground Points, Summary of References
See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Additional Information
Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.
Perform a visual inspection of fan motor, fan resistor, fan switch and of the connectors associated with them:
1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.
2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.
Check fuses and relays, see Section 249:
1. Fuse F01/01
Preliminary test 2. Fuse F04/09
3. Fuse F04/10
4. Relay K04/1
F01PLB - Fuses (PLB), Component Information
F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS), Component Information.
K01LCS to K05LCS - Relays (LCS), Component Information
Check the components, electrical connections and related harness connection points as follows:
1. Check for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded terminals.
2. Check for signs of damage (breaks, pinching, or chafing).
3. Remove the components for checking, if required.
For details of location and information on components, see Section 249:
Check components and wiring • K01LCS to K05LCS - Relays (LCS), Component Information
harness • M007 - Fan Motor, Component Information
• M010 - Fan Motor, Component Information
• R003 - Fan Resistor, Component Information
• S014 - Fan Switch, Component Information
For details of location of harnesses, see Section 240:
• 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System, Summary of References .
• See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Additional information:
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.
Perform a visual inspection of the air-conditioning compressor and the switch for the air-conditioning compressor clutch, and of
the connectors associated with them:
1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.
2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.
Check fuses and relays, see Section 249:
Preliminary check 1. Fuse F04/05
2. Fuse F04/09
3. Fuse F04/10
4. Relay K04/1
5. Relay K05/2
LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
Check electrical circuits 1. 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System, Summary of References, in Section 240.
Check the components, electrical connections and related harness connection points as follows:
1. Check for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded terminals.
2. Check for signs of damage (breaks, pinching, or chafing).
3. Remove the components for checking, if required.
For details of location and information on components, see Section 249:
• B014 - Air-Conditioning Thermostat Switch, Component Information
• B015 - Pressure Switch for Refrigerant Pressure, Component Information
Check components and wiring • B095 - De-Icing Switch, Component Information
harness • M002 - A/C Compressor Clutch System, Component Information
• M007 - Fan Motor, Component Information
• M010 - Fan Motor, Component Information
• R003 - Fan Resistor, Component Information
• S014 - Fan Switch, Component Information
• S093 - Switch for Air-Conditioning Compressor Clutch, Component Information
For details of location of harnesses, see Section 240:
• 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System, Summary of References .
• See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
Additional information:
• Check DTAC to find out whether there is any more information on this diagnostic trouble code.
To comply with emission standards, the FT4 4045 engine must attain a NOx reduction of 80 percent, and simultaneously
reduce particle emissions by the same percentage as IT4 engines. The requirements are fulfilled by returning the exhaust
gases by means of a turbocharger with wastegate, and an exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) radiator. However, lower combustion
temperatures might result in more particulates. Therefore (according to application), a diesel particulate filter (DPF) is used in
order to keep particulates under control. The additional Selective Catalytic Reduction system (SCR) further reduces nitrogen
oxide (NOx) levels, and the service interval of the diesel particulate filter (DPF) is increased at the same time.
For more information, refer to the corresponding Technical Manual for engines.
6-Cylinder Tractors
To comply with EU emission standards, nitrogen oxide emissions have to be reduced by 50% in the new 6068 engines, and fine
dust emissions by 90%. To reduce the NOx emissions, the combustion temperature in the engine has to be reduced. To
accomplish this, a larger and cooler exhaust volume is returned by means of a turbocharger (VGT) and an EGR cooler.
However, lower combustion temperatures result in more fine dust. Therefore a diesel particulate filter is used to reduce the fine
dust.
For more information, refer to the corresponding Technical Manual for engines.
LEGEND:
A Exhaust gases from engine
B Exhaust filter temperature measurements
C Ports for differential pressure sensor at diesel particulate filter
D Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC)
E Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)
F Exhaust Gas Outlet
→NOTE:
Some applications are not equipped with a diesel particulate filter (DPF).
The exhaust filter includes the diesel oxidation catalyst (DOC) and the diesel particulate filter (DPF, if equipped). Exhaust gases
pass through the radial filter inlet (A), diesel oxidation catalyst (D) and diesel particulate filter (E), and leave the filter,
according to application, by an axial or radial outlet (F).
Inside the diesel oxidation catalyst, with the engine under load, nitrogen monoxide (NO) oxidizes into nitrogen dioxide, which
facilitates the oxidation of particles in the diesel particulate filter. During active regeneration, additional fuel is injected into the
exhaust gases, and is oxidized in the diesel oxidation catalyst (DOC). The engine control unit monitors the outlet temperature
of the diesel oxidation catalyst, in order to determine the temperature increase inside the diesel oxidation catalyst.
The diesel particulate filter collects particles or soot. The exhaust gases pass through ducts in the ceramic core of the filter.
The outlet of every second duct is blocked. The exhaust gases pass through the porous walls of the ducts until they exit the
filter by an open outlet. While the exhaust gases circulate inside the filter, particles are caught by the walls of the ducts. The
walls of the ducts are coated with precious metals, which contribute to the oxidation of particles to make the exhaust gases
less harmful.
During regeneration, exhaust gas temperatures increase, and particles collected by the diesel particulate filter are burned and
oxidized.
Passive regeneration
DPF regeneration takes place during normal engine operation under medium to high load, when exhaust gas temperatures are
high. Under such ideal conditions, no fuel is injected and no input is required on the part of the operator.
LEGEND:
A Inlet Air
B Fixed Turbocharger
C Wastegate Turbo Charger
D Compressed air from Wastegate Turbo Charger
E EGR Cooler
F Charge Air Cooler
G EGR Valve
H DOC
I Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF, if equipped)
J DOC Temperatures
K SCR Inlet Temperature
L Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (if equipped)
M Exhaust Gas Outlet
Active Regeneration
During some applications, no consistently high exhaust gas temperatures are attained, so that an ECU-controlled regeneration
is required. A regeneration is initiated when higher exhaust gas temperatures are required. The air throttle actuator receives a
signal to close, and exhaust gas temperatures increase. Regeneration takes place when temperatures of the diesel oxidation
catalyst (H) surpass 300 °C (572 °F). The ECU initiates injection of fuel into the exhaust gases by dispensing fuel into the
cylinders. The additional fuel reacts with the diesel oxidation catalyst (DOC) to generate heat. The indicator light for exhaust
filter cleaning comes on when the exhaust gas temperature inside the diesel particulate filter is in the range of 500 °C - 650 °C
(932 °F - 1202 °F). The ECU monitors sensor inputs to determine when regeneration is no longer required. Active regeneration
is interrupted when the ECU determines one of the following conditions:
When the ECU switches on the exhaust filter indicator light, the operator must initiate manual regeneration. For manual
regeneration, the machine must be at a standstill. Engine idle speed is increased to 1800 rpm. The ECU closes the air throttle
by means of the actuator, and initiates injection of fuel into the exhaust gases.
Accumulation of ash
Ash is an incombustible residue from normal oil consumption. An accumulation of ash in the diesel particulate filter (DPF) is not
burned during regeneration. This might result in the exhaust stream being derated. By using recommended John Deere liquids,
the service life of the aftertreatment system and the service intervals of the diesel particulate filter (DPF) are increased. If the
exhaust filter requires maintenance, the engine control unit will alert the operator by a diagnostic trouble code. For more
information on diesel particulate filter service intervals and recommended John Deere liquids, see Operator′s Manual.
Always check the following points before starting a PTO power test:
IMPORTANT:
Always check the following points one at a time and in the order given before starting a PTO power test:
1. Preliminary checks
2. Run the tractor until it reaches operating temperature
3. Check engine speed
4. Enter tractor data in test sheet
5. Test procedure
Preliminary checks
The battery must be charged and in good condition; see also the relevant Technical Manual.
Charging battery during power test can create power losses above 1.5 kW.
Radiator
Charge Air Cooler
The filter must be free of water and sediment. See Clean the Water Trap in Section 10 of the relevant Repair Manual.
If necessary, replace the fuel filter and bleed the fuel system.
See Bleed the Fuel System and Check the Fuel Filter in Section 10 of the relevant Repair Manual.
IMPORTANT:
Check oil level when oil is cold. If possible, check in the morning after the tractor has been standing
overnight.
LEGEND:
A Max. Mark
B Min. Mark
Sight glass
Oil level must be between marks (A) and (B) on the sight glass. Top up or drain transmission oil as necessary.
Adding more oil when the level is already at its maximum will result in power loss. Overfilling with oil has a negative effect
particularly when driving at high speeds on roads.
Ensure that the air-conditioning system and fan are switched off during the engine power test; all other electrical consumers
must also be switched off.
See Cooling System - Check the Viscous Fan Drive in Section 230 of the Technical Manual.
If the following information for the operator appears, perform the exhaust filter cleaning with the tractor parked, refer to the
“Parked Filter Cleaning” section in the relevant operator′s manual.
IMPORTANT:
Select a suitable space to park the tractor and lower any implements all the way down to the ground.
No other tractor functions may be used while Parked Filter Cleaning is taking place. Excluded from this
are functions that may be required for an emergency shut-down of the tractor.
Do not start exhaust filter cleaning if the fuel gauge has been showing a low fuel level for a long time.
→NOTE:
Parked Filter Cleaning cannot be initiated if automatic exhaust filter cleaning is already active.
During exhaust filter cleaning, the engine control unit assumes control of the engine functions. It is
normal for engine speed to change during the cleaning process.
→NOTE:
[11] -
Press the arrow button and activate the check box with a tick.
IMPORTANT:
Comply with safety instructions; see Clean Exhaust Filter Safely in Section 210.
IMPORTANT:
During exhaust filter cleaning, exhaust temperature and engine idle speed might increase.
Cover radiator with a sheet of cardboard (A) and run the engine at 1500 rpm until operating temperature is reached.
To make the transmission oil warm up quickly, use an adjustable restrictor in conjunction with the engaged SCV.
→NOTE:
The restrictor should be almost (but not quite) closed. There must be a small amount of oil flowing
through.
Prior to the check, the transmission oil has to be heated to 60—65 °C (140—149 °F).
Cold transmission oil has a high viscosity and increases power losses.
Make sure the oil is at this temperature for at least 20 minutes to ensure transmission housing is also warmed up.
Check if the stand-by pressure is within specification, see PFC Hydraulic System - Check and Adjust the System Oil Pressure in
Section 270 of the Technical Manual.
Make sure that no hydraulic function is activated during an engine power test (e.g. SCV still engaged from transmission oil pre-
heating).
If the stand-by pressure is not within specification, the PTO power test results will be adversely affected.
Run the engine for approx. 2 to 3 minutes at various engine speeds and check the speed.
Speed ranges
High idle engine speed for engine power measurement: .......... rpm
Enter the following tractor data in the test sheet (example see illustration):
Test specifications
Test sequence
The best measuring results are achieved at a coolant temperature above 82 °C (180 °F).
The best measuring results are achieved at a fuel temperature of 30 °C (86 °F).
[5] -
→NOTE:
Remove the sheet of cardboard once correct transmission and engine oil temperatures have been reached.
LEGEND:
A Cardboard
[6] - Wait until the speed of the fan drive has stabilized, then measure and note the speed of the fan drive at different engine
speeds.
LEGEND:
A Reflective Tape
B JT05719 Hand-Held Digital Tachometer
→NOTE:
A lower speed causes higher power losses, which must be taken into account when interpreting the final
result.
[8] -
View: CommandQuad
→NOTE:
Before engine power output is checked, the transmission must be set as described below. This provides
the highest transmission efficiency.
Settings in CommandCenter™
PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Plus transmissions:Move reverse drive lever to P.Select third gear either with the gearshift
lever or with the gearshift button.
IMPORTANT:
Activating the appropriate torque curve by means of Service ADVISOR™ deactivates the slip control.
[12] - Increase the engine speed until high idle speed has been reached, then start the power measurement.
IMPORTANT:
[13] - After the power test, again check the engine coolant temperature, transmission oil temperature and fuel temperature.
Fuel temperature:
[14] - After the power test, run the engine at low rpm for 5 minutes.
[15] - The illustrations show examples of a completed test sheet and a PTO power curve.
Test sheet
Test sheet
The original test sheet can be found in DTAC solution no. 89408.
Access the first page of the engine menu. Press the confirm button and the page shown opposite will be displayed. Select the
check box for automatic exhaust filter cleaning (AUTO). Activate the check box with a tick. Press Enter to save entry. An
indicator light comes on to show that the exhaust filter is currently being cleaned (see illustration at the bottom).
→NOTE:
Depending on the conditions under which the tractor is operating, engine control may raise the low idle
speed. In some cases, the digital display shows a message instructing the operator to change operational
conditions. Comply with these instructions if the situation allows.
CAUTION:
Do not smoke or permit live sparks or fire of any nature in the vicinity while testing the fuel system.
→NOTE:
The fuel injection pump, fuel injection nozzles and fuel filter are dealt with in the technical manual that
covers engines.
CAUTION:
Always follow the safety measures outlined in this group when performing tests on the fuel, air intake
and cooling systems.
The following tests are used to examine and adjust individual engine components.
The applicable test should be performed if a component does not operate or operates poorly, or if a component has been
repaired.
CAUTION:
Shut off the engine before checking any components located near moving parts.
CAUTION:
Always shut off the engine before connecting test equipment to the tractor.
CAUTION:
Always engage the park lock when performing tests with the engine running.
CAUTION:
Escaping fuel under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid the hazard by relieving
pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Before restoring system pressure, make sure that
all connections are tight and all lines are secure.
CAUTION:
To avoid the possibility of severe infection, seek medical assistance immediately if injured by exposure
to fuel under pressure.
CAUTION:
When performing tests with the engine running, there is a risk of injury from moving parts.
On 6110M—6145M tractors:
LEGEND:
A Fuel cooler
B Primary fuel filter
C Fuel filter
D Fuel transfer pump
E Fuel tank
F Fuel level sensor (B176)
Fuel is drawn from the fuel tank (E) by the fuel transfer pump (D) via the primary fuel filter (B) and fed via the fuel filter to the
injection pump.
Excess fuel passes via fuel cooler (A) directly back to the fuel tank (E) through the return line.
For more component information, refer to the corresponding manual for engines.
On 6155M—6195M tractors
LEGEND:
A Fuel cooler
B Fuel filter
C Fuel transfer pump
D Fuel level sensor (B176)
E Fuel tank
Fuel is drawn from fuel tank (E) by fuel transfer pump (C) via fuel filter (B) and fed via the fuel filter to the injection pump.
Excess fuel passes via fuel cooler (A) directly back to the fuel tank (E) through the return line.
For more component information, refer to the corresponding manual for engines.
LEGEND:
A Air intake openings
B Primary filter element (hidden)
C Secondary filter element (hidden)
D Low-pressure switch (hidden)
E Exhaust
The intake openings (A) cause the contaminated air drawn in by the engine to rotate, so that it enters the air cleaner housing.
The low pressure created by the fan blades separates most of the dirt and dust particles from the air and expels them via the
exhaust (E). The remaining dirt is removed as the air flows through primary filter element (B) and secondary (safety) filter (C)
before being drawn into the engine at outlet tube.
The secondary (safety) filter (C) prevents dirt from entering the engine when the primary filter is being serviced, and also
ensures that should primary element fail no unfiltered air is drawn into the engine.
A low-pressure switch (D) located in the air outlet in conjunction with a warning light indicates the current service status (see
Operator′s Manual).
LEGEND:
A Expansion Tank
B Radiator
C Coolant Pump, Engine
D Thermostat, Engine
E Engine
F Radiator (Heating)
G Transmission Unit
H Differential
→NOTE:
Thermostats and coolant pump are dealt with in the technical manual that covers engines.
The coolant circuit is responsible for bringing down the temperature of coolant that is heated up by the engine.
Radiator
Two Engine Thermostats
Coolant Pump
Expansion Tank
Radiator (Heating)
Coolant flows through coolant pump (C) and into the interior of the engine.
The heated coolant passes through a branch line into heating radiator (F), where it can be used to heat the cab. The return
from the radiator is fed back into the system before coolant pump (C).
In the return are thermostats (opening at 94 °C; 202 °F); coolant passes through these thermostats on its way to the radiator.
If the thermostats are closed (during the warm-up period), coolant is directed via a line into the coolant pump (C) for
recirculation. This provides a faster, uniform warm-up.
Coolant Preheater
LEGEND:
A Coolant Preheater
B Socket
Coolant Preheater
The electrical heating element (A) heats the engine coolant, resulting in better starting performance. Furthermore, the engine reaches its
Theory of operation operating temperature more quickly.
The temperature of the coolant increases to approx. 50 °C (120 °F) above ambient temperature.
Transmission oil preheater (A) is used to warm up the lube oil and pilot oil in the clutch housing.
Theory of operation
As a result, transmission oil has a better viscosity when the tractor is started.
D05104ST—Pressure Pump
D05104ST—Pressure Pump
Pressure Pump
D05104ST
FKM10002 / JT05470
FKM10242—Pressure Gauge
FFKM10242—Pressure Gauge
Pressure Gauge
FKM10242
JDG839—Adapter
JDG839—Adapter
Adapter
JDG839
JT05719
Multimeter
JT05791A or JDG1478
Specifications
Item Measurement Specification
Cooling System
Pressure test - cooling system Pressure 50—60 kPa
0.5—0.6 bar
7—8.7 psi
0.7—0.9 bar
10—13 psi
0.1 bar
1.5 psi
59—69 mbar
0.86—1 psi
Fuel System
Fuel system pressure Pressure 60 kPa
0.6 bar
8.7 psi
Delivery rate of fuel transfer pump Rate of flow 135—175 liters per hour
Turn the key switch one position to the right (to ON). With the key in this position, it should be possible to hear and to feel
(touch it) the fuel transfer pump running.
Check addresses, see ECU control software, Summary of addresses in ECU Control Software - Summary of References ,
Section 245.
Check circuit, see SE23D_2 in Section charts - Diagnostic schematics, Summary of referencesSection 240.
Check ground connections, see XGND9 in Ground connections (Summary of components), Summary of referencesSection
240.
Replace the fuel transfer pump (motor is defective).
[2] - Remove hose to the fuel filter (C) and repeat the check.
→NOTE:
After every engine timing or engine reconditioning, check the air filter restriction switch.
Testing sensors
[1] - Run engine at fast idle. See motor data in the corresponding Section 10 of the repair manual.
[3] - Partly cover air filter intake (B) with a piece of cardboard (C). Gradually increase the restriction.
[4] - If the error message appears in the display, check the low pressure.
→NOTE:
The pressure of the air filter restriction switch (D) has to be between the following values.
59 mbar
0.86 psi
69 mbar
1 psi
The air filter restriction switch has to trigger between both values, otherwise it needs to be replaced.
CAUTION:
Do not open cap (B) of expansion tank before coolant temperature is below boiling point. First loosen the
cap to relieve pressure, then remove cap completely.
IMPORTANT:
Radiator repairs may be carried out only by experienced mechanics or in specialist workshops.
IMPORTANT:
[1] - Check whether the coolant drain plug (A) has been tightened with the following torque:
3—3.7 lb.-ft.
[2] - On tractors with cab, turn the heater control as far as it will go to the right.
[6] - Shut down the engine and add coolant up to the "max." mark.
Check the cooling system for leaks, see Cooling system - Leak test in Section 230 of the relevant Technical Manual.
[1] - Check radiator/cooler, expansion tank, coolant hoses, water pump and engine for leaks and other damage. Recondition as
necessary.
[3] - As shown in the illustration, connect pump D05104ST (A) and adapter JDG839P2A
[ Included in D05104ST ]
(B) or a commercial tester to expansion tank (C).
0.5—0.6 bar
7—8.7 psi
[1] - Check rubber seal in the cap for cracks and brittleness. The seal ring has to be supple, and be securely seated.
[ Included in D05104ST ]
(C) and adapter JDG839-1
[ Included in D05104ST ]
(D) to check expansion tank cap (A).
1—1.2 bar
14.5—17.4 psi
[1] -
CAUTION:
Open the hood and apply reflective tape JT05709, included in hand-held digital tachometer JT05719, to the fan.
[2] -
CAUTION:
Always engage the park lock when performing tests with the engine running.
Start the engine and run it at 2000 rpm for 3 minutes. During this time, fan speed should increase and drop again (the change
can be heard).
[3] - Set engine speed to between 850 and 900 rpm (slow idle).
JT05719
: fan speed must be at least 800 rpm, but a drop to 600 rpm for about 30 seconds is permissible.
[4] - Set engine speed to 1200 rpm and let it run at this speed for 4 minutes.
[5] - Set engine speed to 1800 rpm and let it run at this speed for 4 minutes.
[1] -
CAUTION:
Open the hood and apply reflective tape JT05709, included in hand-held digital tachometer JT05719, to the fan.
[3] -
LEGEND:
A Restrictor
Restrictor
Connect an adjustable restrictor; see Hydraulic System - Heating Up the Hydraulic Oil in the relevant Technical Manual.
[4] - Cover the radiator completely with cardboard, and leave the hood open.
[6] -
CAUTION:
Always engage the park lock when performing tests with the engine running.
Start the engine and run it at rated speed for 10 minutes; see Engine Specifications in Section 10 of the relevant Engine
Manual.
[7] - The fan speed must be within the proper range shown for the relevant tractor model (see table).
Technical Information
Fuel cooler
Location The fuel cooler is located in front of the radiator or in front of the condenser seen in direction of travel.
→NOTE:
Excess fuel has to be cooled down, as the ECU will reduce the engine speed to a slow idle if the fuel temperature rises above the
Specifications following value.
Fuel temperature:
• 100 °C (212 °F)
The fuel cooler is located in the return line leading to the fuel tank.
Operation
It cools down the fuel that returns from the injection pump from approx. 125 °C (257 °F) to approx. 75 °C (167 °F).
Fuel prefilter
Location The fuel prefilter is located in front of the radiator seen in direction of travel.
The fuel prefilter is located in front of the fuel filter in the supply line to the injection pump.
Operation
The size of the filter mesh determines the grade of filtration.
Location The fuel transfer pump is located on the inside of the left-hand main frame.
Supply voltage: 12 V
Maximum system pressure of the fuel system:
Specifications • 80 kPa (11.6 psi)
The flow rate of the fuel pump is:
• approx. 130 l/h (34.34 US gal. per minute)
The fuel transfer pump is located in-line between the primary fuel filter and the fuel filter.
Operation
Fuel is drawn from the fuel tank and fed via the primary fuel filter and fuel filter to the high-pressure pump.
Radiator
Designation Radiator
The radiator is of conventional design with cooling tubes through which the coolant passes, and soldered, exterior fins.
Theory of operation The coolant in cooling tubes (A) is cooled by air (B) forced through the radiator core by the fan blades. The cooling surface of the tubes is greatly
increased by means of fins (C).
LEGEND:
A Drive Shaft
B Fan Carrier
C Stud (4 used)
D Driven Clutch Half
E Bimetallic Spring
F Driving Clutch Half
G Grooves
H Channels (Operating Chamber)
I Groove
J Return Passage
K Oil Reservoir
L Cap
M Grooves
Location The viscous fan drive is located behind the engine, directly in front of the radiator (viewed in direction of travel).
The viscous fan drive is a temperature-controlled hydraulic fan clutch with speed control. It consists of driving clutch half (F) with drive shaft (A)
and driven clutch half (D) with reservoir (K). The fan carrier (B) is seated with bearings on drive shaft. The channels (H) of both clutch halves
form the operating chamber. The system is filled with a silicone fluid.
Torque is transmitted by means of the inner friction between the fluid and the surface of the operating chamber. The operating chamber surface
is enlarged by means of channels.
The amount of silicone fluid in viscous fan drive exceeds the capacity of reservoir so that there is always some fluid in the operating chamber.
Consequently, the driven clutch half turns even when the radiator is cold, but at a slower speed than the driving clutch half.
As the radiator gets warm, bimetallic spring (E) expands and opens reservoir cap (L). Centrifugal force causes fluid to flow from the reservoir
Theory of operation into the operating chamber. The high friction of the fluid in the operating chamber causes the speed of the driven clutch half to increase until
both halves are travelling at approx. the same speed.
Centrifugal force causes oil to be forced outwards through groove (I) and, due to rotational speed, to be carried via return channel (J) to the
reservoir. A cycle takes place. Fluid is constantly forced back into the reservoir and at the same time fluid is flowing into the operating chamber.
Because of the high fan speed, the radiator temperature drops. The bimetallic spring coil contracts, closing the reservoir cap and preventing
further silicone fluid from flowing to the operating chamber. Fluid continues to flow into the reservoir through groove (I). The amount of fluid in
the operating chamber decreases, reducing friction, and fan speed slows.
Grooves (G and M) enable fluid to flow quicker out of the operating chamber, enabling the viscous fan drive to react more quickly to changes in
the radiator temperature.
LEGEND:
A from the turbocharger
B to the engine
C Ambient air
Location The charge air cooler is located after the radiator directly under the engine hood as seen in direction of travel.
Operation The air coming with up to 200 °C (392 °F) from the turbocharger is cooled down to approx. 50 °C (122 °F) by the ambient air (C) flowing past.
Coolant Preheater
LEGEND:
A Coolant Preheater
B Socket
Coolant Preheater
The electrical heating element (A) heats the engine coolant, resulting in better starting performance. Furthermore, the engine reaches its
Theory of operation operating temperature more quickly.
The temperature of the coolant increases to approx. 50 °C (120 °F) above ambient temperature.
Transmission oil preheater (A) is used to warm up the lube oil and pilot oil in the clutch housing.
Theory of operation
As a result, transmission oil has a better viscosity when the tractor is started.
50EB - Solenoid Valve for Self-Centering of Steering Wheel, Diagnostic Schematic ......................... 576
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 578
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 580
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 582
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 584
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 586
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 588
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 590
Group 50EC - 50EC - Radar ................................................................................................................. 592
50EC - Radar, Summary of References ............................................................................................. 592
50EC - Radar, Diagnostic Schematic ................................................................................................ 593
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 595
Group 50ED - 50ED - JDLink™ Service ADVISOR™ Remote ........................................................... 598
50ED - JDLink™ Service ADVISOR™ Remote, Summary of References ............................................ 598
50ED - JDLink™ Service ADVISOR™ Remote, Diagnostic Schematic ................................................ 599
W024 - Antenna for Telematics (JDLink™ / Service ADVISOR™ Remote), Circuit Test ..................... 600
Group 50FA - 50FA - Electronic Engine Control .............................................................................. 601
50FA - Electronic Engine Control, Summary of References .............................................................. 601
50FA - Electronic Starting Aid (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ............................................................. 602
50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic .................................................................... 609
50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ............................................................................. 616
50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ....................................................................... 621
50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ............................................................ 626
50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ......................................................................... 631
50FA - DEF Dosing Unit Heater (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ........................................................... 636
50FA - Electronic Starting Aid (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic ............................. 641
50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic ..................................... 646
50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic ............................................. 651
50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic ....................................... 656
50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic ......................................... 661
50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic ......................................... 666
50FA - DEF Dosing Unit Heater (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic ........................... 671
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 676
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 679
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 683
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 686
Group 50FB - 50FB - Immobilizer ...................................................................................................... 688
50FB - Immobilizer, Summary of References .................................................................................... 688
50FB - Immobilizer (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic .............................................................................. 689
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 691
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 693
Group 50FC - 50FC - Fuel System ...................................................................................................... 694
50FC - Fuel System, Summary of References ................................................................................... 694
50FC - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ............................................................................. 695
50FC - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic ............................................. 697
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 699
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 702
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 704
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 706
Test Procedure ................................................................................................................................. 708
Group 50GA - 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission ............................................................................ 711
50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Summary of References ............................................................ 711
50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Reverse Drive Lever (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ..................... 712
50ID - LIN Bus - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Diagnostic Schematic ........................................................ 1193
50ID - LIN Bus Module (Multi-Function Lever), Diagnostic Schematic ............................................. 1195
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1196
Test Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1198
Group 50JA - 50JA - Bus Systems ..................................................................................................... 1201
50JA - CAN Bus Systems, Summary of References ......................................................................... 1201
50JA - LIN Bus Systems, Summary of References ........................................................................... 1201
50JA - Vehicle CAN Bus - (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ................................................................... 1202
50JA - Vehicle CAN Bus (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic ..................................... 1204
50JA - Implement CAN Bus, Diagnostic Schematic ......................................................................... 1206
50JA - Hitch CAN Bus (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ......................................................................... 1208
50JA - Hitch CAN Bus (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic ......................................... 1210
50JA - E-SCV CAN Bus, Diagnostic Schematic ................................................................................. 1212
50JA - Engine CAN Bus, Diagnostic Schematic ................................................................................ 1214
CAN Communication Fault Checks ................................................................................................. 1215
Voltage Check of CAN - and CAN + ................................................................................................ 1219
CAN Bus Check - Implement ........................................................................................................... 1222
Voltage Check of CAN - and CAN + ................................................................................................ 1227
Voltage Check of CAN - and CAN + ................................................................................................ 1229
Voltage Check of CAN - and CAN + ................................................................................................ 1232
Group 50X - 50X - Ground Connections .......................................................................................... 1235
50X - Ground Connections, Summary of References ...................................................................... 1235
50X - Ground Connections (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ................................................................ 1236
XGND1A - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic .................................................................... 1238
XGND5A - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic .................................................................... 1240
XGND9 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ...................................................................... 1242
XGND9C_XGND72 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ..................................................... 1243
XGND9D_XGND71 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ..................................................... 1243
XGND9F_X305F - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ......................................................... 1244
XGND10 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic .................................................................... 1245
XGND11 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic .................................................................... 1247
XGND15_X665F - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ......................................................... 1248
XGND40 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic .................................................................... 1249
XGND43A - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic .................................................................. 1250
XGND51H - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic .................................................................. 1252
XGND55_G001 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic .......................................................... 1253
XGND56 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic .................................................................... 1254
XGND64 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic .................................................................... 1255
XGND65_XGND73 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic ..................................................... 1256
XGND74 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic .................................................................... 1257
XGND76 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic .................................................................... 1258
50X - Ground Connections (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic ................................ 1259
XGND_G610 - Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic .............................. 1261
XGND1 - Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic ...................................... 1262
XGND2 - Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic ...................................... 1264
XGND5 - Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic ...................................... 1265
XGND9_X305F - Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic ........................... 1267
XGND74 - Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic .................................... 1268
Group 50ZZ - 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units ............................................................................... 1269
50ZZ - Electronic Control Units - Summary of References .............................................................. 1269
50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic
Schematic ................................................................................................................................ 1271
50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic
JT05791A or JDG1478—Multimeter
JT05791A or JDG1478—Multimeter
Multimeter
JT05791A or JDG1478
JDG10466
JDG11668
A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Wake-Up and Keep-Alive Voltage (Cab),Theory of Operation
Front-Wheel Drive with Auto Function, Theory of Operation
Differential Lock with Auto Function, Theory of Operation
A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Wake-Up and Keep-Alive Voltage (Cab), Theory of Operation
A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Wake-Up and Keep-Alive Voltage (Cab), Theory of Operation
The battery cut-off relay cuts off or connects the battery electrically with the vehicle electronics, under certain conditions.
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B139 B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Component Information
S005 S005 - Front-Wheel Drive Switch with Auto Function, Component Information
W201 W201/1: Cab Harness
W231 W231/1: Shift Console Harness
W471 W471/1: AutoTrac™ Wiring Harness (Wheel Angle Sensor) (6135M to 6195M Tractors)
W471 W471/2: AutoTrac™ Wiring Harness (Wheel Angle Sensor) (6100M to 6130M Tractors)
W511 W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
W511 W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W601/1: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6150M to 6170M
W601
Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6105M to 6140M
W601
Tractors
W601 W601/3: Transmission Harness (PowrReverser™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control)
X010 X010 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W231
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X637 X637 - Connection Point between Harnesses W451 and W471
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab)
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab) (Level 16 ECU)
XGND1A XGND1A - Ground Point
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point
Y003 Y003 - Front-Wheel Drive Solenoid Valve, Component Information
Front-wheel drive can be engaged and disengaged in all gears (forward and reverse), on-the-go and under load without using the clutch.
When the front-wheel drive is engaged, power is transferred from the range transmission via the front-wheel drive clutch to the u.j. shaft
which directly drives the front-wheel drive axle. The front-wheel drive is mechanically engaged by spring force and hydraulically
disengaged by oil pressure. When front-wheel drive is disengaged, the clutch piston is pressurized via the solenoid valve.
• Solenoid Valve ON - Front-Wheel Drive OFF
• Solenoid Valve OFF - Front-Wheel Drive ON
→NOTE:
The front-wheel drive is always activated if the travel speed is greater than 5 km/h (3.1 mph) and both brake pedals are
pushed.
OFF
Travel speed is greater than 23 km/h (14.3 mph)
above 19 km/h (11.8 mph) ON again
IMPORTANT:
The maximum possible steering angle for automatic mode of front-wheel drive depends on tire type, track width and
steering stop, and might be smaller than the value set in the diagnostic address. See CCU 173 - Automatic Switch-Off of
Front Wheel Drive Depending on Wheel Angle, Configuration in Section 245.
• Mechanical Front-Wheel Drive - Layout and Theory of Operation (6105M - 6140M Tractors) in Section 250A.
• Mechanical Front-Wheel Drive - Cooling and Lubrication (6105M - 6140M Tractors) in Section 250A.
Additional • Mechanical Front-Wheel Drive - Oil and Power Flows (6105M - 6140M Tractors) in Section 250A.
information: • Mechanical Front-Wheel Drive - Layout and Theory of Operation (6150M - 6170M Tractors) in Section 250A.
• Mechanical Front-Wheel Drive - Cooling and Lubrication (6150M - 6170M Tractors) in Section 250A.
• Mechanical Front-Wheel Drive - Oil and Power Flows (6150M - 6170M Tractors) in Section 250A.
LEGEND:
50ZZ - Electronic Control Units, Summary of References see Electronic Control Units (Cab) (Circuit
12V Supply (A018)
of the 12-Volt Supply Voltage)
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B139-2 B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Component Information
S022 S022 - Differential Lock Switch, Component Information
S080 S080 - Differential Lock Switch with Auto Function, Component Information
W201 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness
W231 W231/1: Shift Console Harness
W471 W471/1: AutoTrac™ Wiring Harness (Wheel Angle Sensor) (6135M to 6195M Tractors)
W471 W471/2: AutoTrac™ Wiring Harness (Wheel Angle Sensor) (6100M to 6130M Tractors)
W511 W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
W511 W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W601/1: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6150M
W601
to 6170M Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6105M
W601
to 6140M Tractors
W601 W601/3: Transmission Harness (PowrReverser™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control)
X010 X010 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W231
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X637 X637 - Connection Point between Harnesses W451 and W471
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab)
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab) (Level 16 ECU)
XGND1A XGND1A - Ground Point
Y005 Y005 - Differential Lock Solenoid Valve, Component Information
CAUTION:
Do not attempt to turn around with differential lock engaged!
If slippage varies between rear wheels, you can engage differential lock.
OFF
Travel speed is greater than 23 km/h (14.3 mph)
above 19 km/h (11.8 mph) ON again
IMPORTANT:
The maximum possible steering angle for automatic mode of differential lock depends on tire type, track width and
steering stop, and might be smaller than the value set in the diagnostic address. See CCU 178 - Automatic Switch Off of
Differential Lock Depending on Wheel Angle, Configuration in Section 245.
• Differential - Layout and Theory of Operation (6105M - 6140M Tractors) in Section 250A.
• Differential - Layout and Theory of Operation (6150M - 6170M Tractors) in Section 250A.
Additional information:
• Differential - Power Flows in Section 250A.
• Differential - Oil Flows in Section 250A.
50ZZ - Electronic Control Units (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit):
50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
50ZZ - Radio (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
50ZZ - Immobilizer Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
50ZZ - Cab Control Unit (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
50ZZ - Instrument Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
50ZZ - Engine Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
50ZZ - Circuit for Wake-Up Signal and Keep-Alive Voltage of Control Unit (Cab):
50ZZ - Circuit for Wake-Up Signal (Cab), Circuit Test
50ZZ - Circuit for Keep-Alive Voltage (Cab), Circuit Test
50ZZ - Electronic Control Units (Open Operator′s Station) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit):
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
50ZZ - Instrument Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
50ZZ - Engine Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic
Schematic
50ZZ - Electronic Control Units (Open Operator′s Station) (Circuit of the 5-Volt Supply Voltage):
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
50ZZ - Electronic Control Units (Open Operator′s Station) (Circuit of the 12-Volt Supply Voltage):
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
50ZZ - Circuit for Wake-Up Signal and Keep-Alive Voltage of Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station):
50ZZ - Circuit for Wake-Up Signal (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
Circuit Tests:
LEGEND:
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A136 A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Component Information
B028-1 B028-1 - Right Dome Light Switch, Component Information
B028-2 B028-2 - Left Dome Light Switch, Component Information
F031_BBO F031_BBO - Fuse, Component Information
F037_PLB PLB - Fuses, Component Information
G001 G001 - Battery, Component Information
G004 G004 - Alternator, Component Information
M001 M001 - Starter Motor, Component Information
S012 S012 - Key Switch, Component Information
S062 S062 - Hazard Warning Light Switch, Component Information
W011 W011/1: Wiring Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch (Chassis)
W012 W012/1: Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch and Access Step Light (Cab)
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W211/1 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W221 For Tractor Model, see:
• W221/1: Cab Roof Harness (ECE)
• W221/2: Cab Roof Harness (SAE)
W501 For Tractor Model, see:
• W501/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6195M Tractors
• W501/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
• W501/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
• W501/4: Engine Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W511 For Tractor Model, see:
• W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
• W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
X697 X697 - Connection Point between Harnesses W012 and W011
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W201 and W211 (Cab)
X781 X781 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W221
X782 For Tractor Model, see:
• X782 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab)
• X782 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab) (Level 16 ECU)
X1080 For Tractor Model, see:
X1080 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W511 (6-Cylinder Engines) or Connection
•
Point between Harnesses W502 and W511 (4-Cylinder Engines)
X1080 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W511 for Engines without Exhaust
•
Cleaning System (Level 16 ECU)
X1272 X1272 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 or W202 and W012
XGND10 XGND10 - Ground Point
XGND56 XGND56 - Ground Point
A002 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0052) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
A140 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0052) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
A155 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0052) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 1094 50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light, Diagnostic Schematic
Main Power Supply
50AA - Central Power Supply (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
(Cab)
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
F01/01_PLB PLB - Fuses, Component Information
F01/03_PLB PLB - Fuses, Component Information
F03/05_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F037_PLB PLB - Fuses, Component Information
G001 G001 - Battery, Component Information
K002 K002 - Starter Relay 1, Component Information
K003 K003 - Starter Relay 2, Component Information
M001 M001 - Starter Motor, Component Information
S012 S012 - Key Switch, Component Information
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W211/1 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W501 For Tractor Model, see:
• W501/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6195M Tractors
• W501/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
• W501/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
• W501/4: Engine Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W511 For Tractor Model, see:
• W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
• W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211 (Cab)
X782 For Tractor Model, see:
• X782 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab)
• X782 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab) (Level 16 ECU)
X1080 For Tractor Model, see:
X1080 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W511 (6-Cylinder Engines) or Connection
•
Point between Harnesses W502 and W511 (4-Cylinder Engines)
X1080 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W511 for Engines without Exhaust Cleaning
•
System (Level 16 ECU)
XGND9F XGND9 F- Ground Point
XGND55 XGND55 - Ground Point
CIRCUIT S012 (CAB) 50AA - Key Switch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
LEGEND:
F01/01_PLB PLB - Fuses, Component Information
F03/05_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/18_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/19_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/20_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F06/C_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K07/01_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
S012 S012 - Key Switch, Component Information
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W211/1 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211 (Cab)
XGND5A XGND5A - Ground Point
Main Power Supply (Cab) 50AA - Central Power Supply (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
LEGEND:
F01FRM/P7_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/05_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F04/01_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F04/02_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F04/03_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F04/04_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F04/05_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F06/E_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K01/02_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K02/01_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
S012 S012 - Key Switch, Component Information
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W211/1 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211 (Cab)
XGND5A XGND5A - Ground Point
CIRCUIT 0012 (Cab) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT S012 (CAB) 50AA - Key Switch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX1) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
LEGEND:
F01/01_PLB PLB - Fuses, Component Information
F01FRM/P6_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F02FRM/P7_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/05_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/11_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/12_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/13_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F06/A_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F06/D_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K01/02_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K02/01_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K02/02_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
S012 S012 - Key Switch, Component Information
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W211/1 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211 (Cab)
XGND5A XGND5A - Ground Point
CIRCUIT S012 (CAB) 50AA - Key Switch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
Main Power Supply (Cab) 50AA - Central Power Supply (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (IGN) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
A086 A086 - Engine Control Unit (Level 16 ECU), Component Information
F01/01_PLB PLB - Fuses, Component Information
F03/01_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/05_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K02/03_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K07/02_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
S012 S012 - Key Switch, Component Information
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W211/1 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W511 For Tractor Model, see:
• W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
• W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211 (Cab)
X782 For Tractor Model, see:
• X782 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab)
• X782 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab) (Level 16 ECU)
XGND5A XGND5A - Ground Point
CIRCUIT S012 (CAB) 50AA - Key Switch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
Main Power Supply (Cab) 50AA - Central Power Supply (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
Alternator (Cab)
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A136 A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Component Information
F030 F030 - Fuse for Electrical Starting Aid, Component Information
F037_PLB PLB - Fuses, Component Information
G001 G001 - Battery, Component Information
G004 G004 - Alternator, Component Information
M001 M001 - Starting Motor, Component Information
W011 W011/1: Wiring Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch (Chassis)
W012 W012/1: Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch and Access Step Light (Cab)
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W501 For Tractor Model, see:
• W501/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6195M Tractors
• W501/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
• W501/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
• W501/4: Engine Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W511 For Tractor Model, see:
• W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
• W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W571/1 W571/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Electrical Starting Aid) (4-Cylinder Engines)
X697 X697 - Connection Point between Harnesses W012 and W011
X782 For Tractor Model, see:
• X782 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab)
• X782 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab) (Level 16 ECU)
X860 X860
X1080 For Tractor Model, see:
X1080 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W511 (6-Cylinder Engines) or Connection Point
•
between Harnesses W502 and W511 (4-Cylinder Engines)
X1080 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W511 for Engines without Exhaust Cleaning System
•
(Level 16 ECU)
X1272 X1272 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 or W202 and W012
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A136 A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Component Information
F037_PLB PLB - Fuses, Component Information
F01/01_PLB PLB - Fuses, Component Information
F01FRM/P6_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F01FRM/P7_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F01FRM/P8_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F02FRM/P6_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F02FRM/P8_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/01_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/02_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/03_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/04_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/05_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/06_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/08_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/09_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/14_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/17_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F04/07_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F04/08_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F06/B_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F06/C_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F06/F_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K04/01_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
G001 G001 - Battery, Component Information
W011 W011/1: Wiring Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch (Chassis)
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
LEGEND:
A136 A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Component Information
F01/01_PLB PLB - Fuses, Component Information
F01/02_PLB PLB - Fuses, Component Information
F01/03_PLB PLB - Fuses, Component Information
F031 F031_BBO - Fuse, Component Information
F035 PSB - Fuses and Relays, Component Information
F036 PSB - Fuses and Relays, Component Information
F037_PLB PLB - Fuses, Component Information
G001 G001 - Battery, Component Information
G004 G004 - Alternator, Component Information
M001 M001 - Starter Motor, Component Information
X860 X860
W011 W011/1: Wiring Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch (Chassis)
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
A136 A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Component Information
F03/05_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K02/01_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K002 K002 - Starter Relay 1, Component Information
K003 K003 - Starter Relay 2, Component Information
K07/01_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K07/02_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
S012 S012 - Key Switch, Component Information
W011 W011/1: Wiring Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch (Chassis)
W012 W012/1: Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch and Access Step Light (Cab)
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W211/1 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W511 For Tractor Model, see:
• W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
• W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
X697 X697 - Connection Point between Harnesses W012 and W011
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W201 and W211 (Cab)
X782 For Tractor Model, see:
• X782 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab)
• X782 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab) (Level 16 ECU)
X1272 X1272 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 or W202 and W012
XGND40 XGND40 - Ground Point
CIRCUIT 0012 (Cab) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
LEGEND:
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
A140-1 A140 - Radio, Component Information
A140-2 A140 - Radio, Component Information
A155 A155 - Control Unit for Telematics (JDLink™ / Service ADVISOR™ Remote), Component Information
F031 F031_BBO - Fuse, Component Information
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W211/1 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W221 For Tractor Model, see:
• W221/1: Cab Roof Harness (ECE)
• W221/2: Cab Roof Harness (SAE)
W431/1 W431/1: Control Unit Wiring Harness TEC (CAN Bus Implement (ISOBUS)) and JDLink™
W441/1 W441/1: Wiring Harness for JDLink™
X697 X697 - Connection Point between Harnesses W012 and W011
X712 X712 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W201 or W431
X712-1 X712-1 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W431
X712-3 X712-3 - Connection Point between Harnesses W431 and W441
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211
X781 X781 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W221
X1272 X1272 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 or W202 and W012
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point
A136 A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Wake-Up and Keep-Alive Voltage (Cab),Theory of Operation
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B036 B036 - Neutral Start Switch, Component Information
F01/01_PLB PLB - Fuses, Component Information
F01/03_PLB PLB - Fuses, Component Information
F03/02_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
F037_PLB PLB - Fuses, Component Information
G001 G001 - Battery, Component Information
K002 K002 - Starter Relay 1, Component Information
K003 K003 - Starter Relay 2, Component Information
M001 M001 - Starter Motor, Component Information
S012 S012 - Key Switch, Component Information
W202/1 W202/1: Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W212/1 W212/1: Cowl Harness (Open Operator′s Platform)
W501 For Tractor Model, see:
• W501/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6195M Tractors
• W501/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
• W501/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
• W501/4: Engine Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W511 For Tractor Model, see:
• W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
• W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W602 For Tractor Model, see:
W602/1: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Mechanical Reverser Control)
•
for 6155M Tractors
W602/1: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Mechanical Reverser Control)
•
for 6100M to 6145M Tractors
X287 X287 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W202 and W602 (Open Operator′s Platform)
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W212 and W202 (Open Operator′s Platform)
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W511 and W202 (Open Operator′s Platform)
XGND1 XGND1 - Ground Point
XGND9 XGND9 - Ground Point
CIRCUIT S012 (OOS) 50AA - Key Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
LEGEND:
F03/01_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
F03/02_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
F03/05_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
F03/06_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
F03/07_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
K02/C_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
K02/D_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
K04/01_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
K04/02_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
S012 S012 - Key Switch, Component Information
W202/1 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W212/1 W212/1: Cowl Harness (Open Operator′s Platform)
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W212 and W202 (Open Operator′s Platform)
XGND1 XGND1 - Ground Point
CIRCUIT 0012 (OOS) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT S012 (OOS) 50AA - Key Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (IGN) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
F03/02_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
F03/10_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
F03/17_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
K02/A_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
K02/F_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
S012 S012 - Key Switch, Component Information
W202/1 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W212/1 W212/1: Cowl Harness (Open Operator′s Platform)
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W212 and W202 (Open Operator′s Platform)
XGND1 XGND1 - Ground Point
CIRCUIT 0012 (OOS) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50AA - Power Supply to Accessories (ACC) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
F03/02_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
F03/16_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
F03/19_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
F03/20_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
K01/01_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
S012 S012 - Key Switch, Component Information
W202/1 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W212/1 W212/1: Cowl Harness (Open Operator′s Platform)
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W212 and W202 (Open Operator′s Platform)
XGND1 XGND1 - Ground Point
CIRCUIT 0012 (OOS) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT S012 (OOS) 50AA - Key Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
F030 F030 - Fuse for Electrical Starting Aid, Component Information
F037 PLB - Fuses, Component Information
G001 G001 - Battery, Component Information
G004 G004 - Alternator, Component Information
W202/1 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Station
W501 For Tractor Model, see:
• W501/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6195M Tractors
• W501/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
• W501/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
• W501/4: Engine Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W511 For Tractor Model, see:
• W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
• W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W202 (Open Operator′s Platform)
X1080 For Tractor Model, see:
X1080 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W511 (6-Cylinder Engines) or Connection Point
•
between Harnesses W502 and W511 (4-Cylinder Engines)
X1080 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W511 for Engines without Exhaust Cleaning
•
System (Level 16 ECU)
Main Power
50AA - Central Power Supply (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
Supply (OOS)
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
F01/01_PLB PLB - Fuses, Component Information
F01/02_PLB PLB - Fuses, Component Information
F01/03_PLB PLB - Fuses, Component Information
F030 F030 - Fuse for Electrical Starting Aid, Component Information
F037_PLB PLB - Fuses, Component Information
G001 G001 - Battery, Component Information
G004 G004 - Alternator, Component Information
W202/1 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Station
W501 For Tractor Model, see:
• W501/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6195M Tractors
• W501/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
• W501/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
• W501/4: Engine Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W511 For Tractor Model, see:
• W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
• W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W202 (Open Operator′s Platform)
X1080 For Tractor Model, see:
X1080 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W511 (6-Cylinder Engines) or Connection Point
•
between Harnesses W502 and W511 (4-Cylinder Engines)
X1080 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W511 for Engines without Exhaust Cleaning System
•
(Level 16 ECU)
50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
F01/01_PLB PLB - Fuses, Component Information
F03/01_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/02_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/03_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/04_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/11_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/12_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/13_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/14_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/15_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/16_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/17_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/18_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K02/A_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
W202/1 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Station
Main Power Supply (OOS) 50AA - Central Power Supply (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
B036 B036 - Neutral Start Switch, Component Information
F03/02_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
K01/01_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
K02/C_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
K02/F_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
K003 K003 - Starter Relay 2, Component Information
S012 S012 - Key Switch, Component Information
W202/1 W202/1: Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W212/2 W212/1: Cowl Harness (Open Operator′s Platform)
W511 For Tractor Model, see:
• W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
• W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W602 For Tractor Model, see:
W602/1: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Mechanical Reverser Control)
•
for 6155M Tractors
W602/2: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Mechanical Reverser Control)
•
for 6100M to 6145M Tractors
X287 X287 - Connection Point between Harnesses W202 and W602 (Open Operator′s Platform)
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W212 and W202 (Open Operator′s Platform)
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W202 (Open Operator′s Station)
XGND1 XGND1 - Ground Point
CIRCUIT 0012 (OOS) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
The connector of battery cut-off relay (X326F-1) is not physically accessible. The following test applies
exclusively to accessible connectors.
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
NO:Check lead for open circuit, shorted circuit, grounded circuit and high resistance. Recondition as needed, and perform
operational check.
Action:
Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
NO:Check lead for open circuit, shorted circuit, grounded circuit and high resistance. Recondition as needed, and perform
operational check.
Action:
Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check lead for open circuit, shorted circuit, grounded circuit and high resistance. Recondition as needed, and perform
operational check.
Action:
Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:Check lead for open circuit, shorted circuit, grounded circuit and high resistance. Recondition as needed, and perform
operational check.
Action:
Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 ohms
Result:
YES:Check component and replace, if necessary; see A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Component Information.
NO:If equipped, check other wiring harness connectors for dirty, pushed back or loose pins. Repair the lead and perform an
operational check.
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50AA - Starting Motor (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
B036 - Neutral Start Switch, Component Information in Section 249.
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
3. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X093F, pin A and connector X027F-1, pin B2.
4. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
Diagnostic schematic:
50AA - Alternator (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
G004 - Alternator, Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
Action:
G004 - Alternator
Battery Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 12.5 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 2
NO:Voltage below specification. Replace the battery and perform an operational check.
Action:
→NOTE:
When the engine starts, the alternator is activated via the LIN bus to generate voltage. Once the engine
is running, the alternator generates a voltage that is higher than the battery voltage. To prevent it from
increasing excessively with increasing engine speed, the alternator output voltage is limited.
CAUTION:
Always engage the park lock when performing tests with the engine running.
CAUTION:
During tests with the engine running, there is a risk of injury from moving parts.
G004 - Alternator
Output Voltage Voltage 13.8 - 15.8 V
Result:
YES:Test completed.
NO:• Voltage below specification. GO TO 3 . • Voltage above specification. Replace the alternator and perform an operational
check.
Action:
For checking the LIN bus communication, see Voltage Check of LIN Bus - Alternator, Section 240.
Result:
Diagnostic schematic:
50AA - Alternator (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
G004 - Alternator, Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
Action:
G004 - Alternator
Battery Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 12.5 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 2
NO:Voltage below specification. Replace the battery and perform an operational check.
Action:
→NOTE:
When the engine starts, the alternator is activated via the LIN bus to generate voltage. Once the engine
is running, the alternator generates a voltage that is higher than the battery voltage. To prevent it from
increasing excessively with increasing engine speed, the alternator output voltage is limited.
CAUTION:
Always engage the park lock when performing tests with the engine running.
CAUTION:
During tests with the engine running, there is a risk of injury from moving parts.
G004 - Alternator
Output Voltage Voltage 13.8 - 15.8 V
Result:
YES:Test completed.
NO:• Voltage below specification. GO TO 3 . • Voltage above specification. Replace the alternator and perform an operational
check.
Action:
For checking the LIN bus communication, see Voltage Check of LIN Bus - Alternator, Section 240.
Result:
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX1) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses: F03/05_LCSF01FRM/P6_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab),
Component Information .
Ground point: See: XGND5A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
3. Check the slot for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check Connectors in
Section 210.
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:• Recondition defective lead 0085 and perform operational check.• K02/02_LCS - Diode for Power Supply to Electronics
(Cab), Circuit Test
NO:• Recondition defective lead 0192 and perform operational check.• Perform K02/01_LCS - Relay for Power Supply to
Electronics (RUN) (Cab), Circuit Test .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50AA - Power Supply to Accessories (ACC) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses: F03/02_LCSF03/16_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s
Station), Component Information .
Ground point: See: XGND1 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
Check lead
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Section 210.
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Repair defective lead 0192 and perform an operational check.• K02/01_LCS - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (RUN)
(Cab), Circuit Test
Action:
Check lead
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 74 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
Check lead
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX1) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND5A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses: F03/02_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station),
Component Information .
Ground point: See: XGND1 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:• Recondition defective lead 0085 and perform operational check.• K02/D_LCS - Diode for Power Supply to Electronics
(Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
Action:
Check lead
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND1 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (IGN) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
F03/02_LCS
F03/17_LCS
For an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information .
Ground point: See: XGND1 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses: F03/01_LCSF03/02_FRMFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s
Station), Component Information .
Ground point: See: XGND1 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Repair defective lead 0192 and perform an operational check.• K02/C_LCS - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (RUN)
(Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
Action:
Check lead
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50AA - Power Supply to Accessories (ACC1) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
F03/05_LCS
F06/C_LCS
For an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information .
Ground point: See: XGND5A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
Check lead
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (IGN) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
F03/01_LCS
F03/05_LCS
For an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information .
Ground point: See: XGND5A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
Check lead
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50AA - Starting Motor (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
F03/05_LCS
F01/03_PLB
For an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab), Component Information or PLB - Fuses,
Component Information .
Ground point: See: XGND9 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
K002 - Starter Relay 1, Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Starter relay 1
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Starter relay 1
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V
Result:
Action:
Check lead
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50AA - Starting Motor (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
F03/02_LCS
F01/03_PLB
For an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information or
PLB - Fuses, Component Information .
Ground point: See: XGND9 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
K002 - Starter Relay 1, Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Check lead
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
2. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance between slot K002, pin 5 and slot K003, pin 5.
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 8 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50AA - Starting Motor (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses): F03/05_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
.
Ground point: See: XGND9 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
K003 - Starter Relay 2, Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Starter relay 2
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Starter relay 2
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 8 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 9 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 10 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 100 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 101 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50AA - Starting Motor (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses): F03/02_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station),
Component Information .
Ground point: See: XGND9 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
K003 - Starter Relay 2, Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Starter relay 2
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 102 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Starter relay 2
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 103 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 8 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 9 .
Action:
Result:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 104 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 105 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Starter Motor
Circuit Voltage Voltage 12 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
NO:Check lead 0302 for open circuit, shorted circuit, grounded circuit and high resistance. Recondition as needed, and perform
operational check.
Action:
Continuity
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 106 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit
Result:
NO:If equipped, check other wiring harness connectors for dirty, pushed back or loose pins. Recondition lead 5059 and perform
operational check.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 107 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50AA - Ignition Switch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage (on tractors with cab):
F03/05_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information .
Ground point: See: XGND56 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S012 - Key Switch, Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. OIC 021 - Come-Home Connector, Operator Presence Switch and Ignition Switch, Status in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 108 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Ignition switch
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Ignition switch
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 109 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 8 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 9 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 110 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit
Result:
YES:GO TO 10 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 11 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 12 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 13 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 111 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit
Result:
YES:GO TO 14 .
Action:
1. Disconnect Connector X697 - Connection Point between Harnesses W012 and W011 .
2. Check the slot for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check Connectors in
Section 210.
Result:
YES:GO TO 15 .
Action:
1. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X327F, pin 4 and connector X697F, pin 6.
2. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification
Result:
YES:GO TO 16 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 112 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50AA - Ignition Switch (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
F03/02_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component
Information .
Ground point: See: XGND1 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S012 - Key Switch, Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. OIC 021 - Come-Home Connector, Operator Presence Switch and Ignition Switch, Status in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 113 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Ignition switch
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Ignition switch
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 8 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 9 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 10 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 115 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AA: 50AA - Starter Motor and Charging Circuit
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 11 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 12 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 13 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 116 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AC: 50AC - External Cold Start Aid
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 117 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AC: 50AC - External Cold Start Aid
Diagnostic schematic:
Circuit Tests:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 118 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AC: 50AC - External Cold Start Aid
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 119 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AC: 50AC - External Cold Start Aid
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 120 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50AC: 50AC - External Cold Start Aid
50AC - External Cold Start Aids (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50AC - External Cold Start Aids (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 121 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 122 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
50BA - Parking Lights and Headlights (Switch) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Platform) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic
50BA - Parking Lights (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Station) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic
50BA - Headlights (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
Circuit Tests:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 123 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
LEGEND:
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
CIRCUIT 0012 (Cab) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
F04/08 LCS F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Information
S009 S009 - Light Switch, Component Information
S147 S147 - Turn-Signal Lever, Component Information
W211 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab)
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 124 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 125 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 126 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
E003 E003 - Left Clearance Light (ECE), Component Information
E004 E004 - Right Clearance Light (ECE), Component Information
E013 E013 - Left Tail Light, Component Information
E014 E014 - Right Tail Light, Component Information
E021 E021 - License Plate Light, Component Information
W031 W031/1: Wiring Harness for 7-Pin Socket (ECE) at Rear
W033 W033/1: Harness for 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Front (Adapter) for 6130M to 6170M Tractors
W033 W033/2: Harness for 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Front (Adapter) for 6105M to 6125M Tractors
W111 W111/1: Wiring Harness for Lights on Cab Frame
W201 W201/1: Cab Harness
W221 W221/1: Cab Roof Harness (ECE)
W601/1: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6150M to 6170M
W601
Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6105M to 6140M
W601
Tractors
W601 W601/3: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrReverser™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control)
X005 X005 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Rear, Component Information
X171F-1 X171F-1 - Connection Point of Worklights on Rear Fender
X171F-2 X171F-2 - Connecting Point, License Plate Light (ECE)
X171M-1 X171M-1 - Connection Point of License Plate Light (ECE) or Worklight on Left Fender
X171M-2 X171M-2 - Connection Point of License Plate Light (ECE) or Worklight on Left Fender
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X442 X442 - Connection Point between Harnesses W221 and W111
X443 X443 - Connection Point between Harnesses W221 and W111
X781 X781 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W221
X883 X883 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Front, Component Information
X1235 X1235 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 or W202 and W031 or W033
X1235-1 X1235-1 - Connection Point between Harnesses W033 and W031
XGND1A XGND1A - Ground Point
XGND5A XGND5A - Ground Point
XGDN10 XGND10 - Ground Point
XGND76 XGND76 - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 127 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
E013 E013 - Left Tail Light, Component Information
E014 E014 - Right Tail Light, Component Information
E021 E021 - License Plate Light, Component Information
W031 W031/2: Wiring Harness for 7-Pin Socket (SAE)
W033 W033/1: Harness for 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Front (Adapter) for 6130M to 6170M Tractors
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 128 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
W033 W033/2: Harness for 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Front (Adapter) for 6105M to 6125M Tractors
W201 W201/1: Cab Harness
W601/1: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6150M to 6170M
W601
Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6105M to 6140M
W601
Tractors
W601 W601/3: Transmission Harness (PowrReverser™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control)
X023 X023 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (SAE), Component Information
X171F-2 X171F-2 - Connecting Point, License Plate Light (ECE)
X171M-2 X171M-2 - Connection Point of License Plate Light (ECE) or Worklight on Left Fender
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X1235 X1235 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 or W202 and W031 or W033
X1235-1 X1235-1 - Connection Point between Harnesses W033 and W031
XGND1A XGND1A - Ground Point
XGND5A XGND5A - Ground Point
XGND76 XGND76 - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 129 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 130 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
E007 E007 - Left Headlight on Cab Frame, Component Information
E008 E008 - Right Headlight on Cab Frame, Component Information
E074-R E074-R - Right Low-Beam Headlight, Component Information
E074-L E074-L - Left Low-Beam Headlight, Component Information
E075-R E075-R - Right High-Beam Headlight, Component Information
E075-L E075-L - Left High-Beam Headlight, Component Information
S011-2 S011-2 - Switch for Headlights on Cab Frame, Component Information
Keep Alive CIRCUIT (Cab) 50ZZ - Circuit for Keep-Alive Voltage (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
W101 W101/1: Engine Hood Wiring Harness for 6130M to 6170M Tractors
W101 W101/2: Engine Hood Wiring Harness for 6105M to 6125M Tractors
W102 W102/1: Engine Hood Wiring Harness (Adapter) for 6105M to 6125M Tractors
W111 W111/1: Wiring Harness for Lights on Cab Frame
W201 W201/1: Cab Harness
W221 W221/1: Cab Roof Harness (ECE)
W221 W221/2: Cab Roof Harness (SAE)
W511 W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6130M to 6170M Tractors
W511 W511/2: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6105M to 6125M Tractors
W511 W511/5: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6140M and 6170M Tractors (Level 16 ECU)
W511 W511/6: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6105M and 6125M Tractors (Level 16 ECU)
X101M X101M - Connector of Switch for Worklights on Cab Frame or Headlights on Cab Frame
X110F X110F - Connector of Left Headlight on Cab Frame or Left Worklight on Cab Frame
X111F X111F - Connector of Left Headlight on Cab Frame
X115F X115F - Connector of Right Headlight on Cab Frame or Right Worklight on Cab Frame
X116F X116F - Connector of Right Headlight on Cab Frame
X442 X442 - Connection Point between Harnesses W221 and W111
X443 X443 - Connection Point between Harnesses W221 and W111
X781 X781 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W221
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W201
X1233 X1233 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W101 or W102
X1233-2 X1233-2 - Connection Point between Harnesses W102 and W101
XGDN9 XGND9 - Ground Point
XGDN10 XGND10 - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 131 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
LEGEND:
CIRCUIT ELX 2 (Cab) 50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX2) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
H020-L H020-L - Left Trailering Light, Component Information
H020-M H020-M - Middle Trailering Light, Component Information
H020-R H020-R - Right Trailering Light, Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 132 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 133 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
50BA - Parking Light and Headlights (Switch) (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic
LEGEND:
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
S009 S009 - Light Switch, Component Information
S010 S010 - Low-Beam/High-Beam Switch (Open Operator′s Platform), Component Information
F03/15 LCS F03LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Open Operator′s Platform), Component Information
W202 W202/1: Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W212 W212/1: Cowl Harness (Open Operator′s Platform)
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W212 and W202 (Open Operator′s Platform)
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 134 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Platform) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic
50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Platform) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 135 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
E003 E003 - Left Clearance Light (ECE), Component Information
E004 E004 - Right Clearance Light (ECE), Component Information
E013 E013 - Left Tail Light, Component Information
E014 E014 - Right Tail Light, Component Information
E021 E021 - License Plate Light, Component Information
W031 W031/1: Wiring Harness for 7-Pin Socket (ECE) at Rear
W112 W112/1: Wiring Harness for Turn-Signal Light and Clearance Light (Open Operator′s Platform)
W202 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W212 W212/1: Cowl Harness (Open Operator′s Platform)
X005 X005 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Rear, Component Information
X041 X041F - Connector of Left Auxiliary Light
X051 X051F - Connector of Right Auxiliary Light
X120-1F1 X120-1F - Connector of Light for Air Brake Pressure Gauge
X120-1F2 X120-1F - Connector of Light for Air Brake Pressure Gauge
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W212 and W202 (Open Operator′s Platform)
X1235 X1235 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W601 or W202 and W031 or W033
XGND1 XGND1 - Ground Point
XGND5 XGND5 - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 136 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Platform) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic
50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Platform) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 137 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
E003 E003 - Left Clearance Light (ECE), Component Information
E004 E004 - Right Clearance Light (ECE), Component Information
E013 E013 - Left Tail Light, Component Information
E014 E014 - Right Tail Light, Component Information
E021 E021 - License Plate Light, Component Information
W031 W031/1: Wiring Harness for 7-Pin Socket (ECE) at Rear
W112 W112/1: Wiring Harness for Turn-Signal Light and Clearance Light (Open Operator′s Platform)
W202 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W212 W212/1: Cowl Harness (Open Operator′s Platform)
X023 X023 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (SAE), Component Information
X041 X041F - Connector of Left Auxiliary Light
X051 X051F - Connector of Right Auxiliary Light
X120-1F1 X120-1F - Connector of Light for Air Brake Pressure Gauge
X120-1F2 X120-1F - Connector of Light for Air Brake Pressure Gauge
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W212 and W202 (Open Operator′s Platform)
X1235 X1235 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W601 or W202 and W031 or W033
XGND1 XGND1 - Ground Point
XGND5 XGND5 - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 138 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 139 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
E074-R E074-R - Right Low-Beam Headlight, Component Information
E074-L E074-L - Left Low-Beam Headlight, Component Information
E075-R E075-R - Right High-Beam Headlight, Component Information
E075-L E075-L - Left High-Beam Headlight, Component Information
W101 W101/1: Engine Hood Wiring Harness for 6130M to 6170M Tractors
W101 W101/2: Engine Hood Wiring Harness for 6105M to 6125M Tractors
W102 W102/1: Engine Hood Wiring Harness (Adapter) for 6105M to 6125M Tractors
W202 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W511 W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6130M to 6170M Tractors
W511 W511/2: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6105M to 6125M Tractors
W511 W511/5: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6140M and 6170M Tractors (Level 16 ECU)
W511 W511/6: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6105M and 6125M Tractors (Level 16 ECU)
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W511 and W202 (Open Operator′s Platform)
X1233 X1233 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W101 or W102
X1233-2 X1233-2 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W102 and W101
XGDN9 XGND9 - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 140 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BA - Wiring Harness for Trailering Lights (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND1A - Ground Point .
Fuse:
Fuse on tractors with cab: See: F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Informationfuse F04/04.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
H020-L - Left Trailering Light, Component Information in Section 249.
H020-M - Middle Trailering Light, Component Information in Section 249.
H020-R - Right Trailering Light, Component Information in Section 249.
S077 - Switch for Trailering Lights, Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 141 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Trailering lights
Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check fuse F04/04. If necessary, repair defective lead and perform an operational check.
( 4 ) Ground check
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 142 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 8 .
NO:Short to ground present; repair defective lead and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 9 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 143 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
Action:
Result:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 144 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Cab) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Platform) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Ground point on tractors with open operator′s platform: See: XGND5 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E003 - Left Clearance Light (ECE), Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. BLC 037 - Output for Left Clearance Light (ECE) and Right Tail Light, Current and Status in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 145 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Clearance Light
Resistance of component Resistance 25—35 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 146 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 147 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Cab) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Platform) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Ground point on tractors with open operator′s platform: See: XGND5 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E004 - Right Clearance Light (ECE), Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. BLC 038 - Output for Right Clearance Light (ECE) and Left Tail Light, Current and Status in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 148 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Clearance Light
Resistance of component Resistance 25—35 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 149 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 150 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BA - Road Lights (Outputs) (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E007 - Left Headlight on Cab Frame, Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. BLC 021 - Output for Left Low-Beam Headlight on Cab Frame, Current and Status in Section 245.
2. BLC 023 - Output for Left and Right High-Beam Headlights on Cab Frame, Left and Right Worklights on Cab Frame,
Current and Status in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 151 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Low-beam headlight
Resistance of component Resistance 1.5—3.5 Ω
High-beam headlight
Resistance of component Resistance 1.5—3.5 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 152 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 153 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BA - Road Lights (Outputs) (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E008 - Right Headlight on Cab Frame, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. BLC 022 - Output for Right Low-Beam Headlight on Cab Frame, Current and Status in Section 245.
2. BLC 023 - Output for Left and Right High-Beam Headlights on Cab Frame, Left and Right Worklights on Cab Frame,
Current and Status in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 154 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Low-beam headlight
Resistance of component Resistance 1.5—3.5 Ω
High-beam headlight
Resistance of component Resistance 1.5—3.5 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 155 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 156 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Cab) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Platform) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Platform) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND5A - Ground Point .
Ground point on tractors with open operator′s platform: See: XGND5 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E013 - Left Tail Light, Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. BLC 038 - Output for Right Clearance Light (ECE) and Left Tail Light, Current and Status in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 157 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Tail light
Resistance of component Resistance 25—35 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 158 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 159 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Cab) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Platform) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Platform) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND5A - Ground Point .
Ground point on tractors with open operator′s platform: See: XGND5 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E014 - Right Tail Light, Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. BLC 037 - Output for Left Clearance Light (ECE) and Right Tail Light, Current and Status in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 160 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Tail light
Resistance of component Resistance 25—35 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 161 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 162 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Cab) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Platform) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Platform) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND76 - Ground Point .
Ground point on tractors with open operator′s platform: See: XGND5 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E021 - License Plate Light, Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. BLC 038 - Output for Right Clearance Light (ECE) and Left Tail Light, Current and Status in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 163 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
License Plate Light (ECE) or of Worklight on Rear of Left Fender, or X113F-2 - Connector of Right License Plate Light (ECE)
or of Worklight on Rear of Right Fender. E021 - License Plate Light, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 164 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 165 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BA - Headlights (Outputs) (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BA - Headlights (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND9 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E074-L - Left Low-Beam Headlight, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. BLC 018 - Left Low-Beam Headlight, Display in Amps and Status in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 166 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Low-beam headlight
Resistance of component Resistance 1.5—3.5 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 167 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 168 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BA - Headlights (Outputs) (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BA - Headlights (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND9 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E074-R - Right Low-Beam Headlight, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. BLC 019 - Right Low-Beam Headlight, Display in Amps and Status in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 169 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Low-beam headlight
Resistance of component Resistance 1.5—3.5 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 170 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 171 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BA - Headlights (Outputs) (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BA - Headlights (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND9 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E075-L - Left High-Beam Headlights, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. BLC 020 - Right and Left High-Beam Headlights, Display in Amps and Status in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 172 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
High-beam headlight
Resistance of component Resistance 1.5—3.5 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 173 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 174 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BA - Headlights (Outputs) (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BA - Headlights (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND9 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E075-R - Right High-Beam Headlight, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. BLC 020 - Right and Left High-Beam Headlights, Display in Amps and Status in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 175 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
High-beam headlight
Resistance of component Resistance 1.5—3.5 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 176 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 177 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BA - Parking Light and Headlights (Switch) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BA - Parking Light and Headlights (Switch) (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Fuse:
Fuse on tractors with cab: See: F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Informationfuse F04/08.
Fuse on tractors without cab: See: F03LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Open Operator′s Station), Component Informationfuse
F03/15.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S009 - Light Switch, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 178 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Light switch
Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
( 5 ) Check circuit
Action:
Status
Jumper placed between pin B (0632) and pin C (1058) of connector S009F 1XXX
Jumper placed between pin B (0632) and pin M (1003) of connector S009F X1XX
Jumper placed between pin B (0632) and pin H (1035) of connector S009F XX1X
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 179 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
Result:
NO:GO TO 6 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 8 .
Action:
Result:
YES:• Replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.
NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 180 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BA - Parking Light and Headlights (Switch) (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Fuse:
See: F03LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Open Operator′s Station), Component Informationfuse F03/15.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S010 - Low-Beam/High-Beam Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. FCC 010 - High-Beam Switch, Wake-up Signal and ELX Supply Voltage, Status in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 181 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check fuse F03/15. If necessary, repair defective lead and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 182 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
Action:
Result:
YES:• Replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.
NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 183 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BA - Road Lights (Outputs) (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S011-2 - Switch for Headlights on Cab Frame, Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 184 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
NO:Circuit test: Perform 50ZZ - Circuit for Keep-Alive Voltage (Cab), Circuit Testin Section 240.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:• Replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.
NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 185 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
Additional references:
Operational check:
FCC 008 - Switch for Turn-Signal Lights, Status in Section 245.
FCC 010 - High-Beam Switch, Wake-up Signal and ELX Supply Voltage, Status in Section 245.
Diagnostic schematic:
50BA - Parking Light and Headlights (Switch) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BA - Parking Lights and Headlights (Switch) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Cab) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S147 - Turn-Signal Lever, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
1.1
See FCC 008 - Switch for Turn-Signal Lights, Status in Section 245.
Result:
YES:GO TO 1.2 .
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
1.2
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 186 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
See FCC 010 - High-Beam Switch, Wake-up Signal and ELX Supply Voltage, Status in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 7 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Turn-signal lever
Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check supply voltage of main control unit, lead 0432; see 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units - Summary of References in
Section 240.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 187 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X487F, pin D (1027) and connector X001F, pin 11 (1027).
3. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X487F, pin G (1055) and connector X001F, pin 10 (1055).
4. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
Result:
YES:No short to ground present.• Replace component and perform an operational check.
NO:Short to ground present.• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 8 .
Action:
Turn-signal lever
Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 10 .
NO:GO TO 9 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 188 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 11 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 12 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 189 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
Result:
YES:No short to ground present.• Replace component and perform an operational check.
NO:Short to ground present.• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 190 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BA: 50BA - Lights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BC - Backlighting (Cab), Diagnostic Schematics in Section 240.
50BA - Parking Lights (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Station) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BA - Parking Light (Outputs) (Open Operator′s Platform) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND40 - Ground Point .
Ground point on tractors with open operator′s platform: See: XGND1 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
X120-1F - Connector of Light for Air-Brake Pressure Gauge in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. BLC 038 - Output for Right Clearance Light (ECE) and Left Tail Light, Current and Status in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 191 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
249.
4. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 192 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 193 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Circuit Tests:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 194 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 195 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
LEGEND:
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
E018-1R E018-1R - Right Inner Worklight on Front of Roof, Component Information
E018-1L E018-1L - Left Inner Worklight on Front of Roof, Component Information
E018-2R E018-2R - Right Outer Worklight on Front of Roof, Component Information
E018-2L E018-2L - Left Outer Worklight on Front of Roof, Component Information
S092-1 S092-1 - Switch for Inner and Outer Worklights on Front of Roof, Component Information
S092-3 S092-3 - Switch for Inner or Outer Worklights on Front of Roof, Component Information
W121 W121/1: Wiring Harness for Worklights on Cab Roof
W201 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness
W211 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W221 W221/1: Cab Roof Harness (ECE)
W221 W221/2: Cab Roof Harness (SAE)
Keep Alive CIRCUIT
50ZZ - Circuit for Keep-Alive Voltage (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
(Cab)
X434F-1 - Connector of Right Inner Worklight on Front of Roof or Connection Point between Wiring
X434F1
Harnesses W221 and W121
X434F-2 - Connector of Left Inner Worklight on Front of Roof or Connection Point between Wiring
X434F2
Harnesses W221 and W121
X472 X472M-1 - Connector of Switch for Worklights on Front of Roof
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211 (Cab)
X781 X781 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W221
XGDN10 XGND10 - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 196 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 197 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
E011-1R E011-1R - Right Inner Worklight on Rear of Roof, Component Information
E011-1L E011-1L - Left Inner Worklight on Rear of Roof, Component Information
E011-2R E011-2R - Right Outer Worklight on Rear of Roof, Component Information
E011-2L E011-2L - Left Outer Worklight on Rear of Roof, Component Information
S092-2 S092-2 - Switch for Inner and Outer Worklights on Rear of Roof, Component Information
S092-4 S092-4 - Switch for Outer Worklights on Rear of Roof, Component Information
S092-5 S092-5 - Switch for Inner Worklights on Rear of Roof, Component Information
W121 W121/1: Wiring Harness for Worklights on Cab Roof
W201 W201/1: Cab Harness
W221 W221/1: Cab Roof Harness (ECE)
W221 W221/2: Cab Roof Harness (SAE)
X433F-1 - Connector of Right Inner Worklight on Rear of Roof or Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses
X433
W221 and W121
X433F-2 - Connector of Left Inner Worklight on Rear of Roof or Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses
X433
W221 and W121
X472 X472M-2 - Connector of Switch for Worklights on Rear of Roof
X781 X781 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W221
XGDN10 XGND10 - Ground Point
XGDN43A XGND43A - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 198 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
E009-R E009-R - Right Front Corner Worklight, Component Information
E009-L E009-L - Left Front Corner Worklight, Component Information
S059 S059 - Switch for Front Corner Worklights, Component Information
W101 W101/1: Engine Hood Wiring Harness for 6130M to 6170M Tractors
W101 W101/2: Engine Hood Wiring Harness for 6105M to 6125M Tractors
W102 W102/1: Engine Hood Wiring Harness (Adapter) for 6105M to 6125M Tractors
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 199 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 200 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
LEGEND:
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
E020-R E020-R - Right Worklight on Cab Frame, Component Information
E020-L E020-L - Left Worklight on Cab Frame, Component Information
S011-1 S011-1 - Switch for Worklights on Cab Frame, Component Information
W111 W111/1: Wiring Harness for Lights on Cab Frame
W201 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 201 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
W211 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W221 W221/1: Cab Roof Harness (ECE)
W221 W221/2: Cab Roof Harness (SAE)
Keep Alive CIRCUIT (Cab) 50ZZ - Circuit for Keep-Alive Voltage (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
X101M X101M - Connector of Switch for Worklights on Cab Frame or Headlights on Cab Frame
X110F X110F - Connector of Left Headlight on Cab Frame or Left Worklight on Cab Frame
X115F X115F - Connector of Right Headlight on Cab Frame or Right Worklight on Cab Frame
X442 X442 - Connection Point between Harnesses W221 and W111
X443 X443 - Connection Point between Harnesses W221 and W111
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211 (Cab)
X781 X781 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W221
XGDN10 XGND10 - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 202 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
LEGEND:
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
E015-R E015 - Worklights on Rear of Fender (Cab), Component Information
S105 S105 - Switch for Worklights on Rear of Fender, Component Information
W201 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness
W211 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 203 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211 (Cab)
Keep Alive CIRCUIT 50ZZ - Circuit for Keep-Alive Voltage (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
X171F-1 - Connection Point of Worklights on Rear of Fender and X171M-1 - Connection Point of License
X171-1
Plate Light (ECE) or Worklight on Right Fender
X171F-2 - Connection Point of License Plate Light (ECE) and X171M-2 - Connection Point of License
X171-2
Plate Light (ECE) or Worklight on Left Fender
XGDN76 XGND76 - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 204 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 205 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
E009-R E009-R - Right Front Corner Worklight, Component Information
E009-L E009-L - Left Front Corner Worklight, Component Information
S059 S059 - Switch for Front Corner Worklights, Component Information
W101 W101/1: Engine Hood Wiring Harness for 6130M to 6170M Tractors
W101 W101/2: Engine Hood Wiring Harness for 6105M to 6125M Tractors
W102 W102/1: Engine Hood Wiring Harness (Adapter) for 6105M to 6125M Tractors
W202 W202/1: Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W212 W212/1: Cowl Harness (Open Operator′s Platform)
W511 W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6130M to 6170M Tractors
W511 W511/2: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6105M to 6125M Tractors
W511 W511/5: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6140M and 6170M Tractors (Level 16 ECU)
W511 W511/6: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6105M and 6125M Tractors (Level 16 ECU)
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W212 and W202 (Open Operator′s Platform)
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W511 and W202 (Open Operator′s Platform)
X1233 X1233 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W101 or W102
X1233-2 X1233-2 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W102 and W101
XGDN2 XGND2 - Ground Point
XGDN9 XGND9 - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 206 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
E015-R E015-R - Worklight on Rear of Right Fender (Open Operator′s Platform), Component Information
E015-L E015-L - Worklight on Rear of Left Fender (Open Operator′s Platform), Component Information
S092 S092 - Switch for Worklights on Rear Fender (Open Operator′s Platform), Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 207 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 208 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
50BB - Front Worklights and Worklights on Front Fender (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50BB - Front Worklights and Worklights on Front Fender (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 209 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
LEGEND:
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
E016-L E016-L - Worklight on Front of Left Fender (Open Operator′s Platform), Component Information
E016-R E016-R - Worklight on Front of Right Fender (Open Operator′s Platform), Component Information
E016-L1 E016-L1 - Left Front Worklight (Open Operator′s Station)
E016-R1 E016-R1 - Right Front Worklight (Open Operator′s Platform)
F03/15 LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
S105 - Switch for Worklights on Front of Fender (Open Operator′s Platform), Component
S105
Information
W112 W112/1: Wiring Harness for Turn-Signal Light and Clearance Light (Open Operator′s Platform)
W202 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W212 W212/1: Cowl Harness (Open Operator′s Platform)
Keep Alive CIRCUIT
50ZZ - Circuit for Keep-Alive Voltage (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
(OOS)
X041F X041F - Connector of Left Auxiliary Light
X051F X051F - Connector of Right Auxiliary Light
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W212 and W202 (Open Operator′s Platform)
XGDN1 XGND1 - Ground Point
XGDN2 XGND2 - Ground Point
XGDN5 XGND5 - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 210 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Front Corner Worklights (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BB - Front Corner Worklights (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND43A - Ground Point .
Ground point on tractors with open operator′s platform: See: XGND2 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E009-L - Left Front Corner Worklight, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. BLC 032 - Left Front Corner Worklight, Display in Amps and Status in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 211 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Worklights
Resistance of component Resistance 1.5—3 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 212 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 213 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Front Corner Worklights (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BB - Front Corner Worklights (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND43A - Ground Point .
Ground point on tractors with open operator′s platform: See: XGND2 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E009-R - Right Front Corner Worklight, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. BLC 033 - Right Front Corner Worklight, Display in Amps and Status in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 214 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Worklights
Resistance of component Resistance 1.5—3 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 215 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 216 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Worklights on Rear of Roof (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E011-1L - Left Inner Worklight on Rear of Roof, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. BLC 027 - Output for Right and Left Inner Worklights on Rear of Roof, Current and Status in Section 245.
2. Both (left and right) inner worklights on rear of roof are ON.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 217 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Worklights
Resistance of component Resistance 2—3 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 218 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 219 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Worklights on Rear of Roof (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E011-1R - Right Inner Worklight on Rear of Roof, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. BLC 027 - Output for Right and Left Inner Worklights on Rear of Roof, Current and Status in Section 245.
2. Both (left and right) inner worklights on rear of roof are ON.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 220 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Worklights
Resistance of component Resistance 2—3 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 221 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 222 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Worklights on Rear of Roof (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E011-2L - Left Outer Worklight on Rear of Roof, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. BLC 028 - Output for Left Outer Worklight on Rear of Roof, Current and Status in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 223 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Worklights
Resistance of component Resistance 2—3 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 224 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 225 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Worklights on Rear of Roof (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E011-2R - Right Outer Worklight on Rear of Roof, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. BLC 029 - Output for Right Outer Worklight on Rear of Roof, Current and Status in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 226 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Worklights
Resistance of component Resistance 2—3 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 227 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 228 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Worklights on Rear Fender (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND76 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E015 - Worklights on Rear Fender (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. BLC 030 - Output for Left and Right Worklights on Rear of Fenders, Display in Amps and Status in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 229 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Worklights
Resistance of component Resistance 2—3 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 230 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 231 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Worklights on Rear Fender (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND1 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E015-L - Worklight on Left of Rear Fender (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. BLC 030 - Output for Left and Right Worklights on Rear of Fenders, Display in Amps and Status in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 232 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Worklights
Resistance of component Resistance 2—3 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 233 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 234 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Worklights on Rear Fender (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND5 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E015-R - Worklight on Rear of Right Fender (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. BLC 030 - Output for Left and Right Worklights on Rear of Fenders, Display in Amps and Status in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 235 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Worklights
Resistance of component Resistance 2—3 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 236 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 237 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Front Worklights and Worklights on Front of Fenders (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in
Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND5 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E016-L - Worklight on Front of Left Fender (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. BLC 025 - Output for Left Outer Worklight on Front of Roof, Current and Status in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 238 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Worklights
Resistance of component Resistance 2—3 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 239 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 240 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Front Worklights and Worklights on Front of Fenders (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in
Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND1 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E016-R - Worklight on Front of Right Fender (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. BLC 026 - Output for Right Outer Worklight on Front of Roof, Current and Status in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 241 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Worklights
Resistance of component Resistance 2—3 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 242 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 243 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Front Worklights and Worklights on Front of Fenders (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in
Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND5 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E016-L1 - Left Front Worklight (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. BLC 025 - Output for Left Outer Worklight on Front of Roof, Current and Status in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 244 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Worklights
Resistance of component Resistance 2—3 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 245 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 246 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Front Worklights and Worklights on Front of Fenders (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in
Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND1 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E016-R1 - Right Front Worklight (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. BLC 026 - Output for Right Outer Worklight on Front of Roof, Current and Status in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 247 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Worklights
Resistance of component Resistance 2—3 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 248 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 249 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Worklights on Front of Roof (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E018-1L - Left Inner Worklight on Front of Roof, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. BLC 024 - Output for Right and Left Inner Worklights on Front of Roof, Current and Status in Section 245.
2. Both inner worklights on front of roof are ON.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 250 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Worklights
Resistance of component Resistance 2—3 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 251 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 252 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Worklights on Front of Roof (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E018-1R - Right Inner Worklight on Front of Roof, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. BLC 024 - Output for Right and Left Inner Worklights on Front of Roof, Current and Status in Section 245.
2. Both inner worklights on front of roof are ON.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 253 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Worklights
Resistance of component Resistance 2—3 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 254 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 255 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Worklights on Front of Roof (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E018-2L - Left Outer Worklight on Front of Roof, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. BLC 025 - Output for Left Outer Worklight on Front of Roof, Current and Status in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 256 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Worklights
Resistance of component Resistance 2—3 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 257 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 258 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Worklights on Front of Roof (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E018-2R - Right Outer Worklight on Front of Roof, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. BLC 026 - Output for Right Outer Worklight on Front of Roof, Current and Status in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 259 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Worklights
Resistance of component Resistance 2—3 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 260 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 261 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Worklights on Cab Frame, Diagnostic Schematic, Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E020-L - Left Worklight on Cab Frame, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. BLC 023 - Output for Left and Right High-Beam Headlights on Cab Frame, Left and Right Worklights on Cab Frame,
Current and Status in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 262 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Worklights
Resistance of component Resistance 2—3 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 263 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 264 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Worklights on Cab Frame, Diagnostic Schematic, Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E020-R - Right Worklight on Cab Frame, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. BLC 023 - Output for Left and Right High-Beam Headlights on Cab Frame, Left and Right Worklights on Cab Frame,
Current and Status in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 265 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Worklights
Resistance of component Resistance 2—3 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 266 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 267 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Worklights on Cab Frame, Diagnostic Schematic, Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S011-1 - Switch for Worklights on Cab Frame, Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 268 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
NO:Circuit test: Perform 50ZZ - Circuit for Keep-Alive Voltage (Cab), Circuit Testin Section 240.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5
Action:
Result:
YES:• Replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.
NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 269 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Front Corner Worklights (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BB - Front Corner Worklights (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND43A - Ground Point .
Ground point on tractors without cab: See: XGND2 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S059 - Switch for Front Corner Worklights, Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 270 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
Result:
YES:• Replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.
NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 272 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Worklights on Rear Fender (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND2 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S092 - Switch for Worklights on Rear Fender (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 273 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 274 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Action:
Result:
YES:• Replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.
NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 275 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
S092-1 - Switch for Inner and Outer Worklights on Front of Roof, Circuit
Test
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Worklights on Front of Roof (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S092-1 - Switch for Inner and Outer Worklights on Front of Roof, Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 276 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Circuit test: Perform 50ZZ - Circuit for Keep-Alive Voltage (Cab), Circuit Testin Section 240.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 277 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Action:
Result:
YES:• Replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.
NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 278 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
S092-2 - Switch for Inner and Outer Worklights on Rear of Roof, Circuit
Test
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Worklights on Rear of Roof (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND43A - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S092-2 - Switch for Inner and Outer Worklights on Rear of Roof, Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 279 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 280 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Action:
Result:
YES:• Replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.
NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 281 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Worklights on Front of Roof (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S092-3 - Switch for Inner or Outer Worklights on Front of Roof, Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 282 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Circuit test: Perform 50ZZ - Circuit for Keep-Alive Voltage (Cab), Circuit Testin Section 240.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 283 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Action:
Result:
YES:• Replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.
NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 284 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Worklights on Rear of Roof (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND43A - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S092-4 - Switch for Outer Worklights on Rear of Roof, Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2.
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 285 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 286 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Action:
Result:
YES:• Replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.
NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 287 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Worklights on Rear of Roof (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND43A - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S092-5 - Switch for Inner Worklights on Rear of Roof, Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 288 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 289 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Action:
Result:
YES:• Replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.
NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 290 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Worklights on Rear Fender (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S105 - Switch for Worklights on Rear Fender, Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 291 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Perform 50ZZ - Circuit for Keep-Alive Voltage (Cab), Circuit Testin Section 240, and return to diagnostic procedure.
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 292 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
2. Disconnect X027F-2 - Connector of Central Control Unit. A018 - Central Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 8 .
Action:
Result:
YES:• Replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.
NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 293 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BB - Front Worklights and Worklights on Front of Fenders (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in
Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S105 - Switch for Worklights on Front Fender (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 294 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BB: 50BB - Worklights
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Circuit test: Perform 50ZZ - Circuit for Keep-Alive Voltage (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Testin Section 240.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 295 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BC: 50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light
Action:
Result:
NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 296 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BC: 50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light
Circuit Tests:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 297 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BC: 50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light
50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
LEGEND:
B028-1 B028-1 - Right Dome Light Switch, Component Information
B028-2 B028-2 - Left Dome Light Switch, Component Information
CIRCUIT 0012 (Cab) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
E012 E012 - Dome Light, Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 298 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BC: 50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light
F03/02 LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission), Component Information
H087/1 H087-1 - Right Access Step Light, Component Information
H087/2 H087-2 - Left Access Step Light, Component Information
K02/06 LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission), Component Information
W012 W012/1: Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch and Access Step Light (Cab)
W012 W012/3: Wiring Harness with Jumper Connector (Tractors without Battery Cut-Off Switch) (Cab)
W201 W201/1: Cab Harness
W221 W221/1: Cab Roof Harness (ECE)
W221 W221/2: Cab Roof Harness (SAE)
X781 X781 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W221
X1272 X1272 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 or W202 and W012
XGDN10 XGND10 - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 299 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BC: 50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 300 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BC: 50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A140-1 A140 - Radio, Component Information
A140-2 A140 - Radio, Component Information
E012 E012 - Dome Light, Component Information
S037 S037 - Gear Selector Switch, Auto Mode and Clutch, Component Information
W201 W201/1: Cab Harness
W211 W211/1: Cowl Harness (Cab)
W221 W221/1: Cab Roof Harness (ECE)
W221 W221/2: Cab Roof Harness (SAE)
X003F-1 X003F-1 - Connector of Declutch Switch on Gearshift Lever
X003F-2 X003F-2 - Connector of Switch for Gear Selector and Auto Mode
X120-1F X120-1F - Connector of Light for Air Brake Pressure Gauge
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211
X781 X781 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W221
XGDN1A XGND1A - Ground Point
XGDN10 XGND10 - Ground Point
XGDN40 XGND40 - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 301 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BC: 50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light, Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Fuse:
Fuse on tractors with cab: See: F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Informationfuse F03/02.
Ground point: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
B028-1 - Right Dome Light Switch, Component Information in Section 249.
B028-2 - Left Dome Light Switch, Component Information in Section 249.
E012 - Dome Light, Component Information in Section 249.
H087-1 - Right Access Step Light, Component Information in Section 249.
H087-2 - Left Access Step Light, Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 302 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BC: 50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check Fuse F03/02 and Diode K02/6_LCS. If necessary, recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Between connector X121F, pin 4 (1094) and connector X786F-L, pin A (1094).
Between connector X121F, pin 4 (1094) and connector X606F-1, pin B (1094).
Between connector X121F, pin 4 (1094) and connector X606F-2, pin B (1094).
Between connector X121F, pin 4 (1094) and connector X786F-R, pin A (1094).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:Short to ground present; recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
( 7 ) Ground check
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 8 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 9 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 304 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BC: 50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light
Action:
1.1
1. Disconnect X121F - Connector of Dome Light. E012 - Dome Light, Component Information in Section 249.
2. Connect X606F-2 - Connector of Left Access Step Light. H087-2 - Left Access Step Light, Component Information in
Section 249.
3. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X786F-L, pin A (1094) and ground.
4. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification
Result:
YES:GO TO 1.2 .
Action:
1.2
1. Disconnect X606F-2 - Connector of Left Access Step Light again. H087-2 - Left Access Step Light, Component Information
in Section 249.
2. Connect X606F-1 - Connector of Right Access Step Light. H087-1 - Right Access Step Light, Component Information in
Section 249.
3. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between connector X786F-L, pin A (1094) and ground.
4. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification
Result:
YES:GO TO 10 .
( 10 ) Ground check
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 11 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 305 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BC: 50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light
( 11 ) Check component
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 12 .
NO:Replace B028-2 - Left Dome Light Switch and perform operational check.
( 12 ) Ground check
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 13 .
( 13 ) Check component
Action:
Result:
NO:Replace B028-1 - Right Dome Light Switch and perform operational check.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 306 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BC: 50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BC - Backlighting (Cab), Diagnostic Schematics in Section 240.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
X120-1F - Connector of Light for Air-Brake Pressure Gauge in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. BLC 038 - Output for Right Clearance Light (ECE) and Left Tail Light, Current and Status in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 307 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 308 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
Circuit Tests:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 309 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 310 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
LEGEND:
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
12V Supply (A018)
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
(Cab)
H034 H034 - Left Front Turn-Signal Light (ECE), Component Information
H035 H035 - Left Rear Turn-Signal Light, Component Information
H042 H042 - Right Front Turn-Signal Light (ECE), Component Information
H043 H043 - Rear Right Turn-Signal Light, Component Information
S062 S062 - Hazard Warning Light Switch, Component Information
S147 S147 - Turn-Signal Lever, Component Information
W031 W031/1: Wiring Harness for 7-Pin Socket (ECE) at Rear
W033/1: Harness for 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Front (Adapter) for 6130M to 6170M
W033
Tractors
W033/2: Harness for 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Front (Adapter) for 6105M to 6125M
W033
Tractors
W111 W111/1: Wiring Harness for Lights on Cab Frame
W201 W201/1: Cab Harness
W211 W211/1: Cowl Harness (Cab)
W221 W221/1: Cab Roof Harness (ECE)
W601/1: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for
W601
6150M to 6170M Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for
W601
6105M to 6140M Tractors
W601 W601/3: Transmission Harness (PowrReverser™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control)
X005 X005 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Rear, Component Information
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X442 X442 - Connection Point between Harnesses W221 and W111
X443 X443 - Connection Point between Harnesses W221 and W111
X487 X487F - Connector of Turn-Signal Lever
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211
X781 X781 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W221
X883 X883 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Front, Component Information
X1235 X1235 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 or W202 and W031 or W033
X1235-1 X1235-1 - Connection Point between Harnesses W033 and W031
XGND5A XGND5A - Ground Point
XGND10 XGND10 - Ground Point
XGND40 XGND40 - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 311 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 312 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
LEGEND:
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
12V Supply (A018)
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
(Cab)
H035 H035 - Left Rear Turn-Signal Light, Component Information
H043 H043 - Rear Right Turn-Signal Light, Component Information
H044 H044 - Left Turn-Signal Light on Front of Roof (SAE), Component Information
H045 H045 - Right Turn-Signal Light on Front of Roof (SAE), Component Information
H046 H046 - Left Turn-Signal Light on Rear of Roof (SAE), Component Information
H047 H047 - Right Turn-Signal Light on Rear of Roof (SAE), Component Information
S062 S062 - Hazard Warning Light Switch, Component Information
S147 S147 - Turn-Signal Lever, Component Information
W031 W031/2: Wiring Harness for 7-Pin Socket (SAE)
W201 W201/1: Cab Harness
W211 W211/1: Cowl Harness (Cab)
W221 W221/2: Cab Roof Harness (SAE)
W601/1: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for
W601
6150M to 6170M Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for
W601
6105M to 6140M Tractors
W601 W601/3: Transmission Harness (PowrReverser™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control)
X023 X023 - Leads of 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (SAE)
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X487 X487F - Connector of Turn-Signal Lever
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211
X781 X781 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W221
X1235 X1235 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 or W202 and W031 or W033
XGND5A XGND5A - Ground Point
XGND10 XGND10 - Ground Point
XGND40 XGND40 - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 313 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 314 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
LEGEND:
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic
12V Supply (A018)
Schematic
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
H034 H034 - Left Front Turn-Signal Light (ECE), Component Information
H035 H035 - Left Rear Turn-Signal Light, Component Information
H042 H042 - Right Front Turn-Signal Light (ECE), Component Information
H043 H043 - Rear Right Turn-Signal Light, Component Information
S008 S008 - Switch for Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Platform), Component Information
S106 S106 - Hazard Warning Light Switch (Open Operator′s Platform), Component Information
W031 W031/1: Wiring Harness for 7-Terminal Socket (ECE) at Rear
W112 W112/1: Wiring Harness for Turn-Signal Light and Clearance Light (Open Operator′s Platform)
W202 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W212 W212/1: Cowl Harness (Open Operator′s Platform)
X005 X005 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Rear, Component Information
X041 X041F - Connector of Left Auxiliary Light
X051 X051F - Connector of Right Auxiliary Light
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W212 and W202 (Open Operator′s Platform)
X1235 X1235 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 or W202 and W031 or W033
XGND1 XGND1 - Ground Point
XGND5 XGND5 - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 315 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 316 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
LEGEND:
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic
12V Supply (A018)
Schematic
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
H035 H035 - Left Rear Turn-Signal Light, Component Information
H043 H043 - Rear Right Turn-Signal Light, Component Information
H044 H044 - Left Turn-Signal Light (Open Operator′s Platform) (SAE), Component Information
H045 H045 - Right Turn-Signal Light (Open Operator′s Platform) (SAE), Component Information
S008 S008 - Switch for Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Platform), Component Information
S106 S106 - Hazard Warning Light Switch (Open Operator′s Platform), Component Information
W031 W031/2: Wiring Harness for 7-Terminal Socket (SAE)
W202 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W212 W212/1: Cowl Harness (Open Operator′s Platform)
X023 X23 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (SAE), Component Information
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W212 and W202 (Open Operator′s Platform)
X1235 X1235 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 or W202 and W031 or W033
XGDN1 XGND1 - Ground Point
XGND5 XGND5 - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 317 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Cab) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Station) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Ground point on tractors without cab: See: XGND1 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
H034 - Front Left Turn-Signal Light (ECE), Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. FCC 016 - Output for Left Turn-Signal Light on Cab Frame (ECE) or on Front of Roof (SAE), Current and Status in Section
245.
2. Left turn-signal light on cab frame (ECE) is flashing.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 318 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Turn-Signal Light
Resistance of component Resistance 5—8 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:• Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to
diagnostic procedure.
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 320 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Cab) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Station) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Station) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND5A - Ground Point .
Ground point on tractors without cab: See: XGND1 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
H035 - Left Rear Turn-Signal Light, Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. FCC 048 - Output for Left Turn-Signal Light on Rear of Fender, Current and Status in Section 245.
2. Left turn-signal light on rear of fender is flashing.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2.
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 321 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
2. Disconnect X107F - Connector of Left Tail, Brake and Turn-Signal Lights. H035 - Left Rear Turn-Signal Light, Component
Information in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Turn-Signal Light
Resistance of component Resistance 5—8 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 322 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:• Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to
diagnostic procedure.
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 323 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Cab) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Station) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Ground point on tractors without cab: See: XGND1 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
H042 - Front Right Turn-Signal Light (ECE), Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. FCC 017 - Output for Right Turn-Signal Light on Cab Frame (ECE) or on Front of Roof (SAE), Current and Status in Section
245.
2. Left turn-signal light on cab frame (ECE) is flashing.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 324 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Turn-Signal Light
Resistance of component Resistance 5—8 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:• Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to
diagnostic procedure.
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 326 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Cab) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Station) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Station) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND5A - Ground Point .
Ground point on tractors without cab: See: XGND1 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
H043 - Right Rear Turn-Signal Light, Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. FCC 049 - Output for Right Turn-Signal Light on Rear of Fender, Current and Status in Section 245.
2. Right turn-signal light on rear of fender is flashing.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 327 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
2. Disconnect X106F - Connector of Right Tail, Brake and Turn-Signal Lights. H043 - Right Rear Turn-Signal Light, Component
Information in Section 249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Turn-Signal Light
Resistance of component Resistance 5—8 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 328 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:• Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to
diagnostic procedure.
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 329 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Ground point on tractors without cab: See: XGND1 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
H044 - Front Left Turn-Signal Light in Roof (SAE), Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. FCC 016 - Output for Left Turn-Signal Light on Cab Frame (ECE) or on Front of Roof (SAE), Current and Status in Section
245.
2. Left turn-signal light on front of roof (SAE) is flashing.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2.
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 330 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Turn-Signal Light
Resistance of component Resistance 5—8 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 331 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:• Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to
diagnostic procedure.
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 332 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Station) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND1 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
H044 - Left Turn-Signal Light (Open Operator′s Station) (SAE), Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. FCC 016 - Output for Left Turn-Signal Light on Cab Frame (ECE) or on Front of Roof (SAE), Current and Status in Section
245.
2. H044 - Left Turn-Signal Light (SAE) (Open Operator′s Platform) is flashing.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 333 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Turn-Signal Light
Resistance of component Resistance 5—8 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 334 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:• Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to
diagnostic procedure.
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 335 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
H045 - Front Right Turn-Signal Light in Roof (SAE), Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. FCC 017 - Output for Right Turn-Signal Light on Cab Frame (ECE) or on Front of Roof (SAE), Current and Status in Section
245.
2. Right turn-signal light on front of roof (SAE) is flashing.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 336 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Turn-Signal Light
Resistance of component Resistance 5—8 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 337 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:• Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to
diagnostic procedure.
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 338 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Station) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point on tractors without cab: See: XGND1 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
H045 - Right Turn-Signal Light (Open Operator′s Station) (SAE), Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. FCC 017 - Output for Right Turn-Signal Light on Cab Frame (ECE) or on Front of Roof (SAE), Current and Status in Section
245.
2. Right turn-signal light on front of roof (SAE) is flashing.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 339 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Turn-Signal Light
Resistance of component Resistance 5—8 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 340 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:• Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to
diagnostic procedure.
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 341 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Station) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
H046 - Rear Left Turn-Signal Light in Roof (SAE), Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. FCC 016 - Output for Left Turn-Signal Light on Cab Frame (ECE) or on Front of Roof (SAE), Current and Status in Section
245.
2. Left turn-signal light on front of roof (SAE) is flashing.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 342 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Turn-Signal Light
Resistance of component Resistance 5—8 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 343 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:• Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to
diagnostic procedure.
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 344 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
H047 - Rear Right Turn-Signal Light in Roof (SAE), Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. FCC 017 - Output for Right Turn-Signal Light on Cab Frame (ECE) or on Front of Roof (SAE), Current and Status in Section
245.
2. Right turn-signal light on front of roof (SAE) is flashing.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 345 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Turn-Signal Light
Resistance of component Resistance 5—8 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 346 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:• Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to
diagnostic procedure.
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 347 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Station) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Station) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S008 - Switch for Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 348 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Circuit test: Perform Main Control Unit, Test of 12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit (ELX Output), Section 245.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 349 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
Action:
Result:
YES:• Replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.
NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 350 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Cab) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S062 - Hazard Warning Light Switch, Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 351 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:No short to ground present.• Check FCC configuration addresses (FCC 058 and FCC 060).• Replace component and
perform an operational check.
NO:Short to ground present.• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 352 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Station) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Station) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S106 - Hazard Warning Light Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:• Replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.
NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 354 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
Additional references:
Operational check:
FCC 008 - Switch for Turn-Signal Lights, Status in Section 245.
FCC 010 - High-Beam Switch, Wake-up Signal and ELX Supply Voltage, Status in Section 245.
Diagnostic schematic:
50BA - Parking Light and Headlights (Switch) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BA - Parking Lights and Headlights (Switch) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Cab) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50BD - Turn-Signal Lights (Cab) (SAE), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S147 - Turn-Signal Lever, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
1.1
See FCC 008 - Switch for Turn-Signal Lights, Status in Section 245.
Result:
YES:GO TO 1.2 .
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
1.2
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 355 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
See FCC 010 - High-Beam Switch, Wake-up Signal and ELX Supply Voltage, Status in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 7 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Turn-signal lever
Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check supply voltage of main control unit, lead 0432; see 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units - Summary of References in
Section 240.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 356 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X487F, pin D (1027) and connector X001F, pin 11 (1027).
3. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X487F, pin G (1055) and connector X001F, pin 10 (1055).
4. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
Result:
YES:No short to ground present.• Replace component and perform an operational check.
NO:Short to ground present.• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 8 .
Action:
Turn-signal lever
Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 10 .
NO:GO TO 9 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 357 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50BD: 50BD - Turn-Signal Lights
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 11 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 12 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 358 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CA: 50CA - Operator′s Seat
Result:
YES:No short to ground present.• Replace component and perform an operational check.
NO:Short to ground present.• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 359 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CA: 50CA - Operator′s Seat
Diagnostic Schematic:
Circuit Tests:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 360 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CA: 50CA - Operator′s Seat
LEGEND:
A029 A029 - Seat with Compressor and Heater, Component Information
CIRCUIT ACC 1 (Cab) 50AA - Power Supply to Accessories (ACC1) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 361 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CA: 50CA - Operator′s Seat
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 362 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CA: 50CA - Operator′s Seat
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 363 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CA: 50CA - Operator′s Seat
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 364 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CA: 50CA - Operator′s Seat
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 365 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CA: 50CA - Operator′s Seat
LEGEND:
A029 A029 - Seat with Compressor and Heater, Component Information
CIRCUIT ACC (OOS) 50AA - Power Supply to Accessories (ACC) (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic
F03/20 F03LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Open Operator′s Platform), Component Information
W202 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
XGND1 XGND1 - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 366 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CA: 50CA - Operator′s Seat
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 367 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CA: 50CA - Operator′s Seat
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 368 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CA: 50CA - Operator′s Seat
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
S040 S040 - Operator Presence Switch, Component Information
W202 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Station
XGND2 XGND2 - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 369 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CA: 50CA - Operator′s Seat
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50CA - Operator′s Seat (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50CA - Operator′s Seat (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Fuse:
Fuse on tractors with cab: See: F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Informationfuse F03/20.
Fuse on tractors without cab: See: F03LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Open Operator′s Station), Component Informationfuse
F03/20.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND1A - Ground Point .
Ground point on tractors without cab: See: XGND1 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
A029 - Seat with Compressor and Heater, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 370 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CA: 50CA - Operator′s Seat
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check fuse F03/20; if necessary, repair defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:Replace A029 - Seat with Compressor and Heater and perform an operational check.
NO:• Repair defective lead and perform an operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 371 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CA: 50CA - Operator′s Seat
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50CA - Operator Presence Switch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
50CA - Operator Presence Switch (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND43A - Ground Point .
Ground point on tractors without cab: See: XGND2 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S040 - Operator Presence Switch, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 372 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CA: 50CA - Operator′s Seat
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 373 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms
Action:
Result:
YES:Check A018 - Central Control Unit, replace if necessary, and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Repair defective lead and perform an operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 374 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms
Circuit Tests:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 375 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
CIRCUIT 0012 (Cab) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
F01FRM/P8_LCS F01FRM - Fuses (FRM) (Cab), Component Information
K01/3 K01LCS to K05LCS - Relays (LCS) (Cab), Component Information
K02/2 K01LCS to K05LCS - Relays (LCS) (Cab), Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 376 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 377 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms
LEGEND:
CIRCUIT 0012 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
F03/17_LCS F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Information
H001 H001 - Horn, Component Information
S147 S147 - Turn-Signal Lever, Component Information
W201 W201/1: Cab Harness
W211 W211/1: Cowl Harness (Cab)
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 378 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms
W511 W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6130M to 6170M Tractors
W511 W511/2: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6105M to 6125M Tractors
W511 W511/5: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6140M and 6170M Tractors (Level 16 ECU)
W511 W511/6: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6105M and 6125M Tractors (Level 16 ECU)
X487 X487F - Connector of Turn-Signal Lever
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W201 and W211 (Cab)
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab)
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab) (Level 16 ECU)
XGND9 XGND9 - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 379 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms
LEGEND:
B049 B049 - Backup Alarm Pressure Switch, Component Information
B185 B185 - Backup Alarm Switch, Component Information
CIRCUIT ACC 2 (Cab) 50AA - Power Supply to Accessories (ACC2) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
F04/03 F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Information
H067 H067 - Backup Alarm, Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 380 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 381 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
CIRCUIT 0012 (OOS) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
F03/11 F03LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Open Operator′s Platform), Component Information
K01/2 K01LCS to K04LCS - Relays (LCS) (Open Operator′s Platform), Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 382 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms
K02/D K01LCS to K04LCS - Relays (LCS) (Open Operator′s Platform), Component Information
W202 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
XGND2 XGND2 - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 383 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms
LEGEND:
CIRCUIT 0012 (OOS) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
F03/18 F03LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Open Operator′s Platform), Component Information
H001 H001 - Horn, Component Information
S004 S004 - Horn Switch (Open Operator′s Platform), Component Information
W202 W202/1: Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W212 W212/1: Cowl Harness (Open Operator′s Platform)
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 384 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms
W511 W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6130M to 6170M Tractors
W511 W511/2: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6105M to 6125M Tractors
W511 W511/5: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6140M and 6170M Tractors (Level 16 ECU)
W511 W511/6: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6105M and 6125M Tractors (Level 16 ECU)
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W212 and W202 (Open Operator′s Platform)
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W511 and W202 (Open Operator′s Platform)
XGND9 XGND9 - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 385 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms
LEGEND:
B049 B049 - Backup Alarm Pressure Switch, Component Information
B185 B185 - Backup Alarm Switch, Component Information
CIRCUIT 0012 (OOS) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
F03/19 F03LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Open Operator′s Platform), Component Information
H067 H067 - Backup Alarm, Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 386 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 387 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50CB - Horn (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50CB - Horn (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse:
Fuse on tractors with cab: See: F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Informationfuse F03/17.
Fuse on tractors without cab: See: F03LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Open Operator′s Station), Component Informationfuse
F03/18.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND9 - Ground Point .
Ground point on tractors without cab: See: XGND9 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
H001 - Horn, Component Information , Section 249.
S004 - Horn Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information , Section 249.
S147 - Turn-Signal Lever, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 388 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Horn
Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 12 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Horn
Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 389 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms
NO:Check fuse F03/17; if necessary, repair defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 9 .
Action:
Horn
Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 390 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms
Result:
YES:GO TO 10 .
NO:Check fuse F03/18; if necessary, repair defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 11 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Replace S004 - Horn Switch (Open Operator′s Station) and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Repair defective lead and perform an operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 391 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50CB - Backup Alarm (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50CB - Backup Alarm (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse:
Fuse on tractors with cab: See: F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Informationfuse F04/03.
Fuse on tractors without cab: See: F03LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Open Operator′s Station), Component Informationfuse
F03/19.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND1A - Ground Point .
Ground point on tractors without cab: See: XGND1 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
B049 - Backup Alarm Pressure Switch, Component Information in Section 249.
B185 - Backup Alarm Switch, Component Information , Section 249.
H067 - Backup Alarm, Component Information in Section 249.
K028 - Backup Alarm Relay, Component Information in Section 249.
S172 - Backup Alarm Switch, Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 392 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Backup Alarm
Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:• On tractors with open operator′s station: Check fuse F03/19.• On tractors with cab: Check fuse F04/03.• If necessary,
repair defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Backup Alarm
Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 393 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
( 6 ) Operational check
Action:
Result:
YES:Replace B185 - Backup Alarm Switch or B049 - Backup Alarm Pressure Switch. Perform operational check.
NO:GO TO 7 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 8 .
Action:
Backup Alarm
Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 9 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 394 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms
Result:
YES:GO TO 10 .
Action:
Backup Alarm
Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 11 .
NO:• On tractors with open operator′s station: Check fuse F03/19.• On tractors with cab: Check fuse F04/03.• If necessary,
repair defective lead and perform operational check.
( 11 ) Operational check
Action:
Result:
NO:GO TO 12 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 13 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 395 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms
Action:
Backup Alarm
Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 14 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Repair defective lead and perform an operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 396 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CB: 50CB - Acoustic Alarms
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50CB - Acoustic Alarms (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50CB - Acoustic Alarms (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse:
Fuse on tractors with cab: See: F01FRM - Fuses (FRM) (Cab), Component Informationfuse F01FRM/P8.
Fuse on tractors without cab: See: F03LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Open Operator′s Station), Component Informationfuse
F03/11.
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND43A - Ground Point .
Ground point on tractors without cab: See: XGND2 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information in Section 249.
K01LCS to K05LCS - Relays (LCS) (Cab), Component Informationin Section 249.
K01LCS to K04LCS - Relays (LCS) (Open Operator′s Station), Component Informationin Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
Result:
NO:• Acoustic alarm does not sound when turning the key switch on, GO TO 4 . • Acoustic alarm does not sound when
inserting the fuse, GO TO 2 .
Action:
Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Replace K01/3 (tractors with cab) or K01/2 (tractors with open operator′s station), and perform operational check.
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 398 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers
2. Disconnect X027F-3 - Connector of Main Control Unit.See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information in Section
249.
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Replace K01/3 (tractors with cab) or K01/2 (tractors with open operator′s station), and perform operational check.
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 399 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers
Diagnostic Schematic:
Circuit Tests:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 400 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 401 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers
LEGEND:
CIRCUIT ELX 2 (Cab) 50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX2) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
F04/01_LCS F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Information
K026 K026 - Intermittent Wipe Relay for Windshield Wiper, Component Information
M003 M003 - Windshield Wiper Motor, Component Information
M005 M005 - Windshield Washer Pump, Component Information
S015 S015 - Windshield Wiper Switch, Component Information
S016 S016 - Windshield Washer Switch, Component Information
S017 S017 - Windshield Wiper Shut-Off Switch, Component Information
W201 W201/1: Cab Harness
W211 W211/1: Cowl Harness (Cab)
W221 W221/1: Cab Roof Harness (ECE)
W221 W221/2: Cab Roof Harness (SAE)
W901 W901/1: Harness for Windshield Wiper Switch
W911 W911/1: Harness for Windshield Wiper Shut-off Switch
W911 W911/2: Harness with Jumper Connector (Tractors without Windshield Wiper Shut-off Switch)
X020 X020 - Connection Point between Harnesses W212 and W901
X039 X039 - Connection Point between Harnesses W211 and W901
X583 X583 - Connection Point between Harnesses W211 and W911
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211 (Cab)
X781 X781 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W221
XGND1A XGND1A - Ground Point
XGND10 XGND10 - Ground Point
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 402 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 403 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers
LEGEND:
CIRCUIT ELX 2 (Cab) 50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX2) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
F04/02_LCS F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Information
M004 M004 - Rear Wiper Motor, Component Information
M006 M006 - Rear Window Washer Pump, Component Information
S018 S018 - Rear Wiper Switch, Component Information
S020 S020 - Rear Window Wiper Shut-Off Switch, Component Information
W201 W201/1: Cab Harness
W221 W221/1: Cab Roof Harness (ECE)
W221 W221/2: Cab Roof Harness (SAE)
W922 W922/1: Wiring Harness for Rear Window Wiper Switch
X040 X040 - Connection Point between Harnesses W921 and W201
X781 X781 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W221
XGND1A XGND1A - Ground Point
XGND10 XGND10 - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 404 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50CC - Windshield Wiper (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse:
Fuse on tractors with cab: See: F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Informationfuse F04/01.
Ground point: See: XGND43A - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
K026 - Intermittent Wipe Relay for Windshield Wiper, Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 405 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 407 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50CC - Windshield Wiper (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse:
Fuse on tractors with cab: See: F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Informationfuse F04/01.
Ground point: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
M003 - Windshield Wiper Motor, Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 408 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Wiper Motor
Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check fuse F04/01; if necessary, repair defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 409 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 410 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50CC - Rear Window Wiper (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse:
Fuse on tractors with cab: See: F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Informationfuse F04/02.
Ground point: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
M004 - Rear Wiper Motor, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 411 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Wiper Motor
Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check fuse F04/02; if necessary, repair defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 412 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 413 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50CC - Windshield Wiper (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse:
Fuse on tractors with cab: See: F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Informationfuse F04/01.
Ground point: See: XGND1A - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
M005 - Windshield Washer Pump, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 414 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers
4. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 415 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 416 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50CC - Rear Window Wiper (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse:
Fuse on tractors with cab: See: F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Informationfuse F04/02.
Ground point: See: XGND1A - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
M006 - Rear Window Washer Pump, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 417 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 418 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50CC - Windshield Wiper (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S015 - Windshield Wiper Switch, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 419 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers
249.
4. Disconnect connector X063F.See S016 - Windshield Washer Switch, Component Information , Section 249.
5. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 420 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50CC - Windshield Wiper (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S016 - Windshield Washer Switch, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 421 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 422 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50CC - Windshield Wiper (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse:
Fuse on tractors with cab: See: F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Informationfuse F04/01.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S017 - Windshield Wiper Shut-Off Switch, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 423 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check fuse F04/01; if necessary, repair defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 424 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers
Action:
Result:
NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 425 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50CC - Rear Window Wiper (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S018 - Rear Window Wiper Switch, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 426 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers
4. Disconnect connector X044F.See M006 - Rear Window Washer Pump, Component Information , Section 249.
5. Disconnect connector S020-1 - Leads of Rear Wiper Shut-Off Switch.
6. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 427 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50CC - Rear Window Wiper (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse:
Fuse on tractors with cab: See: F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Informationfuse F04/02.
Ground point: See: XGND10 - Ground Point .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S020 - Rear Wiper Shut-Off Switch, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 428 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CC: 50CC - Windshield and Rear Window Wipers
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check fuse F04/02; if necessary, repair defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 429 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System
Action:
Result:
NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 430 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System
Diagnostic schematic:
Circuit Tests:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 431 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 432 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System
LEGEND:
Main Power Supply
50AA - Central Power Supply (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
(Cab)
CIRCUIT 0012 (Cab) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B014 B014 - Air-Conditioning Thermostat Switch, Component Information
B015 B015 - Pressure Switch for Refrigerant Pressure, Component Information
B095 B095 - De-Icing Switch, Component Information
F04/10_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F04/09_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K04/1_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K05/2_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
M002 M002 - Compressor Clutch for Air-Conditioning System, Component Information
M007 M007 - Fan Motor, Component Information
M010 M010 - Fan Motor, Component Information
R003 R003 - Fan Resistor, Component Information
S014 S014 - Fan Switch, Component Information
S093 S093 - Switch for Air-Conditioning Compressor Clutch, Component Information
W201 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W501 For Tractor Models, See:
• W501/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6195M Tractors
• W501/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
• W501/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
• W501/4: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W511 For Tractor Models, See:
• W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
• W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W251 W251/1: Wiring Harness for Fan with Air-Conditioning System
X1080 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W501 and W511 (6-Cylinder Engines) or
X1080
Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W502 and W511 (4-Cylinder Engines)
X577 X577 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W251
X782 For Model Selection, see:
• X782 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab)
• X782 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab) (Level 16 ECU)
XGND9 XGND9 - Ground Point
XGND15 XGND15 - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 433 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System
Additional references:
Fuse for component supply voltage: F04LCS/05 (BAT)For an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays, and
Diodes (Cab), Component Information , Section 249.
Ground point: See: XGND15 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Diagnostic schematic: For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning
System, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B014 - Air-Conditioning Thermostat Switch,
Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 434 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
( 3 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 435 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System
Additional references:
Fuse for component supply voltage: F04LCS/05 (BAT)For an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays, and
Diodes (Cab), Component Information , Section 249.
Ground point: See: XGND15 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Diagnostic schematic: For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning
System, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B015 - Pressure Switch for Refrigerant
Pressure, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 436 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
( 3 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 437 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 438 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
( 3 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 439 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Heater Relay
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5—14 V
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 440 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Heater Relay
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5—14 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 4
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 441 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
Action:
Heater Relay
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5—14 V
Result:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 442 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 443 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 444 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System
Action:
Heater Relay
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5—14 V
Result:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 445 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 446 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
( 3 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 447 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 448 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
( 3 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 449 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 450 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
( 3 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 451 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
1. Actuate the fan switch in all switch positions and check if the speed changes.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Fan Resistor
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5—14 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Fan Resistor
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5—14 V
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 453 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Fan Switch
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 14 V
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 454 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 455 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 456 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CD: 50CD - Heater/Ventilation/Air-Conditioning System
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 457 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7
Action:
Result:
YES:Fault still exists. See General Information - Electrical System, Check Connectors in Section 210. • Test completed. Return
to diagnostic procedure.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 458 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets
50CE - 3-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50CE - Connector for Accessories (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50CE - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Sockets (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50CE - Service Socket (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
Circuit Tests:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 459 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 460 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets
LEGEND:
F04/01_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F04/06_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F04/07_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K05/01_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
X006-ECE X006 - 3-Terminal Power Outlet Socket, Component Information
X006-SAE X006 - 3-Terminal Power Outlet Socket, Component Information
W021 For Tractor Model, see:
• W021/1: Wiring Harness for 3-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE)
• W021/2: Wiring harness for 3-Pin socket (SAE)
W022 W022/1: Wiring harness for 3-Terminal socket (Adapter)
W023 W023/1: Wiring harness for 3-Terminal socket (Power outlet socket strip)
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
X239 X239 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 or W202 and W021 or W022
X239-1 X239-1 - Connection Point between Harnesses W022 and W021
X239-2 X239-2 - Connection Point between Harnesses W022 and W023
X304 X304 - 3-Terminal Power Outlet Socket Strip, Component Information
XGND5A XGND5 - Ground Point
CIRCUIT 0012 (Cab) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT ACC 2 (Cab) 50AA - Power Supply to Accessories (ACC2) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 461 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets
LEGEND:
F04/03_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W721/1 W721/1: Wiring Harness for Backup Alarm
W751/1 W751/1: Wiring Harness for Front Loader (Cab)
X037 X037 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 or W202 and W721
X037F-1 X037F-1 - Connector of Front Loader
XGND1A XGND1A - Ground Point
CIRCUIT ACC 2 (Cab) 50AA - Power Supply to Accessories (ACC2) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 462 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 463 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B039 B039 - Ground Speed Sensor (Radar), Component Information
F03/19_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
W034 W034/1: Wiring Harness for Signal Socket
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W601 For Tractor Model, see:
W601/1: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for
•
6155M to 6195M Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for
•
6100M to 6145M Tractors
X132 X132 - Signal Socket, Component Information
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X880 X880 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W034
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point
12V Supply (A018) 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units - Summary of References
CIRCUIT ACC1 (Cab) 50AA - Power Supply to Accessories (ACC1) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 464 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 465 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets
LEGEND:
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B112 B112 - Brake Pedal Switch, Component Information
F03/03_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F04/01_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F04/06_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K05/01_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
W031 For Tractor Model, see:
• W031/1: Wiring Harness for 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Rear
• W031/2: Wiring Harness for 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (SAE)
W032 W032/1: Wiring Harness for 7-Terminal Socket (ECE) at Front
W033 For Tractor Model, see:
W033/1: Wiring Harness for 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Front (Adapter) for 6135M to
•
6195M Tractors
W033/2: Wiring Harness for 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Front (Adapter) for 6100M to
•
6130M Tractors
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W211/1 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W601 For Tractor Model, see:
W601/1: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for
•
6155M to 6195M Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for
•
6100M to 6145M Tractors
X023F X023 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (SAE), Component Information
X005 X005 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Rear, Component Information
X234 X234 - Connection Point between Harnesses W033 and W032
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211 (Cab)
X883 X883 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Front, Component Information
X1235 X1235 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 or W202 and W031 or W033
X1235-1 X1235-1 - Connection Point between Harnesses W033 and W031
XGND1A XGND1A - Ground Point
XGND5A XGND5A - Ground Point
CIRCUIT 0012 (Cab) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT ACC2 (Cab) 50AA - Power Supply to Accessories (ACC2) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT ELX1 (Cab) 50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX1) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 466 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets
LEGEND:
F03/02_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K02/06_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
E012 50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light, Diagnostic Schematic
H87/1 50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light, Diagnostic Schematic
H87/2 50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light, Diagnostic Schematic
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
X571 X571 - Service Socket (CAN Bus), Component Information
CAN-Bus Vehicle 50JA - Vehicle CAN Bus (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 0012 (Cab) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 467 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 468 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets
LEGEND:
F03/13_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 469 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets
F03/14_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
K04/01_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
W021 For Tractor Model, see:
• W021/1: Wiring Harness for 3-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE)
• W021/2: Wiring harness for 3-Pin socket (SAE)
W202/1 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Station
X006-ECE X006 - 3-Terminal Power Outlet Socket, Component Information
X006-SAE X006 - 3-Terminal Power Outlet Socket, Component Information
X239 X239 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 or W202 and W021 or W022
XGND1 XGND1 - Ground Point
XGND5 XGND5 - Ground Point
CIRCUIT 0012 (OOS) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT ELX (OOS) 50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 470 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets
LEGEND:
F03/19_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
W202/1 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Station
W721/1 W721/1: Wiring Harness for Backup Alarm
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 471 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 472 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets
50CE - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Sockets (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 473 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets
LEGEND:
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B112 B112 - Brake Pedal Switch, Component Information
F03/14_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
K04/01_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
W031 For Tractor Model, see:
• W031/1: Wiring Harness for 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Rear
• W031/2: Wiring Harness for 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (SAE)
W202/1 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W212/1 W212/1: Cowl Harness (Open Operator′s Platform)
X005 X005 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Rear, Component Information
X023 X023 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (SAE), Component Information
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W212 and W202 (Open Operator′s Platform)
X1235 X1235 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 or W202 and W031 or W033
XGND1 XGND1 - Ground Point
CIRCUIT 0012 (OOS) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT ELX (OOS) 50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 474 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets
LEGEND:
F03/12_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
W202/1 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Station
X571 X571 - Service Socket (CAN Bus), Component Information
XGND2 XGND2 - Ground Point
CIRCUIT 0012 (OOS) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
CAN-Bus Vehicle 50JA - Vehicle CAN Bus (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 475 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50CE - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Sockets (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50CE - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Sockets (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses (Cab): F04/01_LCSF04/06_LCSK05/01_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes
(Cab), Component Information .
Fuses (Open Operator′s Station): F03/14_LCSK04/01_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays,
and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information .
Ground Point (Cab): See: XGND1A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station): See: XGND1 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
X005 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Rear, Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 476 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets
Ground Connection
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 8 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 9 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 10 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 478 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 11 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 479 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50CE - 3-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses (Cab): F04/01_LCSF04/06_LCSK05/01_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes
(Cab), Component Information .
Fuses (Open Operator′s Station): F03/13_LCSF03/14_LCSK04/01_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS -
Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information .
Ground Point (Cab): See: XGND5A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station): See: XGND5 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
X006 - 3-Terminal Power Outlet Socket, Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 480 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 481 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50CE - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Sockets (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50CE - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Sockets (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses (Cab): F04/01_LCSF04/06_LCSK05/01_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes
(Cab), Component Information .
Fuses (Open Operator′s Station): F03/14_LCSK04/01_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays,
and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information .
Ground Point (Cab): See: XGND1A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station): See: XGND1 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
X023 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (SAE), Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 482 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Ground Connection
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 483 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 8 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 9 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 10 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 11 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 12 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 485 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50CE - Connector for Accessories (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50CE - Connector for Accessories (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses (on tractors with cab): F04/03_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab),
Component Information .
Fuses (on tractors with open operator′s station): F03/19_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses,
Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information .
Ground point:
Ground point (on tractors with cab): See: XGND1A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Ground point (on tractors with open operator′s station): See: XGND1 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
X037F-1 - Connector of Front Loaderin Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 486 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets
Action:
Result:
YES:Test completed.
NO:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 487 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50CE - Signal Socket (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses: F03/19_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information .
Ground point: See: XGND43A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
X132 - Signal Socket, Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Signal Socket
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 488 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Signal Socket
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 489 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets
Action:
Result:
YES:Test completed.
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 490 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50CE - 3-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses: F04/01_LCSF04/06_LCSF03/07_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab),
Component Information .
Ground point: See: XGND5A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
X304 - 3-Terminal Power Outlet Socket Strip, Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 491 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets
Result:
YES:Test completed.
NO:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Ground Connection
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 492 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50CE - Connector for Accessories (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50CE - Connector for Accessories (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses (on tractors with cab): F03/02_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab),
Component Information .
Fuses (on tractors with open operator′s station): F03/12_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses,
Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information .
Ground point:
Ground point (on tractors with cab): See: XGND43A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Ground point (on tractors with open operator′s station): See: XGND2 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
X571 - Service Socket (CAN Bus), Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 493 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
NO:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Ground Connection
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 494 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50CE - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Sockets (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND1A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
X883 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Front, Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Ground Connection
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 495 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CE: 50CE - Sockets
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 8 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 497 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CF: 50CF - Radio
Diagnostic schematic:
Circuit Tests:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 498 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CF: 50CF - Radio
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 499 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CF: 50CF - Radio
LEGEND:
A005 A005 - Left Front Speaker, Component Information
A006 A006 - Right Front Speaker, Component Information
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A140-2 A140 - Radio, Component Information
A141 A141 - Audio Interface, Component Information
E012 50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light, Diagnostic Schematic
E014 50BA - Parking Lights (Outputs) (Cab) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic
F03/18_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F031 F031_BBO - Fuse, Component Information
S037 For Tractor Model, see:
• 50GA - Transmission (Sensors) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
• 50GE - Transmission (Sensors) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
W011 W011/1: Wiring Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch (Chassis)
W012 For Tractor Model, see:
• W012/1: Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch and Access Step Light (Cab)
• W012/4: Wiring Harness with Jumper Connector (Tractors without Battery Cut-Off Switch) (Cab)
W027 W027 - Radio Antenna, Component Information
W201/1 W012/1: Wiring Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch and Access Step Light (Cab)
W221 For Tractor Model, see:
• W221/1: Cab Roof Harness (ECE)
• W221/2: Cab Roof Harness (SAE)
W951/1 W951/1: Harness for Audio Interface (USB)
X005 50CE - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Sockets (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
X023 50CE - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Sockets (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
X697 X697 - Connection Point between Harnesses W012 and W011
X781 X781 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W221
X883 50CE - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Sockets (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
X1272 X1272 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 or W202 and W012
X1272M-1 X1272 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 or W202 and W012
XGND10 XGND10 - Ground Point
CIRCUIT ACC1 (Cab) 50AA - Power Supply to Accessories (ACC1) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
Main Power Supply (Cab) 50AA - Central Power Supply (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 500 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CF: 50CF - Radio
LEGEND:
A005 A005 - Left Front Speaker, Component Information
A006 A006 - Right Front Speaker, Component Information
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A140-1 A140 - Radio, Component Information
E012 50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light, Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 501 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CF: 50CF - Radio
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 502 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CF: 50CF - Radio
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50CF - Radio, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50CF - Radio (Retrofit ECE), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
A005 - Left Front Speaker, Component Information in Section 249.
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 504 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CF: 50CF - Radio
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50CF - Radio, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50CF - Radio (Retrofit ECE), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
A006 - Right Front Speaker, Component Information in Section 249.
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 506 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CF: 50CF - Radio
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50CF - Radio, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
A141 - Audio Interface (USB), Component Information in Section 249.
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Between connector X1191F-C, pin 4 (2205) and connector X1193F, pin 5 (2205).
Between connector X1191F-D, pin 1 (2239) and connector X1193F, pin 1 (2239).
Between connector X1191F-D, pin 3 (2234) and connector X1193F, pin 2 (2234).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 508 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CF: 50CF - Radio
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50CF - Radio, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50CF - Radio (Retrofit ECE), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
W027 - Radio Antenna, Component Information in Section 249.
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 510 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CH: 50CH - Accessories
Diagnostic schematic:
Circuit Tests:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 511 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CH: 50CH - Accessories
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
50ZZ - Electronic Control Units, Summary of References see Electronic Control Units (Cab) (Circuit
12V Supply (A018)
of the 12-Volt Supply Voltage)
S043 S043 - iTEC™ Basic Switch, Component Information
W201 W201/1: Cab Harness
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 512 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CH: 50CH - Accessories
LEGEND:
CIRCUIT ACC (CAB) 50AA - Power Supply to Accessories (ACC1) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
E005 E005 - Cigarette Lighter, Component Information
F03/19 LCS F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Information
W201 W201/1: Cab Harness
X132 X132 - Signal Socket, Component Information
XGND1A XGND1A - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 513 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CH: 50CH - Accessories
LEGEND:
CIRCUIT 0012 (Cab) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
E027-1 E027-1 - Left Beacon Light, Circuit Test
E027-2 E027-2 - Right Beacon Light, Circuit Test
F03/14_LCS F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Information
S036 S036 - Beacon Light Switch, Circuit Test
W201 W201/1: Cab Harness
W221 W221/1: Cab Roof Harness (ECE)
W221 W221/2: Cab Roof Harness (SAE)
X781 X781 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W221
XGDN1A XGND1A - Ground Point
XGND11 XGND11 - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 514 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CH: 50CH - Accessories
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50CH - iTEC™ Basic (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S043 - iTEC™ Basic Switch, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Check configuration
Action:
See:
1. AIC 113 - Switches for Worklights and iTEC™ Basic, Statusin Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 515 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CH: 50CH - Accessories
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Circuit test: Perform Main Control Unit, Test of 12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit (ELX Output), Section 240.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 516 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CH: 50CH - Accessories
Result:
NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 517 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CH: 50CH - Accessories
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50CH - Cigarette Lighter, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses (on tractors with cab): F03LCS/19For a summary of fuses, see F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab),
Component Information.
Ground point: See: XGND1A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E005 - Cigarette Lighter, Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 518 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CH: 50CH - Accessories
Result:
NO:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 519 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CH: 50CH - Accessories
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50CH - Beacon Light, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND1A - Ground Point and XGND11 - Ground Point .
Fuse:
Fuse on tractors with cab: See: F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Informationfuse F03/14.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
E027-1 - Left Beacon Light, Component Information in Section 249.
E027-2 - Right Beacon Light, Component Information in Section 249.
S036 - Beacon Light Switch, Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 520 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50CH: 50CH - Accessories
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Beacon light
Circuit Voltage Voltage 10.5 - 14.5 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check fuse F03/14. If necessary, repair defective lead and perform an operational check.
( 4 ) Ground check
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 521 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 8 .
NO:Short to ground present; repair defective lead and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 522 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
Group 50EA - 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus, Summary of
References
50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus, Summary of References
Diagnostic schematic:
Circuit Tests:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 523 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A090 A090 - Rear Implement Socket, Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 524 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 525 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 526 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A051 A051 - GreenStar™ Mobile Processor, Component Information
A052 50EA - StarFire™ ITC Receiver, Diagnostic Schematic
F03/03_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/04_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K02/04_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
P019 P019 - GreenStar™ Display (GSD4), Component Information
P030 50EA - GreenStar™ Display (GSD2/3), Diagnostic Schematic
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W401/1 W401/1: Wiring Harness for Rear Implement Socket
W411 W411/1: Harness for GreenStar™ (Cab Roof)
W521/1 For Tractor Model, see:
• W521/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Coolant Level, Fuel Filter) for 6195M Tractors
• W521/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Coolant Level, Fuel Filter) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
• W521/4: Engine Wiring Harness (Radiator Adapter) for 6100M to 6145M Tractors
W601 For Tractor Model, see:
W601/1: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for
•
6155M to 6195M Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for
•
6100M to 6145M Tractors
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X535 X535 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W421
X543 X543 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W401
X574F X574F - Connector of Implement Switch
X888 50EA - Implement CAN Bus Socket in Cab, Diagnostic Schematic
X907 X907
X978 50EA - Connector for GreenStar™ Display (Shift Console) (X978), Diagnostic Schematic
X1002 X1002 - Connection Point between Harnesses W421 and W411
XGND5A XGND5A - Ground Point
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point
CIRCUIT 0012 (Cab) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 527 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 528 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A051 50EA - GreenStar™ Display (GSD4), Diagnostic Schematic
A052 50EA - StarFire™ ITC Receiver, Diagnostic Schematic
F03/03_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/04_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K02/04_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
P019 50EA - GreenStar™ Display (GSD4), Diagnostic Schematic
P030 P030 - GreenStar™ Display (GS2/3), Component Information
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W401/1 W401/1: Harness for Rear Implement Socket
W411 W411/1: Harness for GreenStar™ (Cab Roof)
W601 For Tractor Model, see:
W601/1: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for
•
6155M to 6195M Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for
•
6100M to 6145M Tractors
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X535 X535 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W421
X543 X543 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W401
X574F X574F - Connector of Implement Switch
X888 50EA - Implement CAN Bus Socket in Cab, Diagnostic Schematic
X907 X907
X978 50EA - Connector for GreenStar™ Display (Shift Console) (X978), Diagnostic Schematic
X1002 X1002 - Connection Point between Harnesses W421 and W411
XGND5A XGND5A - Ground Point
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point
CIRCUIT 0012 (Cab) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 529 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
Implement switch
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 530 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
P019 P019 - GreenStar™ Display (GSD4), Component Information
P030 50EA - GreenStar™ Display (GSD2/3), Diagnostic Schematic
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W401/1 W401/1: Wiring Harness for Rear Implement Socket
W411/1 W411/1: Harness for GreenStar™ (Cab Roof)
W421/1 W421/1: Wiring Harness for Socket (CAN Bus Implement) in Cab
W601 For Tractor Model, see:
W601/1: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6155M to
•
6195M Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6100M to
•
6145M Tractors
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X535 X535 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W421
X543 X543 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W401
X574F X574F - Connector for Implement Switch
X907 X907
X978 X978 - Socket for GreenStar™ Display (C Post), Component Information
X1002 X1002 - Connection Point between Harnesses W421 and W411
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 531 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A051 50EA - GreenStar™ Display (GSD4), Diagnostic Schematic
A052 50EA - StarFire™ ITC Receiver, Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 532 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 533 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 534 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A051 50EA - GreenStar™ Display (GSD4), Diagnostic Schematic
A052 A052 - StarFire™ ITC Receiver, Component Information
F03/03_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/04_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K02/04_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K069 50EA - Rear Implement Socket, Diagnostic Schematic
P019 50EA - GreenStar™ Display (GSD4), Diagnostic Schematic
P030 50EA - GreenStar™ Display (GSD2/3), Diagnostic Schematic
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W411/1 W411/1: Harness for GreenStar™ (Cab Roof)
W421/1 W421/1: Wiring Harness for Socket (CAN Bus Implement) in Cab
X535 X535 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W421
X565F-1 X565F-1
X978 50EA - Connector for GreenStar™ Display (Shift Console) (X978), Diagnostic Schematic
X888 50EA - Implement CAN Bus Socket in Cab, Diagnostic Schematic
X1002 X1002 - Connection Point between Harnesses W421 and W411
XGND5A XGND5A - Ground Point
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point
CIRCUIT 0012 (Cab) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 535 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
F03/03_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/04_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K02/04_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
X689 X689F - Connector of Power Supply for External Display
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 536 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 537 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
50EA - Connector for GreenStar™ Display (Shift Console) (X978), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 538 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
F03/03_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/04_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K02/04_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W401/1 W401/1: Wiring Harness for Rear Implement Socket
W521/1 For Tractor Model, see:
• W521/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Coolant Level, Fuel Filter) for 6195M Tractors
• W521/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Coolant Level, Fuel Filter) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
• W521/4: Engine Wiring Harness (Radiator Adapter) for 6100M to 6145M Tractors
W601 For Tractor Model, see:
W601/1: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for
•
6155M to 6195M Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for
•
6100M to 6145M Tractors
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X535 X535 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W421
X543 X543 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W401
X574F X574F - Connector for Implement Switch
X978 X978 - Socket for GreenStar™ Display (C Post), Component Information
XGND5A XGND5A - Ground Point
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point
CIRCUIT 0012 (Cab) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 539 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50EA - GreenStar™ Display (GSD4), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses: F03/03_LCSF03/04_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component
Information .
Ground point:
XGND5A - Ground Point in Section 249.
XGND43A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
A051 - GreenStar™ Mobile Processor, Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 540 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
1. See 50JA - CAN Bus Systems, Summary of References in Section 240, Group 50JA.
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 541 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50EA - StarFire™ ITC Receiver, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses: F03/03_LCSF03/04_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component
Information .
Ground point:
XGND5A - Ground Point in Section 249.
XGND43A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
A052 - StarFire™ ITC Receiver, Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 542 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
1. See 50JA - CAN Bus Systems, Summary of References in Section 240, Group 50JA.
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 543 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50EA - Rear Implement Socket, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses: F035_PSBF036_PSBFor an overview of the fuses, see PSB - Fuses and Relays, Component Information .
Ground point: See: XGND51H - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
A090 - Rear Implement Socket, Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 544 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:• Recondition defective lead 4019 and perform operational check.• Perform K068 - Relay for Power Supply to Implements
(Power Supply to Components), Circuit Test .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
NO:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead 4034 and perform operational check.• K069 - Relay for Power Supply to Implements (Power
Supply to Implement Control Units), Circuit Test
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 545 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
Action:
1. See 50JA - CAN Bus Systems, Summary of References in Section 240, Group 50JA.
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 546 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50EA - Rear Implement Socket, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses: F035_PSBFor an overview of the fuses, see PSB - Fuses and Relays, Component Information .
Ground point: See: XGND51H - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
PSB - Fuses and Relays, Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 547 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 548 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 8 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 9 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 549 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 550 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50EA - Rear Implement Socket, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses: F036_PSBFor an overview of the fuses, see PSB - Fuses and Relays, Component Information .
Ground point: See: XGND51H - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
PSB - Fuses and Relays, Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 551 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 552 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 8 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 9 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 553 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 554 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50EA - GreenStar™ Display (GSD4), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses: F03/03_LCSF03/04_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component
Information .
Ground point:
XGND5A - Ground Point in Section 249.
XGND43A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
P019 - GreenStar™ Display (GSD4), Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 555 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 556 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
Action:
1. See 50JA - CAN Bus Systems, Summary of References in Section 240, Group 50JA.
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 557 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50EA - GreenStar™ Display (GSD2/3), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses): F03/03_LCSF03/04_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component
Information .
Ground point:
XGND5A - Ground Point in Section 249.
XGND43A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
P030 - GreenStar™ Display (GS2/3), Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 558 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 559 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 8 .
Action:
1. See 50JA - CAN Bus Systems, Summary of References in Section 240, Group 50JA.
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 560 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50EA - Implement CAN Bus Socket in Cab, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses: F03/04_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information .
Ground point: See: XGND43A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
X888 - Implement CAN Bus Socket in Cab, Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 561 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.Replace relay K060 and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 562 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 8 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 9 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 563 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 564 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50EA - Implement Switch, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Ground point:
XGND43A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
X574F - Connector of Implement Switch in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 565 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 566 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50EA - Connector for External Display (X689), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses: F03/03_LCSF03/04_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component
Information .
Ground point: See: XGND5A - Ground Point in Section 249. See: XGND43A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
X689F - Connector of Power Supply for External Display in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 567 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 568 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 569 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50EA - Connector for GreenStar™ Display (Shift Console) (X978), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses: F03/03_LCSF03/04_LCSFor a summary of fuses, see F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component
Information.
Ground point: See: XGND5A - Ground Point in Section 249. See: XGND43A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
X978 - Socket for GreenStar™ Display (C Post), Component Informationin Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 570 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EA: 50EA - TEC Control Software and Implement CAN Bus
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 571 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EB: 50EB - AutoTrac™
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 8 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 9 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 572 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EB: 50EB - AutoTrac™
Diagnostic schematic:
Circuit Tests:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 573 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EB: 50EB - AutoTrac™
AutoTrac™
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 574 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EB: 50EB - AutoTrac™
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A132 A132 - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Component Information
B138 B138 - Sensor for Steering Wheel Position, Component Information
B139 B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Component Information
F02FRM/P7_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F06/F_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
S123 S123 - AutoTrac™ Resume Switch, Component Information
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W451/1 W451/1: Harness for AutoTrac™ (Cab)
W461/1 W461/1: AutoTrac™ Wiring Harness (Steering Wheel Position Sensor)
W471 For Tractor Model, see:
• W471/1: AutoTrac™ Wiring Harness (Wheel Angle Sensor) (6135M to 6195M Tractors)
• W471/2: AutoTrac™ Wiring Harness (Wheel Angle Sensor) (6100M to 6130M Tractors)
X637 X637 - Connection Point between Harnesses W451 and W471
X641 X641 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W451
X837 X837 - Connection Point between Harnesses W451 and W461
XGND1A XGND1A - Ground Point
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point
Y114 Y114 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (AutoTrac™), Component Information
CIRCUIT 0012 (Cab) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT ELX1 (Cab) 50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX1) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 575 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EB: 50EB - AutoTrac™
LEGEND:
A132 A132 - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Component Information
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W451/1 W451/1: Harness for AutoTrac™ (Cab)
W461/1 W461/1: AutoTrac™ Wiring Harness (Steering Wheel Position Sensor)
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 576 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EB: 50EB - AutoTrac™
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 577 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EB: 50EB - AutoTrac™
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50EB - AutoTrac™, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
B138 - Sensor for Steering Wheel Position, Component Information in Section 249.
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Replace B138 - Steering Wheel Position Sensor, and perform operational check.
NO:• Repair defective lead and perform an operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 579 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EB: 50EB - AutoTrac™
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50EB - AutoTrac™, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Component Information in Section 249.
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Repair defective lead and perform an operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 581 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EB: 50EB - AutoTrac™
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50EB - AutoTrac™, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S123 - AutoTrac™ Resume Switch, Component Information in Section 249.
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Repair defective lead and perform an operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 583 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EB: 50EB - AutoTrac™
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50EB - AutoTrac™, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
Y114 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (AutoTrac™), Component Information in Section 249.
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 584 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EB: 50EB - AutoTrac™
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 585 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EB: 50EB - AutoTrac™
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50EB - AutoTrac™, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
Y114 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (AutoTrac™), Component Information in Section 249.
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 586 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EB: 50EB - AutoTrac™
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 587 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EB: 50EB - AutoTrac™
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50EB - AutoTrac™, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
Y114 - Solenoid Valve for Steering Control Valve (AutoTrac™), Component Information in Section 249.
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 588 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EB: 50EB - AutoTrac™
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 589 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EB: 50EB - AutoTrac™
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50EB - Solenoid Valve for Self-Centering of Steering Wheel, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
Y134 - Solenoid Valve for Self-Centering of Steering Wheel, Component Information in Section 249.
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
2. Use a multimeter to measure resistance between connector X839F, pin A and connector X1103F-1, pin A2:
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 591 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EC: 50EC - Radar
Diagnostic schematic:
Circuit Tests:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 592 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EC: 50EC - Radar
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
12V Supply (A018)
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
(Cab)
B039 B039 - Ground Speed Sensor (Radar), Component Information
W034 W034/1: Wiring Harness for Signal Socket
W201 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness
W601/1: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for
W601
6155M to 6195M Tractors
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 593 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EC: 50EC - Radar
W601/2: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for
W601
6100M to 6145M Tractors
X132 X132 - Signal Socket, Component Information
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X880 X880 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W034
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 594 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EC: 50EC - Radar
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50EC - Radar, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
B039 - Ground Speed Sensor (Radar), Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 595 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50EC: 50EC - Radar
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES: Main Control Unit, Test of 12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit (ELX Output)
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
Action:
Result:
YES:• Replace component and perform operational check.• Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.
NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 597 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ED: 50ED - JDLink™ Service ADVISOR™ Remote
Diagnostic schematic:
Circuit Tests:
W024 - Antenna for Telematics (JDLink™ / Service ADVISOR™ Remote), Circuit Test
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 598 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ED: 50ED - JDLink™ Service ADVISOR™ Remote
LEGEND:
A155 A155 - Control Unit for Telematics (JDLink™ / Service ADVISOR™ Remote), Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 599 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50ED - JDLink™ Service ADVISOR™ Remote, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
W024 - Antenna for Telematics (JDLink™ / Service ADVISOR™ Remote), Component Information in Section 249.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 600 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
Circuit Tests:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 601 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 602 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
F030 F030 - Fuse for Electrical Starting Aid, Component Information
G004 G004 - Alternator, Component Information
K046 K046 - Relay for Electrical Starting Aid, Component Information
R036 R036 - Heating Element for Electrical Starting Aid, Component Information
R037 R037 - Resistor for Monitoring the Heating Element of the Electrical Starting Aid, Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 603 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
W501/3 W501/3: Engine Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
W501/4 W501/4: Engine Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W511/1 W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
W511/3 W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W571/1 W571/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Electrical Starting Aid) (4-Cylinder Engines)
X1051 X1051 - Connection Point between Harnesses W571 and W501
X1080 X1080 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W511
XGND9F XGND9 F- Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 604 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
F030 F030 - Fuse for Electrical Starting Aid, Component Information
G004 G004 - Alternator, Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 605 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 606 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
F030 F030 - Fuse for Electrical Starting Aid, Component Information
G004 G004 - Alternator, Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 607 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 608 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 609 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 610 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
A131 A131 - CAN Bus Terminating Resistor (Engine CAN Bus), Component Information
B5103 50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5104 B5104 - Manifold Air Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5105 50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5109 50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5205 B5205 - Sensor for Outlet Temperature of Charge Air Cooler, Component Information
B5206 B5206 - Manifold Air Temperature Sensor, Component Information
B5207 50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5212 50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5500 B5500 - Intake Air Sensor, Component Information
W501/3 W501/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
W501/4 W501/4: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 611 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 612 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
A131 A131 - CAN Bus Terminating Resistor (Engine CAN Bus), Component Information
A5507-2 50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5101-1 50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5103-2 50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5105-2 50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5107-2 50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5109-2 50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5204-2 50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5207 50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5212-2 50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5104 B5104 - Manifold Air Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5205 B5205 - Sensor for Outlet Temperature of Charge Air Cooler, Component Information
B5206 B5206 - Manifold Air Temperature Sensor, Component Information
B5300 B5500 - Intake Air Sensor, Component Information
B5500 B5500 - Intake Air Sensor, Component Information
B5501-2 50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
Y5401 Y5401 - Air Throttle Actuator, Component Information
Y5500 Y5500 - VGT Actuator, Component Information
W501/2 W501/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
W521/2 W521/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Coolant Level, Fuel Filter) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
X1079 X1079 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W521
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 613 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 614 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
A131 A131 - CAN Bus Terminating Resistor (Engine CAN Bus), Component Information
A5507-2 50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5101-1 50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5103-2 50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5104 B5104 - Manifold Air Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5105-2 50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5107-2 50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5109-2 50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5204-2 50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5205 B5205 - Sensor for Outlet Temperature of Charge Air Cooler, Component Information
B5206 B5206 - Manifold Air Temperature Sensor, Component Information
B5207 50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5212-2 50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5300 B5500 - Intake Air Sensor, Component Information
B5500 B5500 - Intake Air Sensor, Component Information
B5501-2 50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
Y5401 Y5401 - Air Throttle Actuator, Component Information
Y5500 Y5500 - VGT Actuator, Component Information
W501/1 W501/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6195M Tractors
W521/1 W521/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Coolant Level, Fuel Filter) for 6195M Tractors
X1079 X1079 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W521
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 615 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 616 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 617 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
B5107 B5107 - Low-Pressure Fuel Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5113 B5113 - Sensor for Fuel Rail Pressure, Component Information
B5208 50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5209 B5209 - Fuel Temperature Sensor, Component Information
B5600 B5600 - Water-in-Fuel Sensor, Component Information
Y047 Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines (Y082, Y083, Y084, Y085), Component Information
Y5002 Y5002 - Suction Control Valve, Component Information
Y5024 B5024 - Relief Valve for Fuel Rail Pressure, Component Information
X5040 X5040 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W561
W501/3 W501/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
W501/4 W501/4: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W561/1 W561/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Adapter for Sensors) (4-Cylinder Engines)
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 618 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 619 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
B5107-2 B5107 - Low-Pressure Fuel Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5113 B5113 - Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5208-2 50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5209-2 B5209 - Fuel Temperature Sensor, Component Information
B5600-2 B5600 - Water-in-Fuel Sensor, Component Information
Y5022-2 Y5022-2 - Control Valve 1 for Fuel Pressure, Component Information
Y5023-2 Y5023-2 - Control Valve 2 for Fuel Pressure, Component Information
Y5024 B5024 - Relief Valve for Fuel Rail Pressure, Component Information
X5021 X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component Information
W501/1 W501/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6195M Tractors
W501/2 W501/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
W521/1 W521/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Coolant Level, Fuel Filter) for 6195M Tractors
W521/2 W521/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Coolant Level, Fuel Filter) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
W521/4 W521/4: Engine Wiring Harness (Radiator Adapter) for 6100M to 6145M Tractors
X1079 X1079 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W521
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 620 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 621 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 622 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
B5102 B5102 - Exhaust Manifold Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5103 B5103 - EGR Flow Sensor, Component Information
B5104 50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5108 50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5109 50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5204 50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5207 B5207 - EGR Temperature Sensor, Component Information
B5212 50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
Y5400 Y5400 - EGR Valve Actuator, Component Information
W501/3 W501/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
W501/4 W501/4: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 623 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 624 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
A5507-2 50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5102-2 B5102 - Exhaust Manifold Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5103-2 B5103 - EGR Flow Sensor, Component Information
B5104 50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5105-2 50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5108 50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5109-2 50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5207 B5207 - EGR Temperature Sensor, Component Information
B5212-2 50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5501-2 50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
Y5400-2 Y5400 - EGR Valve Actuator, Component Information
W501/1 W501/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6195M Tractors
W501/2 W501/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 625 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 626 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 627 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
A149 A149 - CAN Bus Terminating Resistor (Exhaust System CAN Bus), Component Information
A5507 A5507 - DEF Tank Header Assembly, Component Information
B5101-2 50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5103 50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5104 50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5109 B5109 - Sensor for DPF Differential Pressure, Component Information
B5204 B5204 - Exhaust Filter Temperature Module, Component Information
B5207 50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5212 B5212 - SCR Temperature Module, Component Information
B5500 50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5501 B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Information
B5502 B5502 - NOx Sensor at the Inlet of the Aftertreatment System, Component Information
B5503 B5503 - NOx Sensor at the Outlet of the Aftertreatment System, Component Information
Y5020 Y5020 - DPF Dosing Injector, Component Information
Y5402 Y5402 - Exhaust Throttle Actuator, Component Information
W501/3 W501/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
W501/4 W501/4: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W531/2 W531/2: Engine Wiring Harness (DPF Exhaust System) for 6130M to 6175M Tractors
W531/3 W531/3: Engine Wiring Harness (DPF Exhaust System) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W541/1 W541/1: Harness for Engine (Exhaust System, SCR)
W542/1 W542/1: Engine Wiring Harness (DEF Tank)
X1053 X1053 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W531
X1251 X1251 - Connection Point between Harnesses W541 and W531
X1253 X1253 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W542
X1254 -
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 628 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 629 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
A149 A149 - CAN Bus Terminating Resistor (Exhaust System CAN Bus), Component Information
A5507-2 A5507 - DEF Tank Header Assembly, Component Information
B5103-2 50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5104 50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5105-2 50FA - Engine Control (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5109-2 B5109 - Sensor for DPF Differential Pressure, Component Information
B5204-2 B5204 - Exhaust Filter Temperature Module, Component Information
B5207 50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5212-2 B5212 - SCR Temperature Module, Component Information
B5500 50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5501-2 B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Information
B5502-2 B5502 - NOx Sensor at the Inlet of the Aftertreatment System, Component Information
B5503-2 B5503 - NOx Sensor at the Outlet of the Aftertreatment System, Component Information
Y5020-2 Y5020 - DPF Dosing Injector, Component Information
W501/1 W501/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6195M Tractors
W501/2 W501/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
W531/1 W531/1: Engine Wiring Harness (DPF Exhaust System) for 6195M Tractors
W531/2 W531/2: Engine Wiring Harness (DPF Exhaust System) for 6130M to 6175M Tractors
W541/1 W541/1: Harness for Engine (Exhaust System, SCR)
W542/1 W542/1: Engine Wiring Harness (DEF Tank)
X1053 X1053 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W531
X1251 X1251 - Connection Point between Harnesses W541 and W531
X1253 X1253 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W542
X1254 -
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 630 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 631 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 632 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
B5101-2 B5101 - Engine Oil Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5105 B5105 - Crankcase Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5205 50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5206 50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5208 B5208 - Coolant Temperature Sensor, Component Information
B5301 B5301 - Crankshaft Speed Sensor, Component Information
B5302 B5302 - Camshaft Speed Sensor, Component Information
Y5402 50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
W501/3 W501/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
W501/4 W501/4: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W561/1 W561/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Adapter for Sensors) (4-Cylinder Engines)
X5040 X5040 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W561
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 633 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 634 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
A5507-2 50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5101-1 B5101 - Engine Oil Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5102-2 50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5103-2 50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5104 50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5105-2 B5105 - Crankcase Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5107-2 50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5108 B5108 - Coolant Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5109-2 50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5207 50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5208-2 B5208 - Coolant Temperature Sensor, Component Information
B5209-2 50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5212-2 50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5301 B5301 - Crankshaft Speed Sensor, Component Information
B5302 B5302 - Camshaft Speed Sensor, Component Information
B5501-2 50FA - Aftertreatment System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
B5600-2 50FA - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
Y5401 50FA - Air Intake System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
Y5400-2 50FA - Exhaust System (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
W501/1 W501/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6195M Tractors
W501/2 W501/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 635 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 636 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 637 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
A5507 A5507 - DEF Tank Header Assembly, Component Information
E5601 E5601 - Pressure Line Heater of the DEF Dosing Unit, Component Information
E5602 E5602 - DEF Dosing Unit Return Line Heater, Component Information
E5603 E5603 - DEF Dosing Unit Supply Line Heater, Component Information
W501/3 W501/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
W501/4 W501/4: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W542/1 W542/1: Engine Wiring Harness (DEF Tank)
X1253 X1253 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W542
X1254 -
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 638 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 639 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
A5507-2 A5507 - DEF Tank Header Assembly, Component Information
E5601 E5601 - DEF Dosing Unit Pressure Line Heater, Component Information
E5602 E5602 - DEF Dosing Unit Return Line Heater, Component Information
E5603 E5603 - DEF Dosing Unit Supply Line Heater, Component Information
W501/1 W501/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6195M Tractors
W501/2 W501/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
W542/1 W542/1: Engine Wiring Harness (DEF Tank)
X1253 X1253 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W542
X1254 -
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 640 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 641 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
F030 F030 - Fuse for Electrical Starting Aid, Component Information
G004 G004 - Alternator, Component Information
K046 K046 - Relay for Electrical Starting Aid, Component Information
R036 R036 - Heating Element for Electrical Starting Aid, Component Information
R037 R037 - Resistor for Monitoring the Heating Element of the Electrical Starting Aid, Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 642 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
W501/3 W501/3: Engine Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
W501/4 W501/4: Engine Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W511/1 W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
W511/3 W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W571/1 W571/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Electrical Starting Aid) (4-Cylinder Engines)
X1051 X1051 - Connection Point between Harnesses W571 and W501
X1080 X1080 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W511
XGND9 XGND9 - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 643 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
F030 F030 - Fuse for Electrical Starting Aid, Component Information
G004 G004 - Alternator, Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 644 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 645 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 646 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 647 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
A131 A131 - CAN Bus Terminating Resistor (Engine CAN Bus), Component Information
B5103 50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5104 B5104 - Manifold Air Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5105 50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5109 50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5205 B5205 - Sensor for Outlet Temperature of Charge Air Cooler, Component Information
B5206 B5206 - Manifold Air Temperature Sensor, Component Information
B5207 50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5212 50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5500 B5500 - Intake Air Sensor, Component Information
W501/3 W501/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
W501/4 W501/4: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 648 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 649 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
A131 A131 - CAN Bus Terminating Resistor (Engine CAN Bus), Component Information
B5101-1 50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5103-2 50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5105-2 50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5107-2 50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5109-2 50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5204-2 50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5207 50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5212-2 50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5104 B5104 - Manifold Air Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5205 B5205 - Sensor for Outlet Temperature of Charge Air Cooler, Component Information
B5206 B5206 - Manifold Air Temperature Sensor, Component Information
B5300 B5500 - Intake Air Sensor, Component Information
B5500 B5500 - Intake Air Sensor, Component Information
B5501-2 50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
Y5401 Y5401 - Air Throttle Actuator, Component Information
Y5500 Y5500 - VGT Actuator, Component Information
W501/2 W501/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Wiring Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 650 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 651 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 652 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
B5107 B5107 - Low-Pressure Fuel Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5113 B5113 - Sensor for Fuel Rail Pressure, Component Information
B5208 50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5209 B5209 - Fuel Temperature Sensor, Component Information
B5600 B5600 - Water-in-Fuel Sensor, Component Information
Y047 Y047 - Injection Valves on 4-Cylinder Engines (Y082, Y083, Y084, Y085), Component Information
Y5002 Y5002 - Suction Control Valve, Component Information
Y5024 B5024 - Relief Valve for Fuel Rail Pressure, Component Information
X5040 X5040 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W561
W501/3 W501/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
W501/4 W501/4: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W561/1 W561/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Adapter for Sensors) (4-Cylinder Engines)
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 653 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 654 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
B5107-2 B5107 - Low-Pressure Fuel Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5113 B5113 - Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5208-2 50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5209-2 B5209 - Fuel Temperature Sensor, Component Information
B5600-2 B5600 - Water-in-Fuel Sensor, Component Information
Y5022-2 Y5022-2 - Control Valve 1 for Fuel Pressure, Component Information
Y5023-2 Y5023-2 - Control Valve 2 for Fuel Pressure, Component Information
Y5024 B5024 - Relief Valve for Fuel Rail Pressure, Component Information
X5021 X5021 - Injection Valves on 6-Cylinder Engines (Y086, Y087, Y088, Y089, Y090, Y091), Component Information
W501/2 W501/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
W521/3 W521/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Fuel Filter) for 6155M Tractors (Open Operator′s Station)
X1079 X1079 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W521
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 655 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 656 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 657 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
B5102 B5102 - Exhaust Manifold Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5103 B5103 - EGR Flow Sensor, Component Information
B5104 50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5108 50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5109 50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5204 50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5207 B5207 - EGR Temperature Sensor, Component Information
B5212 50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5502 50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5503 50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
Y5400 Y5400 - EGR Valve Actuator, Component Information
Y5402 50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
W501/3 W501/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
W501/4 W501/4: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 658 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 659 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
A5507-2 50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5102-2 B5102 - Exhaust Manifold Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5103-2 B5103 - EGR Flow Sensor, Component Information
B5104 50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5105-2 50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5108 50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5109-2 50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5207 B5207 - EGR Temperature Sensor, Component Information
B5212-2 50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5501-2 50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
Y5400-2 Y5400 - EGR Valve Actuator, Component Information
Y5401 50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
W501/2 W501/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Wiring Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 660 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 661 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 662 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
A149 A149 - CAN Bus Terminating Resistor (Exhaust System CAN Bus), Component Information
A5507 A5507 - DEF Tank Header Assembly, Component Information
B5101-2 50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5109 B5109 - Sensor for DPF Differential Pressure, Component Information
B5102 50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5103 50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5104 50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5109 B5109 - Sensor for DPF Differential Pressure, Component Information
B5204 B5204 - Exhaust Filter Temperature Module, Component Information
B5207 50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5109 B5109 - Sensor for DPF Differential Pressure, Component Information
B5212 B5212 - SCR Temperature Module, Component Information
B5500 50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5109 B5109 - Sensor for DPF Differential Pressure, Component Information
B5501 B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Information
B5502 B5502 - NOx Sensor at the Inlet of the Aftertreatment System, Component Information
B5503 B5503 - NOx Sensor at the Outlet of the Aftertreatment System, Component Information
Y5020 Y5020 - DPF Dosing Injector, Component Information
Y5400 50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5109 B5109 - Sensor for DPF Differential Pressure, Component Information
Y5402 Y5402 - Exhaust Throttle Actuator, Component Information
W501/3 W501/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
W501/4 W501/4: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W531/2 W531/2: Engine Wiring Harness (DPF Exhaust System) for 6130M to 6175M Tractors
W531/3 W531/3: Engine Wiring Harness (DPF Exhaust System) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W541/1 W541/1: Harness for Engine (Exhaust System, SCR)
W542/1 W542/1: Engine Wiring Harness (DEF Tank)
X1053 X1053 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W531
X1251 X1251 - Connection Point between Harnesses W541 and W531
X1253 X1253 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W542
X1254 -
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 663 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 664 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
A149 A149 - CAN Bus Terminating Resistor (Exhaust System CAN Bus), Component Information
A5507-2 A5507 - DEF Tank Header Assembly, Component Information
B5103-2 50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5104 50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5105-2 50FA - Engine Control (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5109-2 B5109 - Sensor for DPF Differential Pressure, Component Information
B5204-2 B5204 - Exhaust Filter Temperature Module, Component Information
B5207 50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5212-2 B5212 - SCR Temperature Module, Component Information
B5500 50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5501-2 B5501 - DEF Dosing Unit, Component Information
B5502-2 B5502 - NOx Sensor at the Inlet of the Aftertreatment System, Component Information
B5503-2 B5503 - NOx Sensor at the Outlet of the Aftertreatment System, Component Information
Y5020-2 Y5020 - DPF Dosing Injector, Component Information
W501/2 W501/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
W531/2 W531/2: Engine Wiring Harness (DPF Exhaust System) for 6130M to 6175M Tractors
W541/1 W541/1: Harness for Engine (Exhaust System, SCR)
W542/1 W542/1: Engine Wiring Harness (DEF Tank)
X1053 X1053 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W531
X1251 X1251 - Connection Point between Harnesses W541 and W531
X1253 X1253 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W542
X1254 -
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 665 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 666 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 667 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
B5101-2 B5101 - Engine Oil Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5105 B5105 - Crankcase Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5205 50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5206 50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5208 B5208 - Coolant Temperature Sensor, Component Information
B5301 B5301 - Crankshaft Speed Sensor, Component Information
B5302 B5302 - Camshaft Speed Sensor, Component Information
W501/3 W501/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
W501/4 W501/4: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W561/1 W561/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Adapter for Sensors) (4-Cylinder Engines)
X5040 X5040 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W561
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 668 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 669 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
A5507-2 50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5101-1 B5101 - Engine Oil Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5102-2 50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5103-2 50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5104 50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5105-2 B5105 - Crankcase Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5107-2 50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5108 B5108 - Coolant Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B5109-2 50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5207 50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5208-2 B5208 - Coolant Temperature Sensor, Component Information
B5209-2 50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5212-2 50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5301 B5301 - Crankshaft Speed Sensor, Component Information
B5302 B5302 - Camshaft Speed Sensor, Component Information
B5501-2 50FA - Aftertreatment (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B5600-2 50FA - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
Y5400-2 50FA - Exhaust System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
Y5401 50FA - Air Intake System (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
W501/2 W501/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Wiring Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 670 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 671 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 672 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
A5507 A5507 - DEF Tank Header Assembly, Component Information
E5601 E5601 - Pressure Line Heater of the DEF Dosing Unit, Component Information
E5602 E5602 - DEF Dosing Unit Return Line Heater, Component Information
E5603 E5603 - DEF Dosing Unit Supply Line Heater, Component Information
W501/3 W501/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
W501/4 W501/4: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W542/1 W542/1: Engine Wiring Harness (DEF Tank)
X1253 X1253 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W542
X1254 -
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 673 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 674 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
A5507-2 A5507 - DEF Tank Header Assembly, Component Information
E5601 E5601 - Pressure Line Heater of the DEF Dosing Unit, Component Information
E5602 E5602 - DEF Dosing Unit Return Line Heater, Component Information
E5603 E5603 - DEF Dosing Unit Supply Line Heater, Component Information
W501/2 W501/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
W542/1 W542/1: Engine Wiring Harness (DEF Tank)
X1253 X1253 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W542
X1254 -
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 675 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 676 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Repair defective lead 0343 and perform an operational check.• Perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test of 5-V Supply
Voltage Circuit in Section 245.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 677 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
Result:
YES:GO TO 7
NO:Short to ground present. See 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test of 5-V Supply Voltage Circuit in Section 245. Recondition
defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 678 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
Fuses:
See F030 - Fuse for Electrical Starting Aid, Component Information in Section 249.
Diagnostic schematic: For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see:
50FA - Electronic Starting Aid (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50FA - Electronic Starting Aid (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
K046 - Relay for Electrical Starting Aid, Component Information in Section 249.
Ground point: For details of location and information on components, see:
XGND9 F- Ground Point(Cab), Section 249.
XGND9 - Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station), Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
NO:Repair the slot and perform operational check. See General Information - Electrical System, Check Connectors in Section
210.
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 679 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
1. Disconnect connector X672F of sensor for charge-air cooler outlet temperature, to simulate a cold engine. See B5205 -
Outlet Temperature Sensor of Charge-Air Cooler, Component Information , Section 249.
→NOTE: When the key switch is switched on, the relay for the electrical starting aid is supplied with
control voltage for 15-20 seconds.
3. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage at slot K046, between pin 1 (5429) and pin 2 (0010).
4. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 680 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
Result:
NO:Short to ground present. Repair defective lead 5429 and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 9 .
NO:GO TO 8 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 9 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 681 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
Action:
1. R037 - Resistor for Monitoring the Heating Element of the Electrical Starting Aid, Circuit Test
2. R036 - Heating Element for Electrical Starting Aid, Circuit Test
Result:
NO:Circuit tests performed and problem still persists. Replace component and perform operational check.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 682 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
Action:
1. Disconnect connector X672F of sensor for charge-air cooler outlet temperature, to simulate a cold engine. See B5205 -
Outlet Temperature Sensor of Charge-Air Cooler, Component Information , Section 249.
2. Connect the clamp-on ammeter on lead 5242 of fuse F030. See F030 - Fuse for Electrical Starting Aid, Component
Information , Section 249.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 683 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
Clamp-On Ammeter
→NOTE: The current is high at the beginning and decreases during the preheat time. For an accurate
test result, perform the test as follows:
4. The preheat time is 15-20 seconds. Record the lowest current value.
5. Ignition switch OFF.
6. Key switch ON (engine OFF).
7. The preheat time is 15-20 seconds. Record the lowest current value.
8. Ignition switch OFF.
9. Key switch ON (engine OFF).
10. The preheat time is 15-20 seconds. Record the lowest current value.
11. Check if the lowest of the recorded values complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification
Result:
NO:• Current below specification. GO TO 2 . • Current is at 0 A. GO TO K046 - Relay for Electrical Starting Aid, Circuit Test .
Action:
IMPORTANT:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 684 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
→NOTE:
If disconnecting a glow plug has no effect on the current, the glow plug is defective.
CAUTION:
Risk of fire due to shorted circuit. Make sure that the disconnected glow plug connector does not
touch any engine parts.
Result:
NO:Reconnect the glow plug. Continue with the next glow plug.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 685 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FA: 50FA - Electronic Engine Control
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Continuity Check
Action:
Resistor for Monitoring the Heating Element of the Electrical Starting Aid
Circuit Resistance 950—1050 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 686 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FB: 50FB - Immobilizer
Action:
Result:
YES:No short to ground present. Replace component and perform operational check.
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 687 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FB: 50FB - Immobilizer
Diagnostic schematic:
Circuit Tests:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 688 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FB: 50FB - Immobilizer
LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 689 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FB: 50FB - Immobilizer
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 690 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FB: 50FB - Immobilizer
Test Procedure
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
→NOTE: When performing checks on the electrical immobilizer, always use the original ignition key
(with chip).
Enter value 1 .
Status
Result:
Action:
1. Access address EIC 100 and check the key ID. Compare the displayed key ID with the saved IDs in addresses EIC 101 to
EIC 105.
Status
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 691 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FB: 50FB - Immobilizer
Result:
YES:The key ID is stored in one of the addresses EIC 101 to EIC 105. Diagnostics completed.
NO:Key ID is unknown. Request replacement key, see installation instructions for Install and program an electric
immobilizer (MHM1238) .
Action:
Perform test, see W28 - Immobilizer Antenna, Circuit Test in Section 240.
Result:
YES:Diagnostics completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnostics completed.
NO:Replace the immobilizer control unit, see installation instructions in Install and Program an Electric Immobilizer
(MHM1238) .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 692 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FC: 50FC - Fuel System
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
Access address EIC 114 and check which status is displayed; see:
Result:
YES:No fault display for antenna. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.
Action:
Immobilizer Antenna
Resistance in circuit Resistance 16—19 Ω
Result:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 693 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FC: 50FC - Fuel System
Diagnostic schematic:
Circuit Tests:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 694 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FC: 50FC - Fuel System
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 695 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FC: 50FC - Fuel System
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
B176 B176 - Fuel Level Sensor, Component Information
CIRCUIT 0012 (Cab) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT IGN (Cab) 50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (IGN) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
F02FRM/P6_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/15_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K02/3_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
M031 M031 - Fuel Pump, Component Information
M031-3 M031 - Fuel Pump, Component Information
R002-3 R002 - Heating Element of Fuel Preheater, Component Information
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W501/1 W501/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6195M Tractors
W501/2 W501/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
W501/3 W501/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
W501/4 W501/4: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W511/1 W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
W511/3 W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W522/1 W522/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Adapter for Fuel Pump) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
W601/1: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6155M
W601/1
to 6195M Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6100M
W601/2
to 6145M Tractors
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X575 X575 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W522
X712 X712 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W201 or W431
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W201 or W202
X1080 X1080 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W511
XGND1A XGND1A - Ground Point
XGND5A XGND5A - Ground Point
XGND9F XGND9 F- Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 696 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FC: 50FC - Fuel System
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 697 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FC: 50FC - Fuel System
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
B176 B176 - Fuel Level Sensor, Component Information
CIRCUIT 0012 (OOS) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT IGN (OOS) 50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (IGN) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
M031 M031 - Fuel Pump, Component Information
M031-3 M031 - Fuel Pump, Component Information
R002-3 R002 - Heating Element of Fuel Preheater, Component Information
F03/08_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
K02/A_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
W202/1 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Station
W501/1 W501/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6195M Tractors
W501/2 W501/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
W501/3 W501/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
W501/4 W501/4: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W511/1 W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
W511/3 W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W522/1 W522/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Adapter for Fuel Pump) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
X575 X575 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W522
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W201 or W202
X1080 X1080 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W511
XGND1 XGND1A - Ground Point
XGND9 XGND9 F- Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 698 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FC: 50FC - Fuel System
Additional references:
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 699 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FC: 50FC - Fuel System
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 8
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 701 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FC: 50FC - Fuel System
Fuses:
F03LCS/05, see F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Informationin Section 249.
F01PLB/01, see F01PLB - Fuses (PLB), Component Information in Section 249.
F037, see F037PLB - Main Fuse (PLB), Component Informationin Section 249.
Diagnostic schematic: For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50FC - Fuel System (Cab), Diagnostic
Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
K02/3 K01LCS to K05LCS - Relays (LCS) (Cab), Component Informationin Section 249.
Ground point: See: XGND5A - Ground Point in Section 249.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 702 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FC: 50FC - Fuel System
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:• Check fuse F03LCS/05.• Perform S001 - Key Switch, Circuit Test.
Action:
Result:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 703 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FC: 50FC - Fuel System
Fuses:
F03LCS/02, see F03LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Open Operator′s Station), Component Informationin Section 249.
F01PLB/01, see F01PLB - Fuses (PLB), Component Information in Section 249.
F037, see F037PLB - Main Fuse (PLB), Component Informationin Section 249.
Diagnostic schematic: For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50FC - Fuel System (Open Operator′s Station),
Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
K02LCS/A K01LCS to K04LCS - Relays (LCS) (Open Operator′s Station), Component Informationin Section 249.
Ground point: See: XGND1 - Ground Point in Section 249.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 704 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FC: 50FC - Fuel System
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:• Check fuse F03LCS/02.• Perform S001 - Key Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test.
Action:
Result:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 705 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FC: 50FC - Fuel System
Fuses:
F03LCS/16, see F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Informationin Section 249.
F03LCS/09, see F03LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Open Operator′s Station), Component Informationin Section 249.
Relays: For details of location and information on components, see:
K02LCS/03, see K01LCS to K05LCS - Relays (LCS) (Cab), Component Informationin Section 249.
K02LCS/A, see K01LCS to K04LCS - Relays (LCS) (Open Operator′s Station), Component Informationin Section 249.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
Result:
YES:Check the fuel lines for restriction or damage and check if they are routed correctly.
NO:GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Check fuse
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 706 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FC: 50FC - Fuel System
Result:
YES:Fuse OK. GO TO 3 .
NO:Fuse blown. Repair defective lead 0562 and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• K02LCS/03 - Relay for Fuel Pump and Fuel Preheater, Perform Circuit Test . • K02LCS/A - Relay for Fuel Pump and Fuel
Preheater, Perform Circuit Test (Open Operator′s Station).
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 707 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FC: 50FC - Fuel System
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 708 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50FC: 50FC - Fuel System
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Test completed.
NO:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6
NO:Short to ground present. Repair defective lead 5047 and perform operational check.
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 709 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:• K02LCS/03 - Relay for Fuel Pump and Fuel Preheater, Perform Circuit Test. • K02LCS/A - Relay for Fuel Pump and Fuel
Preheater, Perform Circuit Test (Open Operator′s Station).
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 710 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Wheel Sensors (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Sensors (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Potentiometers for Hand Throttle and Accelerator Pedal (Open Operator′s Station),
Diagnostic Schematic
B007 - Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
B031 - Transmission Oil Pressure Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
B035-1 - Wheel Speed Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
B035-2 - Wheel Speed Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
B060 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
B079 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
B096 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 711 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
LEGEND:
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 712 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 713 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 714 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B007 B007 - Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch, Component Information
B031 B031 - Pressure Switch for Transmission Oil, Component Information
B060 B060 - Sensor for Transmission Oil Temperature, Component Information
B104 B104 - Transmission Output Speed Sensor, Component Information
B105 B105 - Enable Pressure Sensor, Component Information
W201 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W601 For Transmission Version, see:
W601/1: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control)
•
for 6155M to 6195M Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control)
•
for 6100M to 6145M Tractors
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point
5V Supply (A018)
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
(Cab)
12V Supply (A018)
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
(Cab)
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 715 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B007 B007 - Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch, Component Information
B031 B031 - Pressure Switch for Transmission Oil, Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 716 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 717 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 718 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
LEGEND:
A003 A003 - Control Unit in Cab, Component Information
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B144 B144 - Auto Mode Potentiometer, Component Information
S037 S037 - Gear Selector Switch, Auto Mode and Clutch, Component Information
S114 S114 - Park Lock Switch, Component Information
S125-1 - Gear Selector Switch (Range-Shift Lever) for PowrQuad™ Transmission, Component
S125-1
Information
S125-2 S125-2 - Gear Selector Switch (Shift Console) for PowrQuad™ Transmission, Component Information
W201 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
X003F-1 For Specification, see:
• S125-1 - Gear Selector Switch (Range-Shift Lever), Component Information
• S037 - Gear Selector Switch, Auto Mode and Clutch, Component Information
X003F-2 S037 - Gear Selector Switch, Auto Mode and Clutch, Component Information
X003F-3 For Specification, see:
• S125-1 - Gear Selector Switch (Range-Shift Lever), Component Information
• S037 - Gear Selector Switch, Auto Mode and Clutch, Component Information
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
XGND1A XGND1A - Ground Point
Keep Alive CIRCUIT
50ZZ - Circuit for Keep-Alive Voltage (Cab), Circuit Test
(Cab)
5V Supply (A018)
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
(Cab)
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 719 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 720 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
Stecker für Notfahreinrichtung Connector for Come-Home Function, Component Information
12V Supply (A018) (Cab) 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 721 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Sensors for Accelerator Pedal, Hand Throttle and Clutch
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B065 B065 - Clutch Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information
B079-1 B079 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 722 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 723 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Potentiometers for Hand Throttle and Accelerator Pedal (Open Operator′s
Station), Diagnostic Schematic
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B079 B079 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information
B096 B096 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Component Information
W202 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Station
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 724 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
5V Supply (A018) 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic
(OOS) Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 725 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 726 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B009-1, B009-2 B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information
B035-1 B035 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W601 For Tractor Model, see:
W601/1: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for
•
6155M to 6195M Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for
•
6100M to 6145M Tractors
X088 For Specification, see:
• B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information
• B035 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 727 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B035-1, B035-2 B035 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information
W202 W202/1: Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W602 For Tractor Model, see:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 728 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
W602/1: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Mechanical Reverser Control) for 6150M
•
Tractors
W602/2: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Mechanical Reverser Control) for 6105M to
•
6140M Tractors
X287 X287 - Connection Point between Harnesses W202 and W602 (Open Operator′s Platform)
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 729 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 730 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
Y011 Y011 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable, Component Information
Y033 Y033 - Forward Solenoid Valve, Component Information
Y036 Y036 - Reverse Solenoid Valve, Component Information
Y039 Y039 - Gear Selector Solenoid Valve K2, Component Information
Y040 Y040 - Gear Selector Solenoid Valve K1, Component Information
W201 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness
W601 For Tractor Model, see:
W601/1: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6155M to
•
6195M Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6100M to
•
6145M Tractors
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
XGND1A XGND1A - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 731 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic: For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Reverse
Drive Lever (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
A082 - Reverse Drive Lever, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 732 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Check ground lead (0050). Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
NO:Check supply voltage lead (0432). Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 733 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
3. Disconnect connector X001F from component. See A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information .
4. Use a multimeter to check for continuity as follows:
Check for continuity between connector X767, pin B (6051) and connector X001, pin 19 (6051).
Check for continuity between connector X767, pin C (6123) and connector X001, pin 24 (6123).
Check for continuity between connector X767, pin D (6000) and connector X001, pin 21 (6000).
Check for continuity between connector X767, pin E (6109) and connector X001, pin 22 (6109).
Check for continuity between connector X767, pin F (6014) and connector X001, pin 16 (6014).
Check for continuity between connector X767, pin F (6014) and connector X027F-1, pin 1A3 (6014).
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
Action:
Result:
NO:Short to ground present.• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 734 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Additional references:
Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section
240.
Ground point: See: XGND43A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B007 - Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch,
Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. CCU 007 - Sensor for Transmission Oil Filter and Sensor for Transmission Oil Pressure, Status , Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 735 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO 5 .
( 4 ) Check circuit
Action:
Jumper placed between pin A (6016) and pin B (0050) of connector X080 X1
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 736 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 7
NO:Short to ground present. Repair defective lead (6016) and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 737 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Additional references:
Circuit:
Diagnostic Schematic (tractors with open operator′s station): See: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission,
Sensors (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point (tractors with open operator′s station): See: XGND2 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B007 - Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch,
Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. CCU 007 - Sensor for Transmission Oil Filter and Sensor for Transmission Oil Pressure, Status , Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 738 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO 5 .
( 4 ) Check circuit
Action:
Jumper placed between pin A (6016) and pin B (0050) of connector X080 X1
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 739 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7
NO:Short to ground present. Repair defective lead (6016) and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 740 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 741 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 742 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 7
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 743 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 744 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 745 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 7
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 746 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Additional references:
Circuit:
Diagnostic Schematic (on tractors with cab): See: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic
Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point (tractors with cab): See: XGND43A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B031 - Transmission Oil Pressure Switch,
Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. CCU 007 - Sensor for Transmission Oil Filter and Sensor for Transmission Oil Pressure, Status , Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 747 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO 5 .
( 4 ) Check circuit
Action:
Jumper placed between pin A (6015) and pin B (0050) of connector X083 1X
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 748 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 7
NO:Short to ground present. Repair defective lead (6015) and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 749 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Additional references:
Circuit:
Diagnostic Schematic (tractors with open operator′s station): See: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission,
Sensors (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point (tractors with open operator′s station): See: XGND2 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B031 - Transmission Oil Pressure Switch,
Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. CCU 007 - Sensor for Transmission Oil Filter and Sensor for Transmission Oil Pressure, Status , Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 750 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO 5 .
( 4 ) Check circuit
Action:
Jumper placed between pin A (6015) and pin B (0050) of connector X083 1X
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 751 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 7
NO:Short to ground present. Repair defective lead (6015) and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 752 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 753 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 754 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 755 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 756 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 757 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 758 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 759 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 760 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 761 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
Diagnostic Schematic (on tractors with cab): See: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic
Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point:
Ground point (on tractors with cab): See: XGND43A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B060 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor,
Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 762 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
For further information, see B060 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor, Component Information , Section 249.
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 763 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 764 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
Diagnostic Schematic (tractors with open operator′s station): See: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission,
Sensors (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
Ground point:
Ground point (tractors with open operator′s station): See: XGND2 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B060 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor,
Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 765 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
For further information, see B060 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor, Component Information , Section 249.
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 766 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 6
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 767 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 768 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 769 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Action:
Result:
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 770 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Additional references:
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. OIC 053 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer (Channel 1), Voltage in Section 245.
2. OIC 054 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer (Channel 2), Voltage in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 771 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Repair defective lead 6033 and perform an operational check.• Main Control Unit, Test of 5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit,
Section 245.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 772 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• Main Control Unit, Test of 5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit,
Section 245.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 773 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Additional references:
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 774 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Repair defective lead 7073 and perform an operational check.• Main Control Unit, Perform Test of 5-Volt Supply Voltage
Circuit, Section 245.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 775 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 7
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• Main Control Unit, Perform Test of 5-Volt Supply Voltage
Circuit, Section 245.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 776 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Additional references:
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. OIC 053 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer (Channel 1), Voltage in Section 245.
2. OIC 054 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer (Channel 2), Voltage in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 777 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Repair defective lead 6033 and perform an operational check.• Main Control Unit, Test of 5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit,
Section 245.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 778 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 7
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• Main Control Unit, Test of 5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit,
Section 245.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 779 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Additional references:
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 780 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Repair defective lead 6033 and perform an operational check.• Main Control Unit, Perform Test of 5-Volt Supply Voltage
Circuit, Section 245.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 781 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 7
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• Main Control Unit, Perform Test of 5-Volt Supply Voltage
Circuit, Section 245.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 782 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 783 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 784 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 7
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 785 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 786 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 787 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 788 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
Diagnostic schematic:
See: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Controls and Instruments (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B144 - Auto Mode Potentiometer, Component
Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 789 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 790 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 7
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 791 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
S037 - Gear Selector Switch, Auto Mode and Clutch, Circuit Test
Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Controls and Instruments (Cab), Diagnostic
Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND1A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S037 - Switch for Gear Selector, Auto Mode and Clutch, Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. OIC 019 - Switch for Gear Selector, Auto Mode and Clutch, Status , Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 792 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 793 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 794 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. OIC 017 - Park Lock Switch and Declutch Switch on Range-Shift Lever, Status , Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 795 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 796 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 797 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. OIC 019 - Switch for Gear Selector, Auto Mode and Clutch, Status , Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 798 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 799 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 800 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. OIC 019 - Switch for Gear Selector, Auto Mode and Clutch, Status , Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 801 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 802 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 803 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. PTQ 064 - Test Mode of Enable Pressure Solenoid Valve in Section 245.
2. PTQ 065 - Enable Pressure Solenoid Valve, Current in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 804 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 806 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. PTQ 062 - Test Mode of Proportional Solenoid Valves for Forward Clutch/Reverse Brake in Section 245.
2. PTQ 063 - Proportional Solenoid Valves for Forward Clutch/Reverse Brake, Current in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 807 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 809 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. PTQ 062 - Test Mode of Proportional Solenoid Valves for Forward Clutch/Reverse Brake in Section 245.
2. PTQ 063 - Proportional Solenoid Valves for Forward Clutch/Reverse Brake, Current in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 810 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 812 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. PTQ 060 - Test Mode of Gear Selector Solenoid Valves in Section 245.
2. PTQ 061 - Gear Selector Solenoid Valves, Current in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 813 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 814 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 815 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. PTQ 060 - Test Mode of Gear Selector Solenoid Valves in Section 245.
2. PTQ 061 - Gear Selector Solenoid Valves, Current in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 816 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 818 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GA: 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Connector for Come-Home Function, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
Connector for Come-Home Function, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. OIC 021 - Come-Home Connector, Operator Presence Switch and Ignition Switch, Status in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 819 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
NO:If equipped, check other wiring harness connectors for dirty, pushed back or loose pins. Recondition lead 0432 and perform
operational check.
Action:
Continuity
Resistance in Circuit Resistance 0—1 Ω
Result:
YES:Replace component and perform operational check. See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
NO:If equipped, check other wiring harness connectors for dirty, pushed back or loose pins. Recondition lead 6023 and perform
operational check.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 820 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Diagnostic schematic:
Circuit Tests:
A082 - Reverse Drive Lever (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
B007 - Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
B009-1 - Wheel Speed Sensor (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
B009-3 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Test
B009-4 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Test
B009-6 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Test
B031 - Transmission Oil Pressure Switch (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
B060 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
B065 - Clutch Pedal Potentiometer (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
B079-2 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer, Circuit Test
B096-3 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Circuit Test
B104 - Transmission Output Speed Sensor (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
B105 - Enable Pressure Sensor (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
B256 - Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
B257 - Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
B258 - Position Sensor for E/F Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
S029 - Switch for Start-Up Gear Programming (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
S125-3 - Gear Selector Switch (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
Y011 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
Y033 - Forward Solenoid Valve, Circuit Test
Y036 - Reverse Solenoid Valve, Circuit Test
Y039 - Gear Selector Solenoid Valve K2, Circuit Test
Y040 - Gear Selector Solenoid Valve K1, Circuit Test
Y130 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H1 (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
Y131 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H2 (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
Y132 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H3 (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
Y133 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H4 (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
X033 - Park Lock Latch (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
Come-Home Connector (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 821 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
LEGEND:
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 822 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 823 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 824 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
LEGEND:
A003 A003 - Cab Control Unit, Component Information
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
S007 S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information
S125-3 - Gear Selector Switch (Shift Console) for CommandQuad™ Transmission, Component
S125-3
Information
W201 Wiring Harness to be completed
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point
5V Supply (A018) (Cab) 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 825 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 826 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B009-1 B009-1 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information
B009-3 B009-3 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information
B009-4 B009-4 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information
B009-6 B009-6 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information
W201 .
W601 .
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 827 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 828 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B060 B060 - Sensor for Transmission Oil Temperature, Component Information
B104 B104 - Transmission Output Speed Sensor, Component Information
B105 B105 - Enable Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B256 - Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
B256
Information
B257 - Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
B257
Information
B258 - Position Sensor for E/F Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component
B258
Information
W201 Wiring Harness to be completed
W601 Wiring Harness to be completed
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point
5V Supply (A018)
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
(Cab)
12V Supply (A018)
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
(Cab)
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 829 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 830 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
Y011 Y011 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable, Component Information
Y033 Y033 - Forward Solenoid Valve, Component Information
Y036 Y036 - Reverse Solenoid Valve, Component Information
Y039 Y039 - Gear Selector Solenoid Valve K2, Component Information
Y040 Y040 - Gear Selector Solenoid Valve K1, Component Information
Y130 Y130 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H1 (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
Y131 Y131 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H2 (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
Y132 Y132 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H3 (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
Y133 Y133 - Solenoid Valve for Range Shifting H4 (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
W201 Wiring Harness to be completed
W601 Wiring Harness to be completed
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
XGND1A XGND1A - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 831 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 832 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
LEGEND:
A003 A003 - Cab Control Unit, Component Information
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B007 B007 - Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch, Component Information
B031 B031 - Pressure Switch for Transmission Oil, Component Information
S029 S029 – Switch for Start-Up Gear Programming (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information
W201 Wiring Harness to be completed
W601 Wiring Harness to be completed
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 833 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Potentiometers for Hand Throttle, Accelerator Pedal and Clutch Pedal (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Potentiometers for Hand Throttle, Accelerator Pedal and Clutch Pedal (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 834 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B065 B065 - Clutch Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information
B079-2 B079 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information
B096-3 B096 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Component Information
W201 Wiring Harness to be completed
W211 Wiring Harness to be completed
W241 Wiring Harness to be completed
X322 X322 - Connection Point between Harnesses W211 and W241
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211 (Cab)
5V Supply (A018) (Cab) 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 835 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
W201 Wiring Harness to be completed
X033 X033 - Park Lock Latch (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point
S114 - Keep Alive CIRCUIT (Cab) 50ZZ - Circuit for Keep-Alive Voltage (Cab), Circuit Test
12V Supply (A018) (Cab) 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 836 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 837 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
Stecker für Notfahreinrichtung Connector for Come-Home Function, Component Information
12V Supply (A018) (Cab) 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 838 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic: For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Reverse
Drive Lever (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
A082 - Reverse Drive Lever, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 839 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Check ground lead (0050). Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
NO:Check supply voltage lead (0432). Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 840 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
3. Disconnect connector X001F from component. See A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information .
4. Use a multimeter to check for continuity as follows:
Check for continuity between connector X767, pin B (6051) and connector X001, pin 19 (6051).
Check for continuity between connector X767, pin C (6123) and connector X001, pin 24 (6123).
Check for continuity between connector X767, pin D (6000) and connector X001, pin 21 (6000).
Check for continuity between connector X767, pin E (6109) and connector X001, pin 22 (6109).
Check for continuity between connector X767, pin F (6014) and connector X001, pin 16 (6014).
Check for continuity between connector X767, pin F (6014) and connector X027F-1, pin 1A3 (6014).
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
Action:
Result:
NO:Short to ground present.• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 841 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Additional references:
Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Switches, Diagnostic Schematic in Section
240.
Ground point: See: XGND43A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B007 - Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch,
Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. CCU 007 - Sensor for Transmission Oil Filter and Sensor for Transmission Oil Pressure, Status , Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 842 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO 5 .
( 4 ) Check circuit
Action:
Jumper placed between pin A (6016) and pin B (0050) of connector X080 X1
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 843 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7
NO:Short to ground present. Repair defective lead (6016) and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 844 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 845 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 846 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 7
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 847 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 848 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 849 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 7
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 850 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 851 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 852 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 7
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 853 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 854 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 855 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 7
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 856 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Additional references:
Circuit:
Diagnostic Schematic (on tractors with cab): See: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Switches, Diagnostic
Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point (tractors with cab): See: XGND43A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B031 - Transmission Oil Pressure Switch,
Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. CCU 007 - Sensor for Transmission Oil Filter and Sensor for Transmission Oil Pressure, Status , Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 857 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO 5 .
( 4 ) Check circuit
Action:
Jumper placed between pin A (6015) and pin B (0050) of connector X083 1X
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 858 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 7
NO:Short to ground present. Repair defective lead (6015) and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 859 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Sensors, Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point:
Ground point: See: XGND43A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B060 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor,
Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 860 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
For further information, see B060 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor, Component Information , Section 249.
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 861 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 862 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 863 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 864 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Action:
Result:
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 865 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Additional references:
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. OIC 053 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer (Channel 1), Voltage in Section 245.
2. OIC 054 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer (Channel 2), Voltage in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 866 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Repair defective lead 6033 and perform an operational check.• 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage
Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 245.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 867 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 7
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage
Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 245.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 868 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Additional references:
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 869 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Repair defective lead 6033 and perform an operational check.• Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply
Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 245.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 870 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 7
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply
Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 245.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 871 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 872 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 873 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 7
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 874 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 875 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 876 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 877 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. PTQ 071 - Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Voltage, Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 878 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 879 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Result:
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 880 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. PTQ 072 - Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Voltage, Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 881 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 882 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Result:
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 883 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. PTQ 073 - Position Sensor for E/F Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Voltage , Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 884 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 885 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Result:
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 886 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 887 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:• Recondition defective lead 0432 and perform operational check.• Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (12-Volt Supply
Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 245.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
NO:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:• Recondition defective lead 6175 or 0341 and perform operational check.• 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply
Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
NO:• Recondition defective lead 0343 and perform operational check.• 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage
Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 888 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
Action:
1. Ignition OFF.
2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:Connector X019F-1
Shift unit connector X019F-1, pin 2 (6041) and ground.
Shift unit connector X019F-1, pin 3 (6224) and ground.
Shift unit connector X019F-1, pin 4 (6053) and ground.
Shift unit connector X019F-1, pin 5 (6175) and ground.
Shift unit connector X019F-1, pin 6 (6079) and ground.
Shift unit connector X019F-1, pin 7 (6048) and ground.
Shift unit connector X019F-1, pin 10 (0341) and ground.
Connector X019F-2
Shift unit connector X019F-2, pin 1 (6244) and ground.
Shift unit connector X019F-2, pin 3 (6124) and ground
Shift unit connector X019F-2, pin 4 (6037) and ground
Shift unit connector X019F-2, pin 5 (6138) and ground
Shift unit connector X019F-2, pin 7 (6149) and ground
Shift unit connector X019F-2, pin 8 (6063) and ground.
Shift unit connector X019F-2, pin 9 (6156) and ground
Shift unit connector X019F-2, pin 11 (6187) and ground.
Shift unit connector X019F-2, pin 13 (6145) and ground.
Shift unit connector X019F-2, pin 14 (6166) and ground.
Shift unit connector X019F-2, pin 15 (6158) and ground.
Shift unit connector X019F-2, pin 16 (6159) and ground.
Result:
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Shift unit connector X019F-2, pin 4 (6037) and connector X018F, pin E1
Shift unit connector X019F-2, pin 5 (6138) and connector X018F, pin D2
Shift unit connector X019F-2, pin 7 (6149) and connector X018F, pin F3
Shift unit connector X019F-2, pin 8 (6063) and connector X018F, pin H3
Shift unit connector X019F-2, pin 9 (6156) and connector X018F, pin C2
Shift unit connector X019F-2, pin 11 (6187) and connector X018F, pin D3
Shift unit connector X019F-2, pin 13 (6145) and connector X018F, pin F2
Shift unit connector X019F-2, pin 14 (6166) and connector X018F, pin E2
Shift unit connector X019F-2, pin 15 (6158) and connector X018F, pin D1
Shift unit connector X019F-2, pin 16 (6159) and connector X018F, pin H2
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification
Result:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 890 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
Action:
Voltage
Circuit Supply Voltage Voltage 12 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 2
NO:Check lead 0532 for open circuit, shorted circuit, grounded circuit and high resistance. Recondition as needed, and perform
operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:Check lead 6197 for open circuit, shorted circuit, grounded circuit and high resistance. Recondition as needed, and
perform operational check.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 892 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. OIC 019 - Switch for Gear Selector, Auto Mode and Clutch, Status , Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 893 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 895 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. PTQ 064 - Test Mode of Enable Pressure Solenoid Valve in Section 245.
2. PTQ 065 - Enable Pressure Solenoid Valve, Current in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 896 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 898 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. PTQ 062 - Test Mode of Proportional Solenoid Valves for Forward Clutch/Reverse Brake in Section 245.
2. PTQ 063 - Proportional Solenoid Valves for Forward Clutch/Reverse Brake, Current in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 899 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 901 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. PTQ 062 - Test Mode of Proportional Solenoid Valves for Forward Clutch/Reverse Brake in Section 245.
2. PTQ 063 - Proportional Solenoid Valves for Forward Clutch/Reverse Brake, Current in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 902 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 904 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. PTQ 060 - Test Mode of Gear Selector Solenoid Valves in Section 245.
2. PTQ 061 - Gear Selector Solenoid Valves, Current in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 905 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 906 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 907 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. PTQ 060 - Test Mode of Gear Selector Solenoid Valves in Section 245.
2. PTQ 061 - Gear Selector Solenoid Valves, Current in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 908 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 910 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. PTQ 070 - Test Mode of Solenoid Valves for Range Shifting (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Configuration in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 911 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 913 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. PTQ 070 - Test Mode of Solenoid Valves for Range Shifting (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Configuration in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 914 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 916 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. PTQ 070 - Test Mode of Solenoid Valves for Range Shifting (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Configuration in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 917 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 919 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. PTQ 070 - Test Mode of Solenoid Valves for Range Shifting (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Configuration in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 920 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 922 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 923 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:• Recondition defective lead 0432 and perform operational check.• Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (12-Volt Supply
Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 245.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
1. Ignition OFF.
2. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:Connector X033F
Shift unit connector X027F-1, pin C (6054) and ground.
Shift unit connector X027F-1, pin D (6056) and ground.
Shift unit connector X027F-1, pin E (6024) and ground.
Shift unit connector X027F-1, pin F (6021) and ground.
Shift unit connector X019F-1, pin G (6153) and ground.
Result:
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Shift unit connector X033F for park lock latch, pin F (6021) and connector X027F-3, pin 37
Shift unit connector X033F for park lock latch, pin G (6153) and connector X027F-3, pin 47
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification
Result:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 925 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GD: 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Connector for Come-Home Function, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
Connector for Come-Home Function, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. OIC 021 - Come-Home Connector, Operator Presence Switch and Ignition Switch, Status in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 926 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
NO:If equipped, check other wiring harness connectors for dirty, pushed back or loose pins. Recondition lead 0432 and perform
operational check.
Action:
Continuity
Resistance in Circuit Resistance 0—1 Ω
Result:
YES:Replace component and perform operational check. See General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
NO:If equipped, check other wiring harness connectors for dirty, pushed back or loose pins. Recondition lead 6023 and perform
operational check.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 927 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission
B007 - Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch (PowrReverser™ Transmission) (Cab), Circuit Test
B009-1 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Circuit Test
B031 - Transmission Oil Pressure Switch (PowrReverser™ Transmission), Circuit Test
B035-1 - Wheel Speed Sensor (Cab), Circuit Test
B060 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor (PowrReverser™ Transmission) (Cab), Circuit Test
B079-1 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer (Cab), Circuit Test
B096-1 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer (Cab), Circuit Test
Y006 - Reverse Solenoid Valve (PowrReverser™ Transmission without Creeper), Circuit Test
Y033 - Forward Solenoid Valve (PowrReverser™ Transmission), Circuit Test
Y097 - Reverse Solenoid Valve (PowrReverser™ Transmission with Creeper), Circuit Test
Y100 - Transmission Enable Solenoid Valve (PowrReverser™ Transmission), Circuit Test
S150 - Enable Pressure Switch (PowrReverser™ Transmission), Circuit Test
B007 - Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch (PowrReverser™ Transmission) (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
B031 - Transmission Oil Pressure Switch (PowrReverser™ Transmission), Circuit Test
B035-1 - Wheel Speed Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
B035-2 - Wheel Speed Sensor (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
B060 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor (PowrReverser™ Transmission) (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
B079 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
B096 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 928 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 929 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B007 B007 - Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch, Component Information
B031 B031 - Pressure Switch for Transmission Oil, Component Information
B060 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor (PowrReverser™ Transmission) (Cab), Component
B060
Information
S150 S150 - Enable Pressure Switch (PowrReverser™ Transmission), Component Information
W201 to be completed
W601 to be completed
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point
12V Supply (A018)
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
(Cab)
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 930 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B007 B007 - Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch, Component Information
B031 B031 - Pressure Switch for Transmission Oil, Component Information
B060 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor (PowrReverser™ Transmission) (Open Operator′s Station),
B060
Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 931 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission
W202 to be completed
W602 to be completed
X287 X287 - Connection Point between Harnesses W202 and W602 (Open Operator′s Station)
XGND2 XGND2 - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 932 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 933 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B009-1 B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor on Tractors with Creeper, Component Information
B035-1 B035 - Wheel Speed Sensor on Tractors without Creeper, Component Information
B036 B036 - Neutral Start Switch, Component Information
W201 to be completed
W601 to be completed
X088 For Transmission Option, see:
• B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor on Tractors with Creeper, Component Information
• B035 - Wheel Speed Sensor on Tractors without Creeper, Component Information
12V Supply (A018) (Cab) 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 934 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission
50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission, Wheel Sensors (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B035-1 B035 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information
B035-2 B035 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information
W202 to be completed
W602 to be completed
X287 X287 - Connection Point between Harnesses W202 and W602 (Open Operator′s Station)
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 935 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
Y006 Y006 - Reverse Solenoid Valve (PowrReverser™ Transmission without Creeper), Component Information
Y033 Y033 - Forward Solenoid Valve, Component Information
Y097 Y097 - Reverse Solenoid Valve (PowrReverser™ Transmission with Creeper), Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 936 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission
Y100 Y100 - Transmission Enable Solenoid Valve (PowrReverser™ Transmission), Component Information
W201 to be completed
W601 to be completed
W611 to be completed
X937F - Connector of Reverse Solenoid Valve (PowrReverser™ Transmission with Creeper) or Connection Point
X937
between Wiring Harnesses W601 and W611
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
XGND1A XGND1A - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 937 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission
Additional references:
Circuit:
Diagnostic Schematic (tractors with open operator′s station): See: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission,
Sensors (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point (tractors with open operator′s station): See: XGND2 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B007 - Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch,
Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. CCU 007 - Sensor for Transmission Oil Filter and Sensor for Transmission Oil Pressure, Status , Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 938 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO 5 .
( 4 ) Check circuit
Action:
Jumper placed between pin A (6016) and pin B (0050) of connector X080 X1
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 939 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7
NO:Short to ground present. Repair defective lead (6016) and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 940 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission
Additional references:
Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section
240.
Ground point: See: XGND43A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B007 - Transmission Oil Filter Pressure Switch,
Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. CCU 007 - Sensor for Transmission Oil Filter and Sensor for Transmission Oil Pressure, Status , Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 941 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO 5 .
( 4 ) Check circuit
Action:
Jumper placed between pin A (6016) and pin B (0050) of connector X080 X1
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 942 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7
NO:Short to ground present. Repair defective lead (6016) and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 943 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission
Additional references:
Circuit:
Diagnostic Schematic (on tractors with cab): See: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission, Sensors (Cab),
Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Diagnostic Schematic (tractors with open operator′s station): See: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission,
Sensors (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point (tractors with cab): See: XGND43A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Ground point (on tractors with open operator′s station): See: XGND2 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B031 - Transmission Oil Pressure Switch,
Component Information , Section 249.
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. CCU 007 - Sensor for Transmission Oil Filter and Sensor for Transmission Oil Pressure, Status , Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 944 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO 5 .
( 4 ) Check circuit
Action:
Jumper placed between pin A (6015) and pin B (0050) of connector X083 1X
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 945 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 7
NO:Short to ground present. Repair defective lead (6015) and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 946 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
Diagnostic Schematic (on tractors with cab): See: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission, Sensors (Cab),
Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point:
Ground point (on tractors with cab): See: XGND43A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B060 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor,
Component Information , Section 249.
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 947 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
For further information, see B060 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor, Component Information , Section 249.
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 948 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 949 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
Diagnostic Schematic (tractors with open operator′s station): See: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission,
Sensors (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
Ground point:
Ground point (tractors with open operator′s station): See: XGND2 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B060 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor,
Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 950 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
For further information, see B060 - Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor, Component Information , Section 249.
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 951 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 6
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 952 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission
Additional references:
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. OIC 053 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer (Channel 1), Voltage in Section 245.
2. OIC 054 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer (Channel 2), Voltage in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 953 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Repair defective lead 6033 and perform an operational check.• Main Control Unit, Test of 5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit,
Section 245.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 954 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 7
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• Main Control Unit, Test of 5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit,
Section 245.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 955 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission
Additional references:
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 956 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Repair defective lead 6033 and perform an operational check.• Main Control Unit, Perform Test of 5-Volt Supply Voltage
Circuit, Section 245.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 957 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission
Result:
YES:GO TO 7
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• Main Control Unit, Perform Test of 5-Volt Supply Voltage
Circuit, Section 245.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 958 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. PTR 009 - Commanded Signal for Solenoid Valves, Status , Section 245.
2. PTR 012 - Reverse Solenoid Valve, Current , Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 959 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 960 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 961 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. PTQ 062 - Test Mode of Proportional Solenoid Valves for Forward Clutch/Reverse Brake in Section 245.
2. PTQ 063 - Proportional Solenoid Valves for Forward Clutch/Reverse Brake, Current in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 962 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 963 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 964 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. PTR 009 - Commanded Signal for Solenoid Valves, Status , Section 245.
2. PTR 012 - Reverse Solenoid Valve, Current in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 965 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 966 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 967 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. PTR 009 - Commanded Signal for Solenoid Valves, Status in Section 245.
2. PTR 010 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Transmission Enable, Current in Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 968 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GE: 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 969 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GH: 50GH - Differential Lock
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 970 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GH: 50GH - Differential Lock
Diagnostic schematic:
Circuit Tests:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 971 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GH: 50GH - Differential Lock
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 972 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GH: 50GH - Differential Lock
LEGEND:
12V Supply (A018)
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
(Cab)
5V Supply (A018)
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
(Cab)
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B139-2 B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Component Information
S022 S022 - Differential Lock Switch, Component Information
S080 S080 - Differential Lock Switch with Auto Function, Component Information
W201 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness
W231 W231/1: Shift Console Harness
W471 W471/1: AutoTrac™ Wiring Harness (Wheel Angle Sensor) (6135M to 6195M Tractors)
W471 W471/2: AutoTrac™ Wiring Harness (Wheel Angle Sensor) (6100M to 6130M Tractors)
W511 W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
W511 W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W601/1: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6150M
W601
to 6170M Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6105M
W601
to 6140M Tractors
W601 W601/3: Transmission Harness (PowrReverser™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control)
X010 X010 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W231
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X637 X637 - Connection Point between Harnesses W451 and W471
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab)
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab) (Level 16 ECU)
XGND1A XGND1A - Ground Point
Y005 Y005 - Differential Lock Solenoid Valve, Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 973 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GH: 50GH - Differential Lock
LEGEND:
12V Supply (A018) 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic
(OOS) Schematic
A011 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
S022 S022 - Differential Lock Switch, Component Information
W202 W202/1: Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 974 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GH: 50GH - Differential Lock
W602/1: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Mechanical Reverser Control) for
W602
6150M Tractors
W602/2: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Mechanical Reverser Control) for
W602
6105M to 6140M Tractors
W602 W602/3: Transmission Harness (PowrReverser™ Transmission with Mechanical Reverser Control)
Y005 Y005 - Differential Lock Solenoid Valve, Component Information
X287 X287 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W202 and W602 (Open Operator′s Platform)
XGND5 XGND5 - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 975 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GH: 50GH - Differential Lock
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50GH - Differential Lock (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 976 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GH: 50GH - Differential Lock
Between connector X633F, pin 6 (6033) and connector X027F-1, pin J1-J3 (6033).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Repair defective lead and perform an operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 977 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GH: 50GH - Differential Lock
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50GH - Differential Lock (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50GH - Differential Lock (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S022 - Differential Lock Switch, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 978 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GH: 50GH - Differential Lock
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES: Main Control Unit, Test of 12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit (ELX Output)
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
Action:
Result:
YES:• Replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.
NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 980 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GH: 50GH - Differential Lock
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50GH - Differential Lock (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S080 - Differential Lock Switch with Auto Function, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 981 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GH: 50GH - Differential Lock
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:• Replace component and perform an operational check.• Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.
NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 982 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GH: 50GH - Differential Lock
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50GH - Differential Lock (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50GH - Differential Lock (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
Y005 - Differential Lock Solenoid Valve, Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 983 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GI: 50GI - Front-Wheel Drive
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Replace Y005 - Differential Lock Solenoid Valve, Component Information and perform operational check.
NO:• Repair defective lead and perform an operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 984 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GI: 50GI - Front-Wheel Drive
Diagnostic schematic:
Circuit Tests:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 985 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GI: 50GI - Front-Wheel Drive
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 986 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GI: 50GI - Front-Wheel Drive
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B139 B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Component Information
5V Supply (A018)
50ZZ - Roof Control Unit (5-V Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
(Cab)
S005 S005 - Front-Wheel Drive Switch with Auto Function, Component Information
W201 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness
W231 W231/1: Shift Console Harness
W471 W471/1: AutoTrac™ Wiring Harness (Wheel Angle Sensor) (6135M to 6195M Tractors)
W471 W471/2: AutoTrac™ Wiring Harness (Wheel Angle Sensor) (6100M to 6130M Tractors)
W511 W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
W511 W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W601/1: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for
W601
6150M to 6170M Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for
W601
6105M to 6140M Tractors
W601 W601/3: Transmission Harness (PowrReverser™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control)
X010 X010 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W231
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X637 X637 - Connection Point between Harnesses W451 and W471
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab)
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab) (Level 16 ECU)
XGND1A XGND1A - Ground Point
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point
Y003 Y003 - Front-Wheel Drive Solenoid Valve, Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 987 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GI: 50GI - Front-Wheel Drive
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
S005 S005 - Front-Wheel Drive Switch with Auto Function, Component Information
W202 W202/1: Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W602 W602/1: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Mechanical Reverser Control) for 6150M Tractors
W602/2: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Mechanical Reverser Control) for 6105M to 6140M
W602
Tractors
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 988 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GI: 50GI - Front-Wheel Drive
W602 W602/3: Transmission Harness (PowrReverser™ Transmission with Mechanical Reverser Control)
X287 X287 - Connection Point between Harnesses W202 and W602 (Open Operator′s Platform)
XGND2 XGND2 - Ground Point
XGND5 XGND5 - Ground Point
Y003 Y003 - Front-Wheel Drive Solenoid Valve, Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 989 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GI: 50GI - Front-Wheel Drive
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50GI - Front-Wheel Drive (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
B139 - Wheel Angle Sensor, Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 990 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GI: 50GI - Front-Wheel Drive
Between connector X633F, pin 6 (6033) and connector X027F-1, pin J1-J3 (6033).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Repair defective lead and perform an operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 991 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GI: 50GI - Front-Wheel Drive
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50GI - Front-Wheel Drive (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50GI - Front-Wheel Drive (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S005 - Front-Wheel Drive Switch with Auto Function, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 992 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GI: 50GI - Front-Wheel Drive
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Replace S005 - Front-Wheel Drive Switch with Auto Function, Component Information and perform operational check.
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 993 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GI: 50GI - Front-Wheel Drive
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50GI - Front-Wheel Drive (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50GI - Front-Wheel Drive (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
Y003 - Front-Wheel Drive Solenoid Valve, Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 994 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GJ: 50GJ - Rear PTO
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Replace Y003 - Front-Wheel Drive Solenoid Valve, Component Information and perform operational check.
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 995 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GJ: 50GJ - Rear PTO
Circuit Tests:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 996 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GJ: 50GJ - Rear PTO
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 997 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GJ: 50GJ - Rear PTO
LEGEND:
12V Supply (A018)
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
(Cab)
5V Supply (A018)
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
(Cab)
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B006-1 B006 - Rear PTO Speed Sensor, Component Information
B006-2 B006 - Rear PTO Speed Sensor, Component Information
S021 S021 - Rear PTO Switch, Component Information
S044 S044 - Left Remote Control Switch for Rear PTO, Component Information
S045 S045 - Rear PTO Preselector Switch, Component Information
S121 S121 - Right Remote Control Switch for Rear PTO, Component Information
W201 W201/1: Cab Harness
W231 W231/1: Shift Console Harness
W601/1: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for
W601
6150M to 6170M Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for
W601
6105M to 6140M Tractors
W601 W601/3: Transmission Harness (PowrReverser™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control)
X010 X010 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W231
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point
Y081 Y081 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Rear PTO, Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 998 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GJ: 50GJ - Rear PTO
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 999 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GJ: 50GJ - Rear PTO
LEGEND:
12V Supply (A018)
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
(OOS)
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B006-1 B006 - Sensor for Rear PTO Speed, Component Information
B006-2 B006 - Sensor for Rear PTO Speed, Component Information
S021 S021 - Rear PTO Switch, Component Information
W202 W202/1: Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W602/1: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Mechanical Reverser Control) for
W602/1
6150M Tractors
W602/2: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Mechanical Reverser Control) for
W602/2
6105M to 6140M Tractors
W602/3 W602/3: Transmission Harness (PowrReverser™ Transmission with Mechanical Reverser Control)
X287 X287 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W202 and W602 (Open Operator′s Platform)
Y081 Y081 - Proportional Solenoid Valve for Rear PTO, Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1000 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GJ: 50GJ - Rear PTO
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50GJ - Rear PTO (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50GJ - Rear PTO (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
B006 - Rear PTO Speed Sensor, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1001 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GJ: 50GJ - Rear PTO
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1002 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GJ: 50GJ - Rear PTO
Action:
Result:
NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1003 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GJ: 50GJ - Rear PTO
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50GJ - Rear PTO (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50GJ - Rear PTO (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S021 - Rear PTO Switch, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1004 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GJ: 50GJ - Rear PTO
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Perform circuit test of 12-V Supply Voltage Circuit. See 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units - Summary of References , Section
240.
( 4 ) Check circuit
Action:
Jumper placed between pin A (0532) and pin C (6116) of connector X125M X0
Jumper placed between pin A (0532) and pin B (6115) of connector X125M X1
Result:
NO:GO TO 5
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1005 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GJ: 50GJ - Rear PTO
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1006 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GJ: 50GJ - Rear PTO
S044 - Left Remote Control Switch for Rear PTO, Circuit Test
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50GJ - Rear PTO (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S044 - Remote Control Switch for Rear PTO (Left), Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. RPT 013 - Switches for Remote Control of Rear PTO (Right and Left), Status , Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1007 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GJ: 50GJ - Rear PTO
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Perform circuit test of 12-V Supply Voltage Circuit. See 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units - Summary of References , Section
240.
( 4 ) Check circuit
Action:
RPT 013 - Right and Left Remote Control Switches for Rear PTO Status
Jumper placed between pin A (0532) and pin B (6137) of connector X174F X0
Jumper placed between pin A (0532) and pin C (6108) of connector X174F X1
Result:
NO:GO TO 5
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1008 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GJ: 50GJ - Rear PTO
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1009 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GJ: 50GJ - Rear PTO
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50GJ - Rear PTO (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S045 - Rear PTO Preselector Switch, Component Information in Section 249.
Ground point: See: XGND43A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1010 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GJ: 50GJ - Rear PTO
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1011 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GJ: 50GJ - Rear PTO
S121 - Right Remote Control Switch for Rear PTO, Circuit Test
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50GJ - Rear PTO (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S121 - Remote Control Switch for Rear PTO (Right), Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. RPT 013 - Switches for Remote Control of Rear PTO (Right and Left), Status , Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1012 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GJ: 50GJ - Rear PTO
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Perform circuit test of 12-V Supply Voltage Circuit. See 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units - Summary of References , Section
240.
( 4 ) Check circuit
Action:
RPT 013 - Right and Left Remote Control Switches for Rear PTO Status
Jumper placed between pin A (0532) and pin B (6127) of connector X623F X0
Jumper placed between pin A (0532) and pin C (6098) of connector X623F X1
Result:
NO:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1013 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GJ: 50GJ - Rear PTO
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1014 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GJ: 50GJ - Rear PTO
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50GJ - Rear PTO (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50GJ - Rear PTO (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
Y004 - Solenoid Valve for Rear PTO, Component Information, Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. RPT 006 - Activation of Rear PTO Solenoid Valve, Status , Section 245.
2. With ignition on, switch on the front PTO and use a magnetic tester to check for solenoid valve activation directly at the
valve.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1015 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GJ: 50GJ - Rear PTO
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6
Action:
Result:
NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1017 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GK: 50GK - Front PTO
Circuit Tests:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1018 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GK: 50GK - Front PTO
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1019 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GK: 50GK - Front PTO
LEGEND:
12V Supply (A018) (Cab) 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
A007 A007 - Front Chassis Control Unit, Component Information
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B058 B058 - Sensor for Front PTO Speed, Component Information
CIRCUIT 7091 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
S006 S006 - Front PTO Switch, Component Information
W201 W201/1: Cab Harness
W231 W231/1: Shift Console Harness
W511/1 W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6130M to 6170M Tractors
W511/2 W511/2: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6105M to 6125M Tractors
W511/5 W511/5: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6140M and 6170M Tractors (Level 16 ECU)
W511/6 W511/6: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6105M and 6125M Tractors (Level 16 ECU)
W711 W711/1: Harness for Front PTO
X002 X002 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W711
X010 X010 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W231
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab)
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab) (Level 16 ECU)
Y001 Y001 - Front PTO Solenoid Valve, Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1020 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GK: 50GK - Front PTO
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50GK - Front PTO (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
B058 - Front PTO Speed Sensor, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1021 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GK: 50GK - Front PTO
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1022 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GK: 50GK - Front PTO
Action:
Result:
NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1023 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GK: 50GK - Front PTO
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50GK - Front PTO (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S006 - Front PTO Switch, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1024 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GK: 50GK - Front PTO
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Circuit test: Perform Main Control Unit, Test of 12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit (ELX Output), Section 245.
( 4 ) Check circuit
Action:
Jumper placed between pin A (0532) and pin C (6174) of connector X127M X0
Jumper placed between pin A (0532) and pin B (6151) of connector X127M X1
Result:
NO:GO TO 5
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1025 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GK: 50GK - Front PTO
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7
Action:
Result:
NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1026 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GK: 50GK - Front PTO
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50GK - Front PTO (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
Y001 - Front PTO Solenoid Valve, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. PTF 006 - Front PTO Solenoid Valve Driver, Status , Section 245.
2. With ignition on, switch on the front PTO and use a magnetic tester to check for solenoid valve activation directly at the
valve.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1027 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GK: 50GK - Front PTO
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1028 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes
Action:
Result:
NO:• Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1029 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes
50GL - Brakes, Switches and Park Brake (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
B005 - Switch for Park Brake Indicator Light (Cab), Circuit Test
B112 - Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (Cab), Circuit Test
B229 - Left Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
B230 - Right Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Circuit Test
Brake Lights, Circuit Test
X005 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Rear, Circuit Test
X023 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (SAE), Circuit Test
B005 - Switch for Park Brake Indicator Light (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
B112 - Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
Brake Lights, Circuit Test
X005 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Rear, Circuit Test
X023 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (SAE), Circuit Test
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1030 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes
LEGEND:
A018 A003 - Cab Control Unit, Component Information
B229 B229 - Left Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information
B230 B230 - Right Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information
W201 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W211 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211 (Cab)
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1031 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes
5V Supply (A003) (Cab) 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test of 5-V Supply Voltage Circuit
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1032 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B005 B005 - Switch for Park Brake Indicator Light, Component Information
B112 B112 - Brake Pedal Switch, Component Information
H032, H033 Brake Lights, Circuit Test
F03/13_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
W201 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1033 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes
W211 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W261 W261/1: Wiring Harness for Handbrake Switch
CIRCUIT ELX 1 (CAB) 50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX1) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1034 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes
50GL - Brakes, Switches and Park Brake (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1035 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B005 B005 - Switch for Park Brake Indicator Light, Component Information
B112 B112 - Brake Pedal Switch, Component Information
F03/07_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
H032, H033 Brake Lights, Circuit Test
W202 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Station
W261 W261/1: Wiring Harness for Handbrake Switch
X315 X315 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 or W202 and W261
XGND1 XGND1 - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1036 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes
B005 - Switch for Park Brake Indicator Light (Cab), Circuit Test
Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GL - Brakes, Switches and Park Brake (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND1A - Ground Point
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B005 - Switch for Park Brake Indicator Light,
Component Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1037 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO 5 .
( 4 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1038 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes
Result:
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1039 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes
B005 - Switch for Park Brake Indicator Light (Open Operator′s Station),
Circuit Test
Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GL - Brakes, Switches and Park Brake (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic
Schematic in Section 240.
Ground point: See: XGND1 - Ground Point
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B005 - Switch for Park Brake Indicator Light,
Component Information in Section 249.
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes.
Clear the fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1040 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO 5 .
( 4 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1041 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes
Action:
Result:
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1042 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1043 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO 5 .
( 4 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1045 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes
B112 - Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test
Circuit:
Diagnostic schematic: See: 50GL - Brakes, Switches and Park Brake (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic
Schematic in Section 240.
Fuse: F03/07See: LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B112 - Brake Pedal Switch, Component
Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1046 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO 5 .
( 4 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1048 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
2.1
Make sure that the information displayed in the addresses complies with the specifications.
See:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1049 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes
1. OIC 061 - System Sensor Voltage 3 (Clutch, Brake, Throttle)in Section 245.
Result:
YES:GO TO 2.2 .
NO: Cab Control Unit, Test of 5 V Supply Voltage Circuitin Section 245.
Action:
2.2
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
NO:If equipped, check remaining connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. Recondition lead 0343 and perform
operational check.
Action:
Result:
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1050 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes
Result:
NO:If equipped, check remaining connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. Recondition defective lead and perform
an operational check.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1051 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
2.1
Make sure that the information displayed in the addresses complies with the specifications.
See:
1. OIC 061 - System Sensor Voltage 3 (Clutch, Brake, Throttle)in Section 245.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1052 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes
Result:
YES:GO TO 2.2 .
NO: Cab Control Unit, Test of 5 V Supply Voltage Circuitin Section 245.
Action:
2.2
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
NO:If equipped, check remaining connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. Recondition lead 0343 and perform
operational check.
Action:
Result:
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1053 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes
Result:
NO:If equipped, check remaining connectors for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. Recondition defective lead and perform
an operational check.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1054 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50GL - Brakes, Switches and Park Brake (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50GL - Brakes, Switches and Park Brake (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Ground point:
Ground point on tractors with cab: See: XGND1A - Ground Point .
Ground point on tractors with open operator′s platform: See: XGND9 - Ground Point .
Fuse:
Fuse on tractors with cab: See: LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information Fuse F03/10.
Fuses (tractors with open operator′s station): See: LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station),
Component Information
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information in Section 249.
B112 - Brake Pedal Switch, Component Information in Section 249.
H032 - Left Brake Light, Component Information in Section 249.
H033 - Right Brake Light, Component Information in Section 249.
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes.
Clear the fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
→NOTE:
This Circuit Test covers the circuits for the Cab and for the Open Operator′s Station (marked by *).
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1055 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:• On tractors with cab: Check fuse F03/13. If necessary, repair defective lead and perform an operational check.• On
tractors with open operator′s station: Check fuse F03/07. If necessary, repair defective lead and perform an operational check.
( 4 ) Operational check
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 15 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1056 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
Brake light
Resistance of component Resistance 5—8 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 8 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 9 .
NO:Short to ground present; recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1057 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes
( 9 ) Ground check
Action:
Result:
YES:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 11 .
Action:
Brake light
Resistance of component Resistance 5—8 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 12 .
NO:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1058 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50GG: 50GL - Brakes
Result:
YES:GO TO 13 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 14 .
NO:Short to ground present; recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
( 14 ) Ground check
Action:
Result:
YES:Check the light and, if necessary, replace component and perform an operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 16 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1059 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
Result:
YES:GO TO 17 .
Action:
Result:
NO:Short to ground present; recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1060 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
50HA - Rear Hitch, Controls and Instruments (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors and Position Feedback Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1061 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1062 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B019 B019 - Right Draft Sensor, Component Information
B020 B020 - Left Draft Sensor, Component Information
B021 B021 - Rear Hitch Position Sensor, Component Information
B026 B026 - Sensitivity Potentiometer for Rear Hitch, Component Information
B027 B027 - Position Feedback Unit for Rear Hitch, Component Information
B041 B041 - Draft Sensor, Component Information
W201 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W601/1: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for
W601
6155M to 6195M Tractors
W231 W231/1: Wiring Harness for Shift Console
X010 X010 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W231
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
5V Supply (A018)
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
(Cab)
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1063 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors and Position Feedback Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1064 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B019 B019 - Right Draft Sensor, Component Information
B020 B020 - Left Draft Sensor, Component Information
B021 B021 - Rear Hitch Position Sensor, Component Information
B041 B041 - Draft Sensor, Component Information
M045 M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch, Component Information
W202 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Station
W602 For Tractor Model, see:
W602/1: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Mechanical Reverser Control) for 6155M
•
Tractors
W602/2: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Mechanical Reverser Control) for 6100M to
•
6145M Tractors
X287 X287 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W202 and W602 (Open Operator′s Platform)
XGND5 XGND5 - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1065 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
50HA - Rear Hitch, Switch and Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50HA - Rear Hitch, Switch and Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1066 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
M045 M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch, Component Information
S023 S023 - Right Remote Control Switch for Rear Hitch, Component Information
S068 S068 - Left Remote Control Switch for Rear Hitch, Component Information
W201 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W601/1: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control)
W601
for 6155M to 6195M Tractors
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point
5V Supply (A018) 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic
(OOS) Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1067 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
50HA - Rear Hitch, Controls and Instruments (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B026 B026 - Sensitivity Potentiometer for Rear Hitch, Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1068 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
B027 B027 - Position Feedback Unit for Rear Hitch, Component Information
S068 S068 - Left Remote Control Switch for Rear Hitch, Component Information
W202 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Station
XGND2 XGND2 - Ground Point
5V Supply (A018) 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic
(OOS) Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1069 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50HA - Rear Hitch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B019 - Draft Sensor (Right), Component
Information , Section 249.
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes.
Clear the fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
1.1
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 1.2 .
Action:
1.2
See:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1070 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
NO:GO TO 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1071 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
Action:
Result:
NO:Short to ground present.• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1072 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50HA - Rear Hitch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors and Position Feedback Unit (Open
Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B019 - Draft Sensor (Right), Component
Information , Section 249.
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes.
Clear the fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
1.1
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 1.2 .
Action:
1.2
See:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1073 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
NO:GO TO 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1074 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
Action:
Result:
NO:Short to ground present.• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1075 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50HA - Rear Hitch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B020 - Draft Sensor (Left), Component
Information , Section 249.
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes.
Clear the fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
1.1
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 1.2 .
Action:
1.2
See:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1076 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
NO:GO TO 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1077 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
Action:
Result:
NO:Short to ground present.• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1078 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50HA - Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors and Position Feedback Unit (Open
Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B020 - Draft Sensor (Left), Component
Information , Section 249.
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes.
Clear the fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
1.1
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 1.2 .
Action:
1.2
See:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1079 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
NO:GO TO 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1080 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
2. Disconnect connector X027F-2 from component. See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information .
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
Action:
Result:
NO:Short to ground present.• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1081 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50HA - Rear Hitch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B021 - Rear Hitch Position Sensor, Component
Information , Section 249.
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes.
Clear the fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
1.1
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 1.2 .
Action:
1.2
See:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1082 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
NO:GO TO 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1083 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
Action:
Result:
NO:Short to ground present.• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1084 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50HA - Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors and Position Feedback Unit (Open
Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B021 - Rear Hitch Position Sensor, Component
Information , Section 249.
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes.
Clear the fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
1.1
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 1.2 .
Action:
1.2
See:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
NO:GO TO 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1086 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
Action:
Result:
NO:Short to ground present.• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1087 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50HA - Rear Hitch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B026 - Rear Hitch Sensitivity Potentiometer,
Component Information , Section 249.
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes.
Clear the fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
NO:GO TO 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1088 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1089 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
Action:
Result:
NO:Short to ground present.• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1090 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50HA - Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50HA - Rear Hitch, Controls and Instruments (Open Operator′s Station),
Diagnostic Schematic
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B026 - Rear Hitch Sensitivity Potentiometer,
Component Information , Section 249.
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes.
Clear the fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
NO:GO TO 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1091 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1092 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
Action:
Result:
NO:Short to ground present.• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1093 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50HA - Rear Hitch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B027 - Position Feedback Unit, Component
Information , Section 249.
Calibration: AIC 028 - Depth-Setting Potentiometer, Calibration in Section 245.
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes.
Clear the fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1094 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
NO:GO TO 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1095 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
Between connector X027F-2, pin 47 (7125) and connector X014M-1, pin C (7125)
Between connector X027F-2, pin 36 (7116) and connector X014M-1, pin H (7116)
Between connector X027F-2, pin 24 (7077) and connector X014M-1, pin E (7077)
Between connector X027F-2, pin 27 (7034) and connector X014M-1, pin F (7034)
Between connector X027F-2, pin 38 (7039) and connector X014M-1, pin G (7039)
Between connector X027F-2, pin 16 (7038) and connector X014M-1, pin D (7038)
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
Action:
Result:
NO:Short to ground present.• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1096 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50HA - Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50HA - Rear Hitch, Controls and Instruments (Open Operator′s Station),
Diagnostic Schematic
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B027 - Position Feedback Unit, Component
Information , Section 249.
Calibration: AIC 028 - Depth-Setting Potentiometer, Calibration in Section 245.
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes.
Clear the fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1097 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
NO:GO TO 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1098 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
Between connector X027F-2, pin 47 (7125) and connector X014M-1, pin C (7125)
Between connector X027F-2, pin 36 (7116) and connector X014M-1, pin H (7116)
Between connector X027F-2, pin 24 (7077) and connector X014M-1, pin E (7077)
Between connector X027F-2, pin 27 (7034) and connector X014M-1, pin F (7034)
Between connector X027F-2, pin 38 (7039) and connector X014M-1, pin G (7039)
Between connector X027F-2, pin 16 (7038) and connector X014M-1, pin D (7038)
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
Action:
Result:
NO:Short to ground present.• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1099 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50HA - Rear Hitch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B041 - Draft Sensor, Component Information ,
Section 249.
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes.
Clear the fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
1.1
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 1.2 .
Action:
1.2
See:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1100 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
NO:GO TO 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1101 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
Action:
Result:
NO:Short to ground present.• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1102 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50HA - Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors and Position Feedback Unit (Open
Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: B041 - Draft Sensor, Component Information ,
Section 249.
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes.
Clear the fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
1.1
See:
Result:
NO:GO TO 1.2 .
Action:
1.2
See:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1103 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
NO:GO TO 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1104 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
3. Check the connector for any dirty, pushed back or loose pins. See General Information - Electrical System, Check
Connectors in Section 210.
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
Action:
Result:
NO:Short to ground present.• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical
System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1105 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50HA - Rear Hitch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50HA - Rear Hitch, Switch and Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Diagnostic
Schematic , Section 240.
Ground point:
For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see XGND1A - Ground Point
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch,
Component Information , Section 249.
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes.
Clear the fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. HCC 023 - Activation of Stepper Motor for Hitch, Display in % , Section 245.
2. HCC 050 - Activation of Hitch Stepper Motor, Display in Steps, Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1106 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
NO:Check positive lead 7058 for open circuit, shorted circuit, grounded circuit and high resistance. Recondition as needed, and
perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check ground lead 0310 for open circuit, shorted circuit, grounded circuit and high resistance. Recondition as needed, and
perform operational check.
Action:
Continuity
Resistance in Circuit Resistance 0—1 Ω
Result:
NO:Check lead 9044 or 9045 for open circuit, shorted circuit, grounded circuit and high resistance. Recondition as needed, and
perform operational check.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1107 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1108 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit
Test
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50HA - Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors and Position Feedback Unit (Open
Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
Ground point:
For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see XGND5 - Ground Point
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch,
Component Information , Section 249.
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes.
Clear the fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. HCC 023 - Activation of Stepper Motor for Hitch, Display in % , Section 245.
2. HCC 050 - Activation of Hitch Stepper Motor, Display in Steps, Section 245.
Result:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1109 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
NO:Check positive lead 7058 for open circuit, shorted circuit, grounded circuit and high resistance. Recondition as needed, and
perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:Check ground lead 0510 for open circuit, shorted circuit, grounded circuit and high resistance. Recondition as needed, and
perform operational check.
Action:
Continuity
Resistance in Circuit Resistance 0—1 Ω
Result:
NO:Check lead 9044 or 9045 for open circuit, shorted circuit, grounded circuit and high resistance. Recondition as needed, and
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1110 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1111 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
S023 - Right Remote Control Switch for Rear Hitch, Circuit Test
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50HA - Rear Hitch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50HA - Rear Hitch, Switch and Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Diagnostic
Schematic , Section 240.
Ground point:
For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see XGND43A - Ground Point
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: S023 - Right Remote Control Switch for Rear
Hitch, Component Information , Section 249.
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes.
Clear the fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. HCC 007 - Remote Control Switch for Hitch, Status , Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1112 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1113 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
Action:
Result:
NO: S068 - Left Remote Control Switch for Rear Hitch, Circuit Test
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1114 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
S068 - Left Remote Control Switch for Rear Hitch (Cab), Circuit Test
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50HA - Rear Hitch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50HA - Rear Hitch, Switch and Position Feedback Unit (Cab), Diagnostic
Schematic , Section 240.
Ground point:
For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see XGND43A - Ground Point
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: S068 - Left Remote Control Switch for Rear
Hitch, Component Information , Section 249.
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes.
Clear the fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. HCC 007 - Remote Control Switch for Hitch, Status , Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1115 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• On tractors with cab, perform S023 - Right Remote Control Switch for Rear Hitch, Circuit Test . • General Information -
Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1116 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HA: 50HA - Rear Hitch
S068 - Left Remote Control Switch for Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s
Station), Circuit Test
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50HA - Rear Hitch (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see 50HA - Rear Hitch, Controls and Instruments (Open Operator′s Station),
Diagnostic Schematic
Ground point:
For a summary of the circuit (layout of leads), see XGND2 - Ground Point
Component: For details of location and information on components, see: S068 - Left Remote Control Switch for Rear
Hitch, Component Information , Section 249.
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes.
Clear the fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. HCC 007 - Remote Control Switch for Hitch, Status , Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1117 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HB: 50HB - E-SCV Selective Control Valves
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• On tractors with open operator′s station, recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information
- Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1118 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HB: 50HB - E-SCV Selective Control Valves
Diagnostic schematic:
Circuit Tests:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1119 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HB: 50HB - E-SCV Selective Control Valves
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1120 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HB: 50HB - E-SCV Selective Control Valves
LEGEND:
A007 A007 - Front Chassis Control Unit, Component Information
F06/E_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K06/B_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
M012 M012 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XI
M013 M013 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XII
M014 M014 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XIII
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W511 W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
W741/1 W741/1: Front Wiring Harness for E-SCV Stepper Motors
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab)
X1134 X1134 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W741
XGND5A XGND5A - Ground Point
XGND9 XGND9 - Ground Point
CIRCUIT ACC2 (Cab) 50AA - Power Supply to Accessories (ACC2) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1121 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HB: 50HB - E-SCV Selective Control Valves
50HB - Selective Control Valves, Mechanical Multi-Function Lever (DURA), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1122 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HB: 50HB - E-SCV Selective Control Valves
LEGEND:
S171 S171 - Mechanical Multi-Function Lever (DURA)
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W761/1 W761/1: Wiring Harness for Front Loader (DURA)
X003-3 - Connector for Gear-Selector Switch and Auto Mode, or Connection Point between
X003F-3
Harnesses W201 and W761
X003-3 - Connector for Gear-Selector Switch and Auto Mode, or Connection Point between
X003M-3
Harnesses W201 and W761
X037-4 X037 - Connector for Accessories (Lead 0362)
X1268F-2 X1268F-2 (XLIF-1) - Connector of Memo™ Function
X1269M X1269M (XLIM-1) - Connector of Diverter Valve 1 on Front-Mounted Implement
X1270M X1270M (XLIM-2) - Connector of Diverter Valve 2 on Front-Mounted Implement
X2378F-2 X1278F-2 (XL423F) - Connector of Front Loader Dampening
12V Supply (A018)
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
(CAB)
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1123 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HB: 50HB - E-SCV Selective Control Valves
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50HB - E-SCV Selective Control Valves, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses and relays: F06/E_LCSK06/B_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab),
Component Information .
Ground point:
XGND9 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component:
M012 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XI, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1124 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HB: 50HB - E-SCV Selective Control Valves
Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
1. See 50JA - CAN Bus Systems, Summary of References , Section 240, Group 50JA.
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1125 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HB: 50HB - E-SCV Selective Control Valves
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50HB - E-SCV Selective Control Valves, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses and relays: F06/E_LCSK06/B_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab),
Component Information .
Ground point:
XGND9 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component:
M013 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XII, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1126 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HB: 50HB - E-SCV Selective Control Valves
Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
1. See 50JA - CAN Bus Systems, Summary of References , Section 240, Group 50JA.
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1127 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HB: 50HB - E-SCV Selective Control Valves
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50HB - E-SCV Selective Control Valves, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses and relays: F06/E_LCSK06/B_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab),
Component Information .
Ground point:
XGND9 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component:
M014 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XIII, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1128 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HB: 50HB - E-SCV Selective Control Valves
Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
1. See 50JA - CAN Bus Systems, Summary of References , Section 240, Group 50JA.
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1129 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HB: 50HB - E-SCV Selective Control Valves
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50HB - Selective Control Valves, Mechanical Multi-Function Lever (DURA), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses and relays: F04/03_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component
Information .
Ground point:
XGND1A - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component:
S171 - Mechanical Multi-Function Lever (DURA) , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1130 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HD: 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle
Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 V - 14.0 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Repair defective lead 0310 and perform an operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1131 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HD: 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle
Diagnostic schematic:
Circuit Tests:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1132 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HD: 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1133 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HD: 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle
LEGEND:
A007 A007 - Front Chassis Control Unit, Component Information
B053 B053 - Sensor for Position of Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle, Component Information
B167 B167 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Oil Pressure Sensor, Component Information
Y066 Y066 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Lower Solenoid Valve, Component Information
Y067 Y067 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Raise Solenoid Valve, Component Information
Y068 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Reduction, Component
Y068
Information
Y069 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Build-Up, Component
Y069
Information
W511 For Tractor Model, see:
• W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
• W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W701 W701/1: Harness for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle
X205 X205 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W701
50GK - Frontzapfwelle 50GK - Front PTO (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1134 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HD: 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. SFA 005 - Sensor for Position of Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle, Voltage , Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1135 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HD: 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1136 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HD: 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle
Result:
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1137 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HD: 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. SFA 006 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Oil Pressure Sensor, Voltage in Section 245.
2. SFA 015 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Oil Pressure Sensor, Pressure , Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1138 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HD: 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1139 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HD: 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1140 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HD: 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. SFA 011 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Lower Solenoid Valve, Current , Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1141 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HD: 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
( 3 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
NO:GO TO 5
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
Result:
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1143 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HD: 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. SFA 010 - Solenoid Valve for Raising the Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle, Current , Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1144 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HD: 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
( 3 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
NO:GO TO 5
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
Result:
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1146 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HD: 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. SFA 013 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Reduction, Current , Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1147 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HD: 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
( 3 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
NO:GO TO 5
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
Result:
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1149 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HD: 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. Clear the
fault memory after completing the circuit/harness test.
( 1 ) Operational check
Action:
See:
1. SFA 012 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Build-Up, Current , Section 245.
Result:
NO:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1150 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HD: 50HD - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
( 3 ) Check circuit
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
NO:GO TO 5
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
Action:
Result:
NO:Short to ground present. Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1152 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader
Diagnostic schematic:
Circuit Tests:
S205 - Switch for Hydraulic Quick Release (Front Loader), Circuit Test
S206 - Connector for Dampening (Front Loader), Circuit Test
S207 - Mechanical Multi-Function Lever (Dealer Installation), Circuit Test
S208 - Switch for Front Loader Worklights, Circuit Test
K06/A_LCS - Relay for Diverter Valve 1 (Front Loader), Circuit Test
K06/C_LCS - Relay for Memo Function (Front Loader), Circuit Test
K06/D_LCS - Relay for Diverter Valve 2 (Front Loader), Circuit Test
K070 - Relay for Hydraulic Quick Release (Front Loader), Circuit Test
X455F - Connector for Switch of Memo Function (Front Loader), Circuit Test
X811M - Connection Point between Wiring Harness W762/1 and Front Loader, Circuit Test
X1268F - Connection Point between Wiring Harness W741/1 and Front Loader Wiring Harness (Diverter Valve / Memo
Function), Circuit Test
X1278F - Connection Point between Wiring Harness W741/1 and Front Loader Wiring Harness (Dampening), Circuit Test
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1153 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1154 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader
LEGEND:
F04/04_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F04/04_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K070 K060 - Relay for Implement CAN Bus Socket in Cab, Component Information
S205 S205 - Switch for Hydraulic Quick Release (Front Loader)
S206 S206 - Connector for Dampening (Front Loader)
S207 S207 - Mechanical Multi-Function Lever (Dealer Installation)
S208 S208 - Switch for Front Loader Worklights
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W751/1 W751/1: Wiring Harness for Front Loader (Cab)
W752/1 W752/1: Wiring Harness for Front Loader
X037F X037 - Connector for Accessories (Lead 0362)
X037F-3 X037 - Connector for Accessories (Lead 0372)
X037M-6 X037 - Connector for Accessories (Lead 0362)
X037M-7 X037 - Connector for Accessories (Lead 0372)
X445 X445 - Connection Point between Harnesses W751 and W752
X455F X455F
X811M X811M
XGND1A XGND1A - Ground Point
CIRCUIT ACC2 (Cab) 50AA - Power Supply to Accessories (ACC2) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1155 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1156 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader
LEGEND:
A007 A007 - Front Chassis Control Unit, Component Information
F06/D_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K06/A_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K06/C_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K06/D_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W511 For Tractor Model, see:
• W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
• W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W741/1 W741/1: Front Wiring Harness for E-SCV Stepper Motors
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W201 or W202
X1134 X1134 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W741
X1268F X1268F - Connector of Memo™ Function
X1278F X1278F - Connector of Front Loader Dampening
XGND9 XGND9 - Ground Point
CIRCUIT ELX1 (Cab) 50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX1) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1157 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader
S205 - Switch for Hydraulic Quick Release (Front Loader), Circuit Test
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50HH - Front Loader Additional Functions, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses (Cab): F04/03_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component
Information .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S205 - Switch for Hydraulic Quick Release (Front Loader) in Section 249.
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1158 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:• Replace component and perform operational check.• K070 - Relay for Hydraulic Quick Release (Front Loader), Circuit
Test
NO:• Repair defective lead and perform an operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1159 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1160 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50HH - Front Loader Additional Functions, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S206 - Connector for Dampening (Front Loader) in Section 249.
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Ground Connection
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1162 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50HH - Front Loader Additional Functions, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S207 - Mechanical Multi-Function Lever (Dealer Installation) in Section 249.
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1163 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader
Action:
Ground Connection
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1164 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50HH - Front Loader Additional Functions, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses (Cab): F04/04_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component
Information .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S208 - Switch for Front Loader Worklights in Section 249.
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1165 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1166 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1167 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50HH - Front Loader (Diverter Valve / Memo Function), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses (Cab): F06/D_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component
Information .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1168 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1169 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50HH - Front Loader (Diverter Valve / Memo Function), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses (Cab): F06/D_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component
Information .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1170 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1171 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50HH - Front Loader (Diverter Valve / Memo Function), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses (Cab): F06/D_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component
Information .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1172 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1173 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader
K070 - Relay for Hydraulic Quick Release (Front Loader), Circuit Test
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50HH - Front Loader Additional Functions, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses (Cab): F04/03_LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component
Information .
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
K070 - Relay for Hydraulic Quick Release (Front Loader), Component Information in Section 249.
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1174 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:• Replace component and perform operational check.• Perform S205 - Switch for Hydraulic Quick Release (Front Loader),
Circuit Test .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1175 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader
NO:• Repair defective lead and perform an operational check.• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1176 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50HH - Front Loader Additional Functions, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1177 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader
Ground Connection
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1178 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50HH - Front Loader Additional Functions, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1179 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader
Between connector X811M, pin 7 (7007) and slot for K070, pin 87 (7007).
3. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 . • K070 - Relay for Hydraulic Quick Release (Front Loader), Circuit Test
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1180 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 8 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 9 .
Action:
Result:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1181 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 11 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 12 .
Action:
Result:
YES:• Replace component and perform operational check.• S206 - Connector for Dampening (Front Loader), Circuit Test
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1182 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50HH - Front Loader (Diverter Valve / Memo Function), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
X1268F - Connector of Memo™ Function in Section 249.
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1183 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1184 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50HH: 50HH - Front Loader
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50HH - Front Loader (Diverter Valve / Memo Function), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
X1278F - Connector of Front Loader Dampening in Section 249.
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1185 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50IA: 50IA - Display
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1186 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50IA: 50IA - Display
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1187 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50IA: 50IA - Display
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1188 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50IA: 50IA - Display
LEGEND:
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A082 A082 - Reverse Drive Lever, Component Information
A136 A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Component Information
F03/08_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/09_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
H044 H044 - Left Turn-Signal Light on Front of Roof (SAE), Component Information
H045 H045 - Right Turn-Signal Light on Front of Roof (SAE), Component Information
H046 H046 - Left Turn-Signal Light on Rear of Roof (SAE), Component Information
H047 H047 - Right Turn-Signal Light on Rear of Roof (SAE), Component Information
S009 S009 - Light Switch, Component Information
S062 S062 - Hazard Warning Light Switch, Component Information
S147 S147 - Turn-Signal Lever, Component Information
W011 W011/1: Wiring Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch (Chassis)
W012 For Tractor Model, see:
• W012/1: Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch and Access Step Light (Cab)
• W012/4: Wiring Harness with Jumper Connector (Tractors without Battery Cut-Off Switch) (Cab)
W031 W031/1: Wiring Harness for 7-Pin Socket (ECE) at Rear
W033/1: Wiring Harness for 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Front (Adapter) for 6130M to 6170M
W033
Tractors
W201 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W211 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W221 For Tractor Model, see:
• W221/1: Cab Roof Harness (ECE)
• W221/2: Cab Roof Harness (SAE)
W601/1: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6150M to
W601
6170M Tractors
X005 X005 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Rear, Component Information
X023 X023 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (SAE), Component Information
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X487 X487F - Connector of Turn-Signal Lever
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X697 X697 - Connection Point between Harnesses W012 and W011
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211
X781 X781 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W221
X883 X883 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Front, Component Information
X1235 X1235 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 or W202 and W031 or W033
X1235-1 X1235-1 - Connection Point between Harnesses W033 and W031
X1272 X1272 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 or W202 and W012
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1189 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50IA: 50IA - Display
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1190 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ID: 50ID - LIN Bus Modules
LEGEND:
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
E003 E003 - Left Clearance Light (ECE), Component Information
E004 E004 - Right Clearance Light (ECE), Component Information
F03/03_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
F03/04_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
F03/12_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
H035 H035 - Left Rear Turn-Signal Light, Component Information
H043 H043 - Rear Right Turn-Signal Light, Component Information
H044 H044 - Left Turn-Signal Light on Front of Roof (SAE), Component Information
H045 H045 - Right Turn-Signal Light on Front of Roof (SAE), Component Information
S008 S008 - Switch for Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Platform), Component Information
S009 S009 - Light Switch, Component Information
S010 S010 - Low-Beam/High-Beam Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
S106 S106 - Hazard Warning Light Switch (Open Operator′s Platform), Component Information
W031 W031/1: Wiring Harness for 7-Pin Socket (ECE) at Rear
W033/1: Wiring Harness for 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Front (Adapter) for 6130M to 6170M
W033
Tractors
W202 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W212 W212/1: Cowl Harness (Open Operator′s Platform)
W601/1: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6150M
W601
to 6170M Tractors
X005 X005 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (ECE) at Rear, Component Information
X023 X023 - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Socket (SAE), Component Information
X041 X041F - Connector of Left Auxiliary Light
X051 X051F - Connector of Right Auxiliary Light
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W212 and W202
X1235 X1235 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 or W202 and W031 or W033
XGND1 XGND1 - Ground Point
XGND5 XGND5 - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1191 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ID: 50ID - LIN Bus Modules
Diagnostic schematic:
Circuit Tests:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1192 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ID: 50ID - LIN Bus Modules
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A136 A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Component Information
G004 G004 - Alternator, Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1193 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ID: 50ID - LIN Bus Modules
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1194 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ID: 50ID - LIN Bus Modules
LEGEND:
A003 A003 - Cab Control Unit, Component Information
S075 S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-Function Lever), Component Information
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
X221 X221
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1195 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ID: 50ID - LIN Bus Modules
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50ID - LIN Bus - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information in Section 249.
A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Component Informationin Section 249.
G004 - Alternator, Component Information in Section 249.
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1196 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ID: 50ID - LIN Bus Modules
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1197 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ID: 50ID - LIN Bus Modules
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50ID - LIN Bus - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component: For details of location and information on components, see:
S075 - LIN Bus Module (Multi-Function Lever), Component Informationin Section 249.
→NOTE:
When the key switch is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The
fault memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1199 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems
Action:
Result:
NO:• Recondition defective lead and perform operational check• General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1200 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems
Diagnostic schematic:
Circuit Tests:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1201 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1202 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems
LEGEND:
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
A003 A003 - Cab Control Unit, Component Information
A004 A004 - Control Unit TEC (CAN Bus Implement (ISOBus)), Component Information
A007 A007 - Front Chassis Control Unit, Component Information
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
A132 A132 - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Component Information
A133 A133 - Immobilizer Control Unit, Component Information
A155 A155 - Control Unit for Telematics (JDLink™ / Service ADVISOR™ Remote), Component Information
R020 R020 - CAN Bus Terminating Resistor (Vehicle CAN Bus), Component Information
X571 X571 - Service Socket (CAN Bus), Component Information
X641 X641 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W451
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W201 or W202
X712 X712 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W201 or W431
X712-1 X712-1 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W431
X712-3 X712-3 - Connection Point between Harnesses W431 and W441
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211
X1182 Connector for A133 - Immobilizer Control Unit, Component Information
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W211 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W431/1 W431/1: Control Unit Wiring Harness TEC (CAN Bus Implement (ISOBus)) and JDLink™
W441/1 W441/1: Wiring Harness for JDLink™
W451/1 W451/1: Harness for AutoTrac™ (Cab)
W511 For Tractor Model, see:
• W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
• W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1203 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems
LEGEND:
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
R020 R020 - CAN Bus Terminating Resistor (Vehicle CAN Bus), Component Information
X571 X571 - Service Socket (CAN Bus), Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1204 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1205 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1206 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems
LEGEND:
A004 A004 - Control Unit TEC (CAN Bus Implement (ISOBus)), Component Information
A051 A051 - GreenStar™ Mobile Processor, Component Information
A052 A052 - StarFire™ ITC Receiver, Component Information
A053 A053 - CAN Bus Terminating Resistor (Implement CAN Bus), Component Information
A090 A090 - Rear Implement Socket, Component Information
A091 A091 - Implement Socket (Front), Component Information
A155 A155 - Control Unit for Telematics (JDLink™ / Service ADVISOR™ Remote), Component Information
K060 K060 - Relay for Implement CAN Bus Socket in Cab, Component Information
P019 P019 - GreenStar™ Display (GSD4), Component Information
P030 P030 - GreenStar™ Display (GS2/3), Component Information
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X535 X535 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W421
X543 X543 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W401
X565 X565
X571 X571 - Service Socket (CAN Bus), Component Information
X591 X591 - Connection Point of Adapter Connector for Implement CAN Bus
X712 X712 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W201 or W431
X712-1 X712-1 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W431
X712-3 X712-3 - Connection Point between Harnesses W431 and W441
X805 X805
X805-1 X805-1
X888 X888 - Implement CAN Bus Socket in Cab, Component Information
X907 X907 - Socket for GreenStar™ Display (A Post), Component Information
X978 X978 - Socket for GreenStar™ Display (C Post), Component Information
X1002 X1002 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W411
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W401/1 W401/1: Wiring Harness for Rear Implement Socket
W411/1 W411/1: Harness for GreenStar™ (Cab Roof)
W421/1 W421/1: Wiring Harness for Socket (CAN Bus Implement) in Cab
W431/1 W431/1: Control Unit Wiring Harness TEC (CAN Bus Implement (ISOBus)) and JDLink™
W441/1 W441/1: Wiring Harness for JDLink™
W601 For Tractor Model, see:
W601/1: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6155M
•
to 6195M Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6100M
•
to 6145M Tractors
K069 (ISOBus
K069 - Relay for Power Supply to Implements (Power Supply to Implement Control Units), Circuit Test
Supply)
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1207 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1208 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1209 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
M045 M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch, Component Information
X287 X287 - Connection Point between Harnesses W602 and W202
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1210 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1211 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems
LEGEND:
A007 A007 - Front Chassis Control Unit, Component Information
M012 M012 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XI
M013 M013 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XII
M014 M014 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XIII
X1134 X1134 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W741
W511 For Tractor Model, see:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1212 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1213 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems
LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
A131 A131 - CAN Bus Terminating Resistor (Engine CAN Bus), Component Information
B5500 B5500 - Intake Air Sensor, Component Information
Y5500 Y5500 - VGT Actuator, Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1214 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems
Action:
1. Access the list of current control software on the CAN Bus (see General Operation and Accessing Diagnostic Addresses
with Digital Display (Service Level) ).
2. Refer to the chart below and check the control software and CAN diagnostic trouble codes shown on the digital display.
Note that some functions are Standard (must be displayed) and some are Optional (depending on vehicle options).
3. Make a note of all the diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem with the CAN Bus (2XXX.09). See Display and
Clear Diagnostic Trouble Codes with Digital Display .
All the diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem with the CAN BUS (example:
Identifier for function of control software If displayed, put a checkmark here
CCU 2035.09)
AIC
BLC
CCU
DOI
ECU
EIC
FCC
HCC
OIC
PDU
RPT
JDL
PTF
PTQ
PTR
SCO
SFA
SMB
TEC
TEI
TIH
TIQ
XMC
XSC
Result:
YES:Each control software appears on the display and no diagnostic trouble codes are present that indicate a problem with the
CAN BUS. Return to diagnostic procedure in process.
NO:GO TO 2 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1215 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems
Action:
Condition 1: Only one control software shows diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem with the CAN Bus.
Example: CCU 2005.09, CCU 2049.09.
Condition 2: At least one control software which should appear in the list does not appear. Although not
necessarily the case, there may be codes for missing messages (usually applies for optional control software).
Example: the suspended front axle option is present, but SFA does not appear on display.
Condition 3: More than one control software reports one or more diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a
problem with the CAN BUS.
Example: AIC 2000.09, CCU 2000.09.
Result:
NO:Condition 1 exists. GO TO 3 .
NO:Condition 2 exists. GO TO 4 .
NO:Condition 3 exists. GO TO 4 .
( 3 ) Condition 1: Only one control software shows several diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem with
the CAN bus.
Action:
1. Check power connection and ground connection to the control unit that displays the messages.See 50ZZ - Electronic
Control Units - Summary of References
2. With ignition on, measure the CAN + and CAN - voltages at the connector of the control unit that displays the
messages.See 50JA - CAN Bus Systems, Summary of References
Item Measurement Specification
Result:
NO:Repair as required.GO TO 1 .
Action:
→NOTE:
A control software only indicates that messages from another are missing if that control software is
necessary for its operation. Therefore, a control software may be missing but this may not cause others
to generate a corresponding code.
However, if a control software that was present during power up but subsequently goes missing, the
display indicates that a message from that control software is missing. If an optional control software is
not present during power up, the display does NOT indicate that messages from that control software are
missing. Example: The fuse for the control software is defective.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1216 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems
Control software
that is indicated Associated hardware Reference for checking the power supply circuit and ground circuit of the control software
as being missing
AIC Main Control Unit 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
BLC Main Control Unit 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
CCU Main Control Unit 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
DOI Cab Control Unit 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
ECU Engine Control Unit 50ZZ - Engine Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
EIC Cab Control Unit 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
FCC Instrument Unit 50ZZ - Instrument Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
HCC Main Control Unit 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
OIC Main Control Unit 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
PDU Instrument Unit 50ZZ - Instrument Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
PTF Front Chassis Control Unit 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
PTR Main Control Unit 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
PTQ Main Control Unit 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
RPT Main Control Unit 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
SCO Front Chassis Control Unit 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
SFA Front Chassis Control Unit 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
SMB Main Control Unit 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
TIH Cab Control Unit 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
TIQ Cab Control Unit 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
XMC Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™) 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
XSC Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™) 50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
→NOTE:
Troubleshooting hints: Use the list to determine the position of the control units that are indicated to be
missing. If missing control units are all located in the same general area, look for CAN and power
interconnections that are common to the missing units. Check for loose, bent or damaged terminals.
Result:
YES:Replace control software that is indicated as being missing. Make any adjustments and perform calibration as
necessary.GO TO 1 .
NO:GO TO 5 .
Action:
In case of problem with reception of CAN Bus messages of control units of Vehicle CAN Bus (500 kBd)
CAN Bus Check - Vehicle (500 kBd)
In case of problem with reception of CAN Bus messages of control units of Implement CAN Bus
CAN Bus Check - Implement
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1217 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems
In case of problem with reception of CAN Bus messages of control units of Hitch CAN Bus
CAN Bus Check - Hitch
In case of problem with reception of CAN Bus messages of control units of E-SCV CAN Bus
CAN Bus Check - E-SCV
In case of problem with reception of CAN Bus messages of control units of Engine CAN Bus
CAN Bus Check - Engine
Result:
NO:Repair as required.GO TO 1
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1218 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
Action:
1. Turn battery cut-off switch (if equipped) to OFF position. If vehicle has no battery cut-off switch, disconnect negative cable
(–) from battery.
2. At connector X571M - Service Socket (CAN Bus), measure resistance between pin C (9034) and pin D (9035).
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
1. Turn battery cut-off switch (if equipped) to OFF position. If vehicle has no battery cut-off switch, disconnect negative cable
(–) from battery.
2. At connector X571M - Service Socket (CAN Bus), measure resistance between pin C (9034) and pin A (0050).
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
1. Turn battery cut-off switch (if equipped) to OFF position. If vehicle has no battery cut-off switch, disconnect negative cable
(–) from battery.
2. At connector X571M - Service Socket (CAN Bus), measure resistance between pin D (9035) and pin A (0050).
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1219 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Check leads 9034 and 9035 for open circuit.See 50JA - Vehicle CAN Bus (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
Action:
1. Check leads 9034 and 9035 for short circuit between the two circuits.
2. Check terminating resistors for short circuit between connections for 9034 and 9035.
3. Check control units for short circuit between connections for 9034 and 9035.
Result:
Action:
1. Turn battery cut-off switch (if equipped) to OFF position. If vehicle has no battery cut-off switch, disconnect negative cable
(–) from battery.
2. At connector X571M - Service Socket (CAN Bus), measure resistance between pin C (9034) and pin D (9035).
3. During resistance measurement at pins C and D, disconnect the R020 - CAN Bus Terminating Resistor (Vehicle CAN Bus) .
Is the resistance value greater than the limit value?
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1220 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:Rectify open circuit in circuit 9034 or 9035 between X571M - Service Socket (CAN Bus)and R020 - CAN Bus Terminating
Resistor (Vehicle CAN Bus) .
Action:
1. Turn battery cut-off switch (if equipped) to OFF position. If vehicle has no battery cut-off switch, disconnect negative cable
(–) from battery.
2. Reconnect R020 - CAN Bus Terminating Resistor (Vehicle CAN Bus) .
3. At connector X571M - Service Socket (CAN Bus), measure resistance between pin C (9034) and pin D (9035).
4. During resistance measurement at pins C and D, disconnect the A002 - Instrument Unit . Is the resistance value greater
than the limit value?
Result:
YES:Rectify open circuit in circuit 9034 or 9035 between X571M - Service Socket (CAN Bus)and R020 - CAN Bus Terminating
Resistor (Vehicle CAN Bus) .
NO:Rectify open circuit in circuit 9034 or 9035 between X571M - Service Socket (CAN Bus)and A002 - Instrument Unit .
Action:
1. After each of the following steps, check the resistance at X571M - Service Socket (CAN Bus). Turn key switch to OFF
position when disconnecting control units.
Disconnect all OPTIONAL control units, and repeat resistance checks.
Disconnect all STANDARD control units one at a time, and repeat resistance checks. Do not disconnect A002 -
Instrument Unit .
Results:
If disconnecting the control unit results in the resistance returning to default value, replace the control unit.
2. Replace R020 - CAN Bus Terminating Resistor (Vehicle CAN Bus) by intact components. Check resistance.
3. Turn key switch to OFF position. Disconnect A002 - Instrument Unit and R020 - CAN Bus Terminating Resistor (Vehicle
CAN Bus) . Check all circuits from CAN Bus Terminating Resistor to Instrument Unit for continuity. Check each circuit for
possible short to other circuits and to ground.
Result:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1221 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 8 .
NO:GO TO 3 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1222 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems
Action:
Result:
NO:GO TO 4 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1223 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems
Check voltage supply of Rear Implement Socket, see A090 - Rear Implement Socket, Circuit Test .
Result:
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1224 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:GO TO 6 .
Action:
Check voltage supply of Front Implement Socket, see A091 - Front Implement Socket, Circuit Test.
Result:
Action:
Terminating Resistor
Circuit Voltage Voltage 12 V
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1225 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems
Result:
YES:GO TO 8 .
Action:
1. After each of the following steps, check the voltages at connector X571M - Service Socket (CAN Bus). Turn key switch to
OFF position when disconnecting control units. Turn key switch to RUN position (engine OFF) when measuring voltages.
Disconnect STANDARD control units one at a time, and repeat voltage checks. (Do not disconnect active terminating
resistor (A091)).
Connect all STANDARD control units one at a time, and repeat voltage checks.
Connect implements to the vehicle one at a time, and repeat voltage checks.
Results:If removing the control unit results in the voltage returning to default values, check the supply circuit and ground
circuit from CAN + and CAN - to the control unit. Replace control unit if circuits check OK. If equipping the vehicle with an
additional control unit or an additional implement results in voltage values out of specification, check the circuits of the
external devices.
2. Replace active and passive terminating plugs with components that function properly, and perform operational check.
3. Set key switch to OFF position. Disconnect both sockets for the implement, or the terminating resistors. Check all circuits
from the active terminator (A091) to the passive terminator (A090 /A 053) for continuity. Check each circuit for possible
short to other circuits and to ground. Inspect connectors for bent or pushed back pins.
Result:
YES:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1226 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
Action:
1. Disconnect connector X1312F from component.See M045 - Stepper Motor for Rear Hitch, Component Information
2. Turn key switch to RUN position (engine OFF).
3. Using a multimeter, measure the voltages for CAN + and CAN - at connector X1312F.
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
This check should only be performed if previous checks of CAN + and CAN - indicated the following:
Result table
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1227 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems
Voltage for CAN + and CAN - equal Short circuit between CAN + and CAN -
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
NO:Check and recondition CAN Bus leads. See:• 50JA - Hitch CAN Bus (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240. • 50JA - Hitch
CAN Bus (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Action:
The resistance of the termination of the Hitch CAN Bus must be 120 Ω ±10% to enable proper communication.
Result:
YES:Value within specification. CAN Bus leads and resistance of the termination are OK. GO TO 4.
NO:Values are outside specifications. For diagnosing a lead malfunction, see:• 50JA - Hitch CAN Bus (Cab), Diagnostic
Schematic , Section 240. • 50JA - Hitch CAN Bus (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240. GO TO 1.
NO:Values are outside specifications. Check CAN Bus leads. Replace control unit if necessary.GO TO 1.
Action:
Result:
NO:Replace Stepper Motor M045.Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1228 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
Action:
1. Disconnect connector X318F from component.See M012 - Stepper Motor for E-SCV XI
2. Turn key switch to RUN position (engine OFF).
3. Using a multimeter, measure voltages for CAN + and CAN - at connector X318F.
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
This check should only be performed if previous checks of CAN + and CAN - indicated the following:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1229 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems
Result table
Voltage for CAN + and CAN - equal Short circuit between CAN + and CAN -
Result:
YES:GO TO 3.
NO:Check and recondition CAN Bus leads. See 50JA - E-SCV CAN Bus, Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Action:
The resistance of the termination of the E-SCV CAN Bus must be 120 Ω ±10% to enable proper communication.
Result:
YES:A value within specification is measured at all connectors. CAN Bus leads and resistance of the termination are OK. GO TO
4.
NO:Values are outside of specifications, but not at all connectors. For diagnosis of a lead malfunction, see 50JA - E-SCV CAN
Bus, Diagnostic Schematic . Repair the lead. GO TO 1.
NO:Values at all connectors are outside specifications. Check CAN Bus leads. Replace control unit A007 if necessary.GO TO 1.
Action:
1. Disconnect connector X026F from component. See A007 - Front Chassis Control Unit, Component Information .
2. Connect stepper motor M012 to connector X318F. Measure resistance at connector X026F between pins 1-A2 and 1-C1.
3. Disconnect stepper motor M012 from wiring harness. Connect stepper motor M013 to connector X251F. Measure
resistance at connector X026F between pins 1-A2 and 1-C1.
4. Disconnect stepper motor M013 from wiring harness. Connect stepper motor M014 to connector X252F. Measure
resistance at connector X026F between pins 1-A2 and 1-C1.
If connecting the connector of a stepper motor causes the measured resistance to deviate from 120 Ω by more than 10%,
replace the stepper motor.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1230 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems
Result:
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1231 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
Action:
1. Disconnect connector X684F from component.See B5500 - Intake Air Sensor, Component Information .
2. Turn key switch to RUN position (engine OFF).
3. Using a multimeter, measure voltages for CAN + and CAN - at connector X684F.
Result:
YES:Diagnostics completed.
Action:
This check should only be performed if previous checks of CAN + and CAN - indicated the following:
Result table
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1232 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50JA: 50JA - Bus Systems
Voltage for CAN + and CAN - equal Short circuit between CAN + and CAN -
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
NO:Check and recondition CAN Bus leads. See 50JA - Engine CAN Bus, Diagnostic Schematic
Action:
The resistance of the termination of the CAN Bus must be 120 Ω ±10% to enable proper communication.
1. Measure resistance at connector X1055F, between pin 2 (9094) and pin 1 (9095).
2. Measure resistance at connector X684F, between pin 3 (9094) and pin 4 (9095).
3. Measure resistance at connector X707F, between pin 3 (9094) and pin 4 (9095).
Result:
YES:A value within the specification is measured at all connectors. CAN Bus leads and resistance of the termination are OK. GO
TO 4 .
NO:The values are outside of the specifications, but not at all connectors. For diagnosis of a lead malfunction, see 50JA -
Engine CAN Bus, Diagnostic Schematic . Repair the lead. GO TO 1.
NO:The values at all connectors are outside the specifications. Check CAN Bus leads. Replace control unit A021 if
necessary.GO TO 1.
Action:
1. Disconnect connector X1022F from component. See A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information .
2. Connect sensor B5500 to connector X684F. Measure resistance at connector X1022F, between pins 1-45 (9094) and 1-46
(9095).
3. Disconnect sensor B5500 from wiring harness. Connect valve Y5500 to connector X707F. Measure resistance at connector
X1022F, between pins 1-45 (9094) and 1-46 (9095).
If connecting the connector of a component causes the measured resistance to deviate from 120 Ω by more than 10%, replace
the component.
Result:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1233 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections
NO:Problem still exists. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1234 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1235 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1236 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections
LEGEND:
XGND1A XGND1A - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND5A XGND5A - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND9 XGND9 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND9C_XGND72 XGND9C_XGND72 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND9D_XGND71 XGND9D_XGND71 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND9F_X305F XGND9F_X305F - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND10 XGND10 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND11 XGND11 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND15_X665 XGND15_X665F - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND40 XGND40 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND51H XGND51H - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND55_G001 XGND55_G001 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND56 XGND56 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND64 XGND64 - Ground Point
XGND65_XGND73 XGND65_XGND73 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND74 XGND74 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND76 XGND76 - Ground Point (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1237 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1238 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1239 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1240 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1241 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1242 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1243 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1244 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1245 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1246 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1247 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1248 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1249 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1250 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1251 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1252 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1253 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1254 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1255 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1256 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1257 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1258 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1259 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections
LEGEND:
XGND_G610 XGND_G610 - Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND1 XGND1 - Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND2 XGND2 - Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND5 XGND5 - Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND9_X305F XGND9_X305F - Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
XGND74 XGND74 - Ground Point (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1260 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1261 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1262 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1263 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1264 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1265 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1266 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50X: 50X - Ground Connections
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1267 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1268 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
Diagnostic Schematic (Cab) (Circuit for Wake-up Signal and Keep-Alive Voltage):
50ZZ - Circuit for Wake-Up Signal (Cab), Circuit Test
50ZZ - Circuit for Keep-Alive Voltage (Cab), Circuit Test
Diagnostic Schematic (Open Operator′s Station) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit):
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
50ZZ - Instrument Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
50ZZ - Engine Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic
Schematic
50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit
50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit
50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit
50ZZ - Immobilizer Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit
50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit
50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit
50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1269 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of 5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit
50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test of 5-V Supply Voltage Circuit
50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of 5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1270 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
LEGEND:
A132 A132 - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Component Information
F02FRM/P7_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1271 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1272 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and
Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1273 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1274 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
LEGEND:
A007 A007 - Front Chassis Control Unit, Component Information
F03/06_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
CIRCUIT 0012 (Cab) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
12V Supply (A018) (CAB) 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W511 For Tractor Model, see:
• W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
• W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W201 or W202
XGND09 XGND9 - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1275 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1276 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1277 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
LEGEND:
A005 A005 - Left Front Speaker, Component Information
A006 A006 - Right Front Speaker, Component Information
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A140-2 A140 - Radio, Component Information
A141 A141 - Audio Interface, Component Information
E012 50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light, Diagnostic Schematic
E014 50BA - Parking Lights (Outputs) (Cab) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic
F03/18_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F031 F031_BBO - Fuse, Component Information
S037 For Tractor Model, see:
• 50GA - Transmission (Sensors) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
• 50GE - Transmission (Sensors) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
W011 W011/1: Wiring Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch (Chassis)
W012 For Tractor Model, see:
• W012/1: Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch and Access Step Light (Cab)
• W012/4: Wiring Harness with Jumper Connector (Tractors without Battery Cut-Off Switch) (Cab)
W027 W027 - Radio Antenna, Component Information
W201/1 W012/1: Wiring Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch and Access Step Light (Cab)
W221 For Tractor Model, see:
• W221/1: Cab Roof Harness (ECE)
• W221/2: Cab Roof Harness (SAE)
W951/1 W951/1: Harness for Audio Interface (USB)
X005 50CE - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Sockets (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
X023 50CE - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Sockets (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
X697 X697 - Connection Point between Harnesses W012 and W011
X781 X781 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W221
X883 50CE - 7-Terminal Power Outlet Sockets (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
X1272 X1272 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 or W202 and W012
X1272M-1 X1272 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 or W202 and W012
XGND10 XGND10 - Ground Point
CIRCUIT ACC1 (Cab) 50AA - Power Supply to Accessories (ACC1) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
Main Power Supply (Cab) 50AA - Central Power Supply (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1278 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
LEGEND:
A005 A005 - Left Front Speaker, Component Information
A006 A006 - Right Front Speaker, Component Information
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A140-1 A140 - Radio, Component Information
E012 50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light, Diagnostic Schematic
E014 50BA - Parking Lights (Outputs) (Cab) (ECE), Diagnostic Schematic
F03/18_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1279 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1280 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
50ZZ - Immobilizer Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground
Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
LEGEND:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1281 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1282 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
50ZZ - Cab Control Unit (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit),
Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1283 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1284 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
LEGEND:
A003 A003 - Cab Control Unit, Component Information
F06/B_LCS F03LCS to F04LCS - Fuses (LCS) (Cab), Component Information
CIRCUIT 0012 (Cab) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
12V Supply (A018) (Cab) 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1285 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
50ZZ - Instrument Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit),
Diagnostic Schematic
LEGEND:
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1286 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1287 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1288 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
F03/01_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/12_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
K07/2_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
S012 S012 - Key Switch, Component Information
CIRCUIT 0012 (Cab) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT IGN (Cab) 50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (IGN) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT ELX 1 (Cab) 50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX1) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 0092 (Cab) 50AA - Key Switch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 0212 (Cab) 50AA - Key Switch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 6121 (Cab) 50AA - Key Switch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 0193 (Cab) 50AA - Key Switch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
WAKE UP CIRCUIT (Cab) 50ZZ - Circuit for Wake-up Signal (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W211/1 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211 (Cab)
XGND5A XGND5A - Ground Point
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1289 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
50ZZ - Engine Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1290 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
A086 A086 - Engine Control Unit (Level 16 ECU), Component Information
A133 A133 - Immobilizer Control Unit, Component Information
F03/01_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F03/11_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
F027 F027, F028 and F029 - Fuses for Engine Control Unit, Component Information
F028 F027, F028 and F029 - Fuses for Engine Control Unit, Component Information
F029 F027, F028 and F029 - Fuses for Engine Control Unit, Component Information
K07/2_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
S012 S012 - Key Switch, Component Information
CIRCUIT 0012 (Cab) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT ELX 1 (Cab) 50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX1) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT IGN (Cab) 50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (IGN) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 0092 (Cab) 50AA - Key Switch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 6121 (Cab) 50AA - Key Switch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 0193 (Cab) 50AA - Key Switch (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
Main Power Supply (Cab) 50AA - Central Power Supply (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W211/1 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W501 For Tractor Model, see:
• W501/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6195M Tractors
• W501/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
• W501/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
• W501/4: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W511 For Tractor Model, see:
• W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
• W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W201 or W202
XGND5A XGND5A - Ground Point
XGND9 XGND9 - Ground Point
XGND74 XGND74 - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1291 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1292 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
LEGEND:
A007 A007 - Front Chassis Control Unit, Component Information
B053 B053 - Sensor for Position of Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle, Component Information
B167 B167 - Sensor for Oil Pressure of Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle, Component Information
CIRCUIT 7091 50GK - Front PTO (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
Y066 Y066 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Lower Solenoid Valve, Component Information
Y067 Y067 - Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Raise Solenoid Valve, Component Information
Y068 Y068 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Reduction, Component Information
Y069 Y069 - Solenoid Valve for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle Pressure Build-Up, Component Information
W511 For Tractor Model, see:
• W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
• W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W701 W701/1: Harness for Suspended Front-Wheel Drive Axle
X205 X205 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W701
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1293 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
50ZZ - Roof Control Unit (5-V Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1294 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
LEGEND:
A003 A003 - Cab Control Unit, Component Information
A019 A019 - Cruise Control Potentiometer, Component Information
B144 B144 - Auto Mode Potentiometer, Component Information
B229 B229 - Left Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information
B230 B230 - Right Brake Pedal Sensor Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information
S007 S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211
W201 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W211 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1295 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1296 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B019 B019 - Right Draft Sensor, Component Information
B020 B020 - Left Draft Sensor, Component Information
B021 B021 - Sensor for Rear Hitch Position, Component Information
B026 B026 - Sensitivity Potentiometer for Rear Hitch, Component Information
B027 B027 - Position Feedback Unit for Rear Hitch, Component Information
B041 B041 - Draft Sensor, Component Information
B065 B065 - Clutch Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information
B079-1 B079 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information
B079-2 B079 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information
B096-1 B096 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Component Information
B096-3 B096 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Component Information
B105 B105 - Enable Pressure Sensor, Component Information
B256 B256 - Position Sensor for A/B Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information
B257 B257 - Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information
B258 B258 - Position Sensor for E/F Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information
CIRCUIT 7038 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7039 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7034 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7125 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7116 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7077 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7099 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 6131 For Sensor, see:
• B006 50GJ - Rear PTO (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
• B009 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Wheel Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
• B035 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Wheel Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
• B039 50CE - Signal Socket (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7084 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7078 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7084 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7085 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 6304 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Sensors, Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 6303 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Sensors, Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 6305 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Sensors, Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 6039 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Potentiometers for Hand Throttle, Accelerator Pedal and Clutch Pedal
CIRCUIT 6007
(Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Potentiometers for Hand Throttle, Accelerator Pedal and Clutch Pedal
CIRCUIT 6114
(Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Potentiometers for Hand Throttle, Accelerator Pedal and Clutch Pedal
CIRCUIT 5069
(Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Potentiometers for Hand Throttle, Accelerator Pedal and Clutch Pedal
CIRCUIT 5079
(Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Potentiometers for Hand Throttle, Accelerator Pedal and Clutch Pedal
CIRCUIT 5099
(Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W211/1 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W231/1 W231/1: Wiring Harness for Shift Console
W241/1 W241/1: Wiring Harness for Clutch Pedal Sensor Unit
W601 For Transmission Version, see:
W601/1: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6155M to
•
6195M Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6100M to
•
6145M Tractors
X010 X010 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W231
X322 X322 - Connection Point between Harnesses W211 and W241
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1297 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1298 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1299 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B006-1 B006 - Rear PTO Speed Sensor, Component Information
B006-2 B006 - Rear PTO Speed Sensor, Component Information
B009-1 B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information
B009-2 B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information
B009-3 B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information
B009-4 B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information
B009-6 B009 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information
B019 B019 - Right Draft Sensor, Component Information
B020 B020 - Left Draft Sensor, Component Information
B021 B021 - Rear Hitch Position Sensor, Component Information
B026 B026 - Sensitivity Potentiometer for Rear Hitch, Component Information
B027 B027 - Position Feedback Unit for Rear Hitch, Component Information
B035-1 B035 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information
B039 B039 - Ground Speed Sensor (Radar), Component Information
B041 B041 - Draft Sensor, Component Information
CIRCUIT 0532 50CE - Signal Socket (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 4012 50CE - Signal Socket (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 6102 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Wheel Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 6164 50GJ - Rear PTO (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7034 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7038 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7039 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7077 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7078 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7084 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7085 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7099 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7125 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7116 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W231/1 W231/1: Shift Console Harness
W601 For Transmission Version, see:
W601/1: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6155M to
•
6195M Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6100M to
•
6145M Tractors
X010 X010 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W231
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1300 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1301 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B039 B039 - Ground Speed Sensor (Radar), Component Information
S006 S006 - Front PTO Switch, Component Information
S021 S021 - Rear PTO Switch, Component Information
S029 S029 - Switch for Start-Up Gear Programming (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information
S043 S043 - iTEC™ Basic Switch, Component Information
S044 S044 - Left Remote Control Switch for Rear PTO, Component Information
S121 S121 - Right Remote Control Switch for Rear PTO, Component Information
CIRCUIT 6131 1. Diagnostic Schematic: B009-1, B009-2, B009-3, B009-4, B009-6
CIRCUIT 6197 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Switches, Diagnostic Schematic
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W231/1 W231/1: Shift Console Harness
W601 For Tractor Model, see:
W601/1: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6155M to
•
6195M Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6100M to
•
6145M Tractors
X010 X010 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W231
X430 X430 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
3. Diagnostic Schematic: A002, A003, A004, A007, A018, A082, B036, B104, K01/4, S007, S022,
S037, S125, S147, S150, S171, X033
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1302 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1303 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
LEGEND:
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
A003 A003 - Control Unit in Cab, Component Information
A004 A004 - Control Unit TEC (CAN Bus Implement (ISOBUS)), Component Information
A007 A007 - Front Chassis Control Unit, Component Information
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A082 A082 - Reverse Drive Lever, Component Information
B104 B104 - Sensor for Transmission Output Speed, Component Information
CIRCUIT 6148 For Transmission Version, see:
• 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Controls and Instruments (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
• 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Controls and Instruments, Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 6176 For Transmission Version, see:
• 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Controls and Instruments (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
• 50GD - CommandQuad™ Transmission, Controls and Instruments, Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 6197 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Controls and Instruments (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 0310 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Controls and Instruments (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 1018 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Controls and Instruments (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 6005 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Controls and Instruments (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 6197 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Controls and Instruments (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 6113 50GH - Differential Lock (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 0050 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 6034 50GA - PowrQuad™ Transmission, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 6111 50GE - PowrReverser™ Transmission, Sensors (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
K01/4_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
S007 S007 - Shift Unit (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information
S022 S022 - Differential Lock Switch, Component Information
S150 S150 - Enable Pressure Switch (PowrReverser™ Transmission), Component Information
S147 S147 - Turn-Signal Lever, Component Information
S125-1 S125-1 - Gear Selector Switch (Range-Shift Lever) for PowrQuad™ Transmission, Component Information
S125-2 S125-2 - Gear Selector Switch (Shift Console) for PowrQuad™ Transmission, Component Information
S125-3 S125-3 - Gear Selector Switch (Mechanical Multi-Function Lever), Component Information
S037 S037 - Gear Selector Switch, Auto Mode and Clutch, Component Information
S171 S171 - Mechanical Multi-Function Lever (DURA)
W201/1 W201/1: Cab Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W211/1 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W431/1 W431/1: Control Unit Wiring Harness TEC (CAN Bus Implement (ISOBUS)) and JDLink™
W511 For Tractor Model, see:
• W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
• W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W761/1 W761/1: Wiring Harness for Front Loader (DURA)
W601 For Tractor Model, see:
W601/1: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6155M to
•
6195M Tractors
W601/2: Transmission Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Electrical Reverser Control) for 6100M to
•
6145M Tractors
X003-3 - Connector for Gear-Selector Switch and Auto Mode, or Connection Point between Harnesses W201
X003
and W761
X033 X033 - Park Lock Latch (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information
X487 Connector for Turn-Signal Lever S147 - Turn-Signal Lever, Component Information
X500 X500 - Connection Point between Harnesses W601 and W201
X712 X712-1 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W431
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W201 or W202
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1304 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1305 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
LEGEND:
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A136 A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Component Information
B028-1 B028-1 - Right Dome Light Switch, Component Information
B028-2 B028-2 - Left Dome Light Switch, Component Information
CIRCUIT 1094 50BC - Dome Light and Access Step Light, Diagnostic Schematic
G004 G004 - Alternator, Component Information
S012 S012 - Key Switch, Component Information
S062 S062 - Hazard Warning Light Switch, Component Information
W011 W011/1: Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch (Chassis)
W012 W012/1: Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch and Access Step Light (Cab)
W201 W201/1: Cab Harness
W211 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
W221 For Tractor Model, see:
• W221/1: Cab Roof Harness (ECE)
• W221/2: Cab Roof Harness (SAE)
W501 For Tractor Model, see:
• W501/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6195M Tractors
• W501/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
• W501/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
• W501/4: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W511 For Tractor Model, see:
• W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
• W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
X697 X697 - Connection Point between Harnesses W012 and W011
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W201 and W211 (Cab)
X781 X781 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W221
X782 For Tractor Model, see:
• X782 - Connection Point between Wiring Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab)
• X782 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W201 (Cab) (Level 16 ECU)
X1080 For Tractor Model, see:
X1080 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W511 (6-Cylinder Engines) or Connection Point
•
between Harnesses W502 and W511 (4-Cylinder Engines)
X1080 - Connection Point between Harnesses W501 and W511 for Engines without Exhaust Cleaning System
•
(Level 16 ECU)
X1272 X1272 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 or W202 and W012
XGND10 XGND10 - Ground Point
XGND40 XGND40 - Ground Point
XGND56 XGND56 - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1306 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1307 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
LEGEND:
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A136 A136 - Battery Cut-Off Relay, Component Information
CIRCUIT 0012 (Cab) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic
F04/08_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information
S009 S009 - Light Switch, Component Information
S114 S114 - Park Lock Switch, Component Information
S147 S147 - Turn-Signal Lever, Component Information
W011 W011/1: Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch (Chassis)
W012 W012/1: Harness for Battery Cut-Off Switch and Access Step Light (Cab)
W201 W201/1: Cab Harness
W211 W211/1: Wiring Harness for Instrument Panel (Cab with PowrQuad™ Transmission)
X033 X033 - Park Lock Latch (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information
X487 X487F - Connector of Turn-Signal Lever
X697 X697 - Connection Point between Harnesses W012 and W011
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 and W211 (Cab)
X1272 X1272 - Connection Point between Harnesses W201 or W202 and W012
XGND43A XGND43A - Ground Point
XGND56 XGND56 - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1308 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1309 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
F03/05_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
F03/16_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
F03/17_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
S012 S012 - Key Switch, Component Information
K01/1_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
K02/D_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
CIRCUIT 0012 (OOS) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 0092 (OOS) 50AA - Key Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 0193 (OOS) 50AA - Key Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 0212 (OOS) 50AA - Key Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 6121 (OOS) 50AA - Key Switch (Open Operator′s Platform), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT ELX (OOS) 50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT IGN (OOS) 50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (IGN) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
W202/1 W202/1: Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W212/1 W212/1: Cowl Harness (Open Operator′s Platform)
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W212 and W202
XGND1 XGND1 - Ground Point
XGND2 XGND2 - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1310 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
LEGEND:
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
A011 A011 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
F03/03_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1311 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
F03/04_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
F03/12_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
CIRCUIT 0012 (OOS) 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
W202/1 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W212/1 W212/1: Cowl Harness (Open Operator′s Platform)
X571 X571 - Service Socket (CAN Bus), Component Information
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W212 and W202
XGND2 XGND2 - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1312 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
LEGEND:
A021 A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information
F03/06_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
F03/10_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1313 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
F027 F027, F028 and F029 - Fuses for Engine Control Unit, Component Information
F028 F027, F028 and F029 - Fuses for Engine Control Unit, Component Information
F029 F027, F028 and F029 - Fuses for Engine Control Unit, Component Information
S001 S001 - Key Switch, Component Information
CIRCUIT 6121 (OOS) 50AA - Key Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (IGN) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic
CIRCUIT IGN (OOS)
Schematic
50AA - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic
CIRCUIT ELX (OOS)
Schematic
Main Power Supply
50AA - Central Power Supply (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
(OOS)
W202/1 W202/1: Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W212 W212/1: Cowl Harness (Open Operator′s Platform)
W501 For Tractor Model, see:
• W501/1: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6195M Tractors
• W501/2: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6155M to 6175M Tractors
• W501/3: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6135M to 6145M Tractors
• W501/4: Engine Wiring Harness (Main Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
W511 For Tractor Model, see:
• W511/1: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6135M to 6195M Tractors
• W511/3: Engine Harness (Connecting Harness) for 6100M to 6130M Tractors
X782 X782 - Connection Point between Harnesses W511 and W201 or W202
XGND1 XGND1 - Ground Point
XGND09 XGND9 - Ground Point
XGND74 XGND74 - Ground Point
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1314 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1315 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
B006-1 B006 - Rear PTO Speed Sensor, Component Information
B006-2 B006 - Rear PTO Speed Sensor, Component Information
B035-1 B035 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information
B035-2 B035 - Wheel Speed Sensor, Component Information
B019 B019 - Right Draft Sensor, Component Information
B020 B020 - Left Draft Sensor, Component Information
B021 B021 - Rear Hitch Position Sensor, Component Information
B026 B026 - Sensitivity Potentiometer for Rear Hitch, Component Information
B027 B027 - Position Feedback Unit for Rear Hitch, Component Information
B041 B041 - Draft Sensor, Component Information
B079 B079 - Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer, Component Information
B096 B096 - Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Component Information
CIRCUIT 7038 50HA - Rear Hitch, Controls and Instruments (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7039 50HA - Rear Hitch, Controls and Instruments (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7034 50HA - Rear Hitch, Controls and Instruments (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7125 50HA - Rear Hitch, Controls and Instruments (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7116 50HA - Rear Hitch, Controls and Instruments (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7077 50HA - Rear Hitch, Controls and Instruments (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7099 50HA - Rear Hitch, Controls and Instruments (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7084 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors and Position Feedback Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7085 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors and Position Feedback Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
CIRCUIT 7078 50HA - Rear Hitch, Sensors and Position Feedback Unit (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic
W202/1 W202/1: Wiring Harness for Open Operator′s Station
W602 For Tractor Model, see:
W602/1: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Mechanical Reverser Control) for
•
6155M Tractor
W602/2: Transmission Wiring Harness (PowrQuad™ Transmission with Mechanical Reverser Control) for
•
6100M to 6145M Tractors
X287 X287 - Connection Point between Harnesses W602 and W202
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1316 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
LEGEND:
A018 A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
S008 S008 - Switch for Turn-Signal Lights (Open Operator′s Platform), Component Information
S021 S021 - Rear PTO Switch, Component Information
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1317 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1318 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
LEGEND:
A002 A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information
A011 A011 - Main Control Unit, Component Information
W202 W202/1: Harness for Open Operator′s Platform
W212 W212/1: Cowl Harness (Open Operator′s Platform)
X780 X780 - Connection Point between Harnesses W212 and W202 (Open Operator′s Station)
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1319 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section
240.
Component:
For details of location and information on components, see A132 - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Component
Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
( 1 ) Preliminary check
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™), Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 240.
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1320 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
→NOTE:
Improperly installed equipment can sometimes affect the factory installed electronics.
Result:
Action:
1. Visually inspect all electrical connections on equipment for damaged connectors or pins.
2. Test the power and ground circuits on the suspect equipment.
3. Verify power and ground connections are made at appropriate locations.
4. Examine any wire splices that were made when equipment was installed.
→NOTE: Splicing into any tractor harness is discouraged.
→NOTE: Never splice into the CAN bus lines.
Result:
Action:
1. Reconnect the connector of the control unit and try to reproduce the fault once again.
Result:
YES:Diagnostics completed.
NO:GO TO 6 .
Action:
Check whether more up-to-date reprogramming software can be downloaded via John Deere Intranet (John Deere Custom
Performance).
IMPORTANT:
Before programming a control unit with more up-to-date software, always check with DTAC whether there
is information concerning the new software.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1321 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
→NOTE:
Current software status of the control unit can be read at address XMC/XSC 237 (control unit software
package, part number).
Result:
NO:More up-to-date software not available: Test completed. Return to diagnosis in progress.
Action:
Download the current software for reprogramming the control unit from John Deere Intranet (John Deere Custom Performance).
Reprogram the control unit with the current software file.
Result:
NO:More up-to-date software does not solve the problem. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1322 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section
240.
Component:
For details of location and information on components, see A007 - Front Chassis Control Unit, Component
Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
( 1 ) Preliminary check
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit , Section 245, Group 50.
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
→NOTE:
Improperly installed equipment can sometimes affect the factory installed electronics.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1323 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
Result:
Action:
1. Visually inspect all electrical connections on equipment for damaged connectors or pins.
2. Test the power and ground circuits on the suspect equipment.
3. Verify power and ground connections are made at appropriate locations.
4. Examine any wire splices that were made when equipment was installed.
→NOTE: Splicing into any tractor harness is discouraged.
→NOTE: Never splice into the CAN bus lines.
Result:
Action:
1. Reconnect the connector of the control unit and try to reproduce the fault once again.
Result:
YES:Diagnostics completed.
NO:GO TO 6 .
Action:
Check whether more up-to-date reprogramming software can be downloaded via John Deere Intranet (John Deere Custom
Performance).
IMPORTANT:
Before programming a control unit with more up-to-date software, always check with DTAC whether there
is information concerning the new software.
→NOTE:
Current software status of the control unit can be read at address SFA 237 (control unit software
package, part number).
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1324 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
Result:
NO:More up-to-date software not available: Test completed. Return to diagnosis in progress.
Action:
Download the current software for reprogramming the control unit from John Deere Intranet (John Deere Custom Performance).
Reprogram the control unit with the current software file.
Result:
NO:More up-to-date software does not solve the problem. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1325 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50ZZ - ECU (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50ZZ - ECU (Open Operator′s Station) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section
240.
Component:
For details of location and information on components, see A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information in
Section 249.
Test procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
( 1 ) Preliminary check
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Perform 50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit . Section 240.
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1326 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
→NOTE:
Improperly installed equipment can sometimes affect the factory installed electronics.
Result:
Action:
1. Visually inspect all electrical connections on equipment for damaged connectors or pins.
2. Test the power and ground circuits on the suspect equipment.
3. Verify power and ground connections are made at appropriate locations.
4. Examine any wire splices that were made when equipment was installed.
→NOTE: Splicing into any tractor harness is discouraged.
→NOTE: Never splice into the CAN bus lines.
Result:
Action:
1. Reconnect the connector of the control unit and try to reproduce the fault once again.
Result:
YES:Diagnostics completed.
NO:GO TO 6 .
Action:
Check whether more up-to-date reprogramming software can be downloaded via John Deere Intranet (John Deere Custom
Performance).
IMPORTANT:
Before programming a control unit with more up-to-date software, always check with DTAC whether there
is information concerning the new software.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1327 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
→NOTE:
Current software status of the control unit can be read at address ECU 237 (control unit software
package, part number).
Result:
NO:More up-to-date software not available: Test completed. Return to diagnosis in progress.
Action:
Download the current software for reprogramming the control unit from John Deere Intranet (John Deere Custom Performance).
Reprogram the control unit with the current software file.
Result:
NO:More up-to-date software does not solve the problem. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1328 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50ZZ - Immobilizer Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component:
For details of location and information on components, see A133 - Immobilizer Control Unit, Component Information
in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
( 1 ) Preliminary check
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Perform 50ZZ - Immobilizer Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit . Section 240.
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
→NOTE:
Improperly installed equipment can sometimes affect the factory installed electronics.
2. Try to reproduce the problem after disconnecting each component of the equipment.
Result:
Action:
1. Visually inspect all electrical connections on equipment for damaged connectors or pins.
2. Test the power and ground circuits on the suspect equipment.
3. Verify power and ground connections are made at appropriate locations.
4. Examine any wire splices that were made when equipment was installed.
→NOTE: Splicing into any tractor harness is discouraged.
→NOTE: Never splice into the CAN bus lines.
Result:
Action:
1. Reconnect the connector of the control unit and try to reproduce the fault once again.
Result:
YES:Diagnostics completed.
NO:GO TO 6 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnostics completed.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1330 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
, Section 240.
Component:
For details of location and information on components, see A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information ,
Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
( 1 ) Preliminary check
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit . Section 240.
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1331 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
Action:
→NOTE:
Improperly installed equipment can sometimes affect the factory installed electronics.
Result:
Action:
1. Visually inspect all electrical connections on equipment for damaged connectors or pins.
2. Test the power and ground circuits on the suspect equipment.
3. Verify power and ground connections are made at appropriate locations.
4. Examine any wire splices that were made when equipment was installed.
→NOTE: Splicing into any tractor harness is discouraged.
→NOTE: Never splice into the CAN bus lines.
Result:
Action:
1. Reconnect the connector of the control unit and try to reproduce the fault once again.
Result:
YES:Diagnostics completed.
NO:GO TO 6 .
Action:
Check whether more up-to-date reprogramming software can be downloaded via John Deere Intranet (John Deere Custom
Performance).
IMPORTANT:
Before programming a control unit with more up-to-date software, always check with DTAC whether there
is information concerning the new software.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1332 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
→NOTE:
Current software status of the control unit can be read at address CCU 237 (control unit software
package, part number).
Result:
NO:More up-to-date software not available: Test completed. Return to diagnosis in progress.
Action:
Download the current software for reprogramming the control unit from John Deere Intranet (John Deere Custom Performance).
Reprogram the control unit with the current software file.
Result:
NO:More up-to-date software does not solve the problem. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1333 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50ZZ - Cab Control Unit (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component:
For details of location and information on components, see A003 - Cab Control Unit, Component Information in
Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
( 1 ) Preliminary check
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit . Section 240.
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
→NOTE:
Improperly installed equipment can sometimes affect the factory installed electronics.
2. Try to reproduce the problem after disconnecting each component of the equipment.
Result:
Action:
1. Visually inspect all electrical connections on equipment for damaged connectors or pins.
2. Test the power and ground circuits on the suspect equipment.
3. Verify power and ground connections are made at appropriate locations.
4. Examine any wire splices that were made when equipment was installed.
→NOTE: Splicing into any tractor harness is discouraged.
→NOTE: Never splice into the CAN bus lines.
Result:
Action:
1. Reconnect the connector of the control unit and try to reproduce the fault once again.
Result:
YES:Diagnostics completed.
NO:GO TO 6 .
Action:
Check whether more up-to-date reprogramming software can be downloaded via John Deere Intranet (John Deere Custom
Performance).
IMPORTANT:
Before programming a control unit with more up-to-date software, always check with DTAC whether there
is information concerning the new software.
→NOTE:
Current software status of the control unit can be read at address CCU 237 (control unit software
package, part number).
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1335 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
Result:
NO:More up-to-date software not available: Test completed. Return to diagnosis in progress.
Action:
Download the current software for reprogramming the control unit from John Deere Intranet (John Deere Custom Performance).
Reprogram the control unit with the current software file.
Result:
NO:More up-to-date software does not solve the problem. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1336 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50ZZ - Instrument Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50ZZ - Instrument Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic ,
Section 240.
Component:
For details of location and information on components, see A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information , Section
249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
( 1 ) Preliminary check
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Perform 50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit . Section 240.
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
→NOTE:
Improperly installed equipment can sometimes affect the factory installed electronics.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1337 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
Result:
Action:
1. Visually inspect all electrical connections on equipment for damaged connectors or pins.
2. Test the power and ground circuits on the suspect equipment.
3. Verify power and ground connections are made at appropriate locations.
4. Examine any wire splices that were made when equipment was installed.
→NOTE: Splicing into any tractor harness is discouraged.
→NOTE: Never splice into the CAN bus lines.
Result:
Action:
1. Reconnect the connector of the control unit and try to reproduce the fault once again.
Result:
YES:Diagnostics completed.
NO:GO TO 6 .
Action:
Check whether more up-to-date reprogramming software can be downloaded via John Deere Intranet (John Deere Custom
Performance).
IMPORTANT:
Before programming a control unit with more up-to-date software, always check with DTAC whether there
is information concerning the new software.
→NOTE:
Current software status of the control unit can be read at address VTI 237 (control unit software
package, part number).
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1338 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
Result:
NO:More up-to-date software not available: Test completed. Return to diagnosis in progress.
Action:
Download the current software for reprogramming the control unit from John Deere Intranet (John Deere Custom Performance).
Reprogram the control unit with the current software file.
Result:
NO:More up-to-date software does not solve the problem. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1339 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50ZZ - Radio (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component:
For details of location and information on components, see A140 - Radio, Component Information , Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
( 1 ) Preliminary check
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
Action:
Perform 50ZZ - Radio, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit. Section 240.
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
→NOTE:
Improperly installed equipment can sometimes affect the factory installed electronics.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1340 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
Result:
Action:
1. Visually inspect all electrical connections on equipment for damaged connectors or pins.
2. Test the power and ground circuits on the suspect equipment.
3. Verify power and ground connections are made at appropriate locations.
4. Examine any wire splices that were made when equipment was installed.
→NOTE: Splicing into any tractor harness is discouraged.
→NOTE: Never splice into the CAN bus lines.
Result:
Action:
1. Reconnect the connector of the control unit and try to reproduce the fault once again.
Result:
YES:Diagnostics completed.
NO:GO TO 6 .
Action:
Check whether more up-to-date reprogramming software can be downloaded via John Deere Intranet (John Deere Custom
Performance).
IMPORTANT:
Before programming a control unit with more up-to-date software, always check with DTAC whether there
is information concerning the new software.
→NOTE:
Current software status of the control unit can be read at address RCU 237 (control unit software
package, part number).
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1341 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
Result:
NO:More up-to-date software not available: Test completed. Return to diagnosis in progress.
Action:
Download the current software for reprogramming the control unit from John Deere Intranet (John Deere Custom Performance).
Reprogram the control unit with the current software file.
Result:
NO:More up-to-date software does not solve the problem. Test completed. Return to diagnostic procedure.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1342 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
Additional references:
Fuses:
F06/F_LCS, see LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
F02FRM/P7, see LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
Ground connection:
Diagnostic schematic:
50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component:
Test procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:Fuses OK. GO TO 2 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1343 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
→NOTE:
Poor ground connections are a common cause for problems that are difficult to diagnose.
Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:• Repair ground lead and perform an operational check.• Check XGND43A - Ground Point . • Check XGND1A - Ground Point
.
Action:
1. Ignition off.
2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X1103F-2, pin J2-M4 (0722) and ground.
Between X1103F-2, pin J2-M3 (0722) and ground.
Between X1103F-2, pin J2-L1 (0722) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification
Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 14.0 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1344 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
NO:GO TO 6 .
Action:
Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 14.0 V
Result:
YES:Problem with the control unit. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.
NO:GO TO 8
Action:
Result:
YES:• No short to ground present on lead 0722. GO TO 7 . • Short to ground present on lead 0012. Perform S012 - Key Switch
(Cab), Circuit Test .
Action:
Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω
Result:
YES:Leads are OK, problem still exists.Problem with voltage supply of fuse F06/F_LCS. Perform S012 - Key Switch (Cab), Circuit
Test .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1345 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
Action:
Result:
YES:• No short to ground present on lead 0172. GO TO 9 . • Short to ground present on lead 0072. Perform K01/01_LCS - Relay
for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX1) (Cab), Circuit Test .
Action:
Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω
Result:
YES:Leads are OK, problem still exists.Problem with voltage supply of fuse F02FRM/P7_LCS. Perform K01/01_LCS - Relay for
Power Supply to Electronics (ELX1) (Cab), Circuit Test .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1346 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and
Ground Circuit
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section
240.
Fuses for supply voltage to the control unit:
F03LCS/06 LCSFor an overview of the fuses, see LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab), Component Information ,
Section 249.
Ground connections of the control unit:
XGND9 - Ground Point
Component:
For details of location and information on components, see A007 - Front Chassis Control Unit, Component
Information in Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:Fuse OK. GO TO 2 .
NO:Fuse is blown. GO TO 7 .
( 2 ) Operational check
Action:
Make sure that the information displayed in the address corresponds to the supply voltage:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1347 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
→NOTE:
Poor ground connections are a common cause for problems that are difficult to diagnose.
Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:• Repair ground lead and perform an operational check.• Check XGND9 - Ground Point .
Action:
Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 14.0 V
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1348 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
Result:
YES:Problem with the control unit. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.
NO:GO TO 8 .
Action:
Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 14.0 V
Result:
YES:Problem with the control unit. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
NO:Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of 12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit .
Action:
Result:
YES:• No short to ground present on lead 0512. GO TO 9 . • Short to ground present on lead 0012. See 50AA - Voltage Supply
(Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic .
Action:
Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 ohms
Result:
YES:Lead is OK, problem still exists. Problem with voltage supply of fuse. See 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab),
Diagnostic Schematic .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1350 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
50ZZ - Engine Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground
Circuit
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50ZZ - ECU (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50ZZ - ECU (Open Operator′s Station) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section
240.
Fuse for component supply voltage:
Fuses (tractors with cab): F027, F028 and F029 - Fuses for Engine Control Unit, Component Information
F03/01_LCSF03/11_LCSSee LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
Fuses (on tractors with open operator′s station): F027, F028 and F029 - Fuses for Engine Control Unit,
Component Information , Section 249. F03/06_LCSF03/10_LCSSee LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Open Operator′s
Station), Component Information Section 249.
Relays
K07/2_LCS
See LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
Ground connections
XGND9 - Ground Point
XGND74 - Ground Point
XGND5A - Ground Point
Component:
For details of location and information on components, see A021 - Engine Control Unit, Component Information in
Section 249.
Test procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1351 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
station):
F027, F028 and F029 - Fuses for Engine Control Unit, Component Information , Section 249.
F03/06_LCS
F03/10_LCS
See LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Open Operator′s Station), Component Information Section 249.
Result:
YES:Fuse OK. GO TO 2 .
NO:Fuse is blown. GO TO 7 .
( 2 ) Operational check
Action:
Make sure that the information displayed in the addresses corresponds to the supply voltage:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
→NOTE:
Poor ground connections are a common cause for problems that are difficult to diagnose.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1352 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:• Repair ground lead and perform an operational check.• Check XGND9 - Ground Point . • Check XGND74 - Ground Point .
Action:
Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 14.0 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
NO:GO TO 7 .
Action:
CAUTION:
Always engage the park lock when performing tests with the engine running.
CAUTION:
During tests with the engine running, there is a risk of injury from moving parts.
1. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows and start the engine briefly:
Between X1022F-3 (X021F-3), pin 3-32 (6121) and ground.
2. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1353 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 14.0 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 7 .
NO:• Check lead 6121 for short to ground and continuity.• Perform S012 - Key Switch (Cab), Circuit Test . • Perform S012 - Key
Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test .
Action:
Result:
YES:No short to ground present:• GO TO 8 . • 50AA - Central Power Supply (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240. • 50AA -
Central Power Supply (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240. • S012 - Key Switch (Cab), Circuit Test ,
Section 240. • S012 - Key Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1354 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω
Result:
YES:Leads are OK, problem still exists:• 50AA - Central Power Supply (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240. • 50AA -
Central Power Supply (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240. • S012 - Key Switch (Cab), Circuit Test ,
Section 240. • S012 - Key Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240. • Problem with the control unit. Perform
General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1355 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
50ZZ - Immobilizer Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Fuses:
F03/09_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information , Section 249.
F03/11_LCS LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information , Section 249.
Component:
Ground connections:
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:Fuse OK. GO TO 2 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1356 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
→NOTE:
Poor ground connections are a common cause for problems that are difficult to diagnose.
Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:• Repair ground lead and perform an operational check.• Check XGND43A - Ground Point .
Action:
Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 14.0 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 6 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1357 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 14.0 V
Result:
YES:• Problem with the control unit. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems in Section 210. • Perform 50FB - Immobilizer, Test . Section 240.
NO:GO TO 7.
Action:
Result:
YES:No short to ground present:• GO TO 7 . • 50AA - Central Power Supply (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic . Section 240.
Action:
Result:
YES:No short to ground present:• GO TO 8 . • Perform K01/01_LCS - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX1) (Cab), Circuit
Test . Section 240.
NO:Perform K05/01_LCS - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX), Circuit Test.
Action:
Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1358 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
Result:
YES:Leads are OK, problem still exists:• Problem with voltage supply of fuse F03/09_LCS. Perform K01/01_LCS - Relay for
Power Supply to Electronics (ELX1) (Cab), Circuit Test . Section 240. • Problem with voltage supply of fuse F03/11_LCS. 50AA -
Central Voltage Supply (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic . Section 240. • Problem with the control unit. Perform General Information
- Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1359 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit
Additional references:
Fuse:
F06/B_LCS, see LCS - Fuses, Relays, and Diodes (Cab), Component Information , Section 249.
Ground connection:
Diagnostic schematic:
50ZZ - Steering Control Unit (AutoTrac™) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Component:
Test procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:Fuses OK. GO TO 2 .
NO:Fuse is blown. GO TO 6 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1360 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3 .
Action:
→NOTE:
Poor ground connections are a common cause for problems that are difficult to diagnose.
Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
NO:• Repair ground lead and perform an operational check.• Check XGND43A - Ground Point .
Action:
1. Ignition off.
2. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X018F, pin J1-L1 (0882) and ground.
3. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification
Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 14.0 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO 6 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1361 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 14.0 V
Result:
YES:Problem with the control unit. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems .
Section 210.
NO:Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of 12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit . Section 240.
Action:
Result:
YES:• No short to ground present. GO TO 7 . • 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic . Section 240.
Action:
Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω
Result:
YES:Leads are OK, problem still exists:• GO TO 8 . • Problem with voltage supply of fuse F06/B_LCS. 50AA - Voltage Supply
(Lead 0012) (Cab), Diagnostic Schematic . Section 240.
Action:
Result:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1362 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
NO:Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of 12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit . Section 240.
Action:
Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω
Result:
YES:Leads are OK, problem still exists.Problem with voltage supply of lead 0432. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of 12-
Volt Supply Voltage Circuit . Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1363 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground
Circuit
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic
, Section 240.
Fuses and relays (on tractors with cab):
F03/12_LCS
F03/01_LCS
K07/2_LCSSee LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
Fuses and relays (on tractors with open operator′s station):
F03/05_LCS
F03/16_LCS
F03/17_LCS
K01/1_LCS
K02/F_LCSSee LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
Ground connections (tractors with cab):
XGND43A - Ground Point , Section 249.
XGND5A - Ground Point , Section 249.
Ground connections (on tractors with open operator′s station):
XGND1 - Ground Point in Section 249.
XGND2 - Ground Point in Section 249.
Component:
For details of location and information on components, see A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information ,
Section 249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1364 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
F03/01_LCS
K07/2_LCSSee LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
Fuses and relays (on tractors with open operator′s station):
F03/05_LCS
F03/16_LCS
F03/17_LCS
K01/1_LCS
K02/F_LCSSee LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
Result:
YES:Fuse OK. GO TO 2 .
NO:Fuse is blown. GO TO 7 .
( 2 ) Operational check
Action:
Make sure that the information displayed in the addresses corresponds to the supply voltage:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
→NOTE:
Poor ground connections are a common cause for problems that are difficult to diagnose.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1365 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:• Recondition ground lead and perform operational check.• On tractors with cab, check XGND43A - Ground point . Section
249. • On tractors with open operator′s station, check XGND2 - Ground point . Section 249.
Action:
Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 14.0 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 6 .
NO:GO TO 7 .
Action:
CAUTION:
Always engage the park lock when performing tests with the engine running.
CAUTION:
During tests with the engine running, there is a risk of injury from moving parts.
1. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows and start the engine briefly.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1366 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 14.0 V
Result:
YES:Problem with the control unit. Perform troubleshooting; see General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
NO:• Check lead 6121 for short to ground and continuity.• Perform S012 - Key Switch (Cab), Circuit Test . • Perform S012 - Key
Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test .
Action:
Result:
YES:No short to ground present:• GO TO 8 . • Check circuit of lead 0012 (cab). See 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab),
Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240. • Check circuit of lead 0012 (open operator′s station). See 50AA - Power Supply (Lead
0012) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240. • Check circuit of lead 0072 (cab). See K01/01_LCS -
Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX1) (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240. • Check circuit of lead 0072 (open operator′s
station). See K04/02_LCS - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX) (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240. •
Check circuit of leads 0212 and 0193 (cab). See S012 - Key Switch (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240. • Check circuit of leads
0212 and 0193 (open operator′s station). See S012 - Key Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240.
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1367 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
Between X027F-4, pin J4 (0012) and slot of relay F03/01_LCS, pin 1 (0012).
Between X027F-3, pin 3_26 (0113) and X001F, pin 25 (0113).
Use a multimeter to check for continuity as follows (open operator′s station):
Between X027F-1, pin 1M1 (0122) and slot of fuse F03/05_LCS, pin 2 (0122).
Between X027F-1, pin 1B2 (0312) and slot of relay K01/1_LCS, pin 87 (0312).
Between X027F-1, pin 1A2 (0022) and slot of relay K02/F_LCS, pin 87 (0022).
Between X027F-4, pin J4 (0012) and slot of relay F03/16_LCS, pin 1 (0012).
5. Check that the resistance meets the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification
Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω
Result:
YES:Leads are OK, problem still exists:• Check circuit of lead 0012 (cab). See 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab),
Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240. • Check circuit of lead 0012 (open operator′s station). See 50AA - Power Supply (Lead
0012) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240. • Check circuit of lead 0072 (cab). See K01/01_LCS -
Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX1) (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240. • Check circuit of lead 0072 (open operator′s
station). See K04/02_LCS - Relay for Power Supply to Electronics (ELX) (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240. •
Check circuit of leads 0212 and 0193 (cab). See S012 - Key Switch (Cab), Circuit Test , Section 240. • Check circuit of leads
0212 and 0193 (open operator′s station). See S012 - Key Switch (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Test , Section 240. • Problem
with the control unit. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1368 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
50ZZ - Instrument Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit
Additional references:
Diagnostic schematic:
50ZZ - Instrument Unit (Cab) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
50ZZ - Instrument Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic ,
Section 240.
Fuses (tractors with cab):
F031See F031_BBO - Fuse, Component Information , Section 249.
F03/08_LCS
F03/09_LCSSee LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
Fuses (on tractors with open operator′s station):
F03/03_LCS
F03/04_LCS
F03/12_LCSSee LCS - Fuses, Relays and Diodes (Cab), Component Information in Section 249.
Ground connections (tractors with cab):
XGND43A - Ground Point , Section 249.
Ground connections (on tractors with open operator′s station):
XGND2 - Ground Point , Section 249.
Component:
For details of location and information on components, see A002 - Instrument Unit, Component Information , Section
249.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:Fuse OK. GO TO 2 .
NO:Fuse is blown. GO TO 6 .
( 2 ) Operational check
Action:
Make sure that the information displayed in the address corresponds to the supply voltage:
FCC 010 - High-Beam Switch, Wake-up Signal and ELX Supply Voltage, Status in Section 245.
FCC 013 - Supply Voltage (ELX) , Section 245.
PDU 004 - Supply Voltage (ELX) , Section 245.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 4 .
Action:
→NOTE:
Poor ground connections are a common cause for problems that are difficult to diagnose.
Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 5 .
NO:• Recondition ground lead and perform operational check.• On tractors with cab, check XGND43A - Ground point . Section
249. • On tractors with open operator′s station, check XGND2 - Ground point . Section 249.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1370 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
Action:
Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 14.0 V
Result:
YES:Problem with the control unit. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems in
Section 210.
NO:GO TO 6 .
Action:
Result:
YES:No short to ground present:• GO TO 8 . • Check circuit of lead 0012 (cab). See 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab),
Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240. • Check circuit of lead 0012 (open operator′s station). See 50AA - Power Supply (Lead
0012) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240. • Check circuit of lead 0113 (cab). See 50ZZ - Circuit for
Wake-Up Signal (Cab), Circuit Testin Section 240. • Check circuit of lead 0113 (open operator′s station). See 50ZZ - Circuit for
Wake-Up Signal (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Testin Section 240. • Check circuit of lead 0432 (cab). See 50ZZ - Main
Control Unit (Cab) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240. • Check circuit of lead 0432 (open
operator′s station). See 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic
Schematic , Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1371 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
Action:
Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω
Result:
YES:Leads are OK, problem still exists:• Check circuit of lead 0012 (cab). See 50AA - Voltage Supply (Lead 0012) (Cab),
Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240. • Check circuit of lead 0012 (open operator′s station). See 50AA - Power Supply (Lead
0012) (Open Operator′s Station), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240. • Check circuit of lead 0113 (cab). See 50ZZ - Circuit for
Wake-Up Signal (Cab), Circuit Testin Section 240. • Check circuit of lead 0113 (open operator′s station). See 50ZZ - Circuit for
Wake-Up Signal (Open Operator′s Station), Circuit Testin Section 240. • Check circuit of lead 0432 (cab). See 50ZZ - Main
Control Unit (Cab) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240. • Check circuit of lead 0432 (open
operator′s station). See 50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (12-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic
Schematic , Section 240. • Problem with the control unit. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1372 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
50ZZ - Radio Control Unit, Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground
Circuit
A140-1 - Radio (ECE), Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit GO TO 1
A140-2 - Radio (SAE), Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit GO TO 1A.
Additional references:
A140-1 - Radio (ECE), Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:Fuse OK. GO TO 2.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1373 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 3.
Action:
→NOTE:
Poor ground connections are a common cause for problems that are difficult to diagnose.
Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 4.
NO:• Repair ground lead and perform an operational check.• Check XGND10 - Ground Point . Section 249.
Action:
Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 14.0 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 5.
NO:GO TO 6.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1374 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
Action:
Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 14.0 V
Result:
YES:BAT and ELX supply voltage OK. Problem with the radio. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems in Section 210.
NO:GO TO 7.
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
Action:
Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1375 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
Result:
YES:Leads are OK, problem still exists.Problem with voltage supply of fuse. See 50AA - Central Power Supply (Cab), Diagnostic
Schematic , Section 240.
Action:
Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω
Result:
YES:Leads are OK, problem still exists.Problem with voltage supply of fuse. Perform K07/01_LCS - Relay for Power Supply to
Accessories (ACC1) (Cab), Circuit Test . Section 240.
A140-2 - Radio (SAE), Test of Power Supply Circuit and Ground Circuit
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1376 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 1C.
Action:
→NOTE:
Poor ground connections are a common cause for problems that are difficult to diagnose.
Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω
Result:
YES:GO TO 1D.
NO:• Repair ground lead and perform an operational check.• Check XGND10 - Ground Point . Section 249.
Action:
Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 14.0 V
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1377 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
Result:
YES:GO TO 1E.
NO:GO TO 1F.
Action:
Supply Voltage
Circuit Voltage Voltage 11.5 - 14.0 V
Result:
YES:BAT and ELX supply voltage OK. Problem with the radio. Perform General Information - Electrical System, Troubleshooting
Unsolved Problems , Section 210.
NO:GO TO 1G.
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
Action:
Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω
Result:
YES:Leads are OK, problem still exists.Problem with voltage supply of fuse. See 50AA - Central Power Supply (Cab), Diagnostic
Schematic , Section 240.
Action:
Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω
Result:
YES:Leads are OK, problem still exists.Problem with voltage supply of fuse. Perform K07/01_LCS - Relay for Power Supply to
Accessories (ACC1) (Cab), Circuit Test . Section 240.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1379 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit, Test of 5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit
Diagnostic schematic:
50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit (Cab) (5-V Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
NO:GO TO 3 .
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1380 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V
5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V
Result:
YES:The voltage of each component is within specification. 5-volt supply voltage circuits OK. Test completed.
NO:The voltage of one or several components is not within specification. Component defective.
Action:
5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V
Result:
Action:
Result:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1381 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
Action:
Result:
Action:
Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω
Result:
YES:Leads are OK, problem still exists.Problem with the control unit. Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit Test .
Action:
Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω
Result:
YES:Leads are OK, problem still exists.Problem with the control unit. Perform 50ZZ - Front Chassis Control Unit Test .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1382 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
50ZZ - Roof Control Unit (5-V Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
Action:
5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 2 .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1383 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
NO:GO TO 3 .
Action:
5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V
5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V
5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V
5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V
5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V
Result:
YES:The voltage of each component is within specification. 5-volt supply voltage circuits OK. Test completed.
NO:The voltage of one or several components is not within specification. Component defective.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1384 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
Action:
5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V
Result:
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1385 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
Action:
Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω
Result:
YES:Leads are OK, problem still exists.Problem with the control unit. Perform Front Chassis Control Unit Test.
Action:
Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω
Result:
YES:Leads are OK, problem still exists.Problem with the control unit. Perform 50ZZ - Cab Control Unit, Test .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1386 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
Diagnostic schematic:
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Cab) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Test Procedure
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
( 1 ) Check 5-volt supply voltage for lead 6063 and 6031 (Cab)
Action:
5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 2.
NO:GO TO 3.
Action:
5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V
5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V
5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V
5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1388 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
22. Reconnect B257 - Position Sensor for C/D Shifter Shaft (CommandQuad™ Transmission), Component Information .
23. Key switch ON (engine OFF).
24. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage as follows:
Between X460F-1 of B096-1, pin A (6033) and pin C (6031).
25. Check if the voltage complies with the following specification:
Item Measurement Specification
5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V
5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V
Result:
YES:The voltage of each component is within specification. 5-volt supply voltage circuits OK. Test completed.
NO:The voltage of one or several components is not within specification. Component defective.
Action:
5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V
Result:
Action:
X027F-1
See A018 - Main Control Unit, Component Information in Section 249.
3. Use a multimeter to check for short to ground as follows:
Between X371F of B079, pin 1 (6033) and ground.
Result:
Action:
Result:
Action:
Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω
Result:
YES:Leads are OK, problem still exists.Problem with the control unit. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test .
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1390 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
Action:
Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω
Result:
YES:Leads are OK, problem still exists.Problem with the control unit. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test .
( 8 ) Check 5-volt supply voltage for lead 7073 and 6131 (Cab)
Action:
5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 9.
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1391 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
NO:GO TO 10.
Action:
5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V
5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V
5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V
5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V
5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1392 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V
5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V
5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V
5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V
5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V
Result:
YES:The voltage of each component is within specification. 5-volt supply voltage circuits OK. Test completed.
NO:The voltage of one or several components is not within specification. Component defective.
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1393 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V
Result:
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
Action:
Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1394 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
Result:
YES:Leads are OK, problem still exists.Problem with the control unit. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test .
Action:
Continuity
Resistance of Lead Resistance 0—1 Ω
Result:
YES:Leads are OK, problem still exists.Problem with the control unit. Perform 50ZZ - Main Control Unit, Test .
Check 5-volt supply voltage for lead 7073 and 6131 (Open Operator′s Station)
Diagnostic schematic:
50ZZ - Main Control Unit (Open Operator′s Station) (5-Volt Supply Voltage Circuit), Diagnostic Schematic , Section 240.
Test Procedure
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1395 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
→NOTE:
Required tools:
→NOTE:
Unless stated otherwise, use a chassis ground point for voltage checks.
→NOTE:
To identify corroded, damaged or pinched leads, it might be necessary to test the leads under load.
Refer to: General - Electrical System, Test for Open Circuit under Load , Section 210.
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, disconnected connectors may cause additional diagnostic trouble codes. The fault
memory must be cleared once the circuit/harness test has been completed.
( 1 ) Check 5-volt supply voltage at lead 7073 and 6131 (Open Operator′s Station)
Action:
5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V
Result:
YES:GO TO 1B.
NO:GO TO 1C.
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1396 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V
5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V
5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V
5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V
5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V
5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1397 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 50ZZ: 50ZZ - Electronic Control Units
5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V
5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V
Result:
YES:The voltage of each component is within specification. 5-volt supply voltage circuits OK. Test completed.
NO:The voltage of one or several components is not within specification. Component defective.
Action:
5-Volt Component
Circuit Voltage Voltage 4.8 - 5.2 V
Result:
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC Section 240 page 1398 TM408419-DIAGNOSIS TECHNICAL MANUAL
Section 240 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM